DAMPER ACTUATORS

SPRING RETURN, ELECTRONIC FAIL-SAFE,

FIRE & SMOKE AND NON-SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS

■ Extensive torque offering (18 in-lb to 360 in-lb), a vast selection of

actuators for a wide range of applications.
■ Low power consumption provides higher efficiency and smaller
transformer sizing.
■ Minimum torque guaranteed over entire specified operating range,
no loss in performance due to temperature or supply voltage.
■ MFT is available giving the user the flexibility to customize and adapt
a single actuator to various controllers and applications.
■ Fail-safe position can be set 0-100% in 10% increments manually or
by using the PC Tool offering a wide range of fail-safe positions (only
available on Electronic Fail-Safe actuators).
■ Belimo FS Actuators are UL555 and UL555S listed with U.S. damper
manufacturers.

Applications
Belimo actuators are designed for use in a wide variety of HVAC
damper applications. For active smoke control systems, Belimo
introduced the proportional FSAF24-SR for stairwell, under-floor and
other pressurization applications. With our comprehensive torque
range, vast selection, and the ability to direct mount or mount on
standard damper shafts or jackshafts, solutions are available for
fire and smoke actuator dampers, control dampers, air handlers,
economizer units, VAV terminal units, fan coil units, fan shutters, and
unit ventilators.
tilators.
Application Solutions

Retrofit Applications
Replace virtually any non-direct coupled actuator with a high quality solution from Belimo.
● Solve any application - Widest range of mounting brackets and accessories
● Reduce installation cost – By resizing the damper you can select from many Belimo series of actuator
types and torque ranges 18 to 360 in-lb.

K4-2 US
S

K4-2 US and K-AM25 Universal Clamp

Standard for AF, AM and NM series actuators K4(-1)
1) Clamp
● Eases installation – Only two nuts to tighten with ZDBB Angle
Reemove for
3//4” to 1.05” of Rotation Limiter IND-
D-AF2 US
shhafts ● Increased flexibility – 1/2” to 1.05” capacity Position
on
Indicator
Centered on: 1/2”, 3/4” and 1.05” shafts
(optional)
● Reduced cost - No need to purchase separate accessories

ZG-DC2
Damper Clip

ZG-102
Multiple Actuator
ZG-AF US
Mounting Bracket
Crankarm
ZG-DC1 Adaptor Kit
Damper Clip
ZS-150
Weather
Shield
ZG-100 Universal
KG-8
KG
Mounting Bracket 90° Ball Joint

OTHER HOUSINGS
ZG-108 Universal
Mounting Bracket

N401033 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

KH-AF
AF ZG-106/ZG-107
Cra
Crankarm Mounting Bracket
ZS-100
Weather Shield ZS-260
Explosion
Housing
ZG-110 KH8 Universal
Mounting Crankarm with AF…
KG8 Balljoint AF…
Bracket

ZG-106
106

NEMA 4X
ZG-108
Housings
AF… AF… AF…
ZS-260
Explosion Proof
Housing
ZG-107 07
ZG-107 ZG-108

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

1
 Features and Benefits

Why Choose
C Belimo?
?
A CLOSER LOOK…
DAMPER ACTUATORS
● Extensive product range. ● Rugged housings withstand rough handling in NON-SPRING RETURN
●
the mechanical room. ● More mounting flexibility –
Specific retrofit offerings.
● Double insulated – no need for LM accepts 3/4" dia. shafts, NM, AM & GM
● Small dimensions in relation to torque.
separate ground. A Belimo exclusive (on mounts to 1.05" dia. jackshafts.
● Microprocessor-controlled brushless DC motor 120/230V models, and all models with built-in ● Linear stroking actuators with extensive
increases actuator life span and reliability & auxiliary switches.) control responses and lengths (4", 8" and 12")
provides constant ● Automatically compensates for damper seal ● 360 degree actuators with extensive control
running time (most actuators).
wear, ensuring tight close off. responses and 0 to 330 degree operating
● Cut labor costs with simple direct
SPRING RETURN AND ELECTRONIC FAIL-SAFE angle with accessory or default endless
coupling. rotation.
● Reverse mount for clockwise or
● Check damper position easily with clear ● Optional external auxiliary switch(es) or
position indication. counterclockwise fail-safe. (spring return)
position feedback potentiometer modules –
● Selectable fail-safe position on all electronic
● Overload-proof throughout rotation. same modules for all non-spring return
fail-safe models actuators!
● Temporary restrictions in damper movement
● Manual override crank speeds installation EF, ●
will not change actuator operation. Actuator Manual override push button.
returns to normal operation when restriction is AFB, AF and NFB Series.
● Compatible to discontinued models.
remove. ● 3 ft. appliance cable standard and conduit
● The power of choice – Belimo’s Customized
● Built-in or add-on mechanical stops to adjust connector eases installation.
actuator range offers longer cable lengths,
angle of rotation. ● The power of choice – Belimo’s Customized NEMA 2/IP54 terminal strip covers, mechanical
● Built-in auxiliary switch is easy to use, offers actuator range offers longer cable lengths and clamping options, and programming options.
feedback or signal for additional device (-S mechanical clamping options.
models).
● Need to change control direction?
Do it easily with a simple switch on actuator
housing.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Brushless DC Motor Technolo

ogy
Belimo new generation actuators employ state-of-the-art halomo
sensorless, brushless DC motor technology. The halomo technologyy was
developed exclusively by Belimo’s Technology division and enables Belimo
to offer the high quality of brushless DC motor technology inside all
actuator models in the new generation.

With the increase in product lifespan and quality the LM series creattes a
new level of expectation for actuators installed in VAV applications.

● Only ONE moving part!

● No brushes to wear out
● Position feedback is generated by ASIC
● Overload proof; uses integrated end stop filtering
● Running noise is reduced to absolute minimum

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

2
Feature and Benefits
Spring Return Actuators

Retrofit and Non-Direct Coupled Linkage Solutions Economizer Applications

Belimo offers the widest range of mechanical accessories for the Need a replacement for your existing Honeywell economizer actuator?
replacement of competitive products as well as for the unique installation.
LF24-ECON-R03 US
Give us a call with your application problem. Control: 3 kΩ NTC Type 10 thermistor includes a built-in min position
potentiometer. Replaces: Honeywell M7415 foot mounted economizer
actuator.

LF24-SR-E US
Control: 2 to 10 VDC includes a built-in min position potentiometer.
Specialized Control Signal Retrofit Solutions Replaces: Honeywell M8405 foot mounted economizer actuator.

Honeywell Series 90, 0-135 Ω, use: Use the ZG-ECON1 mounting kit to place the LF24-ECON-R03 US or
Model Torque LF24-SR-E US and logic module in the same plane as the M7415/M8405
AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95 180 in-lb foot mounted actuator.
AMX24-MFT95 180 in-lb

Barber Colman - MP…, 6-9V, use:

Model Torque
LF24-MFT-20 US 35 in-lb
LF24-MFT-S-20 US 35 in-lb

Staefa Control - 0-20 v. phasecut, use:

Model Torque
AF24-PC US 133 in-lb
AMX24-PC 180 in-lb

NOTE: All control signals above available in non-spring return models.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

TF Series 18 in-lb Spring Return Actuator

The Quality Compact Spring Return Solution

Cost-effective compact actuators and reliable spring return fail-safe are no
longer mutually exclusive ideas. Now Belimo’s TF series delivers both.

Quality Mechanical Failsafe

Belimo has integrated its proven power spring technology into the TF
series. The Belimo spring return system provides constant torque to the
damper, with and without power applied – a Belimo innovation. Other
lower torque products use stall-in-place motors with external springs or
electric components that do not match the reliability of the Belimo system.
A TF actuator provides installers and engineers with a reliable actuator
certain to return to the fail-safe position during a power loss.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

3
 Notes/Work Pad
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

4
Sizing and Selecting Actuators

The “10 questions” method for sizing and selection shown below is ACTUATOR REQUIREMENTS *APPLICATION DATA
recommended as the best method for your actuation requirements. Use the
Is fail-safe
“Application Data” column in this chart as a worksheet to help in the selection 6 actuation
process. This data, along with the “Actuator Product Range” charts on Section
1 and 2 allow for the best selection of a Belimo actuator. required?
❑ Yes
APPLICATION INFO *APPLICATION DATA
❑ No
What is the
1 total area of Consider the application. Is the actuator
and/or damper exposed to outside air? If
the damper? yes, use spring return.
sq.ft. What is Do you need
7 the supply a step down
voltage to
transformer? ❑ 24 VAC
Opposed blade L” x W” = Total sq inches/144
2 or Parallel blade = total sq feet
the actuator? If replacing an oil
immersed gear ❑ 120 VAC
• 24 VAC/DC train actuator, is the transformer in the
control
Opposed Blade • 120 VAC defective actuator? You may need to ❑ 230 VAC
construction? ❑ Opposed Blade purchase one.
w/o seals 3 in-lb/sq feet • 230 VAC
single phase

Opposed Blade
8 What is • 2 position ❑ On/Off
w/ seals 5 in-lb/sq feet the control • Floating point ❑ Floating Point
signal to the • Modulating
Parallel Blade actuator? ❑ 2-10 VDC
w/o seals 4 in-lb/sq feet • Sequencing
❑ 0-10 VDC
❑ Parallel Blade • “Non-standard”
Parallel Blade voltage signals ❑ 4-20 mA
w/ seals 7 in-lb/sq feet
This will be a critical component to the ❑ PWM____
selection of an actuator. Consider the range
…MFT actuator product range and the
Are there blade This will impact flexibility of its application. ❑ Other (MFT)
3 and edge seals the proper
Can you direct Direct-
on the damper?
selection as the
seals add resistance ❑ Yes
9 couple to a coupling has
become the
requiring more torque. damper shaft? ❑ Yes
industry
If unknown, use ❑ No standard.
a worst case
Some retrofit ❑ No, see
scenario, parallel
blade with seals. applications accessories
do not allow direct coupling. Refer to the page
For the damper If this information
4 Belimo “Mounting & Methods Guide” for

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

in question, is not available application details.
refer to the
what does the
manufacturer
“typical damper
requirements and 10 Are there
additional
K4-2 US KH-AF US
KH-AF-1 US

specify as the sizing” chart in-lb/sq.ft. ❑ No

accessories
torque rating? below. PA… SA…
required? ❑ Yes, see
What is the air accessories
5 velocity, static _______W.G.
For example, some applications require the
addition of an auxiliary switch for proof of section or
pressure, or position; a retrofit application may require actuator
_______CFM an additional mounting bracket and series for
design CFM? linkage kit. We advise that you identify
_______FPM details
Systems above 1,000 FPM these needs prior to leaving the job site or
require additional actuator torque ordering products.

Typical Damper Requirements and Sizing

Square Damper (with square shape): ft2 = h x w /144; (h= height, w= width, in inches)
EXAMPLE: Damper Area (8 ft2) x Rated Torque Loading of Damper (4 in-lb/ft2) = Total in-lb Required (32 in-lb) Belimo LF 35 in-lb actuators/LM 45 in-lb actuators

Torque Loading in-lb/ft2

Damper Blade Type < 1000 FPM 1000-2500 FPM 2500-3500 FPM
Parallel blade/edge seals 7 (Typical) 10.5 14
Square

Opposed blade/edge seals 5 (Typical) 7.5 10

Parallel blade/no edge seals 4 6 8
Opposed blade/no edge seals 3 4.5 6
Round 10 14 20

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

5
 Control Signal Overview

Control Signal Overview

Belimo actuators are compatible with On/Off or Open-Close: The actuator is able to drive either to its full open
position, or to its full closed position. The same indication is used for
spring return type actuators. Where the actuator will drive to its full open
many control inputs and all direct position and spring return to its zero position. This can also be reversed.

digital control (DDC) systems. There 3-point, Tri-State, Floating Point: The actuator has both clockwise (CW)
and counter-clockwise (CCW) control inputs. One drives the actuator to its
are many signals to select from with open, the other to its close position. If there is no signal (Null point) on
either input the actuator simply stays in its last position.
today’s controllers. Proportional Control: The actuator drives proportional to its control input
and modulates throughout its angle of rotation. This control type is usually a
variation of VDC. Common values are:
What does ‘on/off’, ‘open-close’, 0-10 VDC 2-10 VDC
It is common to also have a 0-20 or 4-20 mA output from a controller.
‘3-point’, ‘tri-state’, ‘floating point’, This can be very easily converted to 0-10 VDC or 2-10 VDC with a 500 Ω
resistor.
‘proportional modulation’, ‘phase cut’,
Pulse Width Modulation (PWM): The actuator drives to a specified
‘PWM’ or ‘MFT’ mean? position according to a pulse duration, the “length” of signal. The pulse
can originate from a dry contact closure or a triac sink or source controller.
An example of PWM control:
Belimo will help you understand Time base: 0 to 10 seconds
Output pulse: 5 seconds
more on this control signal jungle Actuator position: 50%

with a quick overview. Phasecut: An actuator drives depending on the power result of a
remaining wave. This signal type cuts the amplitude of the wave and the
actuator recognizes this signal as a proportional movement.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Multi-Functional Technology (MFT): This technology was developed by

Belimo for incorporation into our damper and valve actuator. MFT provides
the ability to program characteristics of the actuator. Some of the key
characteristics to change are:
CONTROL INPUT
selectable On/Off, VDC, PWM or Floating point
MOTION VALUES
selectable Running time adjustment
FEEDBACK
selectable feedback values

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

6
Nomenclature
Spring Return Actuator

E F X 24 -MFT -S N4

Torque Rating Actuator Type Options Power Supply Control -S = Built-in US

Auxiliary N4 ♦
E = 266 in-lb F = Spring Return Blank = None 24 = 24 VAC/DC* Blank = On/Off Switch
A = 180 in-lb† A = No Position 120 = 120 VAC** -3 = Floating Point
A = 133 in-lb Feedback 230 = 230 VAC -SR = 2-10 VDC
N = 90 in-lb B = Basic UP = 24 to 240 VAC*** -PC = 0 to 20 Volt
L = 35 in-lb C = Fast Running (Phasecut)
T = 18 in-lb X = Customized -ECON-RO3 = 3 kΩ NTC
Type 10
Thermistor
-MFT = Multi-Function
Technology
-MFT95 = 0 to 135 Ω
-MFT-20 = 6 to 9 VDC
20 VDC
Power Supply
♦ NEMA 4 option on select models
*TF24-3(-S) US is 24 VAC only.
**EF and TF series have 100 to 240 VAC nominal power supply.
***24 to 125 VDC

Ordering Example

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 Choose the actuator.* EFX 24 -MFT -S N4 NEMA 4 option
(if available)

2 Specify power supply.

-S = Built-in
3 Auxiliary 4
Designate Switch Designate
control switch
24 = 24 VAC/DC

MFT (2-10 VDC Default)

5 Complete Ordering Example: EFX24-MFT-S N4

* All functions and options are not available with all versions

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

7
 Product Range
Standard Spring Return Actuator

Control Input
Running Power Power Control Position Auxiliary
Time(s) Supply Consumption Input MFT
MULTI-FUNCTION TECHNOLOGY ®
Feedback Switches
NEMA 4

(Variable with MFT, fully programmable by

24 VAC +/- 20%, VDC +/- 10%, 50/60 HZ

24 to 240 VAC +10%/- 20%, 50/60 HZ

2 SPDT, 7 A (2.5 A inductive) @ 250V

2 SPDT, 3 A (0.5 A inductive) @250V
PWM adj., 0.02 to 50.0 Seconds
Start and Span adj., Start 0.5 to
Honeywell Series 90, 0-135 Ω
3 kΩ NTC Type 10 Thermistor
VA Rating, Transformer Sizing

NEMA 4 Option (part # + N4)

4-20 mA (w/500 Ω Resistor)

30 VDC, Span 2.5 to 32 VDC

Wattage Running (Holding)

VDC Variable, Start 0 to 8,

24 to 125 VDC +/- 10%
Motor Drive, (Default)

Example: EFB24 N4
2-10 VDC (Default)

2-10 VDC (Default)

Span 2 to 10 VDC
Belimo or in field)

120 VAC +/- 10%

230 VAC +/- 10%

0-20 V Phasecut
Spring Return

Floating Point
On/Off

On/Off
EFB24† 75 <20♦ ● 16 9.5 (4.5) ● ●

EFB24-S† 75 <20♦ ● 16 9.5 (4.5) ● ● ●

EFB120† 75 <20♦ ● ● 21 9.5 (4.5) ●

EFB120-S† 75 <20♦ ● ● 21 9.5 (4.5) ● ● ●

EFB24-SR† 95 <20♦ ● 14 8 (4.5) ● ● ●

EFB Series EFB24-SR-S† 95 <20♦ ● 14 8 (4.5) ● ● ● ●
270 in-lb [30 Nm]
EFB24-MFT† 60…150 (150) <20♦ ● 16 9.5 (4.5) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Approx. 66 sq. ft.**
EFB24-MFT-S† 60…150 (150) <20♦ ● 16 9.5 (4.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AFB24† <75 20♦ ● 7.5 5.0 (2.5) ●

AFB24-S† <75 20♦ ● 7.5 5.0 (2.5) ● ●

AFBUP† <75 20♦ ● 8.5* 7.0 (3.5) ● ●

AFBUP-S† <75 20♦ ● 8.5* 7.0 (3.5) ● ● ●

AFB24-SR 95 <20♦ ● 8.5 5.5 (3.0) ● ● ●

AFB24-SR-S 95 <20♦ ● 8.5 5.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ●

AFB Seriess AFB24-MFT † 70…220 (150) <20♦ ● 10 7.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
180 in-lb [20 Nm]
AFB24-MFT-S † 70…220 (150) <20♦ ● 10 7.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Approx. 45 sq. ft.**
AFB24-MFT95 † 70…220 (150) <20♦ ● 10 7.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ●
AF24 US† 150 <20 ● 10 5.0 (1.5) ●
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AF24-S US† 150 <20 ● 10 5.0 (1.5) ● ●

AF120 US† 150 <20 ● 11 8.0 (3.0) ●
AF120-S US† 150 <20 ● 11 8.0 (3.0) ● ●
AF230 US† 150 <20 ● 11 8.5 (3.0) ●
AF230-S US† 150 <20 ● 11 8.5 (3.0) ● ●
AF24-SR US† 150 <20 ● 10 6.0 (2.0) ● ●
AFA24-SR US† 150 <20 ● 10 6.0 (2.0) ●
AF24-ECON-R03 US† 95 <20 ● 10 6.0 (2.5) ● ●
AF24-PC US† 150 <20 ● 10 6.0 (2.5) ● ●
AF Seriess
AF24-MFT† 75…300 (150) <20 ● 10 6.0 (2.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
133 in-lb [15 Nm]
Approx. 33 sq. ft.** AF24-MFT-S† 75…300 (150) <20 ● 10 6.0 (2.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AF24-MFT95† 75…300 (150) <20 ● 10 6.0 (2.0) ● ● ●
NFB24 <75 20♦ ● 8.5 6.0 (2.5) ● ●
NFB24-S <75 20♦ ● 8.5 6.0 (2.5) ● ● ●
NFBUP <75 20♦ ● 6.5* 6.0 (2.5) ● ●
NFBUP-S <75 20♦ ● 6.5* 6.0 (2.5) ● ● ●
NFB24-SR 95 <20♦ ● 6 3.5 (2.5) ● ● ●
NFB Seriess NFB24-SR-S 95 <20♦ ● 6 3.5 (2.5) ● ● ● ●
90 in-lb [100 Nm] NFB24-MFT 40…220 (150) <20♦ ● 9 6.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Approx. 22 sq.
sq ft.**
ft **
NFB24-MFT-S 40…220 (150) <20♦ ● 9 6.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
♦ <60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C].
† Dual mounting on a single shaft (on/off wired in parallel), -SR [AF only] and -MFT [EFB, AFB and AF only] wired master slave. Please call Belimo customer service for details.
* 8.5 VA for 120 VAC; 7 VA for 24 VAC, 18 VA for 240 VAC.
** Parallel blade without edge seals and 1000 FPM air velocity.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

8
Product Range
Standard Spring Return Actuator

Control Input
Running Power Power Control Position Auxiliary
Time(s) Supply Consumption Input MFT ®
Feedback Switches

(Variable with MFT, fully programmable by

24 VAC +/- 20%, VDC +/- 10%, 50/60 HZ

1 SPDT, 3 A (0.5 A inductive) @250V

6 - 9 VDC, 20 VDC Output Voltage

PWM adj., 0.02 to 50.0 Seconds

Start and Span adj., Start 0.5 to
3 kΩ NTC Type 10 Thermistor
VA Rating, Transformer Sizing

4-20 mA (w/500 Ω Resistor)

30 VDC, Span 2.5 to 32 VDC

Wattage Running (Holding)

VDC Variable, Start 0 to 8,

Motor Drive, (Default)

2-10 VDC (Default)

2-10 VDC (Default)

Span 2 to 10 VDC
Belimo or in field)

120 VAC +/- 10%

230 VAC +/- 10%
Spring Return

Floating Point

Floating Point
On/Off

On/Off
LF24 US <40 to 75 <25♦ ● 7 5.0 (2.5) ●
LF24-S US <40 to 75 <25♦ ● 7 5.0 (2.5) ● ●
LF120 US <40 to 75 <25♦ ● 7.5 5.5 (3.5) ●
LF120-S US <40 to 75 <25♦ ● 7.5 5.5 (3.5) ● ●
LF230 US <40 to 75 <25♦ ● 7 5.0 (3.0) ●
LF230-S US <40 to 75 <25♦ ● 7 5.0 (3.0) ● ●
LF24-SR US 150 <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ● ●
LF24-SR-S US 150 <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ● ● ●
LF24-SR-E US 150 <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ● ●
LF24-3 US 150 <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ●
LF24-3-S US 150 <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ● ●
LF24-ECON-R03 US 95 <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ● ●
LF24-MFT US 75…300 (150) <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LF24-MFT-S US 75…300 (150) <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LF24-MFT-20 US 150 <25♦ ● 6 3.5 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LF Series
LF24-MFT-S-20 US 150 <25♦ ● 6 3.5 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
35 in-lb
b [4 Nm]
Approx. 8.5 sq. ft.* LFC24-3-R US 90 <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ●
LFC24-3-S US 90 <25♦ ● 5 2.5 (1.0) ● ●
TF24 US <75 <25♦ ● 5 2.0 (1.3) ●
TF24-S US <75 <25♦ ● 5 2.0 (1.3) ● ●
TF120 US <75 <25♦ ● ● 5 2.5 (1.3) ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

TF120-S US <75 <25♦ ● ● 5 2.0 (1.3) ● ●
TFC120-S US <30 <25♦ ● ● 6 3.0 (1.5) ● ●
TF24-SR US 95 <25♦ ● 4 2.0 (1.0) ●
TF24-SR-S US 95 <25♦ ● 4 2.0 (1.0) ● ●
TF Series TF24-3 US 95 <25♦ ● 4 2.5 (1.0) ●
18 in-lb
b [2 Nm] TF24-3-S US 95 <25♦ ● 4 2.5 (1.0) ● ●
Approx. 4.5
4 5 sq. ft.*
ft *
TF24-MFT US 75…300 (150) <25♦ ● 4 2.5 (1.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
♦ <60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C].
* Parallel blade without edge seals and 1000 FPM air velocity.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

9
 Product Range
Custom New Generation Spring Return Actuator

Control Input
Custom Running Power Power Control Position Auxiliary
NEMA 4
Options Time(s) Supply Consumption Input MFT ®
Feedback Switches

(Variable with MFT, fully programmable by

24 VAC +/- 20%, VDC +/- 10%, 50/60 HZ

24 to 240 VAC +10%/- 20%, 50/60 HZ

2 SPDT, 3 A (0.5 A inductive) @250V

PWM adj., 0.02 to 50.0 Seconds
Start and Span adj., Start 0.5 to
Honeywell Series 90, 0-135 Ω
VA Rating, Transformer Sizing

NEMA 4 Option (part # + N4)

10 ft (3m) or 16 ft (5m) cable

4-20 mA (w/500 Ω Resistor)

30 VDC, Span 2.5 to 32 VDC

Wattage Running (Holding)

VDC Variable, Start 0 to 8,

24 to 125 VDC +/- 10%
Motor Drive, (Default)

Example: EFX24-S N4
2-10 VDC (Default)

2-10 VDC (Default)

Span 2 to 10 VDC
Belimo or in field)

120 VAC +/- 10%

230 VAC +/- 10%
Spring Return

Floating Point
On/Off

On/Off
EFX24† ● 75 <20♦ ● 16 9.5 (4.5) ●
EFX24-S† ● 75 <20♦ ● 16 9.5 (4.5) ● ● ●

EFX120† ● 75 <20♦ ● ● 21 9.5 (4.5) ●

EFX120-S† ● 75 <20♦ ● ● 21 9.5 (4.5) ● ● ●

EFX24-SR† ● 95 <20♦ ● 14 8 (4.5) ● ●

EFX Series EFX24-SR-S† ● 95 <20♦ ● 14 8 (4.5) ● ● ● ●

270 in-lb [30 Nm] EFX24-MFT† ● 60…150 (150) <20♦ ● 16 9.5 (4.5) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Approx. 66 sq. ft.**
EFX24-MFT-S† ● 60…150 (150) <20♦ ● 16 9.5 (4.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AFX24 † ● <75 20♦ ● 7.5 5.0 (2.5) ● ●

AFX24-S† ● <75 20♦ ● 7.5 5.0 (2.5) ● ● ●

AFXUP† ● <75 20♦ ● 8.5* 7.0 (3.5) ● ●

AFXUP-S† ● <75 20♦ ● 8.5* 7.0 (3.5) ● ● ●

AFX24-SR ● 95 <20♦ ● 8.5 5.5 (3.0) ● ● ●

AFX24-SR-S ● 95 <20♦ ● 8.5 5.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ●

AFX Seriees AFX24-MFT† ● 70…220 (150) <20♦ ● 10 7.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

180 in-lb [20 N
Nm]] AFX24-MFT-S† ● 70…220 (150) <20♦ ● 10 7.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Approx. 45 sq. ft.**
AFX24-MFT95† 70…220 (150) <20♦ ● 10 7.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ●
NFX24 ● <75 20♦ ● 8.5 6.0 (2.5) ● ●
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

NFX24-S ● <75 20♦ ● 8.5 6.0 (2.5) ● ● ●

NFXUP ● <75 20♦ ● 6.5 6.0 (2.5) ● ●
NFXUP-S ● <75 20♦ ● 6.5 6.0 (2.5) ● ● ●
NFX24-SR ● 95 <20♦ ● 6 3.5 (2.5) ● ● ●
NFX Seriess NFX24-SR-S ● 95 <20♦ ● 6 3.5 (2.5) ● ● ● ●
90 in-lb [100 Nm] NFX24-MFT ● 40…220 (150) <20♦ ● 9 6.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Approx. 22 sq. ft.**
NFX24-MFT-S ● 40…220 (150) <20♦ ● 9 6.5 (3.0) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
♦ <60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C].
† Dual mounting on a single shaft (on/off wired in parallel), -SR [AF only] and -MFT [EFX and AFX only] wired master slave. Please call Belimo customer service for details.
* 8.5 VA for 120 VAC; 7 VA for 24 VAC, 18 VA for 240 VAC.
** Parallel blade without edge seals and 1000 FPM air velocity.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

10
Nomenclature
Electronic Fail-Safe Actuator

GK B 24 -MFT

Torrque Rating Speed Version Pow

wer Supply Conntrol
GK = 360 in-lb* Q = Quickest Running B = Basic 24 = 24 VAC/DC** -3 = On/Off, Floating Point
AHKK = 101 lbf* Blank = Normal Speed X = Customized SR = 2-10 VDC
NK = 54 in-lb* -MFFT = Multi-Function
Technology
T h l

**GK...24-3 is 24 VAC only.

Ordering Example

1 Choose the actuator. GKB 24 -3

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 Specify power supply.

3
Designate
control
24 = 24 VAC/DC
On/Off, Floating Point

4 Complete Ordering Example: GKB24-3

* All functions and packaging are not available with all versions

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

11
 Product Range
Standard and Custom Electronic Fail-Safe Actuator

Standard Running Power Power Control Position

Add-On NEMA 4
Time(s) Supply Consumption Input Feedback
Electronic
Fail-Safe Actuator

24 VAC +/- 20%, VDC +/-10/+20%, 50/60 HZ

Product Range

VA Rating, Transformer Sizing

4-20 mA* (w/500Ω Resistor)

NEMA 4 Option (part # + N4)

Wattage Running (Holding)

Example: GKB24-3 N4
2-10 VDC (Default)

2-10 VDC (Default)

Potentiometer
Floating Point
Motor Drive

S1A or S2A
Fail-Safe

On/Off
GKB24-3 150 35 ● 21 12 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
GKB Series
360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Approx. 90 sq. ft. GKB24-SR 150 35 ● 21 12 (3) ● ● ● ● ●

NKQB24-1 4 4 ● 22 11 (3) ● ● ●
NKQB Series
54 in-lb [6 Nm]
Approx. 12 sq. ft. NKQB24-SR 4 4 ● 22 11 (3) ● ● ● ●

Custom Custom Running Power Power Control

Control Input
Position
Add-On NEMA 4
Electronic Options Time(s) Supply Consumption Input MFT ®
Feedback
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Fail-Safe Actuator
24 VAC +/- 20%, VDC +/- 10%, 50/60 HZ
fully programmable by Belimo or in field)

Product Range
PWM adj., 0.02 to 50.0 Seconds
Start and Span adj., Start 0.5 to
VA Rating, Transformer Sizing

4-20 mA* (w/500Ω Resistor)

NEMA 4 Option (part # + N4)

10 ft (3m) or 16 ft (5m) cable

30 VDC, Span 2.5 to 32 VDC

(…-MFT US, 35 to 300 sec.,

Wattage Running (Holding)

VDC Variable, Start 0 to 8,

Example: GKX24-3 N4
Motor Drive, (Default)

2-10 VDC (Default)

2-10 VDC (Default)

Span 2 to 10 VDC

Potentiometer
Floating Point

Floating Point

S1A or S2A
Fail-Safe

On/Off

On/Off

GKX24-3 ● 150 35 ● 21 12 (3) ● ● ● ● ●

GKX Series
360 in-lb [40 Nm] GKX24-SR ● 150 35 ● 21 12 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
Approx. 90 sq. ft.
GKX24-MFT ● 95-150 (150) 35 ● 21 12 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

AHKX24-MFT ● 95-150 (150) 35 ● 22 11 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●

AHKX Series
101 lbf [450 N forcee]

NKQX24-1 ● 4-10 (4) 4 ● 22 11 (3) ● ● ●

NKQX Series
NKQX24-SR ● 4-10 (4) 4 ● 22 11 (3) ● ● ● ●
54 in-lb [6 Nm]
Approx. 12 sq. ft. ● 4-10 (4) 4 ● 22 11 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
NKQX24-MFT

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

12
Nomenclature
Fire and Smoke Actuator

FS L F 120 -S US

Fire and Torque Rating Actuator Type Power Supply Control -S = Built-in
Smoke Auxiliary
A = 133 in-lb F = Spring Return 24 = 24 VAC Blank = On/Off Switches
N = 70 in-lb 120 = 120 VAC -SR = 2-10 VDC
L = 30 in-lb 230 = 230 VAC -BAL = 3-position

Ordering Example

1 Choose the actuator. FSLF 120 -S US

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 Specify power supply.

3
Designate
control

120 = 120 VAC -S = Built-in Auxiliary Switches

4 Complete Ordering Example: FSLF120-S US

*FSAF is 24 VAC/DC

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

13
 Product Range
Fire and Smoke Actuator

Running Power Power Control Auxiliary

Time(s) Supply Consumption Input Switches

24 VAC (FSAF - 24 VAC/DC)

Spring Return
Motor Drive

VA Rating
120 VAC

230 VAC

2 SPDT
2 SPST
On/Off
FSAF24 US <75 <20 ● 10 ●

FSAF24-S US <75 <20 ● 10 ● ●

FSAF120 US <75 <20 ● 11 ●

FSAF120-S US <75 <20 ● 11 ● ●

FSAF230 US <75 <20 ● 12 ●

FSAF230-S US <75 <20 ● 12 ● ●

FSAF24-SR US <75 <20 ● 11 2-10 VDC

FSAF Series FSAF24-SR-S <75 <20 ● 11 2-10 VDC ●
133 in-lb [15 Nm]
Approx. 16 sq. ft.@ 250
0°F FSAF24-BAL <75 <20 ● 10 3-Position

FSAF24-BAL-S <75 <20 ● 10 3-Position ●

FSNF24 US <15 <15 ● 27 ●

FSNF24-S US <15 <15 ● 27 ● ●

FSNF120 US <15 <15 ● 27 ●

FSNF Series FSNF120-S US <15 <15 ● 27 ● ●

70 in-lb [8 Nm]
Approx. 12 sq. ft.@ 350°°F FSNF230 US <15 <15 ● 27 ●
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

FSNF230-S US <15 <15 ● 27 ● ●

FSLF24 US <15 <15 ● 5 ●

FSLF24-S US <15 <15 ● 5 ● ●

FSLF120 US <15 <15 ● 18 ●

FSLF Series FSLF120-S US <15 <15 ● 18 ● ●

30 in-lb [3.5 Nm]
Approx. 4 sq. ft.@ 350°°F FSLF230 US <15 <15 ● 17 ●

FSLF230-S US <15 <15 ● 17 ● ●

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

14
Nomenclature
Non-Spring Return Actuator

LM C B 24 -3 -T

Torque Rating Speed* Version* Power Control* Options

GM = 360 in-lb Q = Quickest B = Basic Required* -1 = On/Off -T = Terminal Block*
AM = 180 in-lb** Running X = Customized 24 = 24 VAC/DC, -3 = On/Off, Floating Point Blank = Cable Version
NM = 90 in-lb** C = Fast 50/60 Hz -3-P5 = On/Off, Floating Point -S = Switch*
LM = 45 in-lb** Running 120 = 100 to w/5 kΩ Feedback
CM = 18 in-lb No Designation 240 VAC, -3-P10 = On/Off, Floating Point
= Normal Speed 50/60 Hz w/10 kΩ Feedback
AH = 101 lbf**
(LMB24-3) -SR = 2-10 VDC
LH = 34 lbf**
LU = 27 in-lb -PC = 0 to 20 Volt (Phasecut)
-MFT = Multi-Function Technology
-MFT95 = 0 to 135Ω

Ordering Example

1 Choose the actuator. LMCB 24 -3 -T 4

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Select
connection
type
2 Specify power supply.
3 -T = Terminal
Block
Designate
control
24 = 24 VAC/DC

On/Off, Floating Point

5 Complete Ordering Example: LMCB24-3-T

*Note: All functions and packaging are not available with all versions
**Note: Q versions have a slightly lower torque rating.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

15
 Product Range
Non-Spring Return Actuator
Standard Running Power Power Control
Control Input
Position
Add-On
NEMA
*Running time is per 4 inches [100 mm] of travel.
**Running time is 150 seconds per 90°.
Time(s) Supply Consumption Input MFT Feedback 4X

PWM adj., 0.02 to 50.0 Seconds

2-10 VDC (Default) Adjustable

† Dual mounting on a single shaft (-3 and -SR wired in

Start and Span adj., Start 0.5 to

4-20 mA (w/500Ω Resistor)

1 SPDT, 3A (0.5A Inductive)

parallel), (-MFT wired Master-Slave). Please call Belimo

24 VAC ± 20%, VDC ±10%,

30 VDC, Span 2.5 to 32 VDC

Wattage Running (Holding)

Enclosure (Part No. +N4 or

+N4H) with Terminal Strip
10 kΩ Resistive Feedback
5 kΩ Resistive Feedback
customer service for details.
Shipped default. 150 seconds running time, 2-10

100 VAC to 240 VAC

VDC control input and feedback. Other setups are
ppossible with MFT tools field programming.

Potentiometer
Floating Point

Floating Point
B Drop-in replacement of LM24-M VAV actuator.

2-10 VDC or
Motor Drive

S1A or S2A
VA Rating

with MFT
50/60 Hz

@250V
On/Off

On/Off
GMB Series GMB24-3† 150 ● 6 4.0 (2.0) ● ● ● ●
360 in-lb [40 Nm] GMB24-SR† 150 ● 6.5 4.5 (2.0) ● ● ● ●
Approx. 90 sq. ft. GMB24-MFT A 150 ● 7 4.0 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AMB24-3 95 ● 5.5 2.5 (0.5) ● ● ● ● ●
AMB Series ● ● ● ● ● ●
AMB24-3-S 95 5.5 2.5 (0.5)
180 in-lb [20 Nm]
AMB24-SR 95 ● 5 2.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ● ●
Approx. 45 sq. ft.
AMB24-MFT A 150 ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AMQB Series 140 in-lb [16 Nm] AMQB24-1 7 ● 26 15 (1.5) ● ● ●
NMB24-3 95 ● 4 2.0 (0.2) ● ● ● ● ●
NMCB24-3 45 ● 4 2.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
NMB Series
NMB24-SR 95 ● 5 2.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ● ●
90 in-lb [10 Nm]
NMCB24-SR 45 ● 5 2.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
Approx. 22 sq. ft.
NMB24-MFT A 150 ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NMQB Series 70 in-lb [8 Nm] NMQB24-1 4 ● 23 13 (1.5) ● ● ●
LMB24-3 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
LMCB24-3 35 ● 2.5 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
LMB24-3.1 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
LMB24-3-S 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ● ●
LMB24-3-T 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
LMCB24-3-T 35 ● 2.5 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
LMB24-3-T.1 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
LMB24-3-P5-T 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ● ●
LMB24-3-P5-T.1 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ● ●
LMB24-3-P10-T 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ● ●
LMB24-SR 95 ● 3 1.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
LMCB24-SR 35 ● 3 1.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
LMB24-SR.1 95 ● 3 1.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

LMB24-SR-T 95 ● 3 1.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●

LMCB24-SR-T 35 ● 3 1.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
LMB24-SR-T.1 95 ● 3 1.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
LMB Series
LMB24-MFT A 150 ● 5 2.5 (1.2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
45 in-lb [5 Nm]
Approx. 11 sq. ft. LMB24-HM B 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ●
LMB24-10P-HM 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ●
LMQB Series 35 in-lb [4 Nm] LMQB24-1 2.5 ● 23 13 (1.5) ●
CMB24-3 35 ● 1.5 1.0 (0.2) ● ●
CMB24-3.1 35 ● 1.5 1.0 (0.2) ● ●
CMB120-3 35 ● 3.5 1.5 (1.0) ● ●
CMB24-3-T 35 ● 1.5 1.0 (0.2) ● ●
CMB Series
CMB24-3-T.1 35 ● 1.5 1.0 (0.2) ● ●
18 in-lb [2 Nm]
Approx. 4.5 sq. ft. CMB24-SR-R 35 ● 2.5 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
CMB24-SR-L 35 ● 2.5 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
AHB24-3-100 150* ● 4.5 2.0 (0.5) ● ●
AHB Series AHB24-3-200 150* ● 4.5 2.0 (0.5) ● ●
101 lbf [450 N Force] AHB24-SR-100 150* ● 4.5 2.5 (0.5) ● ●
4” or 8” stroke AHB24-SR-200 150* ● 4.5 2.5 (0.5) ● ●
AHQB Series 44 lbf [2000 N Force]] AHQB24-1-100 7* ● 23 13 (1.5) ●
LHB24-3-100 150* ● 3 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
LHB24-3-T-100 150* ● 3 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
LHB Series
LHB24-3-200 150* ● 3 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
34 lbf [150 N Force]
LHB24-SR-100 150* ● 3 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
4” or 8” stroke
LHB24-SR-200 150* ● 3 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
LHQB Series 22 lbf [100 N Force] LHQB24-1-100 3.5* ● 23 13 (1.5) ●
LUB Series LUB24-3 150** ● 2.5 1.0 (0.5) ● ●
27 in-lb [3 Nm] LUB24-SR 150** ● 3 3.0 (0.5) ● ●

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

16
Product Range
Custom Non-Spring Return Actuator

* The LH and AH linear series actuators come in

three different stroke lengths [4, 8 or 12 in]. The Control Input
Custom Running Power Power Control Position NEMA
Add-on
part number is followed by -100, -200, -300
respectively. The default running time is 150
Options Time(s) Supply Consumption Input MFT ®
Feedback 4X
seconds per 4 inches [100 mm]. Running time is
adjustable depending on model:
LH Series: 70-270, 140-540, 200-810, on the
-100, -200, -300 models respectively.

Terminal Strip NEMA 1/IP20 / 2/IP54

AH Series: 150-600, 300-1200, 450-1800, on the

10 ft (3m) Cable / 16 ft (5m) Cable

Enclosure (Part No. +N4 or +N4H)

-100, -200, -300 models respectively.

PWM adj., 0.02 to 50.0 Seconds

Start and Span adj., Start 0.5 to
24 VAC +/- 20%, VDC +/- 10%
Motor Drive Range, (Default)

Honeywell Series 90, 0-135 Ω

…-MFT Fully Programmable
LHQ and AHQ available in 4 inch version only.

30 VDC, Span 2.5 to 32 VDC

4-20 mA (w/500Ω Resistor)
Wattage Running (Holding)

VDC Variable, Start 0 to 8,

† Dual mounting on a single shaft is possible for
higher torque (-3 and -SR wired in parallel),

with Terminal Strip

2-10 VDC (Default)

2-10 VDC (Default)

(-MFT wired Master-Slave). Please call Belimo

Span 2 to 10 VDC
0-20 V Phasecut
100 to 240 VAC
customer service for details.

Potentiometer
Floating Point

Floating Point

S1A or S2A
VA Rating

On/Off

On/Off
GMX24-3† ● 150 ● 6 4.0 (2.0) ● ● ● ●
GMX24-SR† ● 150 ● 6.5 4.5 (2.0) ● ● ● ●
GMX24-PC† ● 150 ● 7 4.0 (1.5) ● ● ● ●
GMX Series
GMX120-3† ● 150 ● 7 4.0 (2.0) ● ● ● ●
360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Approx. 90 sq. ft. GMX24-MFT† ● 75-300 (150) ● 7 4.0 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
GMX24-MFT95† ● 75-300 (150) ● 7 4.0 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ●
AMX24-3 ● 95 ● 5.5 2.5 (0.5) ● ● ● ●
AMX24-3-T ● 95 ● 5.5 2.5 (0.5) ● ● ● ●
AMX24-SR ● 95 ● 5 2.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
AMX24-SR-T ● 95 ● 5 2.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
AMX24-PC ● 90 ● 5.5 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ●
AMX120-3 ● 95 ● 7 3.0 (0.6) ● ● ● ●

AMX Series AMX120-SR ● 95 ● 7.5 4.0 (1.0) ● ● ● ●

180 in-lb [20 Nm] AMX24-MFT ● 90-300 (150) ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Approx. 45 sq. ft. AMCX24-MFT ● 35-120 (35) ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AMX24-MFT95 ● 75-150 (150) ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ● ●
AMQ Series 140 in-lb [16 Nm] AMQX24-MFT ● 7-15 (7) ● 26 15 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NMX24-3 ● 95 ● 4 2.0 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
NMX24-3-T ● 95 ● 4 2.0 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
NMX24-SR ● 95 ● 5 2.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
NMX24-SR-T ● 95 ● 5 2.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
NMX24-PC ● 150 ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

NMX120-3 ● 150 ● 5.5 2.5 (0.6) ● ● ● ●

NMX Series NMX120-SR ● 150 ● 6.5 3.5 (1.0) ● ● ● ●

90 in-lb [10 Nm] NMX24-MFT ● 45-150 ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Approx. 22 sq. ft. NMX24-MFT95 ● 45-150 (150) ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ● ●
NMCX24-MFT ● 20-75 (20) ● 5 3.0 (0.6) ● ● ● ● ●
NMQ Series 70 in-lb [8 Nm] NMQX24-MFT ● 4-20 (4) ● 23 13 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LMX24-3 ● 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
LMX24-3-T ● 95 ● 2 1.5 (0.2) ● ● ● ●
LMX24-SR ● 95 ● 3 1.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
LMX24-SR-T ● 95 ● 3 1.5 (0.4) ● ● ● ●
LMX24-PC ● 95 ● 5 2.5 (1.2) ● ● ● ●

LMX Series LMX120-3 ● 150 ● 4 2.0 (0.5) ● ● ● ●

45 in-lb [5 Nm] LMX120-SR ● 150 ● 4.5 2.5 (1.0) ● ● ● ●

Approx. 11 sq. ft. LMX24-MFT ● 35-200 (150) ● 5 2.5 (1.2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LMX24-MFT95 ● 35-150 (150) ● 5 2.5 (1.2) ● ● ● ● ●
LMQ Series 35 in-lb [4 Nm] LMQX24-MFT ● 2.5-10 (2.5) ● 23 13 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AHX Series AHX24-3* ● 150* ● 4.5 2.0 (0.5) ● ●
101 lbf [450 N Force] AHX24-SR* ● 150* ● 4.5 2.5 (0.5) ● ●
4” or 8” stroke AHX24-MFT* ● 150* ● 6 3.5 (1.3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AHQ Series 44 lbf [200 N Forc
rce]
e] AHQX24-MFT-100 ● 7-20 (7)* ● 23 13 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LHX Series LHX24-3* ● 150* ● 3 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
34 lbf [150 N Force] LHX24-SR* ● 150* ● 3 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
4” or 8” stroke LHX24-MFT* ● 75-150 (150)* ● 5 2.5 (1.2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LHQ Series 22 lbf [100 N Force]
e] LHQX24-MFT-100 ● 3.5-15 (3.5)* ● 23 13 (1.5) ● ● ● ● ● ●
LUX24-3 ● 150 ● 2.5 1.0 (0.5) ● ●
LUX Series
LUX24-SR ● 150 ● 3 1.5 (0.5) ● ●
27 in-lb [3 Nm]
LUX24-MFT ● 75-150 (150) ● 5 2.5 (1.2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

17
 Notes/Work Pad
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

18
EFB and EFX Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 270 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 66 sq-ft* (For lower torque, see AFB, AF, NFB, LF, or TF series)

Applications

New standard clamp fits standard 1/2” shafts to 1.05” jackshafts. Mount directly to 1.05” jackshafts. (new ZG-120 bracket shown) Linkage solutions are available when direct coupling is not possible.

4-SR (p. 29)

X24-S N4(H)

35)
X24-SR-S
4-S (p. 21)

) (p. 31)
All Actuators

X24-MFT
(p. 25)

(p. 27)

N4(H) (p.
have BDCM
20-S
4 N4
(p. 21)

(p. 31)

(p. 33)

EFX24-MFT-S ,
(H

N4
,
EFB120, EFX120

EFB120-S, EFX1

EFB24-SR, EFX2
EFB24 N4, EFX2

EFB24-SR-S, EF
EFB24-S N4, EF

EFB24-SR-S N4
)

EFX24-SR-S N4
EFX120-S N4(H

EFB24-MFT, EF
EFB24-S, EFX2

EFB24-MFT-S,
EFB120-S N4,

EFB24-MFT-S
EFB24, EFX24

EFB24-SR N4

EFX24-MFT-S
EFB, EFX Series -
(p. 23)

(p. 23)

(p. 29)

(p. 33)
(p. 25)

At A Glance
Torque: 270 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power supply: 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

120 VAC ● ● ●
230 VAC ● ● ●
Control signal: On/Off ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ●
Multi-function** ● ● ●
Feedback signal: 2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ●
VDC variable** ● ● ●
Running time motor: 75 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
95 seconds ● ● ● ●
Adj. 60 to 150 seconds*** ● ● ●
spring: <20 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Brushless DC Motor ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External direction of rotation switch ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Manual override ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
A† (default)
Appliance rated cable, 18 GA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plenum rated cable, 18 GA (optional) ● ● ●
Built-in auxiliary switch, Two SPDT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NEMA 4 rated housing ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation instructions......(p. 37-43) General wiring......(p. 45) Start-up and checkout......(p. 46) Electrical operations......(p. 44)
*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals. **Default 2 to 10 VDC. ***Default 150 seconds.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

19
 EFB and EFX Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Cut labor costs with simple direct coupling.
● True mechanical spring return – the most reliable fail-safe.
● Reverse mount for clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe.
● Check damper position easily with clear position indicator.
● Overload-proof throughout rotation
● Temporary restrictions in damper movement will not change
actuator operation. Actuator returns to normal operation
when restriction is removed (modulating actuators).
● Built-in mechanical stop to adjust angle of rotation.
● By eliminating internal condensation incorporated breather membrane
optimizes performance in harsh airstream environments.
● Built-in auxiliary switches is easy to use, offers feedback or
signal for additional device (-S models).
● Manual override crank speeds installation
● Need to change control direction?
Do it easily with a simple switch (modulating actuators).
● Microprocessor-controlled brushless DC motor increases
actuator life span and reliability, provides constant running
time (modulating actuators).
● Rugged metal on plastic housing withstands
rough handling in the mechanical room.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

● Standard 3 ft. appliance cable and conduit connector

eases installation.
● Double insulated – no need for separate safety ground.
A Belimo exclusive (-S models).
● Automatically compensates for damper seal wear,
ensuring tight close-off.
● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection, and Running
Time to fit your Specific Application with Belimo’s Flexible Line of
Actuators (EFX).

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

20
EFB24, EFB24-S, EFX24, EFX24-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 270 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For on/off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The EFB and EFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The EFB and EFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches.
Technical Data EFB24, EFB24-S, EFX24, EFX24-S
The EFB24-S and EFX24-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary switches.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
24 VDC +20% / -10%
fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
Power consumption running 9.5 W
switch function is adjustable between +10° to +85°. The EFB24, EFB24-S, EFX24 and
holding 4.5 W EFX24-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
Transformer sizing 16 VA (class 2 power source) compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Electrical connection
EFB24... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit connector
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables Dimensions (Inches [mm])
with 1/2” conduit connectors

EF_NEMA2_dims
EFX24... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA appliance K9-2 (supplied)
or plenum cables, with or without 1/2” conduit 1/2" 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
(Field Selectable) (Default) (Field Selectable)
connector
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or
1.06 [27]

16 ft [5m] appliance cables, with or without 1/2"

conduit connectors
4.74 [120.5]

3.15 [80]

Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

2.13 [54]
0.19 [4.85]

Control on/off
Torque 270 in-lb [30 Nm] minimum

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting
0.53 [13.5]

Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 13.09 [332.5]

95°) 11.32 [287.5]

0.59 [15] 2.76 [70] 5.63 [143]

Running time motor 75 seconds 1.38 [35] 0.33 [8.3]

spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];

< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
0.20 [5.2]

(0° is full spring return position)

2.44 [62]
5.43 [138]

4.41 [112]

Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied

Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 0.52 [13.3]

Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2 1.97 [50] 7.40 [188] 1.95 [49.5] 1.77 [45]

Housing material aluminum diecast and plastic casing

Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level ≤56.5dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤71.4dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.82 lbs [4.45 kg], 10.14 lbs [4.6 kg] with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
EFB24-S, EFX24-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 85°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

21
 EFB24, EFB24-S, EFX24, EFX24-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

IND-EFB Damper position indicator
KH-EFB Crank arm
K9-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” diameter jackshafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
Tool-07 13 mm wrench
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-EFB Crank arm adaptor kit Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Note: When using EFB24, EFB24-S, EFX24, EFX24-S actuators, only use accessories listed on Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., EFB24-S and
4 EFX24-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A)
Typical Specification @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjustable 10°
to 85°.
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall nection.
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W063_EFB(X)
1 24 VAC Transformer

Line 1 Common
Volts 3
2 + Hot

EFB24, EFB24-S
EFX24, EFX24-S 2

On/Off wiring

W064_EFB(X)_-S
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

10° to 85°
EFB24-S
EFX24-S

Auxiliary Switches for EFB24-S, EFX24-S

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

22
EFB24 N4, EFB24-S N4, EFX24-S N4(H)
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 270 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The EFB N4 and EFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
reliable fail-safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring
return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
applied to the actuator.
The EFB N4 and EFX N4 series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches.
Technical Data EFB24 N4, EFB24-S N4, EFX24-S N4(H)
The EFB24-S N4 and EFX24-S N4 versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
switches. These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for
24 VDC +20% / -10%
example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at
Power consumption running 9.5 W / heater 21 W
+10°, the other switch function is fixed at 85°. The EFB24 N4, EFB24-S N4 and
holding 4.5 W EFX24-S N4(H) actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
Transformer sizing 16 VA (class 2 power source) / heater 21 VA compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Electrical connection terminal block(s) inside junction box with
knockouts
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Control on/off

EF_NEMA4_dims
K9-2 (supplied)
Torque 270 in-lb [30 Nm] minimum
1/2" 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting (Field Selectable) (Default) (Field Selectable)

Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
1.06 [27]

95°)
Running time motor 75 seconds
4.74 [120.5]

spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];

3.15 [80]

< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]

0.19 [4.85]

spring (w/heater) < 20 seconds @ -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C];

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

< 60 seconds @ -40°F [-40°C]
0.53 [13.5]

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°

(0° is full spring return position) 13.54 [344]
0.59 [15]
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied 1.38 [35]
2.76 [70]
0.33 [8.3]
5.63 [143]

Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
with heater -40°F to 122°F [-40°C to 50°C] 0.20 [5.2]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

5.43 [138]

4.41 [112]

5.43 [138]

Housing NEMA 4, IP66, Enclosure Type4

Housing material aluminum diecast and plastic casing
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 0.52 [13.3]
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC 1.97 [50] 7.40 [188] 4.17 [106]

Noise level ≤56.5dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds

≤71.4dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 10 lbs [4.54 kg], 10.1 lbs [4.59 kg] with heater
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
EFB24-S N4, EFX24-S N4(H)
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at 10° and one set at 85°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

23
 EFB24 N4, EFB24-S N4, EFX24-S N4(H)
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

IND-EFB Damper position indicator
KH-EFB Crank arm
K9-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” diameter jackshafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
Tool-07 13 mm wrench
ZG-EFB Crank arm adaptor kit
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Note: When using EFB24 N4, EFB24-S N4, EFX24-S N4(H) actuators, only use accessories Actuators may be connected in parallel.
listed on this page. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., EFB24-S N4
Typical Specification 4 and EFX24-S N4(H) incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT,
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at 10°, the other is
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a fixed at 85°.
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground
be provided. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the connection.
requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet
agency listings. Actuators shall be cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
be as manufactured by Belimo. necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W063_EFB(X)_N4
1 24 VAC Transformer

Line 1 Common
Volts 3
2 + Hot

EFB24 N4, EFB24-S N4

EFX24-S N4 2

On/Off wiring

W064_EFB(X)24_-S_N4_11
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

85°
EFB24-S N4
EFX24-S N4

Auxiliary Switches
GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

24
EFB120, EFB120-S, EFX120, EFX120-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 270 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The EFB and EFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The EFB and EFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
Technical Data EFB120, EFB120-S, EFX120, EFX120-S
mechanical end switches.
Power supply 100...240 VAC +10% / -20%, 50/60 Hz
100...125 VDC ±10% The EFB120-S and EFX120-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary
Power consumption running 9.5 W switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
holding 4.5 W fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
VA rating 21 VA @ 100 VAC switch function is adjustable between +10° to +85°. The EFB120, EFB120-S, EFX120
29 VA @ 240 VAC and EFX120-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Electrical connection
EFB120... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit
connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])
-S models: Two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables

EF_NEMA2_dims
K9-2 (supplied)
with 1/2” conduit connectors
1/2" 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
EFX120... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA (Field Selectable) (Default) (Field Selectable)

appliance cable, with or without 1/2” conduit

1.06 [27]

connector
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or
4.74 [120.5]

16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2"

3.15 [80]

conduit connectors

2.13 [54]
0.19 [4.85]

Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

Control on/off

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

0.53 [13.5]

Torque 270 in-lb [30 Nm] minimum

Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting 13.09 [332.5]

Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 11.32 [287.5]

0.59 [15] 2.76 [70] 5.63 [143]

95°) 1.38 [35] 0.33 [8.3]

Running time motor 75 sec

spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
0.20 [5.2]

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°

2.44 [62]
5.43 [138]

4.41 [112]

(0° is full spring return position)

Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 0.52 [13.3]

1.97 [50] 7.40 [188] 1.95 [49.5] 1.77 [45]

Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material aluminum diecast and plastic casing
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level ≤56.5dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤71.4dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.82 lbs [4.45 kg], 10.14 lbs [4.6 kg] with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 2.5kV, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version),
Control Pollution Degree 3.
EFB120-S, EFX120-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 85°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

25
 EFB120, EFB120-S, EFX120, EFX120-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

IND-EFB Damper position indicator
KH-EFB Crank arm
K9-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” diameter jackshafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
Tool-07 13 mm wrench
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-EFB Crank arm adaptor kit Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Note: When using EFB120, EFB120-S, EFX120, EFX120-S actuators, only use accessories Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. 3 No ground connection is required.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,
4 EFB120-S and EFX120-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x
Typical Specification SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one
is adjustable 10° to 85°.
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall nection.
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
cULus approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Belimo. nents could result in death or serious injury.

W066_EFB(X)120_11
L Load

EFB120, EFB120-S
EFX120, EFB120-S
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off wiring

Wht
Blk L Load

10° to 85°
EFB120-S
EFX120-S
Auxiliary Switches for EFB120-S, EFX120-S

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

26
EFB120-S N4, EFX120-S N4(H)
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 270 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For on/off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The EFB N4 and EFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
reliable fail-safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring
return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
applied to the actuator.
The EFB N4 and EFX N4 series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
Technical Data EFB120-S N4, EFX120-S N4(H)
mechanical end switches.
Power supply 100...240 VAC +10% / -20%, 50/60 Hz
100...125 VDC ±10% The EFB120-S N4 and EFX120-S N4(H) versions are provided with two built-in
Power consumption running 9.5 W / heater 22 W auxiliary switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for
holding 4.5 W example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at
VA rating 21 VA @ 120 VAC / heater 22 VA +10°, the other switch function is fixed at 85°. The EFB120-S N4 and EFX120-S N4(H)
29 VA @ 240 VAC actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic compression
against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Electrical connection terminal block(s) inside junction box with
knockouts
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Control on/off

EF_NEMA4_dims
K9-2 (supplied)
Torque 270 in-lb [30 Nm] minimum
1/2" 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting (Field Selectable) (Default) (Field Selectable)

Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
1.06 [27]

95°)
Running time motor 75 sec
4.74 [120.5]

spring < 20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];

3.15 [80]

< 60 sec @ -22°F [-30°C]

0.19 [4.85]

spring (w/heater) < 20 sec @ -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C];

< 60 sec @ -40°F [-40°C]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

0.53 [13.5]

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°

(0° is full spring return position) 13.54 [344]
0.59 [15]
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied 1.38 [35]
2.76 [70]
0.33 [8.3]
5.63 [143]

Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
with heater -40°F to 122°F [-40°C to 50°C] 0.20 [5.2]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

5.43 [138]

4.41 [112]

5.43 [138]

Housing NEMA 4, IP66, Enclosure Type4

Housing material aluminum diecast and plastic casing
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
0.52 [13.3]
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC 1.97 [50] 7.40 [188] 4.17 [106]

Noise level ≤56.5dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds

≤71.4dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 10 lbs [4.54 kg], 10.1 lbs [4.59 kg] with heater
† Rated Impulse Voltage 2.5kV, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
EFX120-S N4H is only UL listed.
EFB120-S N4, EFX120-S N4(H)
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
one set at 10° and one set at 85°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

27
 EFB120-S N4, EFX120-S N4(H)
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories

W066_EFB(X)120_N4_11
IND-EFB Damper position indicator
KH-EFB Crank arm
K9-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” diameter jackshafts
Tool-07 13 mm wrench
ZG-EFB Crank arm adaptor kit L Load
Note: When using EFB120-S N4, EFX120-S N4(H) actuators, only use accessories listed
on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification EFB120-S N4

EFX120-S N4
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a On/Off wiring
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either

W067_EFB(X)120-S_N4_11
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall
be provided. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the
Wht
requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet
agency listings. Actuators shall be cULus approved and have a 5 year warranty, and Blk L Load
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators
shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 No ground connection is required.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., 85°
4 EFB120-S N4 and EFX120-S N4(H) incorporates two built-in auxiliary
EFB120-S N4
switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed
EFX120-S N4
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

at 10°, the other is fixed at 85°.

Auxiliary Switches

AF-NF N4H 120V heater

Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground
connection.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or
other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform
these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical
components could result in death or serious injury.
NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

28
EFB24-SR, EFB24-SR-S, EFX24-SR, EFX24-SR-S
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 270 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication. Not to be used for a
master-slave application.

Operation
The EFB and EFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
Technical Data EFB24-SR, EFB24-SR-S,
actuator.
EFX24-SR, EFX24-SR-S
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz The EFB and EFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
24 VDC +20% / -10% position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
Power consumption running 8 W The EFB24-SR and EFX24-SR uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an
holding 4.5 W Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
Transformer sizing 14 VA (class 2 power source) microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate
Electrical connection and to know the actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls
EFB... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit connector the brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables with prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled
1/2” conduit connectors anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
EFX... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA appliance The EFB24-SR-S and EFX24-SR-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary
or plenum cables, with or without 1/2” conduit switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
connector fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or switch function is adjustable between +10° to +85°. The EFB24-SR, EFB24-SR-S,
16 ft [5m] appliance cables, with or without 1/2" EFX24-SR and EFX24-SR-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to
conduit connectors provide automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA

EF_NEMA2_dims
K9-2 (supplied)

1/2" 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) (Field Selectable) (Default) (Field Selectable)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 270 in-lb [30 Nm] minimum
1.06 [27]

Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting

motor reversible with built-in switch
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 95°)
4.74 [120.5]

3.15 [80]

Running time spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];

2.13 [54]
0.19 [4.85]

< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]

motor 95 seconds
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
0.53 [13.5]

(0° is full spring return position)

13.09 [332.5]
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied 11.32 [287.5]
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing 0.59 [15] 2.76 [70] 5.63 [143]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 1.38 [35] 0.33 [8.3]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material aluminum diecast and plastic casing
0.20 [5.2]

2.44 [62]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730-

5.43 [138]

4.41 [112]

1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC

Noise level ≤56.5dB(A) motor @ 95 seconds
≤71.4dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001 0.52 [13.3]

1.97 [50] 7.40 [188] 1.95 [49.5] 1.77 [45]

Weight 9.82 lbs [4.45 kg], 10.14 lbs [4.6 kg] with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
EFB24-SR-S, EFX24-SR-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 85°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

29
 EFB24-SR, EFB24-SR-S, EFX24-SR, EFX24-SR-S
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC to 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories

W068_EFB(X)24-SR
1 24 VAC Transformer
IND-EFB Damper position indicator
KH-EFB Crank arm
Line 1 Common
K9-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” diameter jackshafts 3
Volts
TF-CC US Conduit fitting 2 + Hot
Tool-07 13 mm wrench 3 Y1 Input, 2 to 10V
ZG-EFB Crank arm adaptor kit Control Signal (–)
NOTE: When using EFB24-SR, EFB24-SR-S, EFX24-SR and EFX24-SR-S actuators, only use
accessories listed on this page.
2 to 10 VDC (+) 5 U Output 2 to 10V
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.
EFB24-SR, EFB24-SR-S
EFX24-SR, EFX24-SR-S
2
Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no 2 to 10 VDC control
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”

W069_EFB(X)24-SR
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators with
auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double
Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators
shall be cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO
9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.
EFB24-SR, EFB24-SR-S
EFX24-SR, EFX24-SR-S
Wiring Diagrams
4 to 20 mA control with 2 to 10 VDC feedback output

W064_EFB(X)24_SR_-S
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Up to 4 actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
2 to the same shaft. With 4 actuators wired to one 500 Ω resistor.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Power consumption must be observed.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., EFB24-SR-S
4 and EFX24-SR-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A
(0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjust- 10° to 85°
able 10° to 85°. EFB24-SR-S
Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits EFX24-SR-S
5
Auxiliary switches for EFB24-SR-S, EFX24-SR-S

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to

2 to 10 VDC.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

30
EFB24-SR N4, EFB24-SR-S N4, EFX24-SR-S N4(H)
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 270 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication. Not to be used for a
master-slave application.

Operation
The EFB N4 and EFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
reliable fail-safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring
return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
Technical Data EFB24-SR N4, EFB24-SR-S N4,
applied to the actuator.
EFX24-SR-S N4(H)
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz The EFB N4 and EFX N4 series provide 95° of rotation and is provided with a
24 VDC +20% / -10% graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
Power consumption running 8 W / heater 21 W The EFB N4 and EFX N4 series use a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an
holding 4.5 W Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
Transformer sizing 14 VA (class 2 power source) / heater 21 VA microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate
Electrical connection terminal block(s) inside junction box with knockouts and to know the actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation the brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA The EFB24-SR-S N4 and EFX24-SR-S N4(H) versions are provided with two built-in
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) auxiliary switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for
Torque 270 in-lb [30 Nm] minimum example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting +10°, the other switch function is fixed at 85°. The EFB24-SR N4, EFB24-SR-S N4,
motor reversible with built-in switch and EFX24-SR-S N4(H) actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 95°) automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Running time spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
motor 95 seconds

EF_NEMA4_dims
spring (w/heater) < 20 sec @ -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]; K9-2 (supplied)

< 60 sec @ -40°F [-40°C] 1/2" 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

(Field Selectable) (Default) (Field Selectable)
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
1.06 [27]

(0° is full spring return position)

Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
4.74 [120.5]

3.15 [80]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

0.19 [4.85]

with heater -40°F to 122°F [-40°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 4, IP66, Enclosure Type4
0.53 [13.5]

Housing material aluminum diecast and plastic casing

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730- 0.59 [15] 2.76 [70]
13.54 [344]

5.63 [143]
1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC 1.38 [35] 0.33 [8.3]

Noise level ≤56.5dB(A) motor @ 95 seconds

≤71.4dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
0.20 [5.2]

Quality standard ISO 9001

5.43 [138]

4.41 [112]

5.43 [138]

Weight 10 lbs [4.54 kg], 10.1 lbs [4.59 kg] with heater
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
EFB24-SR-S N4, EFX24-SR-S N4(H)
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at 10°, and one set at 85° 0.52 [13.3]
1.97 [50] 7.40 [188] 4.17 [106]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

31
 EFB24-SR N4, EFB24-SR-S N4, EFX24-SR-S N4(H)
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC to 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories

W068_EFB(X)24-SR_N4
1 24 VAC Transformer
IND-EFB Damper position indicator
KH-EFB Crank arm
Line 1 Common
K9-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” diameter jackshafts 3
Volts
Tool-07 13 mm wrench 2 + Hot
ZG-EFB Crank arm adaptor kit 3 Y1 Input, 2 to 10V
NOTE: When using EFB24-SR N4, EFB24-SR-S N4, and EFX24-SR-S N4(H) actuators, only use Control Signal (–)
accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. 2 to 10 VDC (+) 5 U Output 2 to 10V

EFB24-SR N4,
Typical Specification EFB24-SR-S N4, 2
EFX24-SR-S N4
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to 2 to 10 VDC control
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an

W069_EFB(X)24-SR_N4
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators with
auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double
Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators
shall be cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO
9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams EFB24-SR N4,

EFB24-SR-S N4,
EFX24-SR-S N4

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

4 to 20 mA control with 2 to 10 VDC feedback output
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

W064_EFB(X)24_SR_-S_N4_11
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Up to 4 actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
2 to the same shaft. With 4 actuators wired to one 500 Ω resistor.
Power consumption must be observed.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., EFB24-SR-S
4 N4 and EFX24-SR-S N4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x
SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, the
other is fixed at 85°.

5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits

85°
EFB24-SR-S N4
EFX24-SR-S N4
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC. Auxiliary switches

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components! GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

32
EFB24-MFT, EFB24-MFT-S, EFX24-MFT, EFX24-MFT-S
Proportional, Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

• Torque min. 270 in-lb for control of air dampers

• Control 2 to 10 VDC (Default)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (Default)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. The EFB24-MFT, EFX24-
MFT provides mechanical spring return operation for reliable fail-safe application.

Technical Data EFB24-MFT, EFB24-MFT-S, Default/Configuration

EFX24-MFT, EFX24-MFT-S Default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the EFB24-MFT, EFX24-MFT
Power supply 24 VAC, +/- 20%, 50/60 Hz actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom versions of the
24 VDC, +20% / -10% actuator can be ordered. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are
Power running 9.5 W variable.
consumption holding 4.5 W These parameters can be changed by three means:
Transformer sizing 16 VA • Pre-set or custom configurations from Belimo
Electrical connection • Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool (version 3.4 or higher)
EFB24-MFT 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit connector software application.
EFB24-MFT-S -S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables with • Handheld ZTH-GEN
1/2” conduit connectors
EFX24-MFT 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA appliance or Operation
EFX24-MFT-S plenum cables, with or without 1/2” conduit connector The EFB24-MFT, EFX24-MFT actuator provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will synchronize the 0°
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2” conduit mechanical stop or the physical damper mechanical stop and use this point for its
connectors zero position during normal control operations. A unique manual override allows the
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation setting of any actuator position within its 95° of rotation with no power applied. This
Operating range Y* 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default) mechanism can be released physically by the use of a crank supplied with the
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) actuator. When power is applied the manual override is released and the actuator
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) drives toward the fail-safe position.
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point and on/off control Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max (default) intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
Torque 270 in-lb [30 Nm] minimum exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
Direction of spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator
rotation* motor reversible with built-in switch in a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated without the need for
Mechanical 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 95°) mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
angle of rotation* anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
Running time spring <20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20° C to 50° C]; The EFB24-MFT, EFX24-MFT is mounted directly to control shafts up to 1.05" diameter
<60 sec @ -22°F [-30° C] by means of its universal clamp and anti-rotation bracket. A crank arm and several
motor* 150 seconds (default), variable (60 to 150 seconds) mounting brackets are available for damper applications where the actuator cannot be
Angle of Rotation off (default) direct coupled to the damper shaft. The spring return system provides minimum

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

adaptation specified torque to the application during a power interruption. The EFB24-MFT,
Override control* min position = 0% EFX24-MFT actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
mid. position = 50% compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
max. position = 100%
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° NOTE: Please see documentation on Multi-Function Technology.
(0° is spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Humidity max 95% RH, non-condensing
EF_NEMA2_dims
K9-2 (supplied)

1/2" 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered

Ambient temperature -22 to 122° F (-30 to 50° C) (Field Selectable) (Default) (Field Selectable)

Storage temperature -40 to 176° F (-40 to 80° C)

1.06 [27]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2

Housing material aluminum diecast and plastic casing
4.74 [120.5]

≤45.3dB(A) motor @ 150 seconds, run time dependent

3.15 [80]

Noise level
2.13 [54]

≤71.4dB(A) spring return

0.19 [4.85]

Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730-

1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
0.53 [13.5]

Quality standard ISO 9001 13.09 [332.5]

Servicing maintenance free 11.32 [287.5]

0.59 [15] 2.76 [70] 5.63 [143]

Weight 9.82 lbs [4.45 kg], 10.14 lbs [4.6 kg] with switches 1.38 [35] 0.33 [8.3]

* Variable when configured with MFT options

† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
0.20 [5.2]

Programmed for 60 sec motor run time. At 150 sec motor run time, transformer sizing
2.44 [62]

iis 12 VA and power consumption is 7 W running / 4.5 W holding.

5.43 [138]

4.41 [112]

EFB24-MFT-S, EFX24-MFT-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 85°
0.52 [13.3]

1.97 [50] 7.40 [188] 1.95 [49.5] 1.77 [45]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

33
 EFB24-MFT, EFB24-MFT-S, EFX24-MFT, EFX24-MFT-S
Proportional, Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

W600_EFX_MFT_N4
Accessories
IND-EFB Damper position indicator
KH-EFB Crank arm
K9-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” diameter jackshafts
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
Tool-07 13 mm wrench
ZG-EFB Crank arm adaptor kit
NOTE: When using EFB24-MFT, EFB24-MFT-S, EFX24-MFT and EFX24-MFT-S actuators, only use
accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.
10° to 85°
Typical Specification EFX24-MFT-S
EFX24-MFT-S N4
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05” Auxiliary Switches for EFB24-MFT-S, EFX24-MFT-S
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to

W399_08
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators with
auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double
Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators
shall be cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO
9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.

4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source) or the Common PWM
M
5 (sink) 24 VAC line.

W399_08
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator must be connected
9 to the hot connection of the controller.

Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground

connection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

On/Off
Off controll
WARNING Live Electrical Components!
W399_08

During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be

necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician
or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components
perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to
live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

34
EFB24-MFT-S N4, EFX24-MFT-S N4(H)
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

• Torque min. 270 in-lb for control of air dampers

• Control 2 to 10 VDC (Default)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (Default)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. The EFB24-MFT-S N4,
EFX24-MFT-S N4(H) provides mechanical spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application.

Default/Configuration
Default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the EFB24-MFT-S N4,
EFX24-MFT-S N4(H) actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom
versions of the actuator can be ordered. The parameters noted in the Technical Data
Technical Data EFB24-MFT-S N4, EFX24-MFT-S N4(H) table are variable.
Power supply 24 VAC, +/- 20%, 50/60 Hz These parameters can be changed by three means:
24 VDC, +20% / -10% • Pre-set or custom configurations from Belimo
Power running 9.5 W / heater 21 W • Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool (version 3.4 or higher)
consumption holding 4.5 W software application.
Transformer sizing 16 VA / heater 21 VA • Handheld ZTH-GEN
Electrical connection terminal block(s) inside junction box with knockouts
Operation
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
The EFB24-MFT-S N4, EFX24-MFT-S N4(H) actuator provides 95° of rotation and is
Operating range Y* 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default) provided with a graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) synchronize the 0° mechanical stop or the physical damper mechanical stop and use
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) this point for its zero position during normal control operations. A unique manual
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA override allows the setting of any actuator position within its 95° of rotation with no
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point and on/off control power applied. This mechanism can be released physically by the use of a crank
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max (default) supplied with the actuator. When power is applied the manual override is released
Torque 270 in-lb [30 Nm] minimum and the actuator drives toward the fail-safe position.
Direction of spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting
The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
rotation* motor reversible with built-in switch
Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
Mechanical 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 95°) intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
angle of rotation* exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
Running time spring <20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20° C to 50° C]; provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator
<60 sec @ -22°F [-30° C] in a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated without the need for
motor* 150 seconds (default), variable (60 to 150 seconds) mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
spring (w/heater) < 20 sec @ -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]; anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
< 60 sec @ -40°F [-40°C]
The EFB24-MFT-S N4, EFX24-MFT-S N4(H) is mounted directly to control shafts up to
Angle of rotation off (default)
1.05" diameter by means of its universal clamp and anti-rotation bracket. A crank arm
adaptation
and several mounting brackets are available for damper applications where the

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Override control* min position = 0%
actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft. The spring return system
mid. position = 50%
provides minimum specified torque to the application during a power interruption. The
max. position = 100%
EFB24-MFT-S N4, EFX24-MFT-S N4(H) actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
safe) to provide automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
(0° is spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied NOTE: Please see documentation on Multi-Function Technology.
Humidity max 95% RH, non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22 to 122° F (-30 to 50° C) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
with heater -40°F to 122°F [-40°C to 50°C] K9-2 (supplied)
EF_NEMA4_dims
Storage temperature -40 to 176° F (-40 to 80° C) 1/2"
(Field Selectable)
3/4" Centered
(Default)
1.05" Centered
(Field Selectable)

Housing NEMA 4, IP66, Enclosure Type4

1.06 [27]

Housing material aluminum diecast and plastic casing

Noise level ≤45.3dB(A) motor @ 150 seconds, run time dependent
4.74 [120.5]

≤71.4dB(A) spring return

3.15 [80]

0.19 [4.85]

Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730-

1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Quality standard ISO 9001
0.53 [13.5]

Servicing maintenance free

13.54 [344]
Weight 10 lbs [4.54 kg], 10.1 lbs [4.59 kg] with heater 0.59 [15] 2.76 [70] 5.63 [143]
0.33 [8.3]
* Variable when configured with MFT options 1.38 [35]

† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
Programmed for 60 sec motor run time. At 150 sec motor run time, transformer sizing
0.20 [5.2]

iis 12 VA and power consumption is 7 W running / 4.5 W holding.

5.43 [138]

4.41 [112]

5.43 [138]

EFB24-MFT-S N4, EFX24-MFT-S N4(H)

Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at 10°, and one set at 85°
0.52 [13.3]
1.97 [50] 7.40 [188] 4.17 [106]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

35
 EFB24-MFT-S N4, EFX24-MFT-S N4(H)
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

W600_EFX_MFT_N4_11
Accessories
IND-EFB Damper position indicator
KH-EFB Crank arm
K9-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” diameter jackshafts
Tool-07 13 mm wrench
ZG-EFB Crank arm adaptor kit
NOTE: When using EFB24-MFT-S N4, and EFX24-MFT-S N4(H) actuators, only use accessories
listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification 85°

Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to Auxiliary Switches for EFB24-MFT-S N4, EFX24-MFT-S N4
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an

W399_11
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators with
auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double
Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators
shall be cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO
9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams
VDC/4-20 mA

W399_11
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.

Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source) or the Common
5 (sink) 24 VAC line. PWM
M
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.

W399_11
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator must be connected
9 to the hot connection of the controller.

Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground

connection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING Live Electrical Components! On/Off

Off controll
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician
W399_11

or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components
perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to
live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.
GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

36
Installation Instructions
Quick-Mount Visual Instructions for Mechanical Installation

Quick-Mount Visual Instructions

1. Rotate the damper to its fail-safe position.

If the shaft rotates counterclockwise, mount the “CCW” side of the actuator out.
If it rotates clockwise, mount the actuator with the “CW” side out.
2. If the universal clamp is not on the correct side of the actuator, mount it onto the correct side.
3. Slide the actuator onto the shaft and tighten the nuts on the V-bolt with a 13mm wrench to 11 ft-lb of torque.
4. Slide the anti-rotation strap under the actuator so that it engages the slot at the base of the actuator. Secure the strap to the duct work with #8 self-tapping screws.
NOTE: Read the “Standard Mounting” instructions, on the next page, for more detailed information.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

4 -3 / 3 / 4”
[117 4” [ 20 m
mm m]
]

< 1.05“
< 3/4“

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

< 1/2“

35°... 95°

9
8 .6
7 6

0
.1
.2
1
.3
.9
.4 .8
.5 .6 .7

0
.1
.2
1
.3
.9
.4 .8
.5 .6 .7

< 1.05“ CCW CW

0=Y
0=Y < 3/4“

0=Y
0=Y

< 1/2“

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

37
 Installation Instructions
K9-2 Universal Clamp

1/2” ... 3/4” 1/2” ... 11/16”

< 1.05“ 3/4” ... 1.05” 1/2” ... 11/16”

< 3/4“
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

< 1/2“

13mm
11 ft-lb

1/2”
s tain
les s
stee
l

18.5 ft-lb

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

38
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Determining Torque Loading and Actuator Sizing The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by
means of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are
Damper torque loadings, used in selecting the correct size actuator, should be available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper
provided by the damper manufacturer. If this information is not available, the shaft. The EFB, EFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable
following general selection guidelines can be used. fail-safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return
system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to
Damper Type Torque Loading the actuator. The EFB…-S, EFX…-S versions are provided with two built-in
Opposed blade, without edge seals, auxiliary switches. These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or
3 in-lb/sq. ft.
for non-tight close-off applications signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position
Parallel blade, without edge seals, is fixed at +10°, the other switch function is adjustable between +10° to +85° (for
4 in-lb/sq. ft.
for non-tight close-off applications NEMA 4 versions, the second switch is fixed at +85°.)
Opposed blade, with edge seals,
5 in-lb/sq. ft.
for tight close-off applications
Parallel blade, with edge seals, Automatic Airtight Dampers/Manual Override
7 in-lb/sq. ft.
for tight close-off applications The EFB, EFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
The above torque loadings will work for most applications with 1000 FPM face position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
velocity. For applications between this criteria and 2500 FPM, the torque loading The EFB, EFX has a unique built in manual positioning mechanism which allows the
should be increased by a multiplier of 1.5. If the application calls for higher criteria setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation. A pre-tensioned spring
up to 3000 FPM, use a multiplier of 2.0. automatically tightens the damper when power is applied to the actuator,
compensating for damper seal deterioration..
Torque Loading Chart
The actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the
Torque Loading Chart
manual mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe
position.
140
130
120
110
Damper Area (sq. ft.)

100
90
Y=0
80
70
60
Y=0
50
40
30

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

20
10
0
Standard Mounting
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NOTE: The EFB, EFX…series actuator is shipped with the manual override
Torque Loading (in-lb/ sq. ft.) adjusted for a +5° position at the universal clamp (not at full fail-safe, 0°).
This allows for automatic compression of damper blade seals when the
actuator is in use, providing tight shut-off. This assumes that the damper is to
have tight shut-off at the fail-safe position. If tight close-off is desired at the
General Information opposite direction from fail-safe, the manual override should be released so
the actuator can go to the full fail-safe position. See the manual override
Belimo actuators should be mounted indoors in a dry, relatively clean environment
instructions.
free from corrosive fumes. If the actuator is to be mounted outdoors, a protective
enclosure must be used to shield the actuator. 1. Manually move the damper to the fail-safe position (usually closed). If the shaft
For new construction work, order dampers with extended shafts. Instruct the rotated counterclockwise ( )), this is a CCW installation. If the shaft rotated
installing contractor to allow space for mounting and service of the Belimo actuator on clockwise ( )), this is a CW installation. In a CCW installation, the actuator side
the shaft. The damper shaft must extend at least 4-3/4” from the duct. If the shaft marked “CCW” faces out, while in a CW installation, the side marked “CW” faces
extends less than 4-3/4” or if an obstruction blocks access, the shaft can be extended out. All other steps are identical.
with the AV 8-25 shaft extension accessory or the actuator may be mounted in its short 2. The actuator is usually shipped with the universal clamp mounted to the “CCW”
shaft configuration. side of the actuator. To test for adequate shaft length, slide the actuator over the
shaft with the side marked “CCW” (or the “CW” side if this is the side with the
clamp). If the shaft extends at least 1/8” through the clamp, mount the actuator
Mechanical Operation as follows. If not, go to the Short Shaft Installationn section.
3. If the clamp is not on the correct side as determined in step #1, re-mount the
clamp as follows. If it is on the correct side, proceed to step #5. Look at the
universal clamp. If you are mounting the actuator with the “CCW” side out,

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

39
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

position the clamp so that the pointer section of the tab is pointing to 0° (see MOUNTING: If the actuators are mounted on the opposed ends of the shaft, the
Figure C) and the spline pattern of the clamp mates with spline of the actuator. actuator direction must be selected carefully. Usually, the direction of rotation is
Slip the clamp over the spline. (Use the same procedure if the “CW” side is out.) reversed.
If your application requires a mechanical minimum position, read the Rotation
Limiting, Mechanical Minimum Damper Positionn section.
4. Lock the clamp to the actuator using the retaining clip. Multiple Actuator Mounting
5. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position. If more torque is required than one EFB, EFX actuator can provide, a second EFB, EFX
6. Slide the actuator over the shaft. actuator may be mounted to the shaft using the ZG-102 multiple mounting bracket.
7. Position the actuator in the desired location.
8. Tighten the two nuts on the clamp using a 13mm wrench or socket using 11 ft-lb NOTE: The manual positioning mechanism cannot be used in multiple actuator
of torque. applications.
9. Slip the stud of the anti rotation strap into the slot at the base of the actuator. Special Wiring and Additional Information: See wiring guide
The stud should be positioned approximately 1/16 of an inch from the closed end
of the slot. Bend the strap as needed to reach the duct. Attach the strap to the
duct with #8 self tapping screws.

Short Shaft Installation

If the shaft extends at least 3/4” from the duct, follow these steps:
1. Determine the best orientation for the universal clamp on the back of the
actuator. The best location would be where you have the easiest access to the V
bolt nuts on the clamp. Correct pointer mounting
2. Engage the clamp to the actuator as close as possible to the determined location. position if actuator is at
full fail-safe.
3. Lock the clamp in place using the remaining retainer clip.
4. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position.
5. Slide the actuator over the shaft.
6. Position the actuator in the desired location.
7. Tighten the two nuts on the clamp using a 13mm wrench or socket using 11 ft-lb
of torque.
8. Slip the stud of the anti-rotation strap into the slot at the base of the actuator.
The stud should be positioned approximately 1/16 of an inch from the closed end
of the slot. Bend the strap as needed to reach the duct. Attach the strap to the
duct with #8 self tapping screws.
9. If damper position indication is required, use the optional IND-EFB pointer. See
Figure A.
Correct pointer mounting
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

position if actuator is at
Jackshaft Installation 5° preload.

The EFB, EFX… series actuator is designed for use with jackshafts up to 1.05” in Figure A
diameter. In most applications, the EFB, EFX actuator may be mounted in the same
manner as a standard damper shaft application. If more torque is required than one
EFB, EFX actuator can provide, a second EFB, EFX actuator may be mounted to the
jackshaft using the ZG-102 multiple actuator mounting bracket. See wiring guide
for wiring details.

EF ACTUATORS WHICH MAY BE USED ON ONE SHAFT

Model Maximum Quantity Minimum Shaft
Per Shaft Diameter
EFB24(-S)(N4)
EFX24(-S)(N4)
2* 3/4”
EFB120(-S)(N4)
EFX120(-S)(N4)
EFB24-MFT(-S)(N4) 3/4” for 2x
3**
EFX24-MFT(-S)(N4) 1” for 3x
* Wired in parellel
** Wired master-slave

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

40
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Rotation Limitation
The angle of rotation limiter, which is built into the actuator, is used in conjunction with
the tab on the universal clamp or IND-EFB position indicator. In order to function
properly, the clamp or indicator must be mounted correctly.
See Figure A.
The rotation limiter may not work in certain mounting orientations using the ZG-EFB
mounting kit. Limiting the damper rotation must be accomplished by adjusting the Philips screwdriver
crank arm linkage.
The built-in rotation limiter may be used in 2 ways to control the rotational output of
the EFB, EFX series actuator. One use is in the application where a damper has a
designed rotation less than 90°. An example would be a 45° or 60° rotating damper.
The other application would be to set a minimum damper position which can be easily
set or changed without having to remove the actuator from the damper.

Damper Rotation Limiting 9

8 .6
1. Determine the amount of damper rotation required.
7 6
2. Locate the Angle of Rotation Limiter on the actuator Figure B.
3. Position the limiter to the desired position, making sure the locating “teeth” on the
limiter are engaged into the locating holes on the actuator.
4. Fasten the limiter by screwing the attached screw.
5. Test the damper rotation either manually with the manual crank or apply power and
if required, a control signal. Re-adjust if necessary.

FIGURE B

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

41
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Manual Override Auxiliary Switches

The EFB, EFXX series actuators can be manually positioned to ease installation or for The EFB, EFX series actuators may be ordered with two built-in SPDT auxiliary
emergency positioning. switches used for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
switch position near the fail-safe position is fixed at 10°. The other is adjustable
1. The manual override will only work if no power is available to the actuator.
between 10° and 85° of rotation (for NEMA 4 versions, the second switch is fixed at
2. Insert the manual crank (shipped with the actuator) into the hexagon hole located
+85°.) The crank that is supplied with the actuator is used to change the switch
on either side of the actuator. An illustration, located on the label, shows the
position.
location.
3. Turn the crank in the direction shown on the label (clockwise on the “CW” side, SWITCH RATING
counterclockwise on the “CCW” side). It will take approximately 34 revolutions to Voltage Resistive Load Inductive Load
rotate the full 95° of rotation.
120 VAC 3A 1.03A
4. To lock the actuator in the required position, flip the switch to the locked position
250 VAC 3A 0.5A
that is located to the right of the crank on the CCW side of the actuator (left of
the crank on the CW side). Two methods may be used to adjust the switching point of the adjustable switch.
5. The manual override may be disengaged in 2 ways.
- Flip the switch to the unlocked position and the actuator will go to its fail-safe Method 1 - See Figure F
position. 1 The actuator must be in its fail-safe position.
- Apply power to wire 1 and 2. The actuator will automatically disengage the 2. Insert the crank handle into the torx shaped hole located in the center of the
override function and will go to the “on” position in the case of the On/Off adjustable switch pointer.
versions. Or, in the case of the proportional versions, go to the 0 signal 3. Gently rotate the crank until the switch pointer is at the desired switch point in
position and then go to the position corresponding to the control signal. The degrees as shown.
actuator will now work normally.
EFB, EFX... Series

CCW Side Example:

85

1 2 1 2 1 2
3 3 3
4 4 4
5 5 5
6 .6 6
7 7
8 8 8
85 85 85

Winding the Locking the Unlocking the

damper actuator damper actuator damper actuator
(2 options) Method 2 - See Figure G
- insert crank handle - Flip the lock switch to
- turn handle in direction the position pointing to - Flip the lock switch to 1. Position the damper to the point at which you want the switch to activate. This
of arrow the “locked” symbol the position pointing to may be done by using the manual override or by providing the appropriate
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

the “unlocked” symbol. proportional signal to EFB24, EFX24… modulating type actuator. The position of
- Remote control by the switch pointer is not important during this step
supplying power to the 2. Insert the crank into the hexagon shaped hole located in the center of the
unit for > than 3 sec. adjustable switch pointer.
3. Gently rotate the switch pointer to just past the switch point indicating arrow as
shown.
Testing the installation Without Power
EFB, EFX... Series
The actuator/damper installation may be tested without power at the actuator. Refer
to the manual positioning section of the instructions. Move the damper to its full
non-fail-safe position using the manual crank. Disengage the manual position
mechanism and have the damper go to full fail-safe position. Correct any 1 2 1 2 1 2
mechanical problems and retest. 3 3 3
4 4 4
5 5 5
.6 6 6
7 7
8 8 8
85 85 85

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

42
Installation Instructions
Non-Direct Mounting Methods

KH EFB Crank
KH-EFB C k Arm
A
Including Retaining Ring
The KH-EFB crank arm is used in non-direct coupled mounting applications. The KH-
EFB may also be used to simultaneously direct couple to a damper shaft and provide
an additional crank arm connection to a second damper.

KH-EFB For round shafts up to 1.05” or square shafts up to 11/16”

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

3 - crankarm.pdf
NOTE: The KH-EFB crank arm is designed to attach itself with the K9-2 clamp.
The supplied rod must be used when the actuator is not direct coupled onto a shaft.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Non-direct mounting with ZG-EFB crank arm adaptor kit

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

43
 Installation Instructions
Electrical Operation

General Control Accuracy and Stability

The EFB, EFX series actuators utilize both DC Motors and brushless DC motor
technology. The EFB, EFX uses this motor in conjunction with an Application Specific
-SR and MFT EF actuators have built-
Integrated Circuit (ASIC). In the On/Off versions of the EFB and EFX, the ASIC in brushless DC motors which provide
monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and a digital rotation sensing function
to prevent damage to the actuator. The EFB24, EFX24… modulates type actuators better accuracy and longer service life.
incorporate a built in microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the intelligence
to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and knows the actuator’s exact zero The -SR and MFT EF actuators are designed with a unique non-symmetrical
position. deadband. The actuator follows an increasing or decreasing control signal
with a 80 mV resolution. If the signal changes in the opposite direction, the
Brushless DC Motor Operation actuator will not respond until the control signal changes by 200 mV. This
allows these actuators to track even the slightest deviation very accurately, yet
Belimo’s brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of stationary allowing the actuator to “wait” for a much larger change in control signal due
electromagnets housed inside of a rotating permanent magnet. The electromagnetic to control signal instability.
poles are switched by a special ASIC circuit developed by Belimo. Unlike the
conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to wear or commutators to foul.
EF 8
Overload Protection
The EFB, EFX series actuators are protected from overload at all angles of rotation.
The ASIC circuit constantly monitors the rotation of the DC motor inside the actuator
and stops the pulses to the motor when it senses a stall condition. The DC motor
remains energized and produces full rated torque to the load. This helps ensure that
dampers are fully closed and that edge and blade seals are always properly
8
compressed.

Motor Position Detection

Belimo brushless DC motors eliminate the need for potentiometers for positioning in
modulating type actuators. Inside the motor are three “Hall Effect” sensors. These
sensors detect the spinning rotor and send pulses to the microprocessor which
counts the pulses and calculates the position to within 1/3 of a revolution of the
motor.
EF
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Note: Resolution is a percentage of operating range. 1% in one direction,

2.5% when changing direction. 2-10 VDC control example shown above.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

44
Installation Instructions
General Wiring Instructions

WARNING The wiring technician must be trained and experienced with electronic Wire Length for EFB..., EFX... Actuators
circuits. Disconnect power supply before attempting any wiring connections or
changes. Make all connections in accordance with wiring diagrams and follow all Keep power wire runs below the lengths listed in the Figure H. If more than one
applicable local and national codes. Provide disconnect and overload protection as actuator is powered from the same wire run, divide the allowable wire length by the
required. Use copper, twisted pair, conductors only. If using electrical conduit, the number of actuators to determine the maximum run to any single actuator.
attachment to the actuator must be made with flexible conduit. Example: 3 actuators, 16 Ga wire
225 Ft ÷ 3 Actuators = 75 Ft. Maximum wire run
Always read the controller manufacturer's installation literature carefully
before making any connections. Follow all instructions in this literature. If you MAXIMUM WIRE LENGTH FOR 16VA
have any questions, contact the controller manufacturer and/or Belimo. Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
12 Ga 550 Ft. 18 Ga 145 Ft.
14 Ga 360 Ft. 20 Ga 75 Ft.
Transformers 16 Ga 225 Ft. 22 Ga 37 Ft.
The EFB24, EFX24…actuators require a 24 VAC class 2 transformer and draws a FIGURE H
maximum of 16 VA per actuator. The actuator enclosure cannot be opened in the
field, there are no parts or components to be replaced or repaired.
– EMC directive: 2004/108/EC Wire Type and Wire Installation Tips
– Software class A: Mode of operation type 1 For most installations, 18 or 16 Ga. cable works well with the EFB24, EFX24...
– Low voltage directive: 2006/95/EC actuators. Use code-approved wire nuts, terminal strips or solderless connectors
where wires are joined. It is good practice to run control wires unspliced from the
CAUTION: It is good practice to power electronic or digital controllers from a
actuator to the controller. If splices are unavoidable, make sure the splice can be
separate power transformer than that used for actuators or other end devices.
reached for possible maintenance. Tape and/or wire-tie the splice to reduce the
The power supply design in our actuators and other end devices use half wave
possibility of the splice being inadvertently pulled apart.
rectification. Some controllers use full wave rectification. When these two different
types of power supplies are connected to the same power transformer and the DC
The EFB24, EFX24... proportional actuators have a digital circuit that is designed to
commons are connected together, a short circuit is created across one of the diodes
ignore most unwanted input signals (pickup). In some situations the pickup may be
in the full wave power supply, damaging the controller. Only use a single power
severe enough to cause erratic running of the actuator. For example, a large
transformer to power the controller and actuator if you know the controller power
inductive load (high voltage AC wires, motors, etc.) running near the power or
supply uses half wave rectification.
control wiring may cause excessive pickup. To solve this problem, make one or
more of the following changes:
Multiple Actuators, One Transformer 1. Run the wire in metallic conduit.
2. Re-route the wiring away from the source of pickup.
Multiple actuators may be powered from one transformer provided the following rules 3. Use shielded wire (Belden 8760 or equal). Ground the shield to an earth ground.
are followed: Do not connect it to the actuator common.
1. The TOTAL current draw of the actuators (VA rating) is less than or equal to the
rating of the transformer.
2. Polarity on the secondary of the transformer is strictly followed. This means that Initialization of the -SR and MFT
all No. 1 wires from all actuators are connected to the common leg on the
When power is initially applied, the actuator will first release its manual preload
transformer and all No. 2 wires from all actuators are connected to the hotleg.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

position (This assumes a manual position has been set). The actuator will then rotate
Mixing wire No. 1 & 2 on one leg of the transformer will result in erratic operation
to the full fail-safe position. At this point the microprocessor recognizes that the
or failure of the actuator and/or controls.
actuator is at full fail-safe and uses this position as the base for all of its position
calculations. The microprocessor will retain the initialized zero during short power
Multiple Actuators, Multiple Transformers failures of up to 20 seconds. The -SR and MFT will also return to its position prior to
the 20-second-or-less power loss. For power failures greater than 20 seconds, the
Multiple actuators positioned by the same control signal may be powered from actuator would naturally return to its full fail-safe position prior to the microprocessor
multiple transformers provided the following rules are followed: losing its memory. The actuator will also re-initialize if the manual position
1. The transformers are properly sized. mechanism is used.
2. All No. 1 wires from all actuators are tied together and tied to the negative leg of
the control signal. See wiring diagram.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

45
 Startup and Checkout
Instructions For EFB24-SR, EFX24-SR

EFB24-SR, EFX24-SR Electrical Check-Out Procedure

Does Not Give
Gives Expected Response
STEP Procedure Expected Response Expected Response
Go To Step…
Go To Step…
1. Control signal is applied to actuator. Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 7. No response at all Step 2.
Signal” position. Operation is reversed Step 3.
Does not drive toward "Control Signal
Position" Step 4.
2. Check power wiring. Power supply rating should be the total Power wiring corrected, actuator Power wiring corrected, actuator still
Correct any problems. power requirement of the actuator(s). begins to drive Step 1. does not drive Step 4.
See Note 1. Minimum voltage of 19.2 VAC or 21.6
VDC.
3. Turn reversing switch to the correct Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 7. Does not drive toward “Control Signal
position. Make sure the switch is Signal” position. Position” Step 4.
turned all the way left or right.
4. Make sure the control signal positive Drives to “Control Signal” position. Actuator operates properly Step 7. Step 5.
(+) is connected to Wire No. 3 and
control signal negative (-) is connected
to wire No. 1. Most control problems
are caused by reversing these two
wires. Verify that the reversing switch
is all the way CCW or CW.
5. Check input signal with a digital volt Input voltage or current should be ±1% Controller output (actuator input) Reprogram, adjust repair or replace
meter (DVM). Make sure the input of what controller's adjustment or is correct. Input Polarity Correct controller as needed Step 1.
is within the range of the actuator. programming indicates. Step 6.
NOTE: The input signal must be
above the 2 VDC or 4 mA to have
the actuator move.
6. Check damper torque requirement. Torque requirement is actuator’s Defective Actuator. Recalculate actuator requirement and
minimum torque. Replace Actuator - See Note 2. correct installation.
7. Actuator works properly. Test
controller by following controller
manufacturer's instructions.

NOTE 1 Check that the transformer(s) are sized properly.

• If a common transformer is used, make sure that polarity is observed on the secondary. This means connect all No. 1 wires to one leg of the transformer and all
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

No. 2 wires to the other leg of the transformer.

• If multiple transformers are used with one control signal, make sure all No. 1 wires are tied together and tied to control signal negative (-).
• Controllers and actuators must have separate 24 VAC/VDC power sources.
NOTE 2 If failure occurs within 5 years from original purchase date, notify Belimo and give details of the application.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

46
AFB and AFX Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 180 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 45 sq-ft* (For lower torque, see AF, NFB, LF, or TF series)

Applications
1” 3/4”

1/2”

New standard clamp fits standard 1/2” shafts to 1.05” jackshafts. Mount directly to 1.05” jackshafts. Linkage solutions are available when direct coupling is not possible.

AFB24-MFT95 N4(H), AFX24-MFT95 N4

AFB24-MFT-S N4(H), AFX24-MFT-S N4
AFB24-SR N4(H), AFX24-SR N4 (p. 59)

AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95 (p. 65)

AFB24-MFT-S, AFX24-MFT-S (p. 61)
AFB24-SR-S N4(H), AFX24-SR-S N4
AFBUP-S N4(H), AFXUP-S N4 (p. 55)
AFB24-S N4(H), AFX24-S N4 (p. 51)

AFB24-MFT N4(H), AFX24-MFT N4

AFB24-SR-S, AFX24-SR-S (p. 57)
All Actuators

AFB24-MFT, AFX24-MFT (p. 61)

AFBUP N4(H), AFXUP N4 (p. 55)
AFB24 N4(H), AFX24 N4 (p. 51)

have BDCM
AFB24-SR, AFX24-SR (p. 57)
AFBUP-S, AFXUP-S (p. 53)
AFB24-S, AFX24-S (p. 49)
AFB24, AFX24 (p. 49)

AFBUP, AFXUP (p. 53)

AFB, AFX Series -

(p. 63)

(p. 63)

(p. 67)
(p. 59)

At A Glance
Torque: 180 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Power supply: 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
120 VAC ● ● ● ●
230 VAC ● ● ● ●
Control signal: On/Off ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ●
Multi-function** ● ● ● ●
0 to 135 Ω ● ●
Feedback signal: VDC variable** ● ● ● ● ● ●
Running time <75 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
motor: 95 seconds ● ● ● ●
Adj. 70 to 220 seconds*** ● ● ● ● ● ●
spring: <20 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Brushless DC Motor ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External direction of rotation switch ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Manual override ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Appliance rated cable, 18 GA (default) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plenum rated cable, 18 GA (optional) ● ● ● ●
Built-in auxiliary switch, Two SPDT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NEMA 4 rated housing ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation instructions......(p. 69-75) General wiring......(p. 77) Start-up and checkout......(p. 78) Electrical operations......(p. 76)
*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals. **Default 2 to 10 VDC. ***Default 150 seconds.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

47
 AFB and AFX Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Cut labor costs with simple direct coupling.
● True mechanical spring return – the most reliable fail-safe.
● Reverse mount for clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe.
● Check damper position easily with clear position indicator.
● Overload-proof throughout rotation
● Temporary restrictions in damper movement will not change
actuator operation. Actuator returns to normal operation
when restriction is removed (modulating actuators).
● Built-in mechanical stop to adjust angle of rotation.
● By eliminating internal condensation incorporated breather membrane
optimizes performance in harsh airstream environments.
● Built-in auxiliary switches is easy to use, offers feedback or
signal for additional device (-S models).
● Manual override crank speeds installation
● Need to change control direction?
Do it easily with a simple switch (modulating actuators).
● Microprocessor-controlled brushless DC motor increases
actuator life span and reliability, provides constant running
time (modulating actuators).
● Rugged metal on plastic housing withstands
rough handling in the mechanical room.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

● Standard 3 ft. appliance cable and conduit connector

eases installation.
● Double insulated – no need for separate safety ground.
A Belimo exclusive (-S models).
● Automatically compensates for damper seal wear,
ensuring tight close-off.
● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection, and Running
Time to fit your Specific Application with Belimo’s Flexible Line of
Actuators (AFX).

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

48
AFB24, AFB24-S, AFX24, AFX24-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 180 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The AFB and AFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The AFB and AFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches.
Technical Data AFB24, AFB24-S, AFX24, AFX24-S
The AFB24-S and AFX24-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary switches.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
24 VDC +20% / -10%
fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
Power consumption running 5 W
switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°. The AFB24, AFB24-S, AFX24 and
holding 2.5 W AFX24-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
Transformer sizing 7.5 VA (class 2 power source) compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Electrical connection
AFB24... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit
connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables

WAFBNFBDim
with 1/2” conduit connectors K7-2 (supplied)
AFX24... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA 1/2" Centered 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
(Default) (Field Selectable) (Field Selectable)
appliance or plenum cables, with or without 1/2”
conduit connector
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or
16 ft [5m] appliance cables, with or without 1/2"
conduit connectors
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Control on/off

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
95°)
Running time motor < 75 seconds
spring 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is full spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level <50dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.6 lbs (2.1 kg); 4.9 lbs (2.25 kg) with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
AFB24-S, AFX24-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

49
 AFB24, AFB24-S, AFX24, AFX24-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 8-25 Shaft extension
IND-AFB Damper position indicator
KH-AFB Crank arm
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K7-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-118 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell®
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., AFB24-S and
4 AFX24-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A)
arm type installations
ZG-AFB Crank arm adaptor kit @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjustable 10°
ZG-AFB118 Crank arm adaptor kit to 90°.
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing nection.
Note: When using AFB24, AFB24-S, AFX24, AFX24-S actuators, only use accessories listed on
this page. WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Typical Specification nents could result in death or serious injury.
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require

W063_AFB(X)
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either 24 VAC Transformer
1
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall 1 Common
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
Line
Volts 3
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so 2 + Hot
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. AFB24, AFB24-S
AFX24, AFX24-S 2

On/Off wiring for AFB24, AFX24

W064_AFB(X)_-S
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AFB24-S
AFX24-S

Auxiliary Switches for AFB24-S, AFX24-S

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

50
AFB24 N4(H), AFB24-S N4(H), AFX24 N4, AFX24-S N4
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 180 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The AFB N4(H) and AFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
reliable fail-safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring
return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
applied to the actuator.
Technical Data AFB24 N4(H), AFB24-S N4(H),
The AFB N4(H) and AFX N4 series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
AFX24 N4, AFX24-S N4 graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
24 VDC +20% / -10% The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
Power consumption running 5 W / heater 25 W mechanical end switches.
holding 2.5 W The AFB24-S N4(H), AFX24-S N4 version are provided with two built-in auxiliary
Transformer sizing 7.5 VA (class 2 power source) / heater 25 VA switches. These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for
Electrical connection example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at
AFB... N4 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit +10°, the other switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°.
connector
-S models: Two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables
with 1/2” conduit connectors
heater (N4H) terminal block, 26-16 GA
AFX... N4 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA
appliance cable, with or without 1/2” conduit Dimensions (inches [mm])
connector

D312_Config
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or Clamp Configurations
1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2” (Default) (Field Selectable)
conduit connectors
12.99” [330]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Control on/off
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting in housing

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

95°)
Running time motor < 75 seconds
spring 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];

0.81” [20.5]
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
3.5” [0.14]
0.39” [10]

spring (with heater) 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C], 0.92” [23.4]
<60 seconds @ -49°F [-45°C] 6.45” [163.9]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° 3.62” [92.1]
(0° is full spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
6.77” [172]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

with heater -49°F to 122°F [-45°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level <50dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.7 lbs (4.4 kg); 10 lbs (4.5 kg) with switches;
10.5 lbs (4.8 kg) with heater
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
AFB24-S N4(H), AFX24-S N4
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

51
 AFB24 N4(H), AFB24-S N4(H), AFX24 N4, AFX24-S N4
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland (needed for additional wires)
NOTE: When using AFB24 N4(H), AFB24-S N4(H), AFX24 N4, AFX24-S N4 actuators, only use 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Typical Specification
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., AFB24-S
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 4 N4(H), AFX24-S N4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT,
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected adjustable 10° to 90°.
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 connection.
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W063_AFB_N4
1 24 VAC Transformer

Line 1 Common
Volts 3
2 + Hot

AFB24 N4(H)
AFB24-S N4(H) 2
AFX24 N4
AFX24-S N4

On/Off wiring
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W064_AFB24_-S_N4

AFB24-S N4(H)
AFX24-S N4

Auxiliary Switches
GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

52
AFBUP, AFBUP-S, AFXUP, AFXUP-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 180 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The AFB and AFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The AFB and AFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
Technical Data AFBUP, AFBUP-S, AFXUP, AFXUP-S
mechanical end switches.
Power supply 24...240 VAC -20% / +10%, 50/60 Hz
24...125 VDC ±10% The AFBUP-S and AFXUP-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary switches.
Power consumption running 7 W These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-
holding 3.5 W up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other switch
Transformer sizing 7 VA @ 24 VAC (class 2 power source) function is adjustable between +10° to +90°. The AFBUP, AFBUP-S, AFXUP and
8.5 VA @ 120 VAC AFXUP-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
18 VA @ 240 VAC compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Electrical connection
AFBUP... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit Dimensions (Inches [mm])
connector

WAFBNFBDim
-S models: Two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables
K7-2 (supplied)
with 1/2” conduit connectors
1/2" Centered 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
AFXUP... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA (Default) (Field Selectable) (Field Selectable)
appliance cable, with or without 1/2” conduit
connector
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2"
conduit connectors
Overload protection Electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Control On/Off
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
95°)
Running time motor < 75 sec
spring 20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 sec @ -22°F [-30°C]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is full spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material Zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level <50dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.6 lbs (2.1 kg), 4.9 lbs (2.25 kg) with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
AFBUP-S, AFXUP-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

53
 AFBUP, AFBUP-S, AFXUP, AFXUP-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 8-25 Shaft extension
IND-AFB Damper position indicator
K7-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
KH-AFB Crank arm
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
3 No ground connection is required.
ZG-118 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell®
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,
4 AFBUP-S and AFXUP-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x
arm type installations
ZG-AFB Crank arm adaptor kit SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one
ZG-AFB118 Crank arm adaptor kit is adjustable 10° to 90°.
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing nection.
Note: When using AFBUP, AFBUP-S, AFXUP, AFXUP-S actuators, only use accessories listed on
this page. WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Typical Specification nents could result in death or serious injury.
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require

W066_AFB(X)UP
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be
cULus approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

AFBUP, AFBUP-S
AFXUP, AFBUP-S
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off wiring for AFBUP, AFXUP

W067_AFB(X)UP-S
Wht
Blk

AFBUP-S
AFXUP-S
Auxiliary Switches for AFBUP-S, AFXUP-S

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

54
AFBUP N4(H), AFBUP-S N4(H), AFXUP N4, AFXUP-S N4
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 180 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The AFB N4(H) and AFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
reliable fail-safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring
Technical Data AFBUP N4(H), AFBUP-S N4(H), return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
AFXUP N4, AFXUP-S N4 applied to the actuator.
Power supply 24...240 VAC -20% / +10%, 50/60 Hz The AFB N4(H) and AFX N4 series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
24...125 VDC ±10% graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
Power consumption running 7 W / heater 25 W
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
holding 3.5 W
mechanical end switches.
Transformer sizing 7 VA @ 24 VAC (class 2 power source)
8.5 VA @ 120 VAC / heater 25 VA @120 VAC The AFBUP-S N4(H), AFXUP-S N4 versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary
18 VA @ 240 VAC switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
Electrical connection fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
AFBUP... N4 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°.
connector
-S models: Two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables
with 1/2” conduit connectors
heater (N4H) terminal block, 18-16 GA
AFXUP... N4 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA
Dimensions (inches [mm])
appliance cable, with or without 1/2” conduit

D312_Config
connector
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or Clamp Configurations
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2” 1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
(Default) (Field Selectable)
conduit connectors
12.99” [330]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Control on/off
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting inside housing

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop,
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

35° to 95°)
Running time motor < 75 sec
spring 20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 sec @ -22°F [-30°C]
0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]
0.39” [10]
spring (with heater) 20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]; 0.92” [23.4]
< 60 sec @ -49°F [-45°C] 6.45” [163.9]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° 3.62” [92.1]
(0° is full spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
6.77” [172]

with heater -49°F to 122°F [-45°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, 3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level <50dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.7 lbs (4.4 kg), 10 lbs (4.5 kg) with switches
10.5 lbs (4.8 kg) with heater
† Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
AFBUP-S N4(H), AFXUP-S N4
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

55
 AFBUP N4(H), AFBUP-S N4(H), AFXUP N4, AFXUP-S N4
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 to 240 VAC

Accessories

W066_AFBUP_N4
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland (needed for additional wires)
NOTE: When using AFBUP N4(H), AFBUP-S N4(H), AFXUP N4, AFXUP-S N4 actuators, only use
accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a AFBUP N4(H)
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either AFBUP-S N4(H)
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected AFXUP N4
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall AFXUP-S N4
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
On/Off Wiring
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so

W067_AFBUP-S_N4
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
Wht
Blk
Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 No ground connection is required.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,
4 AFBUP-S N4(H), AFXUP-S N4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches:
2 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°,
one is adjustable 10° to 90°.

AFBUP-S N4(H)
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-

nection. AFXUP-S N4
Auxiliary Switches
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!

AF-NF N4H 120V heater

During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

56
AFB24-SR, AFB24-SR-S, AFX24-SR, AFX24-SR-S
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 180 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication. Not to be used for a
master-slave application.

Operation
The AFB and AFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
Technical Data AFB24-SR, AFB24-SR-S,
actuator.
AFX24-SR, AFX24-SR-S
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz The AFB and AFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
24 VDC +20% / -10% position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
Power consumption running 5.5 W The AFB24-SR and AFX24-SR uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an
holding 3 W Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
Transformer sizing 8.5 VA (class 2 power source) microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate
Electrical connection and to know the actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls
AFB... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit the brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to
connector prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
with 1/2” conduit connectors The AFB24-SR-S and AFX24-SR-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary
AFX... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
appliance or plenum cables, with or without 1/2” fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
conduit connector switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°. The AFB24-SR, AFB24-SR-S,
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or AFX24-SR and AFX24-SR-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to
16 ft [5m] appliance cables, with or without 1/2" provide automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
conduit connectors
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation ATTENTION: AFB24-SR(-S) and AFX24-SR(-S) cannot be tandem mounted on the
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA same damper or valve shaft. Only On/Off and MFT AF models can be used for tandem
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) mount applications.
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA)
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm] minimum

WAFBNFBDim
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting K7-2 (supplied)

motor reversible with built-in switch 1/2" Centered 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
(Default) (Field Selectable) (Field Selectable)
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
95°)
Running time spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
motor 95 seconds
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is full spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA
E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC &
2006/95/EC
Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 95 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.6 lbs (2.1 kg); 4.9 lbs (2.25 kg) with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
AFB24-SR-S, AFX24-SR-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

57
 AFB24-SR, AFB24-SR-S, AFX24-SR, AFX24-SR-S
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC to 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
AV 8-25 Shaft extension During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
IND-AFB Damper position indicator necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
KH-AFB Crank arm
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
K7-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts nents could result in death or serious injury.
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench

W068_AFB(X)24-SR
1 24 VAC Transformer
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
Line 1 Common
ZG-118 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell® 3
Volts
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank 2 + Hot
arm type installations 3 Y1 Input, 2 to 10V
ZG-AFB Crank arm adaptor kit Control Signal (–)
ZG-AFB118 Crank arm adaptor kit 2 to 10 VDC (+)
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) 5 U Output 2 to 10V
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
AFB24-SR, AFB24-SR-S
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing AFX24-SR, AFX24-SR-S
2
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
NOTE: When using AFB24-SR, AFB24-SR-S, AFX24-SR and AFX24-SR-S actuators, only use
2 to 10 VDC control of AFB24-SR and AFX24-SR
accessories listed on this page.

W069_AFB(X)24-SR
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 AFB24-SR, AFB24-SR-S
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. AFX24-SR, AFX24-SR-S

4 to 20 mA control of AFB24-SR and AFX24-SR with

Wiring Diagrams 2 to 10 VDC feedback output

W064_AFB(X)24_SR_-S
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Up to 4 actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
2 to the same shaft. With 4 actuators wired to one 500 Ω resistor.
Power consumption must be observed.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., AFB24-SR-S
4 and AFX24-SR-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A
AFB24-SR-S
(0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjust- AFX24-SR-S
able 10° to 90°.
Auxiliary switches for AFB24-SR-S, AFX24-SR-S
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to

2 to 10 VDC.

ATTENTION:
ATTENTION AFB24-SR(-S)
AFB24 SR( S) andd AFX24-SR(-S)
AFX24 SR( S) cannott bbe tandem
t d mountedt d on
the same damper or valve shaft. Only On/Off and MFT AF models can be used for
tandem mount applications.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

58
AFB24-SR N4(H), AFB24-SR-S N4(H), AFX24-SR N4, AFX24-SR-S N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 180 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication. Not to be used for a
Technical Data AFB24-SR N4(H) AFB24-SR-S N4(H), master-slave application.
AFX24-SR N4 AFX24-SR-S N4
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz
Operation
The AFB N4(H), AFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
24 VDC +20% / -10%
reliable fail-safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring
Power consumption running 5.5 W / heater 25 W
return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
holding 3 W applied to the actuator.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (class 2 power source) / heater 25 VA
Electrical connection The AFB N4(H), AFX N4 series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
AFB... N4 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
connector The AFB24-SR N4(H), AFX24-SR N4 uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
with 1/2” conduit connectors
microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate
heater (N4H) terminal block, 26-16 GA and to know the actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls the
AFX... N4 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to
appliance or plenum cables, with 1/2” conduit prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled
connector
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with 1/2" conduit The AFB24-SR-S N4(H), AFX24-SR-S N4 version are provided with two built-in
connectors auxiliary switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA +10°, the other switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°.
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA)
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA ATTENTION: AFB24-SR(-S) N4(H) and AFX24-SR(-S) N4 cannot be tandem
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) mounted on the same damper or valve shaft. Only On/Off and MFT AF models can
Torque 180 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum be used for tandem mount applications.
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting Inside housing
motor reversible with built-in switch Dimensions (inches [mm])

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

D312_Config
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to Clamp Configurations
95°) 1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
Running time motor 95 seconds (Default) (Field Selectable)
spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]; 12.99” [330]

< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]

spring (with heater) < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -49°F [-45°C]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is full spring return position)
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied

Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]
with heater -49°F to 122°F [-45°C to 50°C]
0.92” [23.4]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
6.45” [163.9]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
3.62” [92.1]
Housing material polycarbonate
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA
E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC &
2006/95/EC
6.77” [172]

Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 95 seconds

≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.7 lbs (4 kg); 10 lbs (4.5 kg) with switches 3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
10.5 lbs (4.8 kg)
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
AFB24-SR-S N4(H), AFB24-SR-S N4
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

59
 AFB24-SR N4(H), AFB24-SR-S N4(H), AFX24-SR N4, AFX24-SR-S N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires) necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland (needed for additional wires)
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
NOTE: When using AFB24-SR N4(H), AFB24-SR-S N4(H), AFX24-SR N4, AFX24-SR-S N4 actuators, nents could result in death or serious injury.
only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

W068_AFB24-SR_N4
1 24 VAC Transformer

Typical Specification Line 1 Common

Volts 3
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no 2 + Hot
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to 3 Y1 Input, 2 to 10V
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an Control Signal (–)
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be 2 to 10 VDC (+) 5 U Output 2 to 10V
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload AFB24-SR N4(H)
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to AFB24-SR-S N4(H)
2
AFX24-SR N4
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators shall be AFX24-SR-S N4
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. 2 to 10 VDC control

W069_AFB24-SR_N4
Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Up to 4 actuators may be connected in parallel. With 4 actuators
2 wired to one 500 Ω resistor. Power consumption must be observed.
AFB24-SR N4(H)
AFB24-SR-S N4(H)
3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC. AFX24-SR N4
AFX24-SR-S N4
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., AFB24-SR-S N4(H),
4 AFX24-SR-S N4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A 4 to 20 mA control with 2 to 10 VDC feedback output
(0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjustable
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W064_AFB24_SR_-S_N4
10° to 90°.

5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to

2 to 10 VDC.

ATTENTION: AFB24-SR(-S) N4(H) and AFX24-SR(-S) N4 cannot be tandem

mounted on the same damper or valve shaft. Only On/Off and MFT AF models can be
used for tandem mount applications.

AFB24-SR-S N4(H)
AFX24-SR-S N4
Auxiliary switches
GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

60
AFB24-MFT, AFB24-MFT-S, AFX24-MFT, AFX24-MFT-S
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®
• Torque min. 180 in-lb
• Control 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers and control valves in HVAC systems. The
AFB24-MFT, AFX24-MFT provides mechanical spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application.

Technical Data AFB24-MFT, AFB24-MFT-S,

Default/Configuration
Default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the AFB24-MFT, AFX24-MFT
AFX24-MFT, AFX24-MFT-S actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom versions of the
Power supply 24 VAC, +/- 20%, 50/60 Hz actuator can be ordered. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are
24 VDC, +20% / -10% variable.
Power running 7.5 W
consumption holding 3 W These parameters can be changed by three means:
• Pre-set configurations from Belimo
Transformer sizing 10 VA (Class 2 power source)
• Custom configurations from Belimo
Electrical connection
• Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool (version 3.4 or higher)
AFB... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit connector software application.
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables with
1/2” conduit connectors • Handheld ZTH-GEN
AFX... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA appliance or Operation
plenum cables, with or without 1/2” conduit connector The AFB24-MFT, AFX24-MFT actuator provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will synchronize the 0°
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2" conduit mechanical stop or the physical damper or valve mechanical stop and use this point
connectors
for its zero position during normal control operations. A unique manual override allows
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation the setting of any actuator position within its 95° of rotation with no power applied.
Operating range Y* 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default) This mechanism can be released physically by the use of a crank supplied with the
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) actuator. When power is applied the manual override is released and the actuator
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) drives toward the fail-safe position.
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point and on/off control The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
Torque minimum 180 in-lb (20 Nm) intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
Direction of spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting
provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator
rotation* motor reversible with built-in switch
in a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated without the need for
Mechanical 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 95°) mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
angle of rotation* anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
Running time spring <20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20° C to 50° C];
<60 sec @ -22°F [-30° C] The AFB24-MFT, AFX24-MFT is mounted directly to control shafts up to 1.05" diameter
motor* 150 seconds (default), variable (70 to 220 seconds) by means of its universal clamp and anti-rotation bracket. A crank arm and several
Angle of Rotation off (default) mounting brackets are available for damper applications where the actuator cannot be

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

adaptation direct coupled to the damper shaft. The spring return system provides minimum
specified torque to the application during a power interruption. The AFB24-MFT,
Override control* min position = 0%
AFX24-MFT actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
mid. position = 50%
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
max. position = 100%
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° NOTE: Please see documentation on Multi-Function Technology.
(0° is spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Humidity max. 95% RH, non-condensing
AFBNFBDim
K7-2 (supplied)
Ambient temperature -22 to 122° F (-30 to 50° C)
1/2" Centered 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
Storage temperature -40 to 176° F (-40 to 80° C) (Default) (Field Selectable) (Field Selectable)

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, Enclosure Type 2

Housing material zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 150 seconds, run time dependent
≤62dB(A) spring return
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730-
1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Quality standard ISO 9001
Servicing maintenance free
Weight 4.6 lbs. (1.9 kg), 4.9 lbs. (2 kg) with switch
* Variable when configured with MFT options
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
Programmed for 70 sec motor run time. At 150 sec motor run time, transformer sizing
iis 8.5 VA and power consumption is 6 W running / 3 W holding.

AFB24-MFT-S, AFX24-MFT-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

61
 AFB24-MFT, AFB24-MFT-S, AFX24-MFT, AFX24-MFT-S
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®
Accessories

W600_AFB_AFX
AV 8-25 Shaft extension
IND-AFB Damper position indicator
KH-AFB Crank arm
K7-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket
ZG-118 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell®
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank
arm type installations AFB24-MFT-S
AFX24-MFT-S
ZG-AFB Crank arm adaptor kit
ZG-AFB118 Crank arm adaptor kit
Auxiliary Switches for AFB24-MFT-S, AFX24-MFT-S
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)

W399_08
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
NOTE: When using AFB24-MFT, AFB24-MFT-S, AFX24-MFT and AFX24-MFT-S actuators, only use
accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be VDC/4-20 mA
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use

W399_08
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required. PWM

M
CAUTION Equipment Damage!

W399_08
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator On/Off
Off controll
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.
W399_08

Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground

connection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING Live Electrical Components!

During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician
or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components
perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to
live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.
Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

62
AFB24-MFT N4(H), AFB24-MFT-S N4(H), AFX24-MFT N4, AFX24-MFT-S N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
Technical Data AFB24-MFT N4(H), AFB24-MFT-S N4(H), The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
AFX24-MFT N4, AFX24-MFT-S N4 of its universal clamp.
Power supply 24 VAC, +/- 20%, 50/60 Hz
24 VDC, +20% / -10% The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
Power running 7.5 W / heater 25 W assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can
consumption holding 3 W be ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
Transformer sizing 10 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 25 VA
software.
Electrical connection
AFB... N4 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit connector Operation
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables with
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
1/2” conduit connectors
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
heater (N4H) terminal block, 26-16 GA
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
AFX... N4 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA appliance
cables, with 1/2” conduit connector The AFB24-MFT N4(H), AFB24-MFT-S N4(H), AFX24-MFT N4, AFX24-MFT-S N4
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the actuator. When
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with 1/2" conduit
reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops. The
connectors
actuator can be manually operated with the manual crank that is supplied after the
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
cover is removed.
Operating range Y* 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) The AFB24-MFT N4(H), AFB24-MFT-S N4(H), AFX24-MFT N4, AFX24-MFT-S N4
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an Application Specific
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point and on/off control provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
Torque minimum 180 in-lb (20 Nm)
Direction of spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting inside housing Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly
onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
rotation* motor reversible with built-in switch
Mechanical 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 95°)
angle of rotation*
Running time motor* 150 seconds (default), variable (70 to 220 seconds)
spring <20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
<60 sec @ -22°F [-30°C]
spring (with heater) <20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]; Dimensions (inches [mm])

D312_Config
<60 sec @ -49°F [-45°C]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Angle of Rotation off (default) Clamp Configurations
adaptation 1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
Override control* min position = 0% (Default) (Field Selectable)
mid. position = 50% 12.99” [330]

max. position = 100%

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
1.17” [29.8]

Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing

0.79” [20]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)

with heater -49°F to 122°F (-45°C to 50°C)
0.81” [20.5]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C)

3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]

Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66 0.92” [23.4]

Housing material polycarbonate 6.45” [163.9]

Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 150 seconds, run time dependent 3.62” [92.1]

≤62dB(A) spring return

Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730-
1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
6.77” [172]

Quality standard ISO 9001

Servicing maintenance free
Weight 9.7 lbs. (4.4 kg), 10 lbs. (4.5 kg) with switches
10.5 lbs (4.8 kg) with heater
* Variable when configured with MFT options 3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
Programmed for 70 sec motor run time. At 150 sec motor run time, transformer sizing
iis 8.5 VA and power consumption is 6 W running / 3 W holding.
AFB24-MFT-S N4(H), AFX24-MFT-S N4
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°
800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

63
 AFB24-MFT N4(H), AFB24-MFT-S N4(H), AFX24-MFT N4, AFX24-MFT-S N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®
Accessories
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench

W399_08
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland (needed for additional wires)
NOTE: When using AFB24-MFT N4(H), AFB24-MFT-S N4(H), AFX24-MFT N4 and AFX24-MFT-S N4
actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be VDC/4-20 mA
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use

W399_08
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

PWM
M
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

W399_08
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source) or the Common
5 (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator must be connected On/Off
Off C
Controll
9 to the hot connection of the controller.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W399_08
Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
connection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING Live Electrical Components!

During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician
or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components
perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to
live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.
Floating Point Control
W600_AFB_AFX_N4

GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater

AFB24-MFT-S N4(H)
AFX24-MFT-S N4

Auxiliary Switches

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

64
AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for Use with Honeywell® Electronic Series 90 or a 0 to 135 Ω Input

• Torque min. 180 in-lb

• Control fixed, 0 to 135 Ω input, or Honeywell series 90 (fixed)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers and control valves in HVAC systems. The
AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95 provides mechanical spring return operation for reliable
fail-safe application.

Default/Configuration
Default parameters for 0 to 135 Ω Input applications of the AFB24-MFT95 and AFX24-
MFT95 actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom versions of the
actuator can be ordered. However the control input cannot be modified via MFT PC
tool software. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are variable.
These parameters can be changed by three means:
• Pre-set configurations from Belimo
• Custom configurations from Belimo
• Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool (version 3.4 or higher)
software application.

Operation
The AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95 actuator provides 95° of rotation and is provided
with a graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will synchronize
Technical Data AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95 the 0° mechanical stop or the physical damper or valve mechanical stop and use this
point for its zero position during normal control operations. A unique manual override
Power supply 24 VAC, +/- 20%, 50/60 Hz
allows the setting of any actuator position within its 95° of rotation with no power
24 VDC, +20% / -10%
applied.This mechanism can be released physically by the use of a crank supplied
Power running 7.5 W
with the actuator. When power is applied the manual override is released and the
consumption holding 3 W actuator drives toward the fail-safe position.
Transformer sizing 10 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
AFB24-MFT95 3 ft, 18 GA plenum cable, Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
with 1/2” conduit connector intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
AFX24-MFT95 3 ft [1m], 18 GA plenum cable, exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
with or without 1/2” conduit connector provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator
in a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated without the need for
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
Operating range Y 0 to 135 Ω Honeywell Electronic Series 90,
anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
0 to 135 Ω input
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max The AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95 is mounted directly to control shafts up to 1.05"
Torque minimum 180 in-lb (20 Nm) diameter by means of its universal clamp and anti-rotation bracket. A crank arm and

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting several mounting brackets are available for damper applications where the actuator
of rotation* motor reversible with built-in switch cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft. The spring return system provides
minimum specified torque to the application during a power interruption. The AFB24-
Mechanical 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 95°)
MFT95, AFX24-MFT95 actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide
angle of rotation*
automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Running time spring <20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20° C to 50° C];
<60 seconds @ -22°F [-30° C]
motor* 150 seconds (default), variable (70 to 220 seconds)
Angle of Rotation off (default)
adaptation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
K7-2 (supplied)
AFBNFBDim

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°

1/2" Centered 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
(0° is spring return position) (Default) (Field Selectable) (Field Selectable)

Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied

Humidity max. 95% RH, non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22 to 122° F (-30 to 50° C)
Storage temperature -40 to 176° F (-40 to 80° C)
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, Enclosure Type 2
Housing material zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 150 seconds, run time dependent
≤62dB(A) spring return
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730-
1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Quality standard ISO 9001
Servicing maintenance free
Weight 4.6 lbs. (1.9 kg)
* Variable when configured with MFT options
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
Programmed for 70 seconds motor run time. At 150 sec motor run time, transformer sizing is 8.5 VA
and power consumption is 6 W running / 3 W holding.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

65
 AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for Use with Honeywell Electronic Series 90 or a 0 to 135 Ω Input ®

Proportional Potentiometric Control - Wiring Diagrams WARNING

G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
5 color codes instead. Actuators with appliance cables are numbered. tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
21 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

22 Actuators and controller must have separate transformers. Typical wiring diagrams for multiple actuators
used with the W973, W7100 and T775 controllers
Consult controller instruction data for more detailed information.

W020
23 Q209A
Minimum Position
Resistor value depends on the type of controller and the number of actuators. 21 24 VAC Transformer Potentiometer 5

24 No resistor is used for one actuator. Honeywell® resistor kits may also be
Line Blk (1) Common
used.
Volts Red (2) + Hot
23
25 To reverse control rotation, use the reversing switch.
22 Pnk (4) W
B R W 25
Wire Colors H205 Wht (3) R
Changeover W R B
1 = Black 3 = White 5 = Gray Controller Gry (5) B
2 = Red 4 = Pink 6 = Orange Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Override Wiring Multiple Actuators to a Series 90 Controller -MFT95
22

W018
Switch A Switch B Damper Position W
Shunting
24 VAC Transformer 5 Resistor
Damper Open 21 B Occupied
Line Blk (1) Common Contact
Damper Closed Y
Volts Red (2) + Hot Honeywell T675A
The direction of rotation switch is set so that the fail safe position and the 23 Morning Warmup
position of the damper is closed with no signal at wire R. R R W
W Pnk (4) W 25 24
5 Shunting W973, W7100
21 24 VAC Transformer Resistor R Wht (3) R Controller
W015

B Gry (5) B
Line Blk (1) Common
24 Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Volts Red (2) + Hot Series 90
23
Controller 21
-MFT95
A Line
21 Blk (1) Common
Pnk (4) W 24
Volts Red (2) + Hot
135 Ω Wht (3) R Line Blk (1) Common
B 23
Gry (5) B Volts Red (2) + Hot
23 Pnk (4) W
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
No. of
25
-MFT95 No. of Pnk (4) W 25 actuators Resistance Wht (3) R
24 VAC Transformer actuators Resistance 2 1300 Ω
21 Wht (3) R Gry (5) B
2 140 Ω 3 910 Ω
Line Blk (1) Common 3 71.5 Ω Gry (5) B 4 768 Ω
4 47.5 Ω Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Volts Red (2) + Hot 5 37.5 Ω Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC Resistor Kit No. ZG-R06 To other
23 6 28 Ω To other actuators -MFT95
A Resistor Kit No. ZG-R03 actuators -MFT95
W Pnk (4) W 24
Line Used with the W973 and W7100 controllers
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

R Wht (3) R
Volts B
B Gry (5) B Wiring Multiple Actuators to a Series 90 Controller
22 Controller Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC using a Minimum Position Potentiometer
Honeywell Q209A
-MFT95 Minimum Position
W019

S963A
24 VAC Transformer Minimum Position
Potentiometer 5 21 24 VAC Transformer Potentiometer
21
Low Limit Control
Line Blk (1) Common Line Blk (1) Common
W016

Volts Red (2) + Hot Volts Red (2) + Hot

21
24 VAC Transformer 5 Series 90 25 23
Controller 23 22
R B W Pnk (4) W 25
Line Blk (1) Common B W R B W Pnk (4) W
Wht (3) R 24
Volts Red (2) + Hot R
22 R R W Wht (3) R
23 W Gry (5) B
Shunting
Resistor B Gry (5) B
22 Pnk (4) W Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC Shunting
W W R B 24 23 Resistor
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
24 W973, W7100 Honeywell
Series 90
R Wht (3) R -MFT95 T775 T675A Morning
Controller B R W Warmup -MFT95
B Gry (5) B
H205 Change- Occupied
Series 90 low limit control Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC over Controller Contact
135 Ω for 0 to 50% control
280 Ω for 0 to 100% control -MFT95

High Limit Control 21

Line Blk (1) Common
W017

24 VAC Transformer 5 Volts Red (2) + Hot 21

21 23
Line Blk (1) Common
Line
22
Blk (1) Common Pnk (4) W 25 Volts Red (2) + Hot
Volts Red (2) + Hot 23
Wht (3) R
23 22
Gry (5) B Pnk (4) W 25
22 W Pnk (4) W 24 Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Series 90 Wht (3) R
R Wht (3) R To other
Controller actuators -MFT95
Gry (5) B
Gry (5) B
B R W B
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
To other
Series 90 high limit control - 280 Ω -MFT95 actuators -MFT95

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

66
AFB24-MFT95 N4(H), AFX24-MFT95 N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for Use with Honeywell® Electronic Series 90 or a 0 to 135 Ω Input

• Torque min. 180 in-lb

• Control fixed, 0 to 135 Ω input, or Honeywell series 90 (fixed)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers and control valves in HVAC systems. The
AFB24-MFT95 N4(H), AFX24-MFT95 N4 provides mechanical spring return operation
for reliable fail-safe application.

Default/Configuration
Default parameters for 0 to 135 Ω Input applications of the AFB24-MFT95 N4(H) and
AFX24-MFT95 N4 actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom
versions of the actuator can be ordered. However the control input cannot be modified
via MFT PC tool software. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are variable.
These parameters can be changed by three means:
• Pre-set configurations from Belimo
• Custom configurations from Belimo
Technical Data AFB24-MFT95 N4(H), AFX24-MFT95 N4 • Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool (version 3.4 or higher)
Power supply 24 VAC, +/- 20%, 50/60 Hz software application.
24 VDC, +20% / -10% Operation
Power running 7.5 W / heater 25 W The AFB24-MFT95 N4(H), AFX24-MFT95 N4 actuator provides 95° of rotation and is
consumption holding 3 W provided with a graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will
Transformer sizing 10 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 25 VA synchronize the 0° mechanical stop or the physical damper or valve mechanical stop
Electrical connection and use this point for its zero position during normal control operations. A unique
AFB24-MFT95 N4 3 ft, 18 GA plenum cable, manual override allows the setting of any actuator position within its 95° of rotation
with 1/2” conduit connector with no power applied.This mechanism can be released physically by the use of a
heater (N4H) terminal block, 26-16 GA crank supplied with the actuator. When power is applied the manual override is
AFX24-MFT95 N4 3 ft [1m], 18 GA plenum cable, released and the actuator drives toward the fail-safe position.
with 1/2” conduit connector The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
Operating range Y 0 to 135 Ω Honeywell Electronic Series 90, intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
0 to 135 Ω input exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator
Torque minimum 180 in-lb (20 Nm) in a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated without the need for
Direction spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting inside housing mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
of rotation* motor reversible with built-in switch anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
Mechanical 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to 95°) The AFB24-MFT95 N4(H), AFX24-MFT95 N4 is mounted directly to control shafts up to
angle of rotation* 1.05” diameter by means of its universal clamp and anti-rotation bracket. A crank arm
Running time motor* 150 seconds (default), variable (70 to 220 seconds) and several mounting brackets are available for damper applications where the

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

spring <20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]; actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft. The spring return system
<60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C] provides minimum specified torque to the application during a power interruption.
spring (with heater) <20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
<60 seconds @ -49°F [-45°C]
Angle of rotation off (default)
adaptation Dimensions (inches [mm])

D312_config
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° Clamp Configurations
(0° is spring return position) 1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
(Default) (Field Selectable)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
12.99” [330]
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122° F [-30°C to 50°C]
with heater -49°F to 122°F [-45°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176° F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

Housing material polycarbonate

Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 150 seconds, run time dependent
≤62dB(A) spring return
0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730- 0.92” [23.4]
1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC 6.45” [163.9]

Quality standard ISO 9001 3.62” [92.1]

Servicing maintenance free

Weight 9.7 lbs. (4.4 kg); 10.5 lbs (4.8 kg) with heater
* Variable when configured with MFT options
6.77” [172]

† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
Programmed for 70 seconds motor run time. At 150 sec motor run time, transformer sizing is 8.5 VA
and power consumption is 6 W running / 3 W holding.

3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

67
 AFB24-MFT95 N4(H), AFX24-MFT95 N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for Use with Honeywell® Electronic Series 90 or a 0 to 135 Ω Input

Proportional Potentiometric Control - Wiring Diagrams WARNING

G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
5 color codes instead. Actuators with appliance cables are numbered. tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
21 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

22 Actuators and controller must have separate transformers. Typical wiring diagrams for multiple actuators
used with the W973, W7100 and T775 controllers
23 Consult controller instruction data for more detailed information.

W020
Q209A
Minimum Position
Resistor value depends on the type of controller and the number of actuators. 21 24 VAC Transformer Potentiometer 5
24 No resistor is used for one actuator. Honeywell® resistor kits may also be
used. Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot
25 To reverse control rotation, use the reversing switch. 23
22 Pnk (4) W
B R W 25
Wire Colors H205 Wht (3) R
Changeover W R B
1 = Black 3 = White 5 = Gray Controller Gry (5) B
2 = Red 4 = Pink 6 = Orange Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Wiring Multiple Actuators to a Series 90 Controller
Override 22 -MFT95 N4

W018
W
Switch A Switch B Damper Position 24 VAC Transformer 5 Shunting
Resistor
21
Damper Open B Occupied
Line Blk (1) Common Contact
Damper Closed Volts Red (2) + Hot Y
23 Honeywell T675A
Morning Warmup
The direction of rotation switch is set so that the fail safe position and the R R W
position of the damper is closed with no signal at wire R. W Pnk (4) W 25 24
Shunting
Resistor R Wht (3) R W973, W7100
5
21 24 VAC Transformer
Controller
B Gry (5) B
W015

Line Blk (1) Common

24 Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Series 90
Controller
Volts Red (2) + Hot -MFT95 N4 21
23 21
A Line Blk (1) Common
Pnk (4) W 24 Line Blk (1) Common Volts Red (2) + Hot
135 Ω Wht (3) R Volts Red (2) + Hot 23
B
Gry (5) B 23
Pnk (4) W 25
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC Pnk (4) W No. of
No. of 25 actuators Resistance Wht (3) R
actuators Resistance
-MFT95 N4 140 Ω Wht (3) R 2 1300 Ω
21 24 VAC Transformer 2
3 71.5 Ω 3 910 Ω Gry (5) B
Gry (5) B
4 47.5 Ω 4 768 Ω Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Line Blk (1) Common Org (6)
5 37.5 Ω ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC Resistor Kit No. ZG-R06
Volts 28 Ω To other
Red (2) + Hot 6 To other actuators -MFT95 N4
23 Resistor Kit No. ZG-R03 actuators -MFT95 N4
A
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W Pnk (4) W 24 Used with the W973 and W7100 controllers

Line
R Wht (3) R
Volts B Wiring Multiple Actuators to a Series 90 Controller
B Gry (5) B
using a Minimum Position Potentiometer
22 Controller Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC Honeywell Q209A
W019

S963A Minimum Position

-MFT95 N4 24 VAC Transformer Minimum Position
21 Potentiometer 5 21 24 VAC Transformer Potentiometer

Low Limit Control Line Blk (1) Common Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot Volts
W016

Series 90 25 Red (2) + Hot

24 VAC Transformer
23
21 5 Controller
23 22
B R B W Pnk (4) W
W R B W Pnk (4) W 25
Line Blk (1) Common R Wht (3) R 24
22 R R W Wht (3) R
Volts Red (2) + Hot Shunting W Gry (5) B
23 Resistor
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC B Gry (5) B
Shunting
22 24 23 Resistor
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
W W R B Pnk (4) W 24 -MFT95 N4 W973, W7100 Honeywell
Series 90 Wht (3) R B R W T775 T675A Morning
R Warmup -MFT95 N4
Controller
Gry (5) B H205 Change- Occupied
B over Controller Contact
Series 90 low limit control Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
135 Ω for 0 to 50% control
280 Ω for 0 to 100% control -MFT95 N4

21
High Limit Control Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot 21
W017

23
24 VAC Transformer 5 22 Line Blk (1) Common
21 Pnk (4) W 25 Volts Red (2) + Hot
Line Blk (1) Common Wht (3) R 23
Volts Red (2) + Hot Gry (5) B 22
23 Pnk (4) W 25
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
22 Pnk (4) W
To other Wht (3) R
W 24 actuators -MFT95 N4
Series 90 Wht (3) R Gry (5) B
R
Controller
B R W B Gry (5) B Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
To other
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC actuators -MFT95 N4
Series 90 high limit control - 280 Ω -MFT95 N4

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

68
Installation Instructions
Quick-Mount Visual Instructions for Mechanical Installation

Quick-Mount Visual Instructions

1. Rotate the damper to its fail-safe position.
If the shaft rotates counterclockwise, mount the “CCW” side of the actuator out.
If it rotates clockwise, mount the actuator with the “CW” side out.
2. If the universal clamp is not on the correct side of the actuator, mount it onto the correct side.
3. Slide the actuator onto the shaft and tighten the nuts on the V-bolt with a 10mm wrench to 6-8 ft-lb of torque.
4. Slide the anti-rotation strap under the actuator so that it engages the slot at the base of the actuator. Secure the strap to the duct work with #8 self-tapping screws.
NOTE: Read the “Standard Mounting” instructions, on the next page, for more detailed information.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

min min
.31 . 3/4
/2” [ ” [20
90]
]

CCW
CCW
CCW
CCW

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

35° ... 95°

.2
9

.8

1/4" [6.35 mm]

1/4" [6.35 mm]

CCW CW

CW
CW
CW
CW

1/4" [6.35 mm] 1/4" [6.35 mm]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

69
 Installation Instructions
K7-2 Universal Clamp

2
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

70
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Determining Torque Loading and Actuator Sizing Mechanical Operation

Damper torque loadings, used in selecting the correct size actuator, should be The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by
provided by the damper manufacturer. If this information is not available, the means of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are
following general selection guidelines can be used. available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper
shaft. The AFB, AFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable
Damper Type Torque Loading fail-safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return
Opposed blade, without edge seals, system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to
3 in-lb/sq. ft.
for non-tight close-off applications the actuator. The AFB…-S, AFX…-S versions are provided with two built-in
Parallel blade, without edge seals, auxiliary switches. These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or
4 in-lb/sq. ft.
for non-tight close-off applications signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position
Opposed blade, with edge seals, is fixed at +10°, the other switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°.
5 in-lb/sq. ft.
for tight close-off applications
Parallel blade, with edge seals,
7 in-lb/sq. ft. Automatic Airtight Dampers/Manual Override
for tight close-off applications
The AFB, AFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
The above torque loadings will work for most applications with 1000 FPM face
position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
velocity. For applications between this criteria and 2500 FPM, the torque loading
should be increased by a multiplier of 1.5. If the application calls for higher criteria The AFB, AFX has a unique built in manual positioning mechanism which allows the
up to 3000 FPM, use a multiplier of 2.0. setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation. A pre-tensioned spring
automatically tightens the damper when power is applied to the actuator,
Torque Loading Chart compensating for damper seal deterioration..
The actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the
manual mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe
Torque Loading Chart
position.

100
90
80
Damper Area (sq. ft.)

70
60
50
40
30

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

20
10
0
Standard Mounting
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NOTE: The AFB, AFX…series actuator is shipped with the manual override
Torque Loading (in-lb/ sq. ft.) adjusted for a +5° position at the universal clamp (not at full fail-safe, 0°).
This allows for automatic compression of damper blade seals when the
actuator is in use, providing tight shut-off. This assumes that the damper is to
have tight shut-off at the fail-safe position. If tight close-off is desired at the
opposite direction from fail-safe, the manual override should be released so
the actuator can go to the full fail-safe position. See the manual override
instructions.
General Information 1. Manually move the damper to the fail-safe position (usually closed). If the shaft
Belimo actuators should be mounted indoors in a dry, relatively clean environment rotated counterclockwise ( )), this is a CCW installation. If the shaft rotated
free from corrosive fumes. If the actuator is to be mounted outdoors, a protective clockwise ( )), this is a CW installation. In a CCW installation, the actuator side
enclosure must be used to shield the actuator. marked “CCW” faces out, while in a CW installation, the side marked “CW” faces
For new construction work, order dampers with extended shafts. Instruct the out. All other steps are identical.
installing contractor to allow space for mounting and service of the Belimo actuator on 2. The actuator is usually shipped with the universal clamp mounted to the “CCW”
the shaft. The damper shaft must extend at least 3 1/2” from the duct. If the shaft side of the actuator. To test for adequate shaft length, slide the actuator over the
extends less than 3-1/2” or if an obstruction blocks access, the shaft can be extended shaft with the side marked “CCW” (or the “CW” side if this is the side with the
with the AV 8-25 shaft extension accessory or the actuator may be mounted in its short clamp). If the shaft extends at least 1/8” through the clamp, mount the actuator
shaft configuration. as follows. If not, go to the Short Shaft Installationn section.
3. If the clamp is not on the correct side as determined in step #1, re-mount the
clamp as follows. If it is on the correct side, proceed to step #5. Look at the
universal clamp. If you are mounting the actuator with the “CCW” side out,

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

71
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

position the clamp so that the pointer section of the tab is pointing to 0° (see Multiple Actuator Mounting
Figure C) and the spline pattern of the clamp mates with spline of the actuator.
Slip the clamp over the spline. (Use the same procedure if the “CW” side is out.) If more torque is required than one AFB, AFX actuator can provide, a second AFB, AFX
If your application requires a mechanical minimum position, read the Rotation actuator may be mounted to the shaft using the ZG-102 multiple mounting bracket.
Limiting, Mechanical Minimum Damper Positionn section. NOTE: The manual positioning mechanism cannot be used in multiple actuator
4. Lock the clamp to the actuator using the retaining clip. applications.
5. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position.
6. Slide the actuator over the shaft. Special Wiring and Additional Information: See wiring guide
7. Position the actuator in the desired location.
8. Tighten the two nuts on the clamp using a 10mm wrench or socket using 6-8
ft-lb of torque.
9. Slip the stud of the anti rotation strap into the slot at the base of the actuator.
The stud should be positioned approximately 1/16 of an inch from the closed end
of the slot. Bend the strap as needed to reach the duct. Attach the strap to the
duct with #8 self tapping screws.

Correct clamp mounting

9
position if actuator is at 9

8
full fail-safe. 8

7 7

6 6
5 5
4
Short Shaft Installation
4
3 3
2 2
1 0 0 1

If the shaft extends at least 3/4” from the duct, follow these steps:
1. Determine the best orientation for the universal clamp on the back of the
actuator. The best location would be where you have the easiest access to the V
bolt nuts on the clamp.
2. Engage the clamp to the actuator as close as possible to the determined location. Correct pointer mounting
9 9
position if actuator is at
3. Lock the clamp in place using the remaining retainer clip. 8
full fail-safe.
8

7 7

4. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position. 6 6

5
5. Slide the actuator over the shaft. 4
3
4
5

6. Position the actuator in the desired location. 2

1 0 0 1
2

7. Tighten the two nuts on the clamp using a 10mm wrench or socket using 6-8
ft-lb of torque.
8. Slip the stud of the anti-rotation strap into the slot at the base of the actuator.
The stud should be positioned approximately 1/16 of an inch from the closed end
of the slot. Bend the strap as needed to reach the duct. Attach the strap to the
duct with #8 self tapping screws.
9. If damper position indication is required, use the optional IND-AFB pointer. See
Figure A.
Correct clamp mounting
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

9 position if actuator is at 9

Jackshaft Installation 8 5° preload. 8

7 7
6 6
The AFB, AFX… series actuator is designed for use with jackshafts up to 1.05” in 5
4
5
4
diameter. In most applications, the AFB, AFX actuator may be mounted in the same 3
2
1 0 0 1
2
3

manner as a standard damper shaft application. If more torque is required than one
AFB, AFX actuator can provide, a second AFB, AFX actuator may be mounted to the
jackshaft using the ZG-102 multiple actuator mounting bracket. See wiring guide
for wiring details.
Correct pointer mounting
AF ACTUATORS WHICH MAY BE USED ON ONE SHAFT 9 position if actuator is at 9

8
5° preload. 8

Model Maximum Quantity Per Shaft 7 7

6 6
AFB24-MFT(-S), AFX24-MFT (-S) 3** 5
4
5
4

AFB24(-S), AFX24(-S) 2* 3
2
1 0 0 1
2
3

AFBUP(-S), AFXUP(-S) 2*
* Wired in parallel **Wired master-slave

MOUNTING: If the actuators are mounted on the opposed ends of the shaft, the Figure A
actuator direction must be selected carefully. Usually, the direction of rotation is
reversed.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

72
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Rotation Limitation
The angle of rotation limiter, which is built into the actuator, is used in conjunction with
the tab on the universal clamp or IND-AFB position indicator. In order to function
properly, the clamp or indicator must be mounted correctly.
See Figure A.
The rotation limiter may not work in certain mounting orientations using the ZG-118
mounting bracket. Limiting the damper rotation must be accomplished by adjusting
the crank arm linkage.
The built-in rotation limiter may be used in 2 ways to control the rotational output of
the AFB, AFX series actuator. One use is in the application where a damper has a
designed rotation less than 90°. An example would be a 45° or 60° rotating damper. 9
The other application would be to set a minimum damper position which can be easily
set or changed without having to remove the actuator from the damper.

Damper Rotation Limiting

1. Determine the amount of damper rotation required.
2. Locate the Angle of Rotation Limiter on the actuator Figure B.
3. Position the limiter to the desired position, making sure the locating “teeth” on the
limiter are engaged into the locating holes on the actuator.
4. Fasten the limiter by screwing the attached screw.
Philips screwdriver
5. Test the damper rotation either manually with the manual crank or apply power and
if required, a control signal. Re-adjust if necessary.

FIGURE B

Z-AF For Replacing AF and NF Actuators

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AF..
NF..

9 Nm / 80in-lb

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

73
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Manual Override Auxiliary Switches

The AFB, AFXX series actuators can be manually positioned to ease installation or for The AFB, AFX series actuators may be ordered with two built-in SPDT auxiliary
emergency positioning. switches used for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
switch position near the fail-safe position is fixed at 10°. The other is adjustable
1. The manual override will only work if no power is available to the actuator.
between 10° and 90° of rotation. The crank that is supplied with the actuator is used
2. Insert the manual crank (shipped with the actuator) into the hexagon hole located
to change the switch position.
on either side of the actuator. An illustration, located on the label, shows the
location. SWITCH RATING
3. Turn the crank in the direction shown on the label (clockwise on the “CW” side, Voltage Resistive Load Inductive Load
counterclockwise on the “CCW” side). It will take approximately 23 revolutions to
120 VAC 3A 1.03A
rotate the full 95° of rotation.
250 VAC 3A 0.5A
4. To lock the actuator in the required position, flip the switch to the locked position
that is located to the right of the crank on the CCW side of the actuator (left of Two methods may be used to adjust the switching point of the adjustable switch.
the crank on the CW side).
5. The manual override may be disengaged in 2 ways. Method 1 - See Figure F
- Flip the switch to the unlocked position and the actuator will go to its fail-safe 1 The actuator must be in its fail-safe position.
position. 2. Insert the crank handle into the torx shaped hole located in the center of the
- Apply power to wire 1 and 2. The actuator will automatically disengage the adjustable switch pointer.
override function and will go to the “on” position in the case of the On/Off 3. Gently rotate the crank until the switch pointer is at the desired switch point in
versions. Or, in the case of the proportional versions, go to the 0 signal degrees as shown.
position and then go to the position corresponding to the control signal. The
actuator will now work normally. AFB, AFX... Series

CCW Side Example:

.2 .2 .2
.4 .4 .4

.6 .6 .6

.8 .8 .8

FIGURE F
Winding the Locking the Unlocking the
damper actuator damper actuator damper actuator Method 2 - See Figure G
(2 options) 1. Position the damper to the point at which you want the switch to activate. This
- insert crank handle - Flip the lock switch to
- turn handle in direction the position pointing to - Flip the lock switch to may be done by using the manual override or by providing the appropriate
of arrow the “locked” symbol the position pointing to proportional signal to AFB24, AFX24… modulating type actuator. The position of
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

the “unlocked” symbol. the switch pointer is not important during this step
- Remote control by 2. Insert the crank into the torx shaped hole located in the center of the adjustable
supplying power to the switch pointer.
unit for > than 3 sec. 3. Gently rotate the switch pointer to just past the switch point indicating arrow as
shown.

Testing the installation Without Power AFB, AFX... Series

The actuator/damper installation may be tested without power at the actuator. Refer
to the manual positioning section of the instructions. Move the damper to its full
non-fail-safe position using the manual crank. Disengage the manual position .2 .2
.2
mechanism and have the damper go to full fail-safe position. Correct any .4 .4 .4
mechanical problems and retest.
.6 .6 .6

.8 .8 .8

FIGURE G

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

74
Installation Instructions
Non-Direct Mounting Methods

KH AFB Crank
KH-AFB C k arm
Including Retaining Ring
CAUTION:: The retaining clip supplied with the clamp is nott used to mount the KH-
AFB crank arm.

The KH-AFB crank arm is used in non-direct coupled mounting applications. The KH-
AFB may also be used to simultaneously direct couple to a damper shaft and provide
an additional crank arm connection to a second damper.

KH-AFB For round shafts up to 3/4” or square shafts up to 5/8”

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Vorlage_ Klappenhebel 3-4 Zoll

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

KH-AFB non-direct mounting with ZG-118 mounting bracket

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

75
 Installation Instructions
Electrical Operation

General Control Accuracy and Stability

The AFB, AFX series actuators utilize both DC Motors and brushless DC motor
technology. The AFB, AFX uses this motor in conjunction with an Application Specific
Integrated Circuit (ASIC). In the On/Off versions of the AFB and AFX, the ASIC -SR and MFT AF actuators have built-
monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and a digital rotation sensing function
to prevent damage to the actuator. The AFB24, AFX24… modulates type actuators
in brushless DC motors which provide
incorporate a built in microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the intelligence better accuracy and longer service life.
to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and knows the actuator’s exact zero
position. The -SR and MFT AF actuators are designed with a unique non-symmetrical
deadband. The actuator follows an increasing or decreasing control signal
Brushless DC Motor Operation with a 80 mV resolution. If the signal changes in the opposite direction, the
actuator will not respond until the control signal changes by 200 mV. This
Belimo’s brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of stationary allows these actuators to track even the slightest deviation very accurately, yet
electromagnets housed inside of a rotating permanent magnet. The electromagnetic allowing the actuator to “wait” for a much larger change in control signal due
poles are switched by a special ASIC circuit developed by Belimo. Unlike the to control signal instability.
conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to wear or commutators to foul.

Overload Protection 8
The AFB, AFX series actuators are protected from overload at all angles of rotation.
The ASIC circuit constantly monitors the rotation of the DC motor inside the actuator
and stops the pulses to the motor when it senses a stall condition. The DC motor
remains energized and produces full rated torque to the load. This helps ensure that
dampers are fully closed and that edge and blade seals are always properly
compressed.
8
Motor Position Detection
Belimo brushless DC motors eliminate the need for potentiometers for positioning in
modulating type actuators. Inside the motor are three “Hall Effect” sensors. These
sensors detect the spinning rotor and send pulses to the microprocessor which
counts the pulses and calculates the position to within 1/3 of a revolution of the
motor.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Note: Resolution is a percentage of operating range. 1% in one direction,

2.5% when changing direction. 2-10 VDC control example shown above.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

76
Installation Instructions
General Wiring Instructions

WARNING The wiring technician must be trained and experienced with electronic Wire Length for AFB..., AFX... Actuators
circuits. Disconnect power supply before attempting any wiring connections or
changes. Make all connections in accordance with wiring diagrams and follow all Keep power wire runs below the lengths listed in the Figure H. If more than one
applicable local and national codes. Provide disconnect and overload protection as actuator is powered from the same wire run, divide the allowable wire length by the
required. Use copper, twisted pair, conductors only. If using electrical conduit, the number of actuators to determine the maximum run to any single actuator.
attachment to the actuator must be made with flexible conduit. Example: 3 actuators, 16 Ga wire
350 Ft ÷ 3 Actuators = 117 Ft. Maximum wire run
Always read the controller manufacturer's installation literature carefully
before making any connections. Follow all instructions in this literature. If you MAXIMUM WIRE LENGTH FOR 10VA
have any questions, contact the controller manufacturer and/or Belimo. Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
12 Ga 900 Ft. 18 Ga 220 Ft.
14 Ga 550 Ft. 20 Ga 120 Ft.
Transformers 16 Ga 350 Ft. 22 Ga 60 Ft.
The AFB24, AFX24…actuators require a 24 VAC class 2 transformer and draws a FIGURE H
maximum of 10 VA per actuator. The actuator enclosure cannot be opened in the
field, there are no parts or components to be replaced or repaired.
– EMC directive: 2004/108/EC Wire Type and Wire Installation Tips
– Software class A: Mode of operation type 1 For most installations, 18 or 16 Ga. cable works well with the AFB24, AFX24...
– Low voltage directive: 2006/95/EC actuators. Use code-approved wire nuts, terminal strips or solderless connectors
where wires are joined. It is good practice to run control wires unspliced from the
CAUTION: It is good practice to power electronic or digital controllers from a
actuator to the controller. If splices are unavoidable, make sure the splice can be
separate power transformer than that used for actuators or other end devices. The
reached for possible maintenance. Tape and/or wire-tie the splice to reduce the
power supply design in our actuators and other end devices use half wave
possibility of the splice being inadvertently pulled apart.
rectification. Some controllers use full wave rectification. When these two different
types of power supplies are connected to the same power transformer and the DC
The AFB24, AFX24... proportional actuators have a digital circuit that is designed to
commons are connected together, a short circuit is created across one of the diodes
ignore most unwanted input signals (pickup). In some situations the pickup may be
in the full wave power supply, damaging the controller. Only use a single power
severe enough to cause erratic running of the actuator. For example, a large
transformer to power the controller and actuator if you know the controller power
inductive load (high voltage AC wires, motors, etc.) running near the power or
supply uses half wave rectification.
control wiring may cause excessive pickup. To solve this problem, make one or
more of the following changes:
Multiple Actuators, One Transformer 1. Run the wire in metallic conduit.
2. Re-route the wiring away from the source of pickup.
Multiple actuators may be powered from one transformer provided the following rules 3. Use shielded wire (Belden 8760 or equal). Ground the shield to an earth ground.
are followed: Do not connect it to the actuator common.
1. The TOTAL current draw of the actuators (VA rating) is less than or equal to the
rating of the transformer.
2. Polarity on the secondary of the transformer is strictly followed. This means that Initialization of the -SR and -MFT
all No. 1 wires from all actuators are connected to the common leg on the
When power is initially applied, the actuator will first release its manual preload
transformer and all No. 2 wires from all actuators are connected to the hotleg.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

position (This assumes a manual position has been set). The actuator will then rotate
Mixing wire No. 1 & 2 on one leg of the transformer will result in erratic operation
to the full fail-safe position. At this point the microprocessor recognizes that the
or failure of the actuator and/or controls.
actuator is at full fail-safe and uses this position as the base for all of its position
calculations. The microprocessor will retain the initialized zero during short power
Multiple Actuators, Multiple Transformers failures of up to 20 seconds. The -SR and -MFT will also return to its position prior to
the 20-second-or-less power loss. For power failures greater than 20 seconds, the
Multiple actuators positioned by the same control signal may be powered from actuator would naturally return to its full fail-safe position prior to the microprocessor
multiple transformers provided the following rules are followed: losing its memory. The actuator will also re-initialize if the manual position
1. The transformers are properly sized. mechanism is used.
2. All No. 1 wires from all actuators are tied together and tied to the negative leg of
the control signal. See wiring diagram.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

77
 Startup and Checkout
Instructions For AFB24-MFT, AFX24-MFT + P-100…

AFB24-MFT, AFX24-MFT + P-100… Electrical Check-Out Procedure

Does Not Give
Gives Expected Response
STEP Procedure Expected Response Expected Response
Go To Step…
Go To Step…
1. Control signal is applied to actuator. Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 7. No response at all Step 2.
Signal” position. Operation is reversed Step 3.
Does not drive toward "Control Signal
Position" Step 4.
2. Check power wiring. Power supply rating should be the total Power wiring corrected, actuator Power wiring corrected, actuator still
Correct any problems. power requirement of the actuator(s). begins to drive Step 1. does not drive Step 4.
See Note 1. Minimum voltage of 19.2 VAC or 21.6
VDC.
3. Turn reversing switch to the correct Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 7. Does not drive toward “Control Signal
position. Make sure the switch is Signal” position. Position” Step 4.
turned all the way left or right.
4. Make sure the control signal positive Drives to “Control Signal” position. Actuator operates properly Step 7. Step 5.
(+) is connected to Wire No. 3 and
control signal negative (-) is connected
to wire No. 1. Most control problems
are caused by reversing these two
wires. Verify that the reversing switch
is all the way CCW or CW.
5. Check input signal with a digital volt Input voltage or current should be ±1% Controller output (actuator input) Reprogram, adjust repair or replace
meter (DVM). Make sure the input of what controller's adjustment or is correct. Input Polarity Correct controller as needed Step 1.
is within the range of the actuator. programming indicates. Step 6.
NOTE: The input signal must be
above the 2 VDC or 4 mA to have
the actuator move.
6. Check damper torque requirement. Torque requirement is actuator’s Defective Actuator. Recalculate actuator requirement and
minimum torque. Replace Actuator - See Note 2. correct installation.
7. Actuator works properly. Test
controller by following controller
manufacturer's instructions.

NOTE 1 Check that the transformer(s) are sized properly.

• If a common transformer is used, make sure that polarity is observed on the secondary. This means connect all No. 1 wires to one leg of the transformer and all
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

No. 2 wires to the other leg of the transformer.

• If multiple transformers are used with one control signal, make sure all No. 1 wires are tied together and tied to control signal negative (-).
• Controllers and actuators must have separate 24 VAC/VDC power sources.
NOTE 2 If failure occurs within 5 years from original purchase date, notify Belimo and give details of the application.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

78
AF Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 133 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 35 sq-ft* (For lower torque, see NFB, NFX, LF, or TF series)

Applications

Remove for
3/4” to 1.05”
s a s
shafts

ZG106 or ZG107 bracket

Standard clamp fits standard 1/2” shafts to 1.05” jackshafts. Mount directly to 1.05” jackshafts. Linkage solutions are available when direct coupling is not possible. (See
Mounting Methods Guide and Mechanical Accessories Documentation)

9)
US (p. 8
All Actuators

(p. 87)
have BDCM

. 85)

. 91)
(p. 83)
81)

. 83)
83)

83)
1)

3
R US (p

C US (p
US (p.

CON R0
S US (p
S (p. 8

-SR US
US (p.

US (p.
-S US
AF24-S

AF24-S

AF24-P
AF24 U

AF230-

AF24-E
AF120

AF120

AF230

AFA24
AF Series - At A Glance
Torque: 133 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power supply: 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

120 VAC ● ●
230 VAC ● ●
Control signal: On/Off ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ●
3 kΩ NTC Type 10 thermistor ●
0 to 20 V phasecut ●
Feedback signal: 2 to 10 VDC ● ● ●
Running time motor: 150 sec constant ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
95 sec constant ●
spring: <20 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Brushless DC Motor ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External direction of rotation switch ● ● ●
Manual override ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plenum rated cable, 18 GA ●
Appliance rated cable, 18 GA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in auxiliary switch, two SPDT ● ● ●
Installation instructions......(p. 93-98) General wiring......(p. 100) Start-up and checkout......(p. 101) Electrical operations......(p. 99)
*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

79
 AF Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Cut labor costs with simple direct coupling.
● True mechanical spring return – the most reliable fail-safe.
● Reverse mount for clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe.
● Check damper position easily with clear position indicator.
● Overload-proof throughout rotation
● Temporary restrictions in damper movement will not change
actuator operation. Actuator returns to normal operation
when restriction is removed (modulating actuators).
● Easy mechanical stop to adjust angle of rotation
(add ZDB-AF2 US US accessory).
● By eliminating internal condensation Golden Point breather membrane
optimizes performance in harsh airstream environments.
● Built-in auxiliary switch is easy to use, offers feedback or
signal for additional device (-S models).
● Manual override crank speeds installation
● Need to change control direction?
Do it easily with a simple switch (modulating actuators).
● Microprocessor-controlled brushless DC motor increases
actuator life span and reliability, provides constant running
time (modulating actuators).
● Rugged metal housing withstands rough
handling in the mechanical room.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

● 3 ft. appliance cable and conduit connector eases installation.

● Double insulated – no need for separate safety ground.
A Belimo exclusive (-S,120V, 230V models).
● Automatically compensates for damper seal wear,
ensuring tight close-off.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

80
AF24(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 24V

Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The AF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The AF series provide 95° of rotation and are provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0° to 95°. The AF has a unique manual positioning mechanism
which allows the setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation. The AF
series actuators are shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied to the
AF series, the manual mechanism is released. The actuators will now try to close
against the 0° position during its normal control operations. The manual override can
also be released physically by the use of a crank supplied with the actuator.
Technical Data AF24... US The AF uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and
24 VDC ± 10% provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall
Power consumption running 5 W condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the
holding 1.5 W need of mechanical end switches.
Transformer sizing 10 VA (class 2 power source) The AF24-S US version is provided with two built in auxiliary switches. These SPDT
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up.
(-S models have 2 cables) 1/2” conduit connector The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +5°, the other switch
Electrical protection auxiliary switches are double insulated function is adjustable between +25° to +85°.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0° to 95° rotation
Angle of rotation 95°, adjustable 35 to 95° w/ZDB-AF2 US
Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm] constant Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D001
Direction of rotation reversible with CW/CCW mounting 0.65" [16.5]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° K4-2 US (supplied)
3.25" [82.7]

(0° is spring return position)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1/2" Centered
2.24"

(Default)
Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator)
[57]

Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 7A (2.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved 3/4" Centered

(Field Selectable)
one set at +5°, one adjustable 25° to 85°
1.05" Centered 0.19" [5]
Running time 150 seconds constant, independent of load, (Field Selectable)
spring return < 20 seconds
10.47" [266]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing 0.39" [10] 2.64"
5.85" [148.5]
K4-1 US (optional) [67]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 0.35" [9] 0.26" [6.5]
3/4" to 1.05"
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 1.93"
Adjustable [49]
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP54

Housing material zinc coated steel
K4 US (optional)
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93 3/8" to 3/4" 1.97"
Adjustable [50]
Noise level max. 45 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

81
 AF24(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 24V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 10-18 Shaft extension
IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4 US Universal clamp for 3/8” to 3/4” shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
K4-H Universal clamp for hexshafts 3/8” to 5/8”
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2) Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
ZG-HTR Thermostat/Heater Kit For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., AF24-S US
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of rotation limiter 4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 7A (2.5A) @250
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +5°, one is adjustable 25° to 85°.
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series nection.
100 replacement or new crank arm type installations
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
Honeywell® Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
replacement or new crank arm type installations individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZG-AF US Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF nents could result in death or serious injury.
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)

W002_08
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
NOTE: When using AF24 US and AF24-S US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall have a manual
positioning mechanism accessible on its cover. Actuators shall use a brushless DC
motor and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

constant and independent of torque. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switches shall be
provided with one switch having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators with
switches must be constructed to meet the requirement for Double Insulation so an
electrical ground connection is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be
cULus listed, have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control for AF24-S US

W001
1 24 VAC Transformer

Line 1 Common
Volts 3
2 + Hot

AF24 US 2

On/Off control for AF24 US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

82
AF120(-S) US, AF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 120 or 230 VAC

Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The AF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The AF series provide 95° of rotation and are provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0° to 95°. The AF has a unique manual positioning mechanism
which allows the setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation. The AF
series actuators are shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied to the
AF series, the manual mechanism is released. The actuators will now try to close
against the 0° position during its normal control operations. The manual override can
Technical Data AF120... US, AF230... US also be released physically by the use of a crank supplied with the actuator.
Power supply The AF uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
AF120(-S) US 120 VAC ± 10% 50/60 Hz Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and
AF230(-S) US 230 VAC ±15% 50/60 Hz provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall
Power consumption condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the
AF120(-S) US running 8W need of mechanical end switches. The actuators are Double Insulated so a ground
holding 3W connection is not required.
AF230(-S) US running 8.5 W The AF120/230-S US version is provided with two built-in auxiliary switches. These
holding 3W SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan
Transformer sizing start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +5°, the other
AF120(-S) US 11 VA switch function is adjustable between +25° to +85°.
AF230(-S) US 11 VA
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable
(-S models have 2 cables) 1/2” conduit connector
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D001
Electrical protection actuators are double insulated 0.65" [16.5]
K4-2 US (supplied)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Overload protection electronic throughout 0° to 95° rotation
3.25" [82.7]

Angle of rotation 95°, adjustable 35 to 95° w/ZDB-AF2 US 1/2" Centered

2.24"

(Default)
[57]

Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm] constant

3/4" Centered
Direction of rotation reversible with CW/CCW mounting (Field Selectable)
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° 1.05" Centered 0.19" [5]
(Field Selectable)
(0° is spring return position)
Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator) 10.47" [266]
0.39" [10] 2.64"
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 7A (2.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved K4-1 US (optional)
0.35" [9] [67]
5.85" [148.5]
0.26" [6.5]
(AF120/230-S) one set at +5°, one adjustable 25° to 85° 3/4" to 1.05"
1.93"
[49]
Running time 150 seconds constant, independent of load, Adjustable
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

spring return < 20 seconds

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing K4 US (optional)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
3/8" to 3/4" 1.97"
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] Adjustable [50]
Housing NEMA type 2 / IP54
Housing material zinc coated steel
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level max. 45 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 6.9 lbs (3.1 kg)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

83
 AF120(-S) US, AF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 120 or 230 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 10-18 Shaft extension
IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4 US Universal clamp for 3/8” to 3/4” shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2)
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1 Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
3 No ground connection is required.
ZG-HTR Thermostat/Heater Kit
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of rotation limiter For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., AF120/240-S
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket 4 US incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 7A (2.5A) @250
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +5°, one is adjustable 25° to 85°.
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV replacement or new
crank arm type installations Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series nection.
100 replacement or new crank arm type installations
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
Honeywell® Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or
replacement or new crank arm type installations other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform
ZG-AF US Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF components could result in death or serious injury.
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)

W004_08
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
NOTE: When using AF120/230 US and AF120/230-S US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a
jackshaft up to a 1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that
they may be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe
operation. Actuators shall have a manual positioning mechanism accessible
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

on its cover. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor and be protected

from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switches shall be
provided with one switch having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators
must be constructed to meet the requirement for Double Insulation so an
electrical ground connection is not required to meet agency listings.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5 year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards.
Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. On/Off wiring for AF120-S US and AF230-S US

W003_08

On/Off wiring for AF120 US and AF230 US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

84
AF24-SR US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, with the addition of a 500Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave applications.

Operation
The AF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The AF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°. The AF has a unique manual positioning mechanism which
allows the setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation. The actuator is
shipped at +5° position (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic compression
against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the manual
Technical Data AF24... US mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe position. The
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator will memorize the angle where it stops rotating and use this point for its zero
24 VDC ± 10% position for its normal control operations. The manual override can also be released
Power consumption physically by the use of a crank supplied with the actuator.
running 6W The AF uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
holding 2W Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
Transformer sizing 10 VA (class 2 power source) intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable exact zero position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation
1/2” conduit connector and provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to the actuator in a
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA need of mechanical end switches.
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) for 95°
Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95° Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D001
Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm] constant 0.65" [16.5]
K4-2 US (supplied)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation
3.25" [82.7]

spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting 1/2" Centered

2.24"

(Default)
[57]

motor reversible with built-in switch

3/4" Centered
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° (Field Selectable)
(0° is spring return position) 1.05" Centered 0.19" [5]
Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator) (Field Selectable)

Running time 150 seconds constant, independent of load, 10.47" [266]

0.39" [10] 2.64"
spring return < 20 seconds K4-1 US (optional) [67]
5.85" [148.5]
0.35" [9] 0.26" [6.5]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing 3/4" to 1.05"
1.93"
[49]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] Adjustable
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP54 K4 US (optional)
Housing material zinc coated metal
3/8" to 3/4" 1.97"
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and Adjustable [50]
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level max. 45 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

85
 AF24-SR US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 10-18 Shaft extension
IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4 US Universal clamp for 3/8” to 3/4” shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
K4-H Universal clamp for hexshafts 3/8” to 5/8”
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2) Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
SGA24 Min. and/or man. positioner in NEMA 4 housing 5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
SGF24 Min. and/or man. positioner for flush panel mounting
ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor for 4 to 20 mA control signal
ZG-HTR Thermostat/Heater Kit
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of rotation limiter The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket 2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-103 Universal mounting bracket necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZG-104 Universal mounting bracket individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV replacement or new tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
crank arm type installations
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series

W011
100 replacement or new crank arm type installations
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell® 24 VAC Transformer
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank 1
arm type installations 1 Common
Line
ZG-AF US Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF Volts 3
2 + Hot
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) 3 Y Input, 2 to 10V
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) Control Signal (–)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing 2 to 10 VDC (+) 5 U Output 2 to 10V
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
NOTE: When using AF24-SR US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.
AF24-SR US 2

2 to 10 VDC control
Typical Specification
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W197_08
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may
be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall
have control direction of rotation switch accessible on its cover. Actuators shall use a
brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload at
all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to 10
VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback or master-slave
applications. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5 year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

86
AFA24-SR US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, with the addition of a 500Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.

Operation
The AFA series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The AFA series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°. The AFA has a unique manual positioning mechanism
which allows the setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation. The
actuator is shipped at +5° position (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the
manual mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe
Technical Data AFA24... US position. The actuator will memorize the angle where it stops rotating and use this
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz point for its zero position for its normal control operations. The manual override can
24 VDC ± 10% also be released physically by the use of a crank supplied with the actuator.
Power consumption
The AFA uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
running 6W
Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
holding 2W intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
Transformer sizing 10 VA (class 2 power source) exact zero position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable and provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to the actuator in a
1/2” conduit connector stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation need of mechanical end switches.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95° Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D001
Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm] constant 0.65" [16.5]
K4-2 US (supplied)
Direction of rotation
3.25" [82.7]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting 1/2" Centered
2.24"

(Default)
[57]

motor reversible with built-in switch

3/4" Centered
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° (Field Selectable)
(0° is spring return position) 1.05" Centered 0.19" [5]
Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator) (Field Selectable)

Running time 150 seconds constant, independent of load, 10.47" [266]

0.39" [10] 2.64"
spring return < 20 seconds K4-1 US (optional) [67]
5.85" [148.5]
0.35" [9] 0.26" [6.5]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
3/4" to 1.05" 1.93"
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] Adjustable [49]
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP54 K4 US (optional)
Housing material zinc coated metal
3/8" to 3/4" 1.97"
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and Adjustable [50]
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level max. 45 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg.)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

87
 AFA24-SR US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 10-18 Shaft extension
IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4 US Universal clamp for 3/8” to 3/4” shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
K4-H Universal clamp for hexshafts 3/8” to 5/8”
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2) Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
SGA24 Min. and/or man. positioner in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min. and/or man. positioner for flush panel mounting
ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor for 4 to 20 mA control signal The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
ZG-HTR Thermostat/Heater Kit 2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of rotation limiter
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV replacement or new tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
crank arm type installations nents could result in death or serious injury.
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series 100
replacement or new crank arm type installations

W475
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., 24 VAC Transformer
1
Honeywell® Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100
replacement or new crank arm type installations Line 1 Common
ZG-AF US Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF Volts 3
2 + Hot
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
3 Y Input, 2 to 10V
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
Control Signal (–)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing 2 to 10 VDC (+)
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
NOTE: When using AFA24-SR US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. AFA24-SR US 2
Actuator may not be tandem mounted on same shaft or otherwise mechanically linked.

2 to 10 VDC control
Typical Specification

W476_10
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which re-
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

quire no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jack-
shaft up to a 1.05” diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper
control in response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor,
a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. The
actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either clockwise or
counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall have control direction
of rotation switch accessible on its cover. Actuators shall use a brushless DC
motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload at all
angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo. 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

88
AF24-ECON-R03 US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24V, for Stand-Alone Economizer Damper Control Using 3 kΩ
Mixed Air Sensor, Built-in Minimum Position Adjustment

• Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

• Built-in adjustable min-position
• Integrated mixed air PI-control

Application
For proportional control of mixed air setpoint on economizer dampers in HVAC
systems. Actuator sizing should be done in accordance with the damper
manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to 3 kΩ thermistor.

Operation
The AF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The AF24-ECON-R03 US provide 95° of rotation and are provided with a graduated
position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuators are shipped at +5° (5° from full
fail-safe) to provide automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
When power is first applied, the AF24-ECON-R03 US will move to 0° (full fail-safe).
Technical Data AF24... US The actuator will now try to close against the 0° position during its normal control
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz, operations.
24 VDC ± 10%
Power consumption The AF24-ECON-R03 US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
running6W
microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate
holding2.5 W
and to know the actuator’s exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer sizing 10 VA (class 2 power source)
brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to
Electrical connection 3 ft, plenum rated cable prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled
1/2” conduit connector anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation consumption is reduced in holding mode.
Control Signal Y1 3 kΩ NTC Type 10 thermistor,
3 kΩ @ 77°F (25°C) MA setpoint = 55°F Installation
Input impedance Y1 100 kΩ Refer to AF Section of the Standard Actuation and Accessories, Technical
Y2 100 kΩ Documentation.
Feedback output, U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.7 mA) for 95°
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm]

D001
Override function See override control table on opposite page 0.65" [16.5]
K4-2 US (supplied)
Direction of rotation
3.25" [82.7]

spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting 1/2" Centered

2.24"

(Default)
[57]

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° scaled as 3/4" Centered

0 to 1 (0° is spring return position) (Field Selectable)
Running time motor 95 seconds constant, independent of load 1.05" Centered 0.19" [5]
(Field Selectable)
spring < 20 seconds @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]
< 60 seconds @-22°F [-30°C] 10.47" [266]
0.39" [10] 2.64"
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing K4-1 US (optional) 5.85" [148.5]
0.35" [9] [67]
0.26" [6.5]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 3/4" to 1.05"
1.93"
[49]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] Adjustable

3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP54

Housing material zinc coated steel K4 US (optional)
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and 3/8" to 3/4" 1.97"
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93 Adjustable [50]
Noise level running <45 dB (A)
(max) spring return 62 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

89
 AF24-ECON-R03 US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24V, for Stand-Alone Economizer Damper Control Using 3 kΩ
Mixed Air Sensor, Built-in Minimum Position Adjustment

Occupied - Economizer Mode

The AF24-ECON-R03 US enters Economizer Mode when either an external relay or
controller completes the circuit between the actuator wire 3(Y1) and MA sensor. In
this mode, the actuator moves proportionally to maintain a MA set-point of 55°F
(fixed). A proportional band of 6°F modulates the actuator between 53 and 58°F. Also,
a +/-1°F dead band eliminates hunting of the actuator, while maintaining suitable
temperatures in the RTU mixed air chamber.

MA Dry Bulb Temperature AF24-ECON... Position

< 53°F Min. position
Modulates between
53°F < MAT < 58°F
Min. Position and 100% open
> 58°F 100% open
Standard Economizer Mode Wiring AF24-ECON-R03 US

W279_08
Accessories, see page 308.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. Actuator shall deliver a minimum output torque of 133 in-lbs. The actuator
must provide proportional damper control in response to a
3 kΩ NTC thermistor, 55°F setpoint. Actuator must have a built-in minimum position
potentiometer. Actuator must have minimum position override via 0 to 10 VDC on wire
4. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be independent of
torque load. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback or
master-slave applications. The actuator must be designed so that they may be used
for either clock-wise or counterclockwise fail safe operation. Actuators shall be cUL Override for AF24-ECON-R03 US
Approved, have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International
Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
Override control
Wiring Diagrams Wire Input Signal Position Application
Y1 24 VAC Drive closed (0%) Morning warm-up cycle
Y1 Common Drive open (100%) Smoke Purge
Mechanical cooling in use,
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required. Y1 Open wire Drive to min position RTU thermostat
calls for heat
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Min-position is adjustable from 0 to 100% with a

2 potentiometer on the actuator cover. Override potentiometer via a
0 VDC to Min position of
Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use Y2 remote CO2 sensor/controller
3 10 VDC 0% to 100%
color codes instead. or DDC controller

4 CW (default) indicates that motor drive starts at zero position.

A relay or switch can spring return the actuator when the RTU fan de-
5 energizes, or if low ambient temperature is sensed.
A standard relay can be used to close the sensor circuit to engage econo-
6 mizer mode, e.g. outside air changeover device like a dry bulb or enthalpy
limit switch.
A remote CO2 sensor or DDC controller with a 0 to 10 VDC output can
7 change the standard relay can be used to open and close the sensor circuit.
This device can be a relay or a dry bulb/enthalpy limit switch.

8 Override control for Y2 only accepts 0 to 10 VDC override control.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

90
AF24-PC US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20 V Phasecut Control Signal

Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 0-20 V phasecut control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for
position indication or master-slave applications.

Operation
The AF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The AF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0° to 95°. The AF has a unique manual positioning mechanism
which allows the setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation. When
power is applied to the AF series its “one time use” mechanism is released. The
Technical Data AF24... US actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic compression
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the manual
24 VDC ± 10% mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe position. The
Power consumption actuator will memorize the angle where it stops rotating and use this point for its zero
running 6W position for its normal control operations. The manual override can also be released
holding 2.5 W physically by the use of a crank supplied with the actuator.
Transformer sizing 10 VA (class 2 power source) The AF uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
1/2” conduit connector intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation exact zero position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation
Operating range Y 0 to 20 V phasecut and provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to the actuator in a
control is only for the postiive part of the sine wave stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the
(max of 10 volts) need of mechanical end switches.
Input impedance 8 kΩ (0.1 mA), 50 mΩ
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) for 95°
Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95°
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D001

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm] constant 0.65" [16.5]
K4-2 US (supplied)
Direction of rotation
3.25" [82.7]

spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting 1/2" Centered

2.24"

(Default)
[57]

motor reversible with built-in switch

3/4" Centered
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° (Field Selectable)
(0° is spring return position) 1.05" Centered 0.19" [5]
(Field Selectable)
Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator)
Running time 150 seconds constant, independent of load, 10.47" [266]
0.39" [10] 2.64"
spring return < 20 seconds K4-1 US (optional) [67]
5.85" [148.5]
0.35" [9] 0.26" [6.5]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing 3/4" to 1.05"
1.93"
[49]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] Adjustable

3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP54 K4 US (optional)
Housing material zinc coated metal
3/8" to 3/4" 1.97"
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and Adjustable [50]
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level max. 45 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

91
 AF24-PC US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20 V Phasecut Control Signal

Accessories Wiring Diagram

AV 10-18 Shaft extension
IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4 US Universal clamp for 3/8” to 3/4” shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
K4-H Universal clamp for hexshafts 3/8” to 5/8”
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2) Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
SGA24 Min. and/or man. positioner in NEMA 4 housing WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
SGF24 Min. and/or man. positioner for flush panel mounting During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor for 4 to 20 mA control signal necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZG-HTR Thermostat/Heater Kit individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of rotation limiter
nents could result in death or serious injury.
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket

W184
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV replace- 1 24 VAC Transformer
ment or new crank arm type installations
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series Line 1 Common
Volts 3
100 replacement or new crank arm type installations 2 + Hot
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., 3 Y Input, 0 to 10V Phasecut
Honeywell® Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100
Control Signal (–)
replacement or new crank arm type installations
ZG-AF US Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF 0 to 20V Phasecut (+) 5 U Output 2 to 10V
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) AF24-PC US
2
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing 0 to 20 V phasecut control of AF24-PC US
NOTE: When using AF24-PC US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. Note: 0 to 20 V input range with a 0 to 10 V operating range. Controller output must
be rescaled accordingly.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 0 to

20 V phasecut control output from an electronic controller or positioner. The actuators
must be designed so that they may be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise
fail-safe operation. Actuators shall have control direction of rotation switch accessible
on its cover. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant,
and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for
position feedback or master-slave applications. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have
a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

92
Installation Instructions
Quick-Mount Visual Instructions for Mechanical Installation

Quick-Mount Visual Instructions

1. Rotate the damper to its fail-safe position.
If the shaft rotates counterclockwise, mount the “CCW” side of the actuator out.
If it rotates clockwise, mount the actuator with the “CW” side out.
2. If the universal clamp is not on the correct side of the actuator, move it to the correct side.
3. Slide the actuator onto the shaft and tighten the nuts on the V-bolt with a 10mm wrench to 6-8 ft-lb of torque.
4. Slide the anti-rotation strap under the actuator so that it engages the slot at the base of the actuator. Secure the strap to the duct work with #8 self-tapping screws.
NOTE: Read the “Standard Mounting” instructions, on the next page, for more detailed information.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

1/2"
min. 3
[90] /4"
min. 3
[20]

IND-AF2 Position Indicator

(optional)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

IND-AF2 Position Indicator

(optional)

Remove
for 3/4”
to 1.05”
shafts

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

93
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Determining Torque Loading and Actuator Sizing Mechanical Operation

Damper torque loadings, used in selecting the correct size actuator, should be The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by
provided by the damper manufacturer. If this information is not available, the means of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are
following general selection guidelines can be used. available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper
shaft. The AF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
Damper Type Torque Loading safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return
Opposed blade, without edge seals, system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to
3 in-lb/sq. ft.
for non-tight close-off applications the actuator. The AF…-S versions are provided with 2 built-in auxiliary switches.
Parallel blade, without edge seals, These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example,
4 in-lb/sq. ft.
for non-tight close-off applications for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +5°, the
Opposed blade, with edge seals, other switch function is adjustable between +25 to +85°.
5 in-lb/sq. ft.
for tight close-off applications
Parallel blade, with edge seals,
7 in-lb/sq. ft. Automatic Airtight Dampers/Manual Override
for tight close-off applications
The AF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
The above torque loadings will work for most applications under 2 in. w.g. static
indicator showing 0° to 95°.
pressure or 1000 FPM face velocity. For applications between this criteria and 3 in.
w.g. or 2500 FPM, the torque loading should be increased by a multiplier of 1.5. If The AF has a unique manual positioning mechanism which allows the setting of any
the application calls for higher criteria up to 4 in. w.g. or 3000 FPM, use a multiplier damper position within its 95° of rotation. A pre-tensioned spring automatically
of 2.0. tightens damper when power is applied to the actuator, compensating for damper
seal deterioration.
Torque Loading Chart
The actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the
manual mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe
70 position.

Standard Mounting
60
NOTE: The AF…series actuator is shipped with the manual override adjusted
for a +5° position at the universal clamp (not at full fail-safe, 0°). This allows
Damper Area (sq. ft.)

50 for automatic compression of damper blade seals when the actuator is in use,
providing tight shut-off. This assumes that the damper is to have tight shut-
off at the fail-safe position. If tight close-off is desired at the opposite
40 direction from fail-safe, the manual override should be released so the
actuator can go to the full fail-safe position. See the manual override
instructions.
30
1. Manually move the damper to the fail-safe position (usually closed). If the shaft
rotated counterclockwise ( )), this is a CCW installation. If the shaft rotated
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

clockwise ( )), this is a CW installation. In a CCW installation, the actuator side

20
marked “CCW” faces out, while in a CW installation, the side marked “CW” faces
out. All other steps are identical.
2. The actuator is usually shipped with the universal clamp mounted to the “CCW”
10
side of the actuator. To test for adequate shaft length, slide the actuator over the
shaft with the side marked “CCW” (or the “CW” side if this is the side with the
clamp). If the shaft extends at least 1/8” through the clamp, mount the actuator
0
as follows. If not, go to the Short Shaft Installationn section.
2 4 6 8 10 3. If the clamp is not on the correct side as determined in step #1, re-mount the
3 5 7 9 clamp as follows. If it is on the correct side, proceed to step #5. Look at the
Torque Loading (in-lb/ sq. ft.) universal clamp. If you are mounting the actuator with the “CCW” side out,
position the clamp so that the pointer section of the tab is pointing to 0° (see
Figure C) and the spline pattern of the clamp mates with spline of the actuator.
Slip the clamp over the spline. (Use the same procedure if the “CW” side is out.) If
your application requires a mechanical minimum position, read the Rotation
General Information Limiting, Mechanical Minimum Damper Positionn section.
4. Lock the clamp to the actuator using the retaining clip.
Belimo actuators should be mounted indoors in a dry, relatively clean environment 5. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position.
free from corrosive fumes. If the actuator is to be mounted outdoors, a protective 6. Slide the actuator over the shaft.
enclosure must be used to shield the actuator. 7. Position the actuator in the desired location.
For new construction work, order dampers with extended shafts. Instruct the 8. Tighten the two nuts on the clamp using a 10mm wrench or socket using 6-8
installing contractor to allow space for mounting and service of the Belimo actuator on ft-lb of torque.
the shaft. The damper shaft must extend at least 3 1/2” from the duct. If the shaft 9. Slip the stud of the anti rotation strap into the slot at the base of the actuator.
extends less than 3-1/2” or if an obstruction blocks access, the shaft can be extended The stud should be positioned approximately 1/16 of an inch from the closed end
with the AV 10-18 shaft extension accessory or the actuator may be mounted in its short of the slot. Bend the strap as needed to reach the duct. Attach the strap to the
shaft configuration. duct with #8 self tapping screws.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

94
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Short Shaft Installation 30

30
If the shaft extends at least 3/4” from the duct, follow these steps: 20 20
Correct clamp mounting
1. Determine the best orientation for the universal clamp on the back of the actuator. position if actuator is at 10
10
The best location would be where you have the easiest access to the V bolt nuts on full fail-safe. 0
0 -5
the clamp.
2. Engage the clamp to the actuator as close as possible to the determined location.
3. Lock the clamp in place using the remaining retainer clip.
4. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position.
5. Slide the actuator over the shaft. CW
6. Position the actuator in the desired location.
CCW
7. Tighten the two nuts on the clamp using a 10mm wrench or socket using 6-8
ft-lb of torque.
8. Slip the stud of the anti-rotation strap into the slot at the base of the actuator. 40 40
The stud should be positioned approximately 1/16 of an inch from the closed end 30 30
Correct pointer mounting
of the slot. Bend the strap as needed to reach the duct. Attach the strap to the 20 position if actuator is at 20
duct with #8 self tapping screws. full fail-safe. 10
10
9. If damper position indication is required, use the optional IND-AF2 pointer. See 0 0
Figure A. -5
-5

Jackshaft Installation
CCW CW
The AF… series actuator is designed for use with jackshafts up to 1.05” in
diameter. In most applications, the AF actuator may be mounted in the same
manner as a standard damper shaft application. If more torque is required than one 40
AF actuator can provide, a second AF actuator may be mounted to the jackshaft Correct pointer mounting
30 position when actuator is
using the ZG-102 multiple actuator mounting bracket. See wiring guide for wiring at 5° preload.
30
details. 20
20
AF ACTUATORS WHICH MAY BE USED ON ONE SHAFT 10 -5 10
-5
Model Maximum Quantity Per Shaft 0 0
AF24(-S) US
AF120(-S) US 4 CCW CW
AF230(-S) US
AF24-SR US 4
40 40
MOUNTING: If the actuators are Correct pointer mounting
30 30
mounted on the opposed ends of the position if actuator is at
shaft, the actuator direction must be full fail-safe.
20 20
selected carefully. Usually, the direction
10

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

of rotation is reversed. 10 -
0 0

CCW CW

FIGURE A – Universal Clamp and IND-AF2 Pointer (optional)

positions indicating fail-safe and pre-load settings
Multiple Actuator Mounting
If more torque is required than one AF actuator can provide, a second AF actuator
may be mounted to the shaft using the ZG-102 multiple mounting bracket.
NOTE: The manual positioning mechanism cannot be used in multiple actuator
applications.
Special Wiring and Additional Information: See wiring guide

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

95
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Rotation Limitation
The angle of rotation limiter, ZDB-AF2 US, is used in conjunction with the tab on the Screw secured at Secure angle-of-
these cross hairs rotation limiter
universal clamp or IND-AF2 position indicator which comes with the ZDB-AF2 US. In
order to function properly, the clamp or indicator must be mounted correctly.
Screw
See Figure A.

40
40
The ZDB-AF2 US may not work in certain mounting orientations using the ZG-106 or

30
30
ZG-107 mounting brackets. It will not work with the ZG-108 mounting bracket. 20
20
Limiting the damper rotation must be accomplished by adjusting the crank arm
linkage. Philips screwdriver
Angle of rotation
The ZDB-AF2 US may be used in 2 ways to control the rotational output of the AF is now set at 40°.
series actuator. One use is in the application where a damper has a designed
rotation less than 90°. An example would be a 45° or 60° rotating damper. The
other application would be to set a minimum damper position which can be easily
set or changed without having to remove the actuator from the damper.

40
Damper Rotation Limiting

30
20
1. Determine the amount of damper rotation required.
2. Locate the Angle of Rotation Limiter (ZDB-AF2 US) on the actuator so that its FIGURE C – ZDB-AF2 US, Securing the Angle of Rotation Limiter
edge lines up with the degree graduation on the actuator face which corresponds
with the required rotation. See Figure C.
3. Find the appropriate cross-hair location through the slot of the limiter. This is the
screw mounting location.
4. Pierce through the label material to allow easy fastening of the retaining screw.
5. Position the limiter back to the desired position, making sure the locating “teeth”
on the limiter are engaged into the locating holes on the actuator.
6. Fasten the limiter to the actuator using the self tapping screw provided.
7. Test the damper rotation either manually with the manual crank or apply power
and if required, a control signal. Re-adjust if necessary.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

96
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Manual Override Auxiliary Switches

The AF series actuators can be manually positioned to ease installation or for The AF series actuators may be ordered with 2 built-in SPDT auxiliary switches used
emergency positioning. for safety interfacing or signalling, for example, for fan start-up. The switch position
near the fail-safe position is fixed at 5°. The other is adjustable between 25 and 85°
1. The manual override will only work if no power is available to the actuator.
of rotation. The crank, supplied with the actuator, or a 3mm allen wrench is used to
2. Insert the manual crank (shipped with the actuator) into the hexagon hole located
adjust the switching position.
on either side of the actuator. An illustration, located on the label, shows the
location. SWITCH RATING
3. Turn the crank in the direction shown on the label (clockwise on the “CW” side, Voltage Resistive Load Inductive Load
counterclockwise on the “CCW” side). It will take approximately 19 revolutions to
120 VAC 7A 5A
rotate the full 95° of rotation.
250 VAC 7A 2.5A
4. To lock the actuator in the required position, rotate the crank quickly in the opposite
direction, 1/2 of a revolution. The “lock closed” icon on the label shows the correct Two methods may be used to adjust the switching point of the adjustable switch.
direction.
5. The manual override may be disengaged in 2 ways. Method 1 - See Figure F
- Rotate the crank about a 1/4 revolution in the same direction as the initial 1 The actuator must be in its fail-safe position.
winding. The “lock open” icon shows the correct direction. 2. Insert the crank into the hexagon shaped hole located in the center of the
- Apply power to wire 1 and 2. The actuator will automatically disengage the adjustable switch pointer.
override function and will go to the “on” position in the case of the On/Off 3. Rotate the crank until the switch pointer is at the desired switch point in degrees
versions. Or, in the case of the proportional versions, go to the 0 signal as shown.
position and then go to the position corresponding to the control signal. The
actuator will now work normally. AF... Series

Rotate with
Factory setting 85° crank handle 60° set
30 40 30 40 30 40
50 50 50
60 60 60
70 Cra 70 70
nk
80 80Han 80
d le
25…85° 25…85° 25…85°

Winding the Locking the Unlocking the

damper actuator damper actuator damper actuator FIGURE F
(2 options)
- insert crank handle - rotate crank handle 1/2
- turn handle in direction turn in the direction - rotate crank handle 1/4 Method 2 - See Figure G
of arrow shown by the “locked” turn in the direction 1. Position the damper to the point at which you want the switch to activate. This
icon. shown by the may be done by using the manual override or by providing the appropriate
“unlocked” icon. proportional signal to AF24… modulating type actuator. The position of the
- remote control by

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

switch pointer is not important during this step.
supplying power to the 2. Insert the crank into the hexagon shaped hole located in the center of the
unit for > than 3 sec. adjustable switch pointer.
3. Rotate the switch pointer to just past the switch point indicating arrow as shown.
Testing the Installation Without Power AF... Series
The actuator/damper installation may be tested without power at the actuator. Refer Actuator Switch does
to the manual positioning section of the instructions. Move the damper to its full after locking Switch operates not operate
non-fail-safe position using the manual crank. Disengage the manual position
mechanism and have the damper go to full fail-safe position. Correct any 30 40 30 40 30 40
50 50 50
mechanical problems and retest. 60 60 60
Cra 70 70 70
nk
80Han 80 80
d le
25…85° 25…85° 25…85°

FIGURE G

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

97
 Installation Instructions
Non-Direct Mounting Methods

KH AF Crank
KH-AF C k arm
Including Retaining Ring
CAUTION:: The retaining clip supplied with the clamp is nott used to mount the KH-AFF
crank arm.

The KH-AF (-1) crank arm is used in non-direct coupled mounting applications. The
KH-AF (-1) may also be used to simultaneously direct couple to a damper shaft and
provide an additional crank arm connection to a second damper. The KH-AFV V-bolt
kit must be used for this non-direct application (see illustration this page).

TWO SIZES ARE AVAILABLE:

KH-AF For round shafts up to 3/4” or square shafts up to 5/8”

KH-AF-1 For jackshafts up to 1.05”

KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF(-1) crank arm

Note: KH-AF (-1) crank arms cannot be used on AF Series 1 actuators.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

KH-AF (-1) dim scan

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

KH-AF non-direct mounting with ZG-108 mounting bracket

KH-AF (-1) crank arm

with
ith KH-AFV
KH V-bolt kit

KH-8 crannk arm

Multiple dampers direct coupled to one actuator with linkage to

operate the other damper.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

98
Installation Instructions
Electrical Operation

General Control Accuracy and Stability

The AF series actuators utilize brushless DC motor technology. The AF uses this
motor in conjunction with an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). In the On/ AF24-SR US actuators have built-in
Off versions of the AF, the ASIC monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and a
digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to the actuator. The AF24… brushless DC motors which provide
modulating type actuators incorporate a built in microprocessor. The microprocessor
provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and knows better accuracy and longer service life.
the actuator’s exact zero position.
The AF24-SR US actuators are designed with a unique non-symmetrical dead-
band. The actuator follows an increasing or decreasing control signal with a
Brushless DC Motor Operation 80 mV resolution. If the signal changes in the opposite direction, the actuator
Belimo’s brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of stationary will not respond until the control signal changes by 200 mV. This allows these
electromagnets housed inside of a rotating permanent magnet. The electromagnetic actuators to track even the slightest deviation very accurately, yet allowing
poles are switched by a special ASIC circuit developed by Belimo. Unlike the the actuator to “wait” for a much larger change in control signal due to control
conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to wear or commutators to foul. signal instability.

Overload Protection
The AF series actuators are protected from overload at all angles of rotation. The
ASIC circuit constantly monitors the rotation of the DC motor inside the actuator and
stops the pulses to the motor when it senses a stall condition. The DC motor
remains energized and produces full rated torque to the load. This helps ensure that
dampers are fully closed and that edge and blade seals are always properly
compressed.

Motor Position Detection

Belimo brushless DC motors eliminate the need for potentiometers for positioning in
modulating type actuators. Inside the motor are three “Hall Effect” sensors. These
sensors detect the spinning rotor and send pulses to the microprocessor which
counts the pulses and calculates the position to within 1/3 of a revolution of the
motor.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

99
 Installation Instructions
General Wiring Instructions

WARNING The wiring technician must be trained and experienced with electronic Wire Length for AF... Actuators
circuits. Disconnect power supply before attempting any wiring connections or
changes. Make all connections in accordance with wiring diagrams and follow all Keep power wire runs below the lengths listed in the Figure H. If more than one
applicable local and national codes. Provide disconnect and overload protection as actuator is powered from the same wire run, divide the allowable wire length by the
required. Use copper, twisted pair, conductors only. If using electrical conduit, the number of actuators to determine the maximum run to any single actuator.
attachment to the actuator must be made with flexible conduit. Example: 3 actuators, 16 Ga wire
350 Ft ÷ 3 Actuators = 117 Ft. Maximum wire run
Always read the controller manufacturer's installation literature carefully
before making any connections. Follow all instructions in this literature. If you MAXIMUM WIRE LENGTH FOR 10VA
have any questions, contact the controller manufacturer and/or Belimo. Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
12 Ga 900 Ft. 18 Ga 220 Ft.
14 Ga 550 Ft. 20 Ga 120 Ft.
Transformers 16 Ga 350 Ft. 22 Ga 60 Ft.
The AF24 . . actuators require a 24 VAC class 2 transformer and draws a maximum FIGURE H
of 10 VA per actuator. The actuator enclosure cannot be opened in the field, there
are no parts or components to be replaced or repaired.
– EMC directive: 2004/108/EC Wire Type and Wire Installation Tips
– Software class A: Mode of operation type 1 For most installations, 18 or 16 Ga. cable works well with the AF24... actuators. Use
– Low voltage directive: 2006/95/EC code-approved wire nuts, terminal strips or solderless connectors where wires are
joined. It is good practice to run control wires unspliced from the actuator to the
CAUTION: It is good practice to power electronic or digital controllers from a
controller. If splices are unavoidable, make sure the splice can be reached for
separate power transformer than that used for actuators or other end devices. The
possible maintenance. Tape and/or wire-tie the splice to reduce the possibility of
power supply design in our actuators and other end devices use half wave
the splice being inadvertently pulled apart.
rectification. Some controllers use full wave rectification. When these two different
types of power supplies are connected to the same power transformer and the DC
The AF24... proportional actuators have a digital circuit that is designed to ignore
commons are connected together, a short circuit is created across one of the diodes
most unwanted input signals (pickup). In some situations the pickup may be severe
in the full wave power supply, damaging the controller. Only use a single power
enough to cause erratic running of the actuator. For example, a large inductive load
transformer to power the controller and actuator if you know the controller power
(high voltage AC wires, motors, etc.) running near the power or control wiring may
supply uses half wave rectification.
cause excessive pickup. To solve this problem, make one or more of the following
changes:
Multiple Actuators, One Transformer 1. Run the wire in metallic conduit.
2. Re-route the wiring away from the source of pickup.
Multiple actuators may be powered from one transformer provided the following rules 3. Use shielded wire (Belden 8760 or equal). Ground the shield to an earth ground.
are followed: Do not connect it to the actuator common.
1. The TOTAL current draw of the actuators (VA rating) is less than or equal to the
rating of the transformer.
2. Polarity on the secondary of the transformer is strictly followed. This means that Initialization of the AF24-SR US
all No. 1 wires from all actuators are connected to the common leg on the
When power is initially applied, the actuator will first release its manual preload
transformer and all No. 2 wires from all actuators are connected to the hotleg.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

position (This assumes a manual position has been set). The actuator will then rotate
Mixing wire No. 1 & 2 on one leg of the transformer will result in erratic operation
to the full fail-safe position. At this point the microprocessor recognizes that the
or failure of the actuator and/or controls.
actuator is at full fail-safe and uses this position as the base for all of its position
calculations. The microprocessor will retain the initialized zero during short power
Multiple Actuators, Multiple Transformers failures of up to 20 seconds. For power failures greater than 20 seconds, the actuator
would naturally return to its full fail-safe position prior to the microprocessor losing
Multiple actuators positioned by the same control signal may be powered from its memory. The actuator will also re-initialize if the manual position mechanism is
multiple transformers provided the following rules are followed: used.
1. The transformers are properly sized.
2. All No. 1 wires from all actuators are tied together and tied to the negative leg of
the control signal. See wiring diagram.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

100
Startup and Checkout
Instructions For AF24-SR US

AF24-SR US Electrical Check-out Procedure

Does Not Give
Gives Expected Response
STEP Procedure Expected Response Expected Response
Go To Step…
Go To Step…
1. Control signal is applied to actuator. Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 7. No response at all Step 2.
Signal” position. Operation is reversed Step 3.
Does not drive toward "Control Signal
Position" Step 4.
2. Check power wiring. Power supply rating should be the total Power wiring corrected, actuator Power wiring corrected, actuator still
Correct any problems. power requirement of the actuator(s). begins to drive Step 1. does not drive Step 4.
See Note 1. Minimum voltage of 19.2 VAC or 21.6 VDC.
3. Turn reversing switch to the correct Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 7. Does not drive toward “Control Signal
position. Make sure the switch is Signal” position. Position” Step 4.
turned all the way left or right.
4. Make sure the control signal positive Drives to “Control Signal” position. Actuator operates properly Step 7. Step 5.
(+) is connected to Wire No. 3 and
control signal negative (-) is connected
to wire No. 1. Most control problems
are caused by reversing these two
wires. Verify that the reversing switch
is all the way CCW or CW.
5. Check input signal with a digital volt Input voltage or current should be ±1% Controller output (actuator input) Reprogram, adjust repair or replace
meter (DVM). Make sure the input of what controller's adjustment or is correct. Input Polarity Correct controller as needed Step 1.
is within the range of the actuator. For programming Step 6.
AF24-SR US this is 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to indicate.
20 mA.
NOTE: The input signal must be
above the 2 VDC or 4 mA to have
the actuator move.
7. Check damper torque requirement. Torque requirement is actuator’s Defective Actuator. Recalculate actuator requirement and
minimum torque. Replace Actuator - See Note 2. correct installation.
8. Actuator works properly. Test
controller by following controller
manufacturer's instructions.

NOTE 1 Check that the transformer(s) are sized properly.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

• If a common transformer is used, make sure that polarity is observed on the secondary. This means connect all No. 1 wires to one leg of the transformer and all
No. 2 wires to the other leg of the transformer.
• If multiple transformers are used with one control signal, make sure all No. 1 wires are tied together and tied to control signal negative (-).
• Controllers and actuators must have separate 24 VAC/VDC power sources.
NOTE 2 If failure occurs within 5 years from original installation date, notify Belimo and give details of the application.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

101
 Notes/Work Pad
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

102
NFB and NFX Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 90 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 22 sq-ft*

Applications
1” 3/4”

1/2”

New standard clamp fits standard 1/2” shafts to 1.05” jackshafts. Mount directly to 1.05” jackshafts. Linkage solutions are available when direct coupling is not possible.

NFB24-MFT-S N4(H), NFX24-MFT-S N4

NFB24-MFT-S, NFX24-MFT-S (p. 117)
NFBUP-S N4(H), NFXUP-S N4 (p. 111)
NFB24-S N4(H), NFX24-S N4 (p. 107)

NFB24-SR-S N4(H), NFX24-SR-S N4

NFB24-MFT N4(H), NFX24-MFT N4

NFB24-SR-S, NFX24-SR-S (p. 113)

NFB24-MFT, NFX24-MFT (p. 117)

NFBUP N4(H), NFXUP N4 (p. 111)
NFB24 N4(H), NFX24 N4 (p. 107)

NFB24-SR N4(H), NFX24-SR N4

Actuators in bold
NFB24-SR, NFX24-SR (p. 113)

have BDCM
NFBUP-S, NFXUP-S (p. 109)
NFB24-S, NFX24-S (p. 105)
NFB24, NFX24 (p. 105)

NFBUP, NFXUP (p. 109)

NFB, NFX Series –

(p. 119)

(p. 119)
(p. 115)

(p. 115)

At A Glance

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque: 90 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power supply: 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
120 VAC ● ● ● ●
230 VAC ● ● ● ●
Control signal: On/Off ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Proportional 2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ●
Multi-function** ● ● ● ●
Feedback signal: 2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ●
VDC variable** ● ● ● ●
Running time <75 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
motor: 95 seconds constant ● ● ● ●
Adj. 40 to 220 seconds*** ● ● ● ●
spring: <20 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Brushless DC Motor ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External direction of rotation switch ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Manual override ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Appliance rated cable, 18 GA (default) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plenum rated cable, 18 GA (optional) ● ● ●
Built-in auxiliary switch, Two SPDT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NEMA 4 rated housing ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation instructions......(p. 121-127) General wiring......(p. 129) Start-up and checkout......(p. 130) Electrical operations......(p. 128)
*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals. **Default 2 to 10 VDC. ***Default 150 seconds.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

103
 NFB, NFX` Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Cut labor costs with simple direct coupling.

● True mechanical spring return – the most reliable fail-safe.

● Mount for clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe.

● Check damper position easily with clear position indicator.

● Don’t worry about actuator burn-out.

Belimo is overload-proof throughout rotation.

● Built-in mechanical stop to adjust angle of rotation.

● Manual override crank speeds installation

● Need to change control direction?

Do it easily with a simple switch (modulating actuators).

● Incorporated breather membrane optimizes

performance in harsh airstream environments.

● Built-in auxiliary switches are easy to use, offers feedback or

signal for additional device (-S models).

● Microprocessor-controlled brushless DC motor increases

actuator life span and reliability, provides constant running
time (modulating actuators).
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

● Rugged metal on plastic housing withstands rough

handling in the mechanical room.

● Standard 3 ft. appliance rated cable and

conduit connector eases installation.

● Added flexibility to select clamp, electrical connection, and running

time to fit your specific application with Belimo’s customized line of
actuators (NFX).

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

104
NFB24, NFB24-S, NFX24, NFX24-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

• Torque min. 90 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The NFB and NFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The NFB and NFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches.
Technical Data NFB24, NFB24-S, NFX24, NFX24-S
The NFB24-S and NFX24-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary switches.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
24 VDC +20% / -10%
fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
Power consumption running 6 W
switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°. The NFB24, NFB24-S, NFX24
holding 2.5 W and NFX24-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
Transformer sizing 8.5 VA (class 2 power source) compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Electrical connection
NFB24... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit
connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables

WAFBNFBDim
with 1/2” conduit connectors K7-2 (supplied)
NFX24... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA 1/2" Centered 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
(Default) (Field Selectable) (Field Selectable)
appliance or plenum cables, with or without 1/2”
conduit connector
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or
16 ft [5m] appliance cables, with or without 1/2"
conduit connectors
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Control on/off

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
95°)
Running time motor < 75 seconds
spring 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is full spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level <50dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.15 lbs (1.9 kg); 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg) with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
NFB24-S, NFX24-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

105
 NFB24, NFB24-S, NFX24, NFX24-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 8-25 Shaft extension
IND-AFB Damper position indicator
KH-AFB Crank arm
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K7-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-118 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell®
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., NFB24-S and
4 NFX24-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A)
arm type installations
ZG-AFB Crank arm adaptor kit @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjustable 10°
ZG-AFB118 Crank arm adaptor kit to 90°.
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing nection.
Note: When using NFB24, NFB24-S, NFX24, NFX24-S actuators, only use accessories listed on
this page. WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Typical Specification nents could result in death or serious injury.
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require

W063_NFB(X)
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either 24 VAC Transformer
1
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall 1 Common
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
Line
Volts 3
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so 2 + Hot
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. NFB24, NFB24-S
NFX24, NFX24-S 2

On/Off wiring for NFB24, NFX24

W064_NFB(X)_-S
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

NFB24-S
NFX24-S

Auxiliary Switches for NFB24-S, NFX24-S

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

106
NFB24 N4(H), NFB24-S N4(H), NFX24 N4, NFX24-S N4
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

• Torque min. 90 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The NFB N4(H), NFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
reliable fail-safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring
return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
applied to the actuator.
Technical Data NFB24 N4(H), NFB24-S N4(H), The NFB N4(H), NFX N4 series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
NFX24 N4, NFX24-S N4 graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
24 VDC +20% / -10% mechanical end switches.
Power consumption running 6 W / heater 25 W
The NFB24-S N4(H), NFX24-S N4 version are provided with two built-in auxiliary
holding 2.5 W
switches. These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for
Transformer sizing 8.5 VA (class 2 power source) / heater 25 VA example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at
Electrical connection +10°, the other switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°.
NFB... N4 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit
connector
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables
with 1/2” conduit connectors
heater (N4H) terminal block, 26-16 GA
NFX... N4 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA
appliance or plenum cables, with 1/2” conduit
connector Dimensions (inches [mm])
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or

D312_Config
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with 1/2" conduit Clamp Configurations
connectors 1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
(Default) (Field Selectable)
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
12.99” [330]
Control on/off
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting inside housing

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
95°)
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

Running time motor < 75 seconds

spring 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
spring (with heater) 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]; 0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]
< 60 seconds @ -49°F [-45°C] 0.92” [23.4]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° 6.45” [163.9]
(0° is full spring return position) 3.62” [92.1]
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
with heater -49°F to 122°F [-45°C to 50°C]
6.77” [172]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level <50dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.25 lbs (4.2 kg); 9.5 lbs (4.3 kg) with switches
10 lbs (4.5 kg) with heater
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
NFB24-S N4(H), NFX24-S N4
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

107
 NFB24 N4(H), NFB24-S N4(H), NFX24 N4, NFX24-S N4
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland (needed for additional wires)
NOTE: When using NFB24 N4(H), NFB24-S N4(H), NFX24 N4, NFX24-S N4 actuators, only use 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Typical Specification 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., NFB24-S
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 4 N4(H), NFX24-S N4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT,
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected adjustable 10° to 90°.
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 connection.
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or
other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform
these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical
components could result in death or serious injury.

W063_NFB_N4
1 24 VAC Transformer

Line 1 Common
Volts 3
2 + Hot

NFB24 N4(H)
NFB24-S N4(H)
NFX24 N4 2
NFX24-S N4

On/Off Wiring
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W064_NFB_-S_N4

NFB24-S N4(H)
NFX24-S N4

Auxiliary Switches
GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

108
NFBUP, NFBUP-S, NFXUP, NFXUP-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 90 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The NFB and NFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The NFB and NFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches.
Technical Data NFBUP, NFBUP-S, NFXUP, NFXUP-S
Power supply 24...240 VAC -20% / +10%, 50/60 Hz The NFBUP-S and NFXUP-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary switches.
24...125 VDC ±10% These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-
Power consumption running 6 W up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other switch
holding 2.5 W function is adjustable between +10° to +90°. The NFBUP, NFBUP-S, NFXUP and
Transformer sizing 6 VA @ 24 VAC (class 2 power source) NFXUP-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
6.5 VA @ 120 VAC compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
9.5 VA @ 240 VAC
Electrical connection
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
NFBUP... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit

WAFBNFBDim
connector
K7-2 (supplied)
-S models: Two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables
1/2" Centered 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
with 1/2” conduit connectors (Default) (Field Selectable) (Field Selectable)
NFXUP... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA
appliance cable, with or without 1/2” conduit
connector
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2"
conduit connectors

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Control on/off
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop,
35° to 95°)
Running time motor < 75 seconds
spring 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is full spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level <50dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.15 lbs (1.9 kg), 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg) with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
NFBUP-S, NFXUP-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

109
 NFBUP, NFBUP-S, NFXUP, NFXUP-S
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 8-25 Shaft extension
IND-AFB Damper position indicator
K7-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
KH-AFB Crank arm
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
3 No ground connection is required.
ZG-118 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell®
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., NFBUP-S and
4 NFXUP-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A)
arm type installations
ZG-AFB Crank arm adaptor kit @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjustable 10°
ZG-AFB118 Crank arm adaptor kit to 90°.
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing nection.
Note: When using NFBUP, NFBUP-S, NFXUP, NFXUP-S actuators, only use accessories listed on
this page. WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Typical Specification nents could result in death or serious injury.
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require

W066_NFB(X)UP
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

NFBUP, NFBUP-S
NFXUP, NFBUP-S
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off wiring for NFBUP, NFXUP

W067_NFB(X)UP-S
Wht
Blk

NFBUP-S
NFXUP-S

Auxiliary Switches for NFBUP-S, NFXUP-S

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

110
NFBUP N4(H), NFBUP-S N4(H), NFXUP N4, NFXUP-S N4
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 90 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The NFB N4(H), NFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
reliable fail-safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring
Technical Data NFBUP N4(H), NFBUP-S N4(H), return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
NFXUP N4, NFXUP-S N4 applied to the actuator.
Power supply 24...240 VAC -20% / +10%, 50/60 Hz The NFB N4(H), NFX N4 series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
24...125 VDC ±10% graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
Power consumption running 6 W / heater 25 W
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
holding 2.5 W
mechanical end switches.
Transformer sizing 6 VA @ 24 VAC (class 2 power source)
6.5 VA @ 120 VAC / heater 25 VA @ 120 VAC The NFBUP-S N4(H), NFXUP-S N4 version are provided with two built-in auxiliary
9.5 VA @ 240 VAC switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
Electrical connection fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
NFBUP... N4 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°.
connector
-S models: Two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables
with 1/2” conduit connectors
heater (N4H) terminal block, 18-16 GA
NFXUP... N4 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA
appliance cable, with or without 1/2” conduit
connector Dimensions (inches [mm])

D312_Config
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or Clamp Configurations
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2” 1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
conduit connectors (Default) (Field Selectable)
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 12.99” [330]
Control on/off
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting inside housing

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop,
35° to 95°)
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

Running time motor < 75 seconds

spring 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]
spring (with heater) 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
0.92” [23.4]
< 60 seconds @ -49°F [-45°C]
6.45” [163.9]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is full spring return position) 3.62” [92.1]

Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied

Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
6.77” [172]

with heater -49°F to 122°F [-45°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
Agency listings † cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, 3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level <50dB(A) motor @ 75 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.25 lbs (4.2 kg), 9.5 lbs (4.3 kg) with switches
10 lbs (4.5 kg) with heater
† Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
NFBUP-S N4(H), NFXUP-S N4
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

111
 NFBUP N4(H), NFBUP-S N4(H), NFXUP N4, NFXUP-S N4
NEMA 4, On/Off, Spring Return, 24 to 240 VAC

Accessories
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench

W066_NFBUP_N4
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland (needed for additional wires)
NOTE: When using NFBUP N4(H), NFBUP-S N4(H), NFXUP N4, NFXUP-S N4 actuators, only use
accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a
1.05” diameter. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either NFBUP N4(H)
clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be protected NFBUP-S N4(H)
from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, two SPDT auxiliary switch shall NFXUP N4
be provided having the capability of one being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary NFXUP-S N4
switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so
an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be On/Off Wiring
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001

W067_NFBUP-S_N4
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wht
Wiring Diagrams
Blk

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 No ground connection is required.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., NFBUP-S
4 N4(H), NFXUP-S N4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT,
3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is
adjustable 10° to 90°.

Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-

nection.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components! NFBUP-S N4(H)
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be NFXUP-S N4
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these Auxiliary Switches
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-

AF-NF N4H 120V heater

nents could result in death or serious injury.

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

112
NFB24-SR, NFB24-SR-S, NFX24-SR, NFX24-SR-S
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 90 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication. Not to be used for a
master-slave application.

Operation
The NFB and NFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-
safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
Technical Data NFB24-SR, NFB24-SR-S,
actuator.
NFX24-SR, NFX24-SR-S
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz The NFB and NFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
24 VDC +20% / -10% position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
Power consumption running 3.5 W The NFB24-SR and NFX24-SR uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an
holding 2.5 W Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
Transformer sizing 6 VA (class 2 power source) microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate
Electrical connection and to know the actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls
NFB... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit the brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to
connector prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
with 1/2” conduit connectors The NFB24-SR-S and NFX24-SR-S versions are provided with two built-in auxiliary
NFX... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for
appliance or plenum cables, with or without 1/2” fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at +10°, the other
conduit connector switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°. The NFB24-SR, NFB24-SR-S,
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or NFX24-SR and NFX24-SR-S actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to
16 ft [5m] appliance cables, with or without 1/2" provide automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
conduit connectors
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA)

WAFBNFBDim
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA K7-2 (supplied)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) 1/2" Centered
(Default)
3/4" Centered
(Field Selectable)
1.05" Centered
(Field Selectable)
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting
motor reversible with built-in switch
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to
95°)
Running time spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
motor 95 seconds
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is full spring return position)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA
E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC &
2006/95/EC
Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 95 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.15 lbs (1.9 kg); 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg) with switches
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
NFB24-SR-S, NFX24-SR-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

113
 NFB24-SR, NFB24-SR-S, NFX24-SR, NFX24-SR-S
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
AV 8-25 Shaft extension During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
IND-AFB Damper position indicator necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
KH-AFB Crank arm
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
K7-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts nents could result in death or serious injury.
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench

W068_NFB(X)24-SR
1 24 VAC Transformer
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
Line 1 Common
ZG-118 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell® 3
Volts
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank 2 + Hot
arm type installations 3 Y1 Input, 2 to 10V
ZG-AFB Crank arm adaptor kit Control Signal (–)
ZG-AFB118 Crank arm adaptor kit 2 to 10 VDC (+)
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) 5 U Output 2 to 10V
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
NFB24-SR, NFB24-SR-S
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing NFX24-SR, NFX24-SR-S
2
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
NOTE: When using NFB24-SR, NFB24-SR-S, NFX24-SR and NFX24-SR-S actuators, only use
2 to 10 VDC control of NFB24-SR and NFX24-SR
accessories listed on this page.

W069_NFB(X)24-SR
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 NFB24-SR, NFB24-SR-S
NFX24-SR, NFX24-SR-S
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

4 to 20 mA control of NFB24-SR and NFX24-SR with

Wiring Diagrams 2 to 10 VDC feedback output

W064_NFB(X)24_SR_-S
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Up to 4 actuators may be connected in parallel. With 4 actuators
2 wired to one 500 Ω resistor. Power consumption must be observed.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., NFB24-SR-S
4 and NFX24-SR-S incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A
(0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjust- NFB24-SR-S
able 10° to 90°. NFX24-SR-S

5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits Auxiliary switches for NFB24-SR-S, NFX24-SR-S

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to

2 to 10 VDC.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

114
NFB24-SR N4(H), NFB24-SR-S N4(H), NFX24-SR N4, NFX24-SR-S N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 90 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication. Not to be used for a
Technical Data NFB24-SR N4(H), NFB24-SR-S N4(H), master-slave application.
NFX24-SR N4, NFX24-SR-S N4 Operation
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz The NFB N4(H), NFX N4 series actuators provide true spring return operation for
24 VDC +20% / -10% reliable fail-safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring
Power consumption running 3.5 W / heater 25 W return system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power
holding 2.5 W applied to the actuator.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (class 2 power source) / heater 25 VA
The NFB N4(H), NFX N4 series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
Electrical connection
graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
NFB... N4 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit
connector The NFB24-SR N4(H), NFX24-SR N4 uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
with 1/2” conduit connectors microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate
heater (N4H) terminal block, 26-16 GA and to know the actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls the
NFX... N4 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to
appliance or plenum cables, with 1/2” conduit prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled
connector anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with 1/2" conduit The NFB24-SR-S N4(H), NFX24-SR-S N4 version are provided with two built-in
connectors auxiliary switches. These SPDT switches provide safety interfacing or signaling, for
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe position is fixed at
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA +10°, the other switch function is adjustable between +10° to +90°.
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA)
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA)
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting inside housing Dimensions (inches [mm])

D312_Config
motor reversible with built-in switch

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Clamp Configurations
Mechanical angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
35° to 95°) (Default) (Field Selectable)
Running time motor 95 seconds 12.99” [330]
spring < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -22°F [-30°C]
spring (with heater) < 20 seconds @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C];
< 60 seconds @ -49°F [-45°C]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

(0° is full spring return position)

Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
with heater -49°F to 122°F [-45°C to 50°C] 0.92” [23.4]
6.45” [163.9]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66 3.62” [92.1]

Housing material polycarbonate

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA
E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC &
6.77” [172]

2006/95/EC
Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 95 seconds
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
Weight 9.25 lbs (4.2 kg); 9.5 lbs (4.3 kg) with switches
10 lbs (4.5 kg) with heater
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
NFB24-SR-S N4(H), NFB24-SR-S N4
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

115
 NFB24-SR N4(H), NFB24-SR-S N4(H), NFX24-SR N4, NFX24-SR-S N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires) necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland (needed for additional wires)
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
NOTE: When using NFB24-SR N4(H), NFB24-SR-S N4(H), NFX24-SR N4, NFX24-SR-S N4 actuators, nents could result in death or serious injury.
only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

W068_NFB24-SR_N4
1 24 VAC Transformer

Typical Specification Line 1 Common

Volts 3
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no 2 + Hot
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
3 Y1 Input, 2 to 10V
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
Control Signal (–)
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be 2 to 10 VDC (+) 5 U Output 2 to 10V
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload NFB24-SR N4(H)
NFB24-SR-S N4(H)
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to 2
NFX24-SR N4
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators shall be NFX24-SR-S N4
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. 2 to 10 VDC control

W069_NFB24-SR_N4
Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Up to 4 actuators may be connected in parallel. With 4 actuators
2 wired to one 500 Ω resistor. Power consumption must be observed.
NFB24-SR N4(H)
NFB24-SR-S N4(H)
3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC. NFX24-SR N4
NFX24-SR-S N4
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., NFB24-SR-S N4(H),
4 NFX24-SR-S N4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 3A 4 to 20 mA control with 2 to 10 VDC feedback output
(0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at +10°, one is adjustable
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W064_NFB24_SR_-S_N4
10° to 90°.

5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to

2 to 10 VDC.

NFB24-SR-S N4(H)
NFX24-SR-S N4
Auxiliary switches
GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

116
NFB24-MFT, NFB24-MFT-S, NFX24-MFT, NFX24-MFT-S
Proportional, Spring
S Return, Multi-Function Technology®

• TTorque min.
i 90 in-lb
i lb
• Control 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers and control valves in HVAC systems. The
NFB24-MFT and NFX24-MFT provides mechanical spring return operation for reliable
fail-safe application.

NFB24-MFT, NFB24-MFT-S, Default/Configuration

Technical Data Default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the NFB24-MFT and NFX24-MFT
NFX24-MFT, NFX24-MFT-S
actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom versions of the
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz
actuator can be ordered. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are
24 VDC +20% / -10%
variable.
Power consumption running 6.5 W
holding 3 W These parameters can be changed by three means:
Transformer sizing 9 VA (class 2 power source) • Pre-set configurations from Belimo
Electrical connection • Custom configurations from Belimo
NFB... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit • Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool (version 3.4 or higher)
connector software application.
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables • Handheld ZTH-GEN
with 1/2” conduit connectors
NFX... 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA Operation
appliance or plenum cables, with or without 1/2” The NFB24-MFT, NFX24-MFT actuator provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
conduit connector graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will synchronize the 0°
-S models: Two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or mechanical stop or the damper or valves mechanical stop and use this point for its
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with or without 1/2"
conduit connectors zero position during normal control operations.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
Operating range Y* 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA (default) Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point, on/off in a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated with out the need for
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
Direction of rotation* spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting
The NFB24-MFT, NFB24-MFT-S, NFX24-MFT and NFX24-MFT-S is mounted directly to
motor reversible with built-in switch control shafts up to 1.05” diameter by means of its universal clamp and anti-rotation
Mechanical angle of rotation* 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to bracket. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for damper
95°)
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft. The
Running time spring < 20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]; spring return system provides minimum specified torque to the application during a

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

< 60 sec @ -22°F [-30°C]
power interruption. The NFB24-MFT, NFB24-MFT-S, NFX24-MFT and NFX24-MFT-S
motor* 150 seconds (default), variable (40 to 220 secs) actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic compression
Angle of Rotation Adaptation* off (Default) against damper gaskets for tight shut-off.
Override control* min position = 0%
mid. position = 50% NOTE: Refer to Multi-Function Technology documentation.
max. position = 100% Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°

WAFBNFBDim
(0° is full spring return position) K7-2 (supplied)
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" Allen), supplied 1/2" Centered 3/4" Centered 1.05" Centered
(Field Selectable)
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing (Default) (Field Selectable)

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing Nema 2, IP54, Enclosure Type2
Housing material zinc coated metal and plastic casing
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 150 seconds, run time
dependent
≤62dB(A) spring return
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.2 lbs (1.9 kg), 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg) with switches
*Variable when configured with MFT options.
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.
Programmed for 40 sec motor run time. At 150 sec motor run time, transformer sizing is 6.5 VA and
power consumption is 4.5 W running / 3 W holding.
NFB24-MFT-S, NFX24-MFT-S
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

117
 NFB24-MFT, NFB24-MFT-S, NFX24-MFT, NFX24-MFT-S
Proportional, Spring Return, Multi-Function Technology®
Accessories
AV 8-25 Shaft extension

W600_A
IND-AFB Damper position indicator
KH-AFB Crank arm
K7-2 Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia jackshafts
TF-CC US Conduit fitting
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-118 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell®
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new crank
arm type installations
ZG-AFB Crank arm adaptor kit
NFB24-MFT-S
ZG-AFB118 Crank arm adaptor kit NFX24-MFT-S
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) Auxiliary Switches for NFB24-MFT-S, NFX24-MFT-S
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing

W399_08
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
NOTE: When using NFB24-MFT, NFB24-MFT-S, NFX24-MFT and NFX24-MFT-S actuators, only use
accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload VDC/4-20 mA
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to

W399_08
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage! PWM

M
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same

W399_08
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.
On/Off
Off controll
W399_08

Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground

connection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING Live Electrical Components!

During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician
or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components
perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to
live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

118
NFB24-MFT N4(H), NFB24-MFT-S N4(H), NFX24-MFT N4, NFX24-MFT-S N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, Multi-Function Technology
o ogy
gy®
• Torque min. 90 in-lb
• Control 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers and control valves in HVAC systems. The
NFB24-MFT N4(H), NFB24-MFT-S N4(H), NFB24-MFT N4(H) and NFX24-MFT N4 provides mechanical spring return operation for
Technical Data
NFX24-MFT N4, NFX24-MFT-S N4 reliable fail-safe application.
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz
24 VDC +20% / -10% Default/Configuration
Power consumption running 6.5 W / heater 25 W Default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the NFB24-MFT N4(H) and NFX24-
MFT N4 actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom versions of
holding 3 W
the actuator can be ordered. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are
Transformer sizing 9 VA (class 2 power source) / heater 25 VA
variable.
Electrical connection
NFB... N4 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2" conduit These parameters can be changed by three means:
connector • Pre-set configurations from Belimo
-S models: two 3 ft, 18 gauge appliance cables • Custom configurations from Belimo
with 1/2” conduit connectors • Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool (version 3.4 or higher)
heater (N4H) terminal block, 26-16 GA software application.
NFX... N4 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or 16 ft [5m] 18 GA • Handheld ZTH-GEN
appliance or plenum cables, with 1/2” conduit
connector Operation
-S models: two 3 ft [1m], 10 ft [3m] or
16 ft [5m] appliance cables with 1/2" conduit The NFB24-MFT N4(H), NFX24-MFT N4 actuator provides 95° of rotation and is
connectors provided with a graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation synchronize the 0° mechanical stop or the damper or valves mechanical stop and use
this point for its zero position during normal control operations.
Operating range Y* 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA (default)
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point, on/off exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] minimum in a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated with out the need for
Direction of rotation* spring reversible with CW/CCW mounting inside housing mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
motor reversible with built-in switch anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
Mechanical angle of rotation* 95° (adjustable with mechanical end stop, 35° to The NFB24-MFT N4(H), NFB24-MFT-S N4(H), NFX24-MFT N4 and NFX24-MFT-S N4 is
95°)
mounted directly to control shafts up to 1.05” diameter by means of its universal
Running time motor* 150 seconds (default), variable (40 to 220 secs)
clamp and anti-rotation bracket. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are
spring < 20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]; available for damper applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the
< 60 sec @ -22°F [-30°C]
damper shaft. The spring return system provides minimum specified torque to the
spring (with heater) < 20 sec @ -4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]; application during a power interruption.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

< 60 sec @ -49°F [-45°C]
Angle of rotation adaptation* off (Default) NOTE: Refer to Multi-Function Technology documentation.
Override control* min position = 0%
mid. position = 50%
max. position = 100%
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° Dimensions (inches [mm])
(0° is full spring return position)

D312_Config
Clamp Configurations
Manual override 5 mm hex crank (³⁄₁₆" allen), supplied 1/2” Field Selectable 3/4” Centered 1.05” Centered
(Default) (Field Selectable)
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
12.99” [330]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
with heater -49°F to 122°F [-45°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to
2004/108/EC & 2006/95/EC
0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]
Noise level ≤40dB(A) motor @ 150 seconds, run time
0.92” [23.4]
dependent
≤62dB(A) spring return 6.45” [163.9]

3.62” [92.1]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.3 lbs (4.2 kg), 9.5 lbs (4.3 kg) with switches
10 lbs (4.5 kg) with heater
6.77” [172]

*Variable when configured with MFT options.

† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 4.
Programmed for 40 sec motor run time. At 150 sec motor run time, transformer sizing is 6.5 VA and
power consumption is 4.5 W running / 3 W holding.
NFB24-MFT-S N4(H), NFX24-MFT-S N4
3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
Auxiliary switches 2 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
one set at +10°, one adjustable 10° to 90°
800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

119
 NFB24-MFT N4(H), NFB24-MFT-S N4(H), NFX24-MFT N4, NFX24-MFT-S N4
NEMA 4, Proportional, Spring Return, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland (needed for additional wires)
NOTE: When using NFB24-MFT N4(H), NFB24-MFT-S N4(H), NFX24-MFT N4, NFX24-MFT-S N4
actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a jackshaft up to a 1.05”
diameter. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be designed so that they may be VDC/4-20 mA
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall use

W399_08
a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback. Actuators shall be
cULus Approved and have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

PWM
M
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

W399_08
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator On/Off
/Off C
Controll
9
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

W399_08
Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
connection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING Live Electrical Components!

During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician
or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components
perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to
live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.
Floating Point Control
W600_A_N4

GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater

NFB24-MFT-S N4(H)
NFX24-MFT-S N4

Auxiliary Switches

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

120
Installation Instructions
Quick-Mount Visual Instructions for Mechanical Installation

Quick-Mount Visual Instructions

1. Rotate the damper to its failsafe position.
If the shaft rotates counterclockwise, mount the “CCW” side of the actuator out.
If it rotates clockwise, mount the actuator with the “CW” side out.
2. If the universal clamp is not on the correct side of the actuator, move it to the correct side for ease of installation.
3. Slide the actuator onto the shaft and tighten the nuts on the V-bolt with a 10mm wrench to 6-8 ft-lb of torque.
4. Slide the anti-rotation strap under the actuator so that it engages the slot at the base of the actuator. Secure the strap to the duct work with #8 self-tapping screws.
NOTE: Read the “Standard Mounting” instructions, on the next page, for more detailed information.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

min min
.31 . 3/4
/2” [ ” [20
90]
]

CCW
CCW
CCW
CCW

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

35° ... 95°

.2
9

.8

1/4" [6.35 mm]

1/4" [6.35 mm]

CCW CW

CW
CW
CW
CW

1/4" [6.35 mm] 1/4" [6.35 mm]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

121
 Installation Instructions
K7-2 Universal Clamp

2
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

122
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Determining Torque Loading and Actuator Sizing Mechanical Operation

Damper torque loadings, used in selecting the correct size actuator, should be The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by
provided by the damper manufacturer. If this information is not available, the means of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are
following general selection guidelines can be used. available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper
shaft. The NFB, NFX series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable
Damper Type Torque Loading fail-safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return
Opposed blade, without edge seals, system provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to
3 in-lb/sq. ft.
for non-tight close-off applications the actuator. The NFB…-S, NFX…-S versions are provided with two built-in
Parallel blade, without edge seals, auxiliary switches. These SPDT switches are provided for safety interfacing or
4 in-lb/sq. ft.
for non-tight close-off applications signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The switching function at the fail-safe
Opposed blade, with edge seals, position is fixed at +10°, the other switch function is adjustable between +10° to
5 in-lb/sq. ft. +90°.
for tight close-off applications
Parallel blade, with edge seals,
7 in-lb/sq. ft.
for tight close-off applications
Automatic Airtight Dampers/Manual Override
The above torque loadings will work for most applications with 1000 FPM face
The NFB, NFX series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
velocity. For applications between this criteria and 2500 FPM, the torque loading
position indicator showing 0° to 95°.
should be increased by a multiplier of 1.5. If the application calls for higher criteria
up to 3000 FPM, use a multiplier of 2.0. The NFB, NFX has a unique built in manual positioning mechanism which allows the
setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation. A pre-tensioned spring
Torque Loading Chart automatically tightens the damper when power is applied to the actuator,
compensating for damper seal deterioration..
The actuator is shipped at +5° (5° from full fail-safe) to provide automatic
compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the
manual mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe
Torque Loading Chart position.

50
45
40
Damper Area (sq. ft.)

35
30
25
20
15

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

10
5
0
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Standard Mounting
Torque Loading (in-lb/ sq. ft.) NOTE: The NFB, NFX…series actuator is shipped with the manual override
adjusted for a +5° position at the universal clamp (not at full fail-safe, 0°).
This allows for automatic compression of damper blade seals when the
actuator is in use, providing tight shut-off. This assumes that the damper is to
have tight shut-off at the fail-safe position. If tight close-off is desired at the
opposite direction from fail-safe, the manual override should be released so
the actuator can go to the full fail-safe position. See the manual override
General Information instructions.

Belimo actuators should be mounted indoors in a dry, relatively clean environment 1. Manually move the damper to the fail-safe position (usually closed). If the shaft
free from corrosive fumes. If the actuator is to be mounted outdoors, a protective rotated counterclockwise ( )), this is a CCW installation. If the shaft rotated
enclosure must be used to shield the actuator. clockwise ( )), this is a CW installation. In a CCW installation, the actuator side
For new construction work, order dampers with extended shafts. Instruct the marked “CCW” faces out, while in a CW installation, the side marked “CW” faces
installing contractor to allow space for mounting and service of the Belimo actuator on out. All other steps are identical.
the shaft. The damper shaft must extend at least 3 1/2” from the duct. If the shaft 2. The actuator is usually shipped with the universal clamp mounted to the “CCW”
extends less than 3-1/2” or if an obstruction blocks access, the shaft can be extended side of the actuator. To test for adequate shaft length, slide the actuator over the
with the AV 8-25 shaft extension accessory or the actuator may be mounted in its short shaft with the side marked “CCW” (or the “CW” side if this is the side with the
shaft configuration. clamp). If the shaft extends at least 1/8” through the clamp, mount the actuator
as follows. If not, go to the Short Shaft Installationn section.
3. If the clamp is not on the correct side as determined in step #1, re-mount the
clamp as follows. If it is on the correct side, proceed to step #5. Look at the

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

123
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

universal clamp. If you are mounting the actuator with the “CCW” side out,
position the clamp so that the pointer section of the tab is pointing to 0° (see
Figure C) and the spline pattern of the clamp mates with spline of the actuator.
Slip the clamp over the spline. (Use the same procedure if the “CW” side is out.)
If your application requires a mechanical minimum position, read the Rotation Correct clamp mounting
9 9
position if actuator is at
Limiting, Mechanical Minimum Damper Positionn section. 8
full fail-safe.
8

7 7
4. Lock the clamp to the actuator using the retaining clip. 6 6

5. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position. 5

4 4
5

3 3
6. Slide the actuator over the shaft. 2
1 0 0 1
2

7. Position the actuator in the desired location.

8. Tighten the two nuts on the clamp using a 10mm wrench or socket using 6-8
ft-lb of torque.
9. Slip the stud of the anti rotation strap into the slot at the base of the actuator.
The stud should be positioned approximately 1/16 of an inch from the closed end 9
Correct pointer mounting 9

of the slot. Bend the strap as needed to reach the duct. Attach the strap to the 8 position if actuator is at 8

full fail-safe.
duct with #8 self tapping screws. 7

6 6
7

5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 0 0 1

Short Shaft Installation

If the shaft extends at least 3/4” from the duct, follow these steps:
1. Determine the best orientation for the universal clamp on the back of the
actuator. The best location would be where you have the easiest access to the V
bolt nuts on the clamp.
2. Engage the clamp to the actuator as close as possible to the determined location. Correct clamp mounting
9 position if actuator is at
3. Lock the clamp in place using the remaining retainer clip. 8 5° preload.
9

4. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position. 7

6
7

5. Slide the actuator over the shaft. 5

4
5
4

6. Position the actuator in the desired location. 3

2
1 0 0 1
2
3

7. Tighten the two nuts on the clamp using a 10mm wrench or socket using 6-8
ft-lb of torque.
8. Slip the stud of the anti-rotation strap into the slot at the base of the actuator.
The stud should be positioned approximately 1/16 of an inch from the closed end
of the slot. Bend the strap as needed to reach the duct. Attach the strap to the Correct pointer mounting
9 position if actuator is at 9

duct with #8 self tapping screws. 8

5° preload. 8

9. If damper position indication is required, use the optional IND-AFB pointer. See 7

6 6
7

Figure A. 5
4 4
5

3 3
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 2
1 0 1
0

Jackshaft Installation
The NFB, NFX… series actuator is designed for use with jackshafts up to 1.05” in
diameter. In most applications, the NFB, NFX actuator may be mounted in the same
Figure A
manner as a standard damper shaft application. If more torque is required than one
NFB, NFX actuator can provide, refer to AFB, AFX or AF series actuators.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

124
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Rotation Limitation
The angle of rotation limiter, which is built into the actuator, is used in conjunction with
the tab on the universal clamp or IND-AFB position indicator. In order to function
properly, the clamp or indicator must be mounted correctly.
See Figure A.
The rotation limiter may not work in certain mounting orientations using the ZG-118
mounting bracket. Limiting the damper rotation must be accomplished by adjusting
the crank arm linkage.
The built-in rotation limiter may be used in 2 ways to control the rotational output of
the NFB, NFX series actuator. One use is in the application where a damper has a
designed rotation less than 90°. An example would be a 45° or 60° rotating damper. 9
The other application would be to set a minimum damper position which can be easily
set or changed without having to remove the actuator from the damper.

Damper Rotation Limiting

1. Determine the amount of damper rotation required.
2. Locate the Angle of Rotation Limiter on the actuator Figure B.
3. Position the limiter to the desired position, making sure the locating “teeth” on the
limiter are engaged into the locating holes on the actuator.
4. Fasten the limiter by screwing the attached screw.
Philips screwdriver
5. Test the damper rotation either manually with the manual crank or apply power and
if required, a control signal. Re-adjust if necessary.

FIGURE B

Z-AF For Replacing AF and NF Actuators

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AF..
NF..

9 Nm / 80in-lb

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

125
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Manual Override Auxiliary Switches

The NFB, NFXX series actuators can be manually positioned to ease installation or for The NFB, NFX series actuators may be ordered with 2 built-in SPDT auxiliary switches
emergency positioning. used for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The switch
position near the fail-safe position is fixed at 10°. The other is adjustable between 10°
1. The manual override will only work if no power is available to the actuator.
and 90° of rotation. The crank that is supplied with the actuator is used to change the
2. Insert the manual crank (shipped with the actuator) into the hexagon hole located
switch position.
on either side of the actuator. An illustration, located on the label, shows the
location. SWITCH RATING
3. Turn the crank in the direction shown on the label (clockwise on the “CW” side, Voltage Resistive Load Inductive Load
counterclockwise on the “CCW” side). It will take approximately 23 revolutions to
120 VAC 3A 1.03A
rotate the full 95° of rotation.
250 VAC 3A 0.5A
4. To lock the actuator in the required position, flip the switch to the locked position
that is located to the right of the crank on the CCW side of the actuator (left of Two methods may be used to adjust the switching point of the adjustable switch.
the crank on the CW side).
5. The manual override may be disengaged in 2 ways. Method 1 - See Figure F
- Flip the switch to the unlocked position and the actuator will go to its fail-safe 1 The actuator must be in its fail-safe position.
position. 2. Insert the crank handle into the torx shaped hole located in the center of the
- Apply power to wire 1 and 2. The actuator will automatically disengage the adjustable switch pointer.
override function and will go to the “on” position in the case of the On/Off 3. Gently rotate the crank until the switch pointer is at the desired switch point in
versions. Or, in the case of the proportional versions, go to the 0 signal degrees as shown.
position and then go to the position corresponding to the control signal. The
actuator will now work normally. NFB, NFX... Series

CCW Side Example:

.2 .2 .2
.4 .4 .4

.6 .6 .6

.8 .8 .8

FIGURE F
Winding the Locking the Unlocking the
damper actuator damper actuator damper actuator Method 2 - See Figure G
(2 options) 1. Position the damper to the point at which you want the switch to activate. This
- insert crank handle - Flip the lock switch to
- turn handle in direction the position pointing to - Flip the lock switch to may be done by using the manual override or by providing the appropriate
of arrow the “locked” symbol the position pointing to proportional signal to NFB24, NFX24… modulating type actuator. The position of
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

the “unlocked” symbol. the switch pointer is not important during this step
- Remote control by 2. Insert the crank into the torx shaped hole located in the center of the adjustable
supplying power to the switch pointer.
unit for > than 3 sec. 3. Gently rotate the switch pointer to just past the switch point indicating arrow as
shown.

Testing the installation Without Power NFB, NFX... Series

The actuator/damper installation may be tested without power at the actuator. Refer
to the manual positioning section of the instructions. Move the damper to its full
non-fail-safe position using the manual crank. Disengage the manual position .2 .2
.2
mechanism and have the damper go to full fail-safe position. Correct any .4 .4 .4
mechanical problems and retest.
.6 .6 .6

.8 .8 .8

FIGURE G

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

126
Installation Instructions
Non-Direct Mounting Methods

KH AFB Crank
KH-AFB C k arm
Including Retaining Ring
CAUTION:: The retaining clip supplied with the clamp is nott used to mount the
KH-AFB crank arm.

The KH-AFB crank arm is used in non-direct coupled mounting applications.

The KH-AFB may also be used to simultaneously direct couple to a damper shaft and
provide an additional crank arm connection to a second damper.

KH-AFB For round shafts up to 3/4” or square shafts up to 5/8”

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Vorlage_ Klappenhebel 3-4 Zoll

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

KH-AFB non-direct mounting with ZG-118 mounting bracket

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

127
 Installation Instructions
Electrical Operation

General Control Accuracy and Stability

The NFB, NFX series actuators utilize both DC Motors and brushless DC motor
technology. The NFB, NFX uses this motor in conjunction with an Application Specific
Integrated Circuit (ASIC). In the On/Off versions of the NFB and NFX, the ASIC
monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and a digital rotation sensing function
-SR and MFT NF actuators have built-
to prevent damage to the actuator. The NFB24, NFX24… modulates type actuators in brushless DC motors which provide
incorporate a built in microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the intelligence
to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and knows the actuator’s exact zero better accuracy and longer service life.
position.
The NFB24-MFT, NFX24-MFT actuators are designed with a unique non-
Brushless DC Motor Operation symmetrical deadband. The actuator follows an increasing or decreasing
control signal with a 80 mV resolution. If the signal changes in the opposite
Belimo’s brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of stationary direction, the actuator will not respond until the control signal changes by
electromagnets housed inside of a rotating permanent magnet. The electromagnetic 200 mV. This allows these actuators to track even the slightest deviation very
poles are switched by a special ASIC circuit developed by Belimo. Unlike the accurately, yet allowing the actuator to “wait” for a much larger change in
conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to wear or commutators to foul. control signal due to control signal instability.

Overload Protection
8
The NFB, NFX series actuators are protected from overload at all angles of rotation.
The ASIC circuit constantly monitors the rotation of the DC motor inside the actuator
and stops the pulses to the motor when it senses a stall condition. The DC motor
remains energized and produces full rated torque to the load. This helps ensure that
dampers are fully closed and that edge and blade seals are always properly
compressed.
8
Motor Position Detection
Belimo brushless DC motors eliminate the need for potentiometers for positioning in
modulating type actuators. Inside the motor are three “Hall Effect” sensors. These
sensors detect the spinning rotor and send pulses to the microprocessor which
counts the pulses and calculates the position to within 1/3 of a revolution of the
motor.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Note: Resolution is a percentage of operating range. 1% in one direction,

2.5% when changing direction. 2-10 VDC control example shown above.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

128
Installation Instructions
General Wiring Instructions

WARNING The wiring technician must be trained and experienced with electronic Wire Length for NFB..., NFX... Actuators
circuits. Disconnect power supply before attempting any wiring connections or
changes. Make all connections in accordance with wiring diagrams and follow all Keep power wire runs below the lengths listed in the Figure H. If more than one
applicable local and national codes. Provide disconnect and overload protection as actuator is powered from the same wire run, divide the allowable wire length by the
required. Use copper, twisted pair, conductors only. If using electrical conduit, the number of actuators to determine the maximum run to any single actuator.
attachment to the actuator must be made with flexible conduit. Example: 3 actuators, 16 Ga wire
350 Ft ÷ 3 Actuators = 117 Ft. Maximum wire run
Always read the controller manufacturer's installation literature carefully
before making any connections. Follow all instructions in this literature. If you MAXIMUM WIRE LENGTH FOR 10VA
have any questions, contact the controller manufacturer and/or Belimo. Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
12 Ga 900 Ft. 18 Ga 220 Ft.
14 Ga 550 Ft. 20 Ga 120 Ft.
Transformers 16 Ga 350 Ft. 22 Ga 60 Ft.
The NFB24, NFX24…actuators require a 24 VAC class 2 transformer and draws a FIGURE H
maximum of 10 VA per actuator. The actuator enclosure cannot be opened in the
field, there are no parts or components to be replaced or repaired.
– EMC directive: 2004/108/EC Wire Type and Wire Installation Tips
– Software class A: Mode of operation type 1 For most installations, 18 or 16 Ga. cable works well with the NFB24, NFX24...
– Low voltage directive: 2006/95/EC actuators. Use code-approved wire nuts, terminal strips or solderless connectors
where wires are joined. It is good practice to run control wires unspliced from the
CAUTION: It is good practice to power electronic or digital controllers from a
actuator to the controller. If splices are unavoidable, make sure the splice can be
separate power transformer than that used for actuators or other end devices. The
reached for possible maintenance. Tape and/or wire-tie the splice to reduce the
power supply design in our actuators and other end devices use half wave
possibility of the splice being inadvertently pulled apart.
rectification. Some controllers use full wave rectification. When these two different
types of power supplies are connected to the same power transformer and the DC
The NFB24, NFX24... proportional actuators have a digital circuit that is designed to
commons are connected together, a short circuit is created across one of the diodes
ignore most unwanted input signals (pickup). In some situations the pickup may be
in the full wave power supply, damaging the controller. Only use a single power
severe enough to cause erratic running of the actuator. For example, a large
transformer to power the controller and actuator if you know the controller power
inductive load (high voltage AC wires, motors, etc.) running near the power or
supply uses half wave rectification.
control wiring may cause excessive pickup. To solve this problem, make one or
more of the following changes:
Multiple Actuators, One Transformer 1. Run the wire in metallic conduit.
2. Re-route the wiring away from the source of pickup.
Multiple actuators may be powered from one transformer provided the following rules 3. Use shielded wire (Belden 8760 or equal). Ground the shield to an earth ground.
are followed: Do not connect it to the actuator common.
1. The TOTAL current draw of the actuators (VA rating) is less than or equal to the
rating of the transformer.
2. Polarity on the secondary of the transformer is strictly followed. This means that Initialization of the NFB24-MFT, NFX24-MFT
all No. 1 wires from all actuators are connected to the common leg on the
When power is initially applied, the actuator will first release its manual preload
transformer and all No. 2 wires from all actuators are connected to the hotleg.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

position (This assumes a manual position has been set). The actuator will then rotate
Mixing wire No. 1 & 2 on one leg of the transformer will result in erratic operation
to the full fail-safe position. At this point the microprocessor recognizes that the
or failure of the actuator and/or controls.
actuator is at full fail-safe and uses this position as the base for all of its position
calculations. The microprocessor will retain the initialized zero during short power
Multiple Actuators, Multiple Transformers failures of up to 20 seconds. The NFB24-MFT and NFX24-MFT will also return to its
position prior to the 20-second-or-less power loss. For power failures greater than
Multiple actuators positioned by the same control signal may be powered from 20 seconds, the actuator would naturally return to its full fail-safe position prior to the
multiple transformers provided the following rules are followed: microprocessor losing its memory. The actuator will also re-initialize if the manual
1. The transformers are properly sized. position mechanism is used.
2. All No. 1 wires from all actuators are tied together and tied to the negative leg of
the control signal. See wiring diagram.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

129
 Startup and Checkout
Instructions For NFB24-MFT, NFX24-MFT + P-100…

NFB24-MFT, NFX24-MFT + P-100… Electrical Check-Out Procedure

Does Not Give
Gives Expected Response
STEP Procedure Expected Response Expected Response
Go To Step…
Go To Step…
1. Control signal is applied to actuator. Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 7. No response at all Step 2.
Signal” position. Operation is reversed Step 3.
Does not drive toward "Control Signal
Position" Step 4.
2. Check power wiring. Power supply rating should be the total Power wiring corrected, actuator Power wiring corrected, actuator still
Correct any problems. power requirement of the actuator(s). begins to drive Step 1. does not drive Step 4.
See Note 1. Minimum voltage of 19.2 VAC or 21.6
VDC.
3. Turn reversing switch to the correct Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 7. Does not drive toward “Control Signal
position. Make sure the switch is Signal” position. Position” Step 4.
turned all the way left or right.
4. Make sure the control signal positive Drives to “Control Signal” position. Actuator operates properly Step 7. Step 5.
(+) is connected to Wire No. 3 and
control signal negative (-) is connected
to wire No. 1. Most control problems
are caused by reversing these two
wires. Verify that the reversing switch
is all the way CCW or CW.
5. Check input signal with a digital volt Input voltage or current should be ±1% Controller output (actuator input) Reprogram, adjust repair or replace
meter (DVM). Make sure the input of what controller's adjustment or is correct. Input Polarity Correct controller as needed Step 1.
is within the range of the actuator. programming indicates. Step 6.
NOTE: The input signal must be
above the 2 VDC or 4 mA to have
the actuator move.
6. Check damper torque requirement. Torque requirement is actuator’s Defective Actuator. Recalculate actuator requirement and
minimum torque. Replace Actuator - See Note 2. correct installation.
7. Actuator works properly. Test
controller by following controller
manufacturer's instructions.

NOTE 1 Check that the transformer(s) are sized properly.

• If a common transformer is used, make sure that polarity is observed on the secondary. This means connect all No. 1 wires to one leg of the transformer and all
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

No. 2 wires to the other leg of the transformer.

• If multiple transformers are used with one control signal, make sure all No. 1 wires are tied together and tied to control signal negative (-).
• Controllers and actuators must have separate 24 VAC/VDC power sources.
NOTE 2 If failure occurs within 5 years from original purchase date, notify Belimo and give details of the application.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

130
LF Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 35 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 8.5 sq-ft*

Applications
Cost effective quality and performance
for a range of applications including:
• Classroom Unit Ventilators • VAV Terminal Units
• Fan/Coil Units • Economizer Units
• Airhandlers • Control Dampers

7)

7)
Actuators in

)
S (p. 153
US (p. 14

US (p. 14
bold have BDCM

(p. 153)
. 151)
. 141)
. 143)
. 139)

139)

151)
7)

1)
5)

5)
7)
US (p. 13

T-S US (p
)

US (p. 14

T-20-S U
S (p. 133

US (p. 13

US (p. 13
)

US (p. 13

T-20 US
-S US (p.

-S US (p

-E US (p

T US (p.
S (p. 135

S (p. 135

ON-R03

ON-R10
-R US (p
(p. 133)

LF24-3-S

LF24-MF

LF24-MF

LF24-MF

LF24-MF
LF24-S U

LF24-SR

LF24-SR

LF24-SR

LF24-EC

LF24-EC
LFC24-3

LFC24-3
LF120-S

LF230-S
LF24 US

LF120 U

LF230 U

LF24-3-

LF Series – At A Glance
Torque: 35 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power supply: 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
120 VAC ● ●
230 VAC ● ●
Control signal: On/Off ● ● ● ● ● ●
floating point ● ● ● ●
proportional 2 to 10 VDC ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

6 to 9 VDC ● ●
multi-function** ● ●
3kΩ NTC type 10 thermistor ●
10kΩ NTC type 7 thermistor ●
Feedback: 2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ● ●
VDC variable** ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary output, 20 VDC (to power controller) ● ●
Running time motor: <40 to 75 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ●
150 seconds constant ● ● ● ● ●
90 seconds constant ● ●
95 seconds constant ● ●
adj. 75 to 300 seconds*** ● ● ● ●
spring: <25 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External direction of rotation switch ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plenum rated cable, 18 GA ● ● ● ● ● ●
Conduit fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Appliance cable, 18 GA ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in auxiliary switch ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LF24-SR-E US operation ..................(p. 145) Installation instructions ....................(p. 155-159)
General wiring .................................(p. 160) Start-up and checkout .....................(p. 161)
*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals. **Default 2 to 10 VDC. ***Default 150 seconds.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

131
 LF Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Cut labor costs with (10 min. installation) simple direct coupling. Actuator
Centers on 1/2” shaft (K6-1, 3/4” clamp optional).

● True mechanical spring return – the most reliable failsafe.

● Mount for clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe.

● Easy-to-adjust mechanical stop to limit damper rotation.

● Check damper position easily with clear position indicator.

● Don’t worry about actuator burn-out.

Belimo is overload-proof throughout rotation.

● Need to change control direction?

Do it easily with a simple switch (modulating actuators).

● Built-in auxiliary switch is easy to use, offers feedback

or signal for additional device.

● Microprocessor-controlled brushless DC motor increases actuator

life span and reliability, provides constant running time (modulating
actuators).

● Rugged metal housing withstands rough handling in the

mechanical room.

● 3 ft. cable and conduit connector eases installation.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

132
LF24(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 24V

Torque min. 35 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, digital output, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 3/8” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. For shafts up to 3/4”
use K6-1 accessory. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The LF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The LF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
The LF24-S US version is provided with one built in auxiliary switch. This SPDT switch
is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
Technical Data LF24(-S) US switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°. The auxiliary switch in the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz LF24-S is double insulated so an electrical ground connection is not necessary.
24 VDC ± 10%
Power consumption running 5W Dimensions (Inches [mm])
holding 2.5 W

D010
Transformer sizing 7 VA (class 2 power source) 7.67" [195]
6.10" [155]
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable Standard: 0.98"
[25]
0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5]
(LF24-S US has 2 cables) 1/2” conduit connector 3/8" to 1/2"
3/8" to 7/16"
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 3.15" [80]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop Optional 3.86"
[98]
1/2" to 3/4"
Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm] w/K6-1
1.93"
[49]
0.79"
[20]

Direction of rotation reversible with cw/ccw mounting accessory

0.5"
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° [12.7]

(0° is spring return position)

3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]
Running time motor < 40 to 75 sec 4.92" [125]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

(nominal) spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C] 0.74" [18.7]

< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C] 3.23" [82]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing

2.24"
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] [57]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP54 0.25" [6.3]

Housing material zinc coated steel

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level (max) running < 50 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight LF24 3.1 lbs (1.40 kg)
LF24-S 3.2 lbs (1.45 kg)

LF24-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
adjustable 0° to 95° (double insulated)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

133
 LF24(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 24V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 10-18 Shaft extension (K6-1 is required)
IND-LF Damper position indicator
K6-1 Universal clamp for up to 3/4” diameter shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
KH-LF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-LF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for LF Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-112 Mounting bracket for Honeywell Mod IV, M6415 Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
type actuators, and new installations
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-LF112 Crank arm adaptor kit for Honeywell Mod IV,
M6415 type actuators, and new installations For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., LF24-S US
4 incorporates a built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
NOTE: When using LF24 US and LF24-S US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.
Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
nection.
Typical Specification WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 3/4” individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuators must be designed so that they may be tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall be nents could result in death or serious injury.
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, one SPDT auxiliary switch
shall be provided having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary

W047
switch must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an 24 VAC Transformer
electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be cULus
listed, have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International 1 Common
Line
Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. 3
Volts 2 + Hot

LF24 US 2

On/Off wiring for LF24 US

W048
24 VAC Transformer
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Line 1 Common
Volts 3
2 + Hot

S1 4
NC
S2
S3 0° to 95°
NO

LF24-S US 2

On/Off wiring for LF24-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

134
LF120(-S) US / LF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 120/230 VAC

Torque min. 35 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 3/8” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. For shafts up to 3/4”
use K6-1 accessory. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The LF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The LF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0° to 95°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced in holding mode. The
actuator is double insulated so an electrical ground connection is not necessary.
The LF120-S US and LF230-S US versions are provided with one built-in auxiliary
Technical Data LF120(-S) US / LF230(-S) US switch. This SPDT switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example,
Power supply LF120(-S) US 120 VAC ± 10% 50/60 Hz for fan start-up. The switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°.
LF230(-S) US 230 VAC ± 10% 50/60 Hz
Power consumption Dimensions (Inches [mm])
LF120(-S) US running 5.5 W

D010
holding 3.5 W 7.67" [195]
6.10" [155]
LF230(-S) US running 5W Standard: 0.98"
0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5] [25]
3/8" to 1/2"
holding 3W
3/8" to 7/16"
Transformer sizing 3.15" [80]
Optional 3.86"
LF120(-S) US 7.5 VA [98]
1/2" to 3/4" 0.79"
LF230(-S) US 7 VA w/K6-1
1.93"
[49] [20]

Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable accessory

0.5"
(-S models have 2 cables) 1/2” conduit connector [12.7]

Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]
4.92" [125]
Electrical protection actuators are double insulated

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

0.74" [18.7]
Angle of rotation max 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm] constant torque 3.23" [82]

Direction of rotation reversible with cw/ccw mounting 2.24"

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° [57]

(0° is spring return position)

0.25" [6.3]
Electrical protection actuators are double insulated
Running time motor < 40 to 75 sec
(nominal) spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA type 2 / IP54
Housing material zinc coated steel
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level (max) running < 50 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight LF120/230 3.4 lbs (1.54 kg)
LF120/230-S 3.5 lbs (1.60 kg)

LF120-S US / LF230-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
adjustable 0° to 95°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

135
 LF120(-S) US / LF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 120/230 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 10-18 Shaft extension (K6-1 is required)
IND-LF Damper position indicator
K6-1 Universal clamp for up to 3/4” diameter shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
KH-LF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-LF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for LF Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-112 Mounting bracket for Honeywell Mod IV, M6415 Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
type actuators, and new installations
3 No ground connection is required.
ZG-LF112 Crank arm adaptor kit for Honeywell Mod IV,
M6415 type actuators, and new installations For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., LF120-S US
4 and LF230-S US incorporate one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
NOTE: When using LF120/230 US & LF120-S/230-S US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.
Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
nection.
Typical Specification WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 3/4” individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuators must be designed so that they may tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall nents could result in death or serious injury.
be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, one SPDT auxiliary
switch shall be provided having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators must be

W049
constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground 120 VAC
is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5 230 VAC
year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. L1 N 1 Neutral
1 3
L2 H 2 Hot

LF120 US
LF230 US 2
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off wiring for LF120 US / LF230 US

W050_08

On/Off wiring for LF120-S US / LF230-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

136
LF24-3(-S) US
On/Off, Floating Point, Spring Return, 24V

Torque min. 35 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For modulation or On/Off control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 3/8” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. For shafts up to 3/4”
use K6-1 accessory. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
Control is floating point from a triac or relay, or On/Off from an auxiliary contact from a
fan motor contactor, controller, or manual switch.

Operation
The LF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The LF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°.
The LF24-3 (-S) US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application
Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides
the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate. The ASIC monitors and
Technical Data LF24-3(-S) US controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be
24 VDC ± 10% stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
Power consumption Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
running 2.5 W The LF24-3-S US version is provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
holding 1 W switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
Transformer sizing 5 VA (class 2 power source) switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°. The auxiliary switch in the
Electrical connection LF24-3-S US is double insulated so an electrical ground is not necessary.
LF24-3 US 3 ft, plenum rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
LF24-3-S US 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cables (2) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
1/2” conduit connectors

D010
7.67" [195]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 6.10" [155]
Standard: 0.98"
Input impedance 1000 Ω (0.6w) control inputs 3/8" to 1/2" 0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5] [25]

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

3/8" to 7/16"
3.15" [80]
Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm] 3.86"
Optional [98]
Direction of rotation 1/2" to 3/4" 0.79"
1.93"
[20]
spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting w/K6-1 [49]
accessory
motor reversible with built-in switch 0.5"
[12.7]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° is spring return position) 3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]
4.92" [125]
Running time motor 150 sec constant, independent of load 0.74" [18.7]
spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]
3.23" [82]
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing 2.24"
[57]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 0.25" [6.3]
Housing NEMA type 2 /IP54
Housing material zinc coated metal
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level (max) running < 30 db (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight LF24-3 3.1 lbs (1.40 kg)
LF24-3-S 3.6 lbs (1.45 kg)

LF24-3-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
adjustable 0° to 95° (double insulated)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

137
 LF24-3(-S) US
On/Off, Floating Point, Spring Return, 24V

Accessories

W051
AV 10-18 Shaft extension (K6-1 is required)
IND-LF Damper position indicator
K6-1 Universal clamp for up to 3/4” diameter shafts
KH-LF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
ZG-LF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for LF
ZG-112 Mounting bracket for Honeywell Mod IV, M6415 type actuators, On/Off wiring
and new installations
for LF24-3(-S) US
ZG-LF112 Crank arm adaptor kit for Honeywell Mod IV,

W052
M6415 type actuators, and new installations
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
NOTE: When using LF24-3 (-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

Typical Specification
Floating Point wiring
Floating point, On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type for LF24-3(-S) US
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a

W053
shaft up to a 3/4” diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuators must be designed
so that they may be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe
operation. Actuators shall have an external direction of rotation switch to reverse S1 6
NC
control logic. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor and be protected from S2
overload at all angles of rotation. If required, one SPDT auxiliary switch shall be S3 0° to 95°
NO
provided having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary switch
Auxiliary switch
must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical LF24-3-S US
ground is not required to meet agency listings. Run time shall be constant and
of LF24-3(-S) US
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5 year warranty, and
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators
shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. Triac source

W055
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
The Common connection from the actuator must be connected to the Hot
4 connection of the controller.

5 The actuator Hot must be connected to the control board Common.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., LF24-3-S US
6 LF120-S US and LF230-S US incorporate one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x
SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.
Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use color
8 coded instead. Actuators with appliance rated cable use numbers.
✝ LF24-3 US, Green wire #4, LF24-3-S US, White wire #5 Triac sink
W056

Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-

nection.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

Triac sink with separate transformers

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

138
LFC24-3-R(-S) US
On/Off, Floating Point, Spring Return, 24V, Trane Voyager Retrofit

Torque min. 35 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For modulation or On/Off control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 3/8” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. For shafts up to 3/4”
use K6-1 accessory. The ZG-LFC114 universal mounting kit can be used with the
LFC24-3-R US actuator for retrofit of the economizer section of the Trane Voyager unit.
Control is floating point from a triac or relay, or On/Off from an auxiliary contact from a
fan motor contactor, controller, or manual switch.

Operation
The LF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The LF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°.
The LFC24-3-R (-S) US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation
Technical Data LFC24-3-R(-S) US rate. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.
24 VDC ± 10% The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches.
Power consumption
running 2.5 W Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
holding 1 W The LFC24-3-S US version is provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
Transformer sizing 5 VA (class 2 power source) switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
Electrical connection switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°. The auxiliary switch in the
LFC24-3-R US 3 ft, plenum rated cable LFC24-3-S US is double insulated so an electrical ground is not necessary.
4 male spade connectors
LFC24-3-S US 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cables (2)
1/2” conduit connectors Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

D010
7.67" [195]
Input impedance 1000 Ω (0.6w) control inputs 6.10" [155]
Standard: 0.98"
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop [25]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5]
3/8" to 1/2"
Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm] 3/8" to 7/16"
3.15" [80]
Direction of rotation Optional 3.86"
[98]
spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting 1/2" to 3/4" 1.93" 0.79"
w/K6-1 [49] [20]
motor reversible with built-in switch accessory
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° 0.5"
[12.7]
(0° is spring return position)
Running time motor 90 sec constant, independent of load 4.92" [125]
3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]

spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C] 0.74" [18.7]

< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C]
3.23" [82]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 2.24"
[57]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA type 2 /IP54 0.25" [6.3]
Housing material zinc coated metal
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level (max) running < 30 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight LFC24-3-R US 3.1 lbs (1.40 kg)
LFC24-3-S US 3.6 lbs (1.45 kg)

LFC24-3-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
adjustable 0° to 95° (double insulated)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

139
 LFC24-3-R(-S) US
On/Off, Floating Point, Spring Return, 24V, Trane Voyager Retrofit

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

AV 10-18 Shaft extension (K6-1 is required)
IND-LF Damper position indicator
K6-1 Universal clamp for up to 3/4” diameter shafts 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
KH-LF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-LF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for LF Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-112 Mounting bracket for Honeywell Mod IV, M6415 type actuators,
and new installations 3 No ground connection is required.
ZG-LF112 Crank arm adaptor kit for Honeywell Mod IV,
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., LFC24-3-S
M6415 type actuators, and new installations 6 US incorporates one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250
ZG-LFC114 Used with LFC24-3-R US, mounting bracket kit for Trane
VAC, UL Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°. LFC24-3-S US has a white wire #5
Voyager economizer actuator retrofit. Kit includes
instead of a green wire #4.
mounting bracket and installation hardware.
Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use color
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) 8 coded instead. Actuators with appliance rated cable use numbers.
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
NOTE: When using LFC24-3-R (-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
NOTE: For On/Off control wiring please see LF24-3 US wiring diagram. “On/Off control of LF24-3(-S) US” Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
page 71.
nection.
NOTE: For Floating point control wiring, Triac source, sink or wiring with separate power supplies please see
page 71 for correct wiring.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W147
ZG-LFC114
24 VAC Transformer

Line Blk (1) Common

Volts Red (2) +
a Wht (3) +
xx

xx
xx

xx
xx
xx xx

Grn (4) +
xx
xx
xx

b
xx xx
xx xx
xx xx
xx xx
x x
xx

xx
xx

xx
xx
xx xx
xx

CCW xx
xx
xx
CW xx
xx
xx
xx xx

Switch Direction of Rotation Switch

xx
x
xx
x

Positions
a b CW CCW
(3) (4) CW
W C W
CC CW C W
CC
LFC24-3-R US
LFC24-3-S US
stop stop stop stop
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The indication of direction

is valid for switch position CW.

Floating point control of LFC24-3… US

W149_08
Retrofit solution installation

Typical Specification
Floating point, On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to a 3/4” diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuators must be designed so that
they may be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actua-
tors shall have an external direction of rotation switch to reverse control logic. Actuators
shall use a brushless DC motor and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation.
If required, one SPDT auxiliary switch shall be provided having the capability of being Wiring LFC24-3-R US
adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary switch must be constructed to meet the require-
ments for Double Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency
listings. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus
listed, have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Qual-
ity Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Auxiliary switch of LFC24-3-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

140
LF24-SR(-S) US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 35 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 3/8” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. For shafts up to 3/4”
use K6-1 accessory. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500W
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave applications.

Operation
The LF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The LF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°.
The LF24-SR (-S) US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application
Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides
Technical Data LF24-SR(-S) US the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC
24 VDC ± 10% motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to
the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal
Power consumption
rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced
running 2.5 W
in holding mode.
holding 1 W
Transformer sizing 5 VA (class 2 power source) The LF24-SR-S US version is provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
Electrical connection switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
LF24-SR US 3 ft, plenum rated cable switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°. The auxiliary switch in the
1/2” conduit connector LF24-SR-S US is double insulated so an electrical ground in not necessary.
LF24-SR-S US 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cables (2)
1/2” conduit connectors Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

D010
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω 7.67" [195]
6.10" [155]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop Standard:

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

0.98"
0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5] [25]
3/8" to 1/2"
Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm]
3/8" to 7/16"
Direction of rotation 3.15" [80]
Optional 3.86"
spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting [98]
1/2" to 3/4" 0.79"
motor reversible with built-in switch w/K6-1
1.93"
[49] [20]

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° accessory

0.5"
(0° is spring return position) [12.7]

Running time motor 150 sec constant, independent of load 3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]
(nominal) spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C] 4.92" [125]

< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C] 0.74" [18.7]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing 3.23" [82]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

2.24"
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] [57]

Housing NEMA type 2 /IP54

0.25" [6.3]
Housing material zinc coated metal
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level (max) running < 30 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight LF24-SR US 3.1 lbs (1.40 kg)
LF24-SR-S US 3.2 lbs (1.45 kg)

LF24-SR-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL Approved
adjustable 0° to 95° (double insulated)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

141
 LF24-SR (-S) US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
AV 10-18 Shaft extension (K6-1 is required) During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
IND-LF Damper position indicator necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
K6-1 Universal clamp for up to 3/4” diameter shafts
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
KH-LF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft nents could result in death or serious injury.
SGA24 Min. and/or man. positioner in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min. and/or man. positioner for flush panel mounting
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench

W057
ZG-LF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for LF 24 VAC Transformer 4
ZG-112 Mounting bracket for Honeywell Mod IV, M6415 type actuators,
and new installations Blk (1) Common
ZG-LF112 Crank arm adaptor kit for Honeywell Mod IV, Line
Volts Red (2) + Hot
3
M6415 type actuators, and new installations
ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor for 4 to 20 mA control signal Wht (3) Y1 Input, 2 to 10V
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) Control Signal (–)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) 2 to 10 VDC (+)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing Grn (5) U Output, 2 to 10V
NOTE: When using LF24-SR(-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 7
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. CW CCW
2
LF24-SR US
Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
2 to 10 VDC control of LF24-SR(-S) US
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 3/4”

W059_08
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuator must provide proportional damper
control in response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to
20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.The actuators must be
designed so that they may be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe
operation. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant,
and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position
feedback or master-slave applications. If required, one SPDT auxiliary switch shall be
provided having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary switch
must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical
ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have
a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Wiring Diagrams
4 to 20 mA control of LF24-SR(-S) US
with 2 to 10 VDC feedback output
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

W058_08
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Up to 4 actuators may be connected in parallel. With 4 actuators
2 wired to one 500 Ω resistor. Power consumption must be observed.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires;
4 use color codes instead.

5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., LF24-SR-S Auxiliary switch of LF24-SR-S US
6 US incorporates one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250
VAC, UL Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.

7 The LF24-SR-S US wire 5 is white.

Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-

nection.
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

142
LF24-SR-E US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA Control Signal or 3-position On/Off Control
with Minimum Position Potentiometer

• Torque min. 35 in-lb, for control of air dampers

• Built-in adjustable min-position for 3-position and
proportional control

Application
For proportional control with minimum position setpoint, or three position control of
dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be done in accordance with the
damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 3/8” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. For shafts up to 3/4”
use K6-1 accessory. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to 24 VAC on wire 2 or 3, which allows the LF24-
SR-E US to retrofit or replace Honeywell® M8405A actuators.

Operation
The LF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The LF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°.
Technical Data LF24-SR-E US The LF24-SR-E US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides
24 VDC ± 10% the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the
Power consumption actuator’s exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s
running 2.5 W rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to the
actuator in
holding 1 W
a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without
Transformer sizing 5 VA (class 2 power source)
the need of mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Electrical connection 3 ft, plenum rated cable mode.
1/2” conduit connector
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation See wiring diagrams for LF24-SR-E US for more details on 3-position control.
Control signal Y 0 to 10 VDC, 0 to 20 mA,
Installation
or 24 VAC for 3-position on/off control
Refer to LF Section of the Standard Actuation and Accessories, Technical
Input impedance 100 kΩ Documentation.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA between 0% and 100%
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.7 mA) for 95° Honeywell® is a trademark of Honeywell Inc.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Override function Minimum, Open, Closed via spring

D059
Min-position adjusts on actuator cover between 0 7.67" [195]
6.10" [155]
and 100% (scaled 0 to 1) Standard: 0.98"
0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5] [25]
Direction of rotation 3/8" to 1/2"
3/8" to 7/16" CCW
spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting 3.15" [80]
motor reversible with built-in switch Optional 3.86"
[98]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° 1/2" to 3/4" 1.93" 0.79"
w/K6-1 [49] [20]
(0° is spring return position) accessory
0.5"
Running time motor 150 sec constant, independent of load [12.7]

(nominal) spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]

3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C] 4.92" [125]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing 0.74" [18.7]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 3.23" [82]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
2.24"
Housing NEMA type 2 /IP54 [57]

Housing material zinc coated metal

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and 0.25" [6.3]

CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93

Noise level (max) running < 30 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.2 lbs (1.45 kg)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

143
 LF24-SR-E US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA Control Signal or 3-position On/Off Control
with Minimum Position Potentiometer

Accessories
AV 10-18 Shaft extension (K6-1 is required)
IND-LF Damper position indicator The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
K6-1 Universal clamp for up to 3/4” diameter shafts 2 to 10 VDC.
KH-LF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-LF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for LF
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZG-112 Mounting bracket for replacing Honeywell individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
Mod IV, M6415 and M8405 type actuators, and new installa- tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
tions nents could result in death or serious injury.
ZG-LF112 Crank arm adaptor kit for replacing Honeywell Mod IV, M6415
and M8405 type actuators, and new installations

W179_08
ZG-113 Mounting bracket kit for Honeywell W7459
logic module
ZG-ECON1 Mounting bracket kit for Honeywell M8405 economizer actua-
tor retrofit and new installations
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
NOTE: When using LF24-SR-E US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 3/4”
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. Actuator shall deliver a minimum output torque of
35 in-lbs. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500W resistor, a 4 to 20mA control input from an
electronic controller. Actuator must have a built-in minimum position potentiometer.
During 3-position control, the actuator shall drive to minimum position with 24 VAC 2 to 10 VDC control of LF24-SR-E US
on wire 2 and drive full open with 24 VAC on wire 3. Actuators shall use a brushless

W176_08
DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload at all
angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant, and independent of torque. A 2 to 10
feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback or master-slave applica-
tions. The actuator must be designed so that they may be used for either clockwise
or counterclockwise failsafe operation. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5
year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Three-Position Control Signals

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Switch A Wire 2-Red (x) Wire 3-White (D) Position

Open** Any Any Closed (via spring)
Closed 24 VAC Open Mid-position*
Closed Open 24 Vac Full Open*
Closed 24 VAC 24 VAC Full Open*
*Desired position achieved by driving actuator with motor.
**An example would be to interlock the actuator power supply with the fan motor starter.
3-position control with a SPDT switch or two contact closures
(e.g. fan, cooling Y)
Wiring Diagrams

W176_08
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Min-position is adjustable from 0 to 100% with a potentiometer on the actuator
2 cover.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires;
4 use color codes instead.

5 Switch A, actuator spring returns when open (e.g., fan interlock).

Min-position with Full Open override (with a single contact closure)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

144
LF24-SR-E US Operation

Application of the LF24-SR-E US with Minimum Position Potentiometer Control Accuracy and Stability
The LF24-SR-E US is the newest addition to the LF-series product range featuring
dual functionality. A minimum position potentiometer has been built into the actuator LF24-SR-E US actuators have built-in
for cost effective proportional and three position applications, e.g. economizer damp-
ers in rooftop units. brushless DC motors which provide
better accuracy and longer service life.
Proportional Control with Minimum Position
The LF24-SR-E US actuators are designed with a unique non-symmetrical
Minimum position is adjustable using the built-in potentiometer 1 deadband. The actuator follows an increasing or decreasing control signal
on the cover of the LF24-SR-E US. The minimum position can be .8
with a 80 mV resolution. If the signal changes in the opposite direction, the
adjusted anywhere over the full 0 to 95° range of the actuator. actuator will not respond until the control signal changes by 250 mV. This
.6
A 2 to 10 VDC input proportionally controls the actuator to the allows these actuators to track even the slightest deviation very accurately, yet
set-point position. The actuator electronics see both the 2 to 10 allowing the actuator to “wait” for a much larger change in control signal due
VDC input and the input signal from the potentiometer (minimum .4
to control signal instability.
position setting). The actuator’s electronics select between the
higher of these two signals. Therefore, the actuator moves to .2
0
the position of the higher signal, which is the same operating LF Actuator responds to a 80 mV signal when
characteristic the Belimo –SR actuators exhibit with the Belimo
not changing direction from stop position.
SGA24 and SGF24 positioners.
MIN
LF24-SR-E US Operates as Follows: Satisfied
1. Set desired minimum position (Example 20%), while leaving the direction of rota- Control Position
tion switch in the CW (default) position.
2. With power applied to wire 2 (red), the actuator will maintain the desired mini-
80 mV
mum position.
3. Applying a signal higher than that set by the minimum position potentiometer.
In this example the input DC voltage must be greater than 3.6 VDC to move the
actuator toward full open. Minimum
4. Changing the position of the direction of rotation switch to CCW will reverse the Control Resolution
actuator’s control logic. If only the position of the direction of rotation switch is
changed, then the actuator will move from 20% to 80%. The scale is now reverse
from the default (e.g. 10VDC moves the actuator to 0).
LF Actuator responds to a 200 mV signal when
5. Typically, power to the actuator is interlocked with the fan relay, which causes the
actuator to spring return closed if the fan de-energizes. reversing direction from stop position.

Minimum Reversed
Control Deadband
Prior to Normal Control
200 mV

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Satisfied
Control Position

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

145
 LF24-SR-E US Operation

Three-Position Control Using the LF24-SR-E US Replacing an M8405 Actuator

By applying the LF24-SR override functionality and the new minimum position The three-position control functionality of the LF24-SR-E US allows direct
potentiometer, it is possible to achieve simple three-position control with the LF24- replacement of a Honeywell M8405A foot mounted economizer actuator.
SR-E US.
1. Set desired minimum position (Example 20%), while leaving the direction of Mounting
rotation switch in the CW (default) position. The direction of rotation switch does
not need to be changed for three-position control, because direction of rotation For non-direct coupled applications use the ZG-ECON1 accessory kit, which includes
can be changed by flipping the actuator. the KH-LF crank arm, ZG-112 bracket and logic module bracket (20477-00001).
2. With 24 VAC power applied across wire 1 (black) and 2 (red), the actuator will The ZG-112 aligns the plane of the crank arm with that of the Honeywell M8405A
maintain minimum position. and has at least two mounting holes that match the M8405A foot pattern. The logic
3. Applying 24 VAC power across wire 1 (black) and 3 (white) overrides the minimum module bracket allows for attachment to the end of the LF24-SR-E US actuator. It
position and moves the actuator to Full Open. provides for installation flexibility to place the module where space is available.
4. With no power applied to actuator, it will spring return (fail-safe) closed.
5. Typically, power to the actuator is interlocked with the fan relay, which causes the
actuator to spring return closed if the fan de-energizes. Logic Module Bracket

ZG-112
Features of the Belimo Three-Position Solution
The LF24-SR-E US will:
Crank arm adaptor kit
• Direct couple to the damper shaft between 3/8” and 3/4” diameter for reduced
– Includes bracket and KH-LF crank arm.
installation cost.
– Bracket and crank arm for replacement
• Spring return in either CW or CCW direction depending on mounting orientation of Honeywell M8405 actuators.
of the actuator. This feature eliminates the need to select a specific model with
correct spring return direction.
• Spring returns in <25 seconds @ -4° to 122°F. KH-LF crank arm
• Increase minimum torque output to 35 in-lbs for 40% more torque than other
3-position actuator solutions.
• Drive to the adjustable minimum position from either the fully Open or Closed
position using its brushless DC motor for improved reliability. Wiring
Spring returns only during power loss.
• Drive full stroke in 150 seconds. For proper control logic wiring always refer to the controller manufactures
• Output a 2 to 10 VDC signal for position feedback documentation. See the Product Documentation Standard Actuation and Accessories
• Control a damper proportionally between minimum position and full open for proper three position wiring diagram Belimo wiring diagram booklet.
(2 to 10 VDC input) for additional applications.
• Have dual (3-position and proportional control) wiring diagrams on actuator label
for clear and easy wiring in the field.
• Consumes only 2.5 W driving to setpoint and 1 W to hold position, lower than
actuators using AC motor technology.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

146
LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for Stand-Alone Economizer Damper Control Using
3 kΩ or 10 kΩ Mixed Air Sensor, Built-in Minimum Position Adjustment

• Torque min. 35 in-lb, for control of air dampers

• Built-in adjustable min-position
• Integrated mixed air PI-control

Application
For proportional control of mixed air setpoint on economizer dampers in HVAC
systems. Actuator sizing should be done in accordance with the damper
manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 3/8” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. For shafts up to 3/4”
use K6-1 accessory. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to 3 kΩ or 10 kΩ thermistor, which allows the
LF24-ECON... to retrofit or replace Honeywell® M7415 actuators.

Operation
The LF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The LF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 90°.
Technical Data LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US The LF24-ECON-R03 (-R10) US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The
24 VDC ± 10% microprocessor provides the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate
Power consumption running 2.5 W and to know the actuator’s exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the
holding 1W brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to
prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled
Transformer sizing 5 VA (class 2 power source)
anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power
Electrical connection 3 ft, plenum rated cable
consumption is reduced in holding mode.
1/2” conduit connector
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation See wiring diagrams for LF24-ECON-R03 US for more details on 3-position control.
Control signal, Y1 3 kΩ NTC Type 10 thermistor,
(LF24-ECON-R03 US) 3 kΩ @ 77°F (25°C)
Installation
Refer to LF Section of the Standard Actuation and Accessories, Product
MA setpoint = 55°F
Documentation.
Input impedance 100 kΩ
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.7 mA) for 95° Honeywell® is a trademark of Honeywell Inc.
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm]
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Override function See override control table on opposite page

D059
Direction of rotation spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting 7.67" [195]
6.10" [155]
motor reversible with built-in switch Standard: 0.98"
0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5] [25]
Position indication Visual indicator, 0° to 95° scaled as 0 to 1 3/8" to 1/2"
(0° is spring return position) 3/8" to 7/16" CCW
3.15" [80]
Running time motor 95 sec constant, independent of load Optional 3.86"
[98]
spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C] 1/2" to 3/4" 1.93" 0.79"
[20]
w/K6-1 [49]
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C] accessory
0.5"
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing [12.7]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 4.92" [125]

Housing NEMA type 2 /IP54 0.74" [18.7]

Housing material zinc coated metal 3.23" [82]

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
2.24"
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93 [57]
Noise level (max) running < 30 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A) 0.25" [6.3]

Servicing maintenance free

Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.2 lbs (1.45 kg)

LF24-ECON-R10 US
Control Signal, Y1 10 kΩ NTC Type 7 thermistor,
10 kΩ @ 77°F (25°C)
MA setpoint = 55°F

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

147
 LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for Stand-Alone Economizer Damper Control Using
3 kΩ or 10 kΩ Mixed Air Sensor, Built-in Minimum Position Adjustment

Accessories
AV 10-18 Shaft extension (K6-1 is required)
IND-LF Damper position indicator
K6-1 Universal clamp for up to 3/4” diameter shafts
KH-LF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
ZG-LF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for LF
ZG-112 Mounting bracket for replacing Honeywell Mod IV, M7415 type
actuators, and new installations
ZG-LF112 Crank arm adaptor kit for replacing Honeywell Mod IV, M7415
type actuators, and new installations
20477-00001 Mounting bracket for Honeywell W7459 logic module
ZG-ECON1 Mounting bracket kit for Honeywell M7415 economizer
actuator retrofit and new installations
Standard Economizer Mode Wiring

W203_08
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
NOTE: When using LF24-ECON-R03 (R10) US actuators,use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 3/4”
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. Actuator shall deliver a minimum output torque of
35 in-lbs. The actuator must provide proportional damper control in response to a 3
kΩ or 10 kΩ NTC thermistor, 55°F setpoint. Actuator must have a built-in minimum
position potentiometer. Actuator must have minimum position override via 0 to 10VDC
on wire 4. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor
Override
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be independent
of torque load. A 2 to 10VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position feedback
or master-slave applications. The actuator must be designed so that they may be used
for either clock-wise or counterclockwise fail safe operation. Actuators shall be cULus Override Control
listed, have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Qual- Wire Input Signal LF24-ECON... Position Application
ity Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo Y1 24 VAC Drive closed (0%) Morning warm-up cycle
Y1 Common Drive open (100%) Smoke Purge
Y1 Open wire Drive to min position Mechanical cooling in use, RTU
Wiring Diagrams thermostat calls for heat
Y2 0 VDC to Min position of Override potentiometer via a
10 VDC 0% to 100% remote CO2 sensor/controller
or DDC controller
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 Min-position is adjustable from 0 to 100% with a potentiometer on the actuator

cover.
Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires;
3 use color codes instead.

4 CW (default) indicates that motor drive starts at zero position.

A relay or switch can spring return the actuator when the RTU fan
5 de-energizes, or if low ambient temperature is sensed.
A standard relay can be used to close the sensor circuit to engage
6 economizer mode, e.g. outside air changeover device like a dry bulb or
enthalpy limit switch. Honeywell® logic module W7459A and enthalpy
sensor C7400 also provide terminals for this switching.
A remote CO2 sensor or DDC controller with a 0 to 10 VDC output can
7 change the standard relay or can be used to open and close the sensor
circuit. This device can be a relay or a dry bulb/enthalpy limit switch.

8 Override control for Y2 only accepts 0 to 10 VDC override control.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

148
LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US
Operation, Installation and Wiring

Operation LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US Mounting

The LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US provides a direct coupling solution for RoofTop
Unit(RTU) economizer dampers.
Logic Module Bracket

Control of Mixed Air in Typical Economizer Dampers

Occupied - Economizer Mode

The LF24-ECON-R03 (-R10) US enters Economizer Mode when either an external

relay or controller (e.g. Honeywell® W7459A) completes the circuit between the
actuator wire 3(Y1) and MA sensor. In this mode, the actuator moves proportionally
to maintain a MA set-point of 55°F(fixed). A proportional band of 6°F modulates the KH
H-LF
Crrank arm
actuator between 53 and 58°F. Also, a +/-1°F dead band eliminates hunting of the
actuator, while maintaining suitable temperatures in the RTU mixed air chamber.
ZG-112

Occupied – Mechanical CH (Cooling or Heating) Mode

The LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US enters Mechanical CH Mode when either an external

relay or controller (e.g. Honeywell® W7459A) breaks
the circuit between the actuator wire 3(Y1) and
MA sensor. In this mode, the actuator drives to 1 Replacing an Honeywell® M7415 actuator
minimum position. Minimum position can be set on 0
built-in potentiometer, or set remotely by sending a .8
0 to 10 VDC signal to wire 4(Y2) via a SGA24 or DDC .2
controller. .4 .6
MIN M7415
Unoccupied

RTU Economizer damper actuators typically interlock actuator supply power with
RTU fan motor starter/relay. This set-up ensures that the actuator spring returns the
economizer damper closed during periods when the ventilation air is not required. M7459

MA Dry Bulb Temperature LF24-ECON... Position

< 53°F Min. position
Modulates between Min. Position
53°F < MAT < 58°F
and 100% open
> 58°F 100% open

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Wiring Diagram for Installation of the LF24-ECON-R03 US

W221
Line
Volts
Field installed male
connectors on actuators
TR TR1 (provided with kit ZG-ECON1)
24 VAC

S0 + TR
Enthalpy Sensor + TR1 (1) Blk (1) Common
SR
connects to S & + (2) Red (2) + Hot
for differential
enthalpy 5 (3) Wht (3) Y1 3kΩ NTC
Or (4) Y2 Min-pos, 0-10 V
Min Pos Sensor

Connects to Room 1 5 T
Controller & RTU Grn (5) U Output, 2 to 10V
Terminal Blocks
3 4
T1
Default
CW CCW 1
0
Mixed/Discharge Air
T T1 P .8
2 .2
.4 .6
Temperature Sensor
P1 MIN

P P1 LF24-ECON-R03 US

W7459A(D) W7459A(D)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

149
 LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US Installation
Operation, Installation and Wiring

Wiring Diagrams

W216
Power supply is 24VAC transformer. Provide overload
1 protection and disconnect as required.
A fan delay relay should be interlocked with bothfan
2 and actuator power to ensure the actuator spring
returns when the RTU fan de-energizes. A time clock
for occupied or unoccupied mode is shown. The
actuator spring returns in unoccupied mode.
Be sure the transformer is sized to accommodate
3 the actuator, control module and other devices for
economizer control.
Relays 1K and 2K actuate when the enthalpy sensed
4 by the C7400 is higher than theenthalpy setpoint
A-D..
Factory installed 620 OHM, 1 Watt 5% Resistor
5 should be removed only if a C7400 enthalpy sen-sor
is added to SR and + for differential enthalpy.
The heating, fan and power terminals of the RTU
6 and room thermostat are not shown to simplify the
wiring diagram. Typically there is a direct wiring
connection between terminals W1, W2, G and R
on both terminal strips. In addition the R terminal
from the RTU connects to the RC or RH terminal on
the thermostat. RH and RC are jumpered on the
LF24-ECON-R03 US used with W7459A(D) / C7400 in two-stage thermostat to ensure power gets to both the cooling
and heating relays.
cooling system with single enthalpy changeover
The ambient lockout controller sets a low limit of
7 50 degrees F. This set-up ensures the compressors
for mechanical cooling remain off at lower
temperatures.
Mixed/Discharge air temperature sensor is usedto
8 regulate discharge air temperature by changing
damper position of the LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US.
This switch contacts when 24V power is applied
9 from the relays in note 4.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The LF24-ECON-R03(-R10) US provides a 2 to 10

1 VDC output indicating position.
10
A remote CO2 sensor or DDC controller with a 0 to
1 10 VDC output can change the standard relay or can
11
be used to open and close the sensor circuit. This
device can be a relay or a dry bulb/enthalpy limit
switch.
When conditions are met the dry bulb or enthalpy
1 limit switch changes over the economizer from
12
mechanical cooling to 100% outside air free cooling.
This switch completes the circuit between the
thermistor and the Y1 input on the actuator.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of
this product, it may be necessary to work with live electrical compo-
nents. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has
been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform
these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when
exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious
injury.
LF24-ECON-R03 US used with W7459A(D) / C7400 in one-stage
cooling system with differential enthalpy changeover

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

150
LF24-MFT(-S) US
Proportional, Spring Return, Multi-Function Technology®

• Torque min. 35 in-lb

• Control 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers and control valves in HVAC systems. The
LF24-MFT US provides mechanical spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application.

Default/Configuration
Default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the LF24-MFT US actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom versions of the actuator can be
ordered. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are variable.
These parameters can be changed by three means:
• Pre-set configurations from Belimo
• Custom configurations from Belimo
• Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool software application.

Operation
The LF24-MFT US actuator provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated
position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will synchronize the 0° mechanical
Technical Data LF24-MFT(-S) US stop or the damper or valves mechanical stop and use this point for its zero position
Power supply 24 VAC, ± 20%, 50/60 Hz during normal control operations.
24 VDC, ±10% The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
Power consumption running 2.5 W Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
holding 1.0 W intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA, appliance cables provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator
(-S models have 2 cables) 1/2” conduit connector in a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated with out the need for
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
Operating range Y* 2 to 10 VDC anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
4 to 20 mA (w/500 Ω, 1/4 Ω resistor) ZG-R01 The LF24-MFT US is mounted directly to control shafts up to 3/4” diameter by means
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) of its universal clamp and anti-rotation bracket. A crank arm and several mounting
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA brackets are available for damper applications where the actuator cannot be direct
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point and coupled to the damper shaft. The spring return system provides minimum specified
on/off control torque to the application during a power interruption. The LF24-MFT US actuator is
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max shipped in the zero position, compression against seats or gaskets for tight shut-off is
Torque min 35 in-lb (4 Nm) accomplished manually.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation* spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting
motor reversible with built-in switch NOTE: Please see documentation on Multi-Function Technology.
Mech. angle of rotation* max 95°, adjust with mechanical stop
Running time motor* 150 sec constant
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
spring <25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]

D059
<60 sec @-22°F [-30°C] 7.67" [195]
6.10" [155]
Angle of rotation adaptation* off (default) Standard: 0.98"
0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5] [25]
Override control* Min. (Min Position) = 0% 3/8" to 1/2"
- ZS (Mid. Position) = 50% 3/8" to 7/16" CCW
3.15" [80]
- Max. (Max. Position) = 100% Optional 3.86"
[98]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° 1/2" to 3/4" 1.93" 0.79"
w/K6-1 [49] [20]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing accessory
0.5"
Ambient temperature -22 to 122° F (-30 to 50° C) [12.7]
Storage temperature -40 to 176° F (-40 to 80° C)
3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54 4.92" [125]

Housing material zinc coated metal 0.74" [18.7]

Noise level less than 45 dB (A) 3.23" [82]

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93 2.24"
[57]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Servicing maintenance free 0.25" [6.3]

Weight 3.1 lbs [1.4 kg], 3.2 lbs [1.45 kg] with switch
* Variable when configured with MFT options

LF24-MFT-S US
Auxiliary switches 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
adjustable 0° to 95° (double insulated)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

151
 LF24-MFT(-S) US
Proportional, Spring Return, Multi-Function Technology®

Wiring Diagrams

W026
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the
same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

The Common connection from the actuator must be connected to the Hot Auxiliary Switch LF24-MFT-S US
4 connection of the controller.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,
5 LF24-MFT-S US incorporates one built-in auxiliary switch:

W012_08
1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.

Standard Wiring
Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
nection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Override to Zero Position
W013_08
Standard Wiring

Override to 10V Position

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Override to Zero Position

Override control to min, mid, max, positions

Override to 20 mA Position

4 to 20 mA control signal 2 to 10 VDC control signal

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

152
LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 6 to 9 VDC
Output Power Supply 20 VDC Provides Power to Controllers

• Torque min. 35 in-lb

• Control 6 to 9 VDC (DEFAULT)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (DEFAULT)
• 20 VDC power output

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers and control valves in HVAC systems. The
LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US provides mechanical spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application.

Default/Configuration
Default parameters for 6 to 9 VDC applications of the LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US actuator
are assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom versions of the actuator can be
ordered. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are variable.
These parameters can be changed by three means:
• Pre-set configurations from Belimo
Technical Data LF24-MFT(-S) -20 US • Custom configurations from Belimo
Power supply 24 VAC, ± 20%, 50/60 Hz • Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool software application.
24 VDC, ±10%
Power consumption running 3W Operation
holding 1.5 W The LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US actuator provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) graduated position indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator will synchronize the 0°
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA, appliance cable mechanical stop or the damper or valves mechanical stop and use this point for its
(-S models have 2 cables) 1/2” conduit connector zero position during normal control operations.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation The actuator uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application Specific
Operating range Y* 6 to 9 VDC (Default), P-10005 Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides the
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the actuator’s
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA exact position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point and provides a Digital Rotation Sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in
on/off control a stall condition. The position feedback signal is generated with out the need for
Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max mechanical feedback potentiometers using DRS. The actuator may be stalled
Torque 35 in-lb (4 Nm) anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
Direction of rotation* spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting The LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US is mounted directly to control shafts up to 3/4” diameter by
motor reversible with built-in switch means of its universal clamp and anti-rotation bracket. A crank arm and several
Angle of rotation* max 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop mounting brackets are available for damper applications where the actuator cannot be
Mechanical angle of rotation* limited to 95° direct coupled to the damper shaft. The spring return system provides minimum
Running time motor* 150 sec constant specified torque to the application during a power interruption. The LF24-MFT(-S)-20

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

spring <25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C] US actuator is shipped in the zero position, compression against seats or gaskets for
<60 sec @-22°F [-30°C] tight shut-off is accomplished manually.
Angle of rotation adaptation* off (default)
Override control* Min. (Min Position) = 0%
- ZS (Mid. Position) = 50%
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D059
- Max. (Max. Position) = 100% 7.67" [195]
6.10" [155]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° Standard: 0.98"
(0° is spring return position) 3/8" to 1/2" 0.39" [10] 0.256" [6.5] [25]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing 3/8" to 7/16" CCW

3.15" [80]
Ambient temperature -22 to 122° F (-30 to 50° C) Optional 3.86"
[98]
Storage temperature -40 to 176° F (-40 to 80° C) 1/2" to 3/4" 1.93" 0.79"
w/K6-1 [49] [20]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54 accessory
Housing material zinc coated metal 0.5"
[12.7]
Noise level running < 30 db (A)
3.66" [93] 0.71" [18]
spring return 62 dB (A) 4.92" [125]

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 873 and 0.74" [18.7]

CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24-93

3.23" [82]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Servicing maintenance free 2.24"
[57]
Weight LF24-MFT-20 US 3.1 lbs (1.40 kg)
LF24-MFT-S-20 US 3.2 lbs (1.45 kg) 0.25" [6.3]
* Variable when configured with MFT options

LF24-MFT-S-20 US
Auxiliary switches 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
adjustable 0° to 95° (double insulated)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

153
 LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 6 to 9 VDC
Output Power Supply 20 VDC Provides Power to Controllers

Wiring Diagrams

W029_08
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the
2 same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., LF24-
6 MFT(-S)-20 US incorporates one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A
(0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.
24 VAC: Black/Blue
A 120 VAC: White
240 VAC: White/Black
Belimo modulating actuators are 24 VAC/DC, if 120 or 240 is available an
external transformer is required.

B Maximum of 2

C MP-52XX-500 models include internal SPDT auxiliary switch.

Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-

nection.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these Multiple LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US actuators from one controller
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-

W215_08
nents could result in death or serious injury.

1 24 VAC Transformer
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Line Blk (1) Common

3
Volts Red (2) + Hot

Wht (3) Y Input, 6 to 9V

Control Signal Wht (4) Output +20 VDC
6 to 9 VDC (+)
Wht (5) U Output 2 to 10V
Power to Controller
Wht (6) Common +20 VDC
Controller Common (–)
CW CCW
Feedback 2-10 VDC 2

LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US

6 to 9 VDC control of LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US

W028_08

Typical Control Wiring for MP-52XX Series Actuators to Controllers

Requiring External 20 VDC Power Supply.

Auxiliary switch of LF24-MFT(-S)-20 US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

154
Installation Instructions
Quick-Mount Visual Instructions for Mechanical Installation

Quick-Mount Visual Instructions Preliminary Steps

1. Rotate the damper to its failsafe position. If the shaft rotates counterclockwise, 1. Belimo actuators should be mounted indoors in dry, relatively clean environment
mount the “CCW” side of the actuator out. If it rotates clockwise, mount the free from corrosive fumes. If the actuator is to be mounted outdoors, a protective
actuator with the “CW” side out. enclosure must be used to shield the actuator (See Belimo Mechanical Acces-
2. If the universal clamp is not on the correct side of the actuator, move it to the sories).
s
correct side. 2. For new construction work, order dampers with extended shafts. Instruct the
3. Slide the actuator onto the shaft and tighten the nuts on the V-bolt with a 10mm installing contractor to allow space for mounting and service of the Belimo actua-
wrench to 6-8 ft-lb of torque. tor on the shaft.
4. Slide the anti-rotation strap under the actuator so that it engages the slot at the 3. For standard mounting, the damper shaft must extend at least 3 1/2" from the
base of the actuator. Secure the strap to the duct work with #8 self-tapping duct. If the shaft extends less than 3 1/2", the actuator may be mounted in its
screws. short shaft configuration. If an obstruction
blocks access, the shaft can be extended
NOTE: Read the “Standard Mounting” instructions, on the next page, for more
with the AV 10-18 shaft extension. (K6-1 is
detailed information.
required)

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Standard
S d d Short Shaft
S S f
Mountingg Mountingg

mi min
n3
[90 1/2” 3
[20 /4”
] ]

min 3/4”
[20]
min 3 1/2”
[90]

IND-LF Position Indicator

(optional)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

min 3/4”
[20]
min 3 1/2”
[90]

IND-LF Position Indicator

(optional)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

155
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Mechanical Operation
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1/2” in diameter by means min 3 1/2”
of its universal clamp, or up to a 3/4” shaft with the optional K6-1 clamp. A crank [90]
arm and several mounting brackets are available for applications where the actuator
cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The LF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The LF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°.
The LF…-S versions are provided with 1 built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT switch
is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°.

Standard Mounting / Airtight Damper Procedure

1. See Figure B. Manually move the damper to the fail-safe position (a) (usually
closed). If the shaft rotated counterclockwise ( )), this is a CCW installation.
If the shaft rotated clockwise ( )), this is a CW installation. In a Left Hand
installation, the actuator side marked “CW” faces out, while in a CW installation,
the side marked “CCW” faces out. All other steps are identical.
2. The actuator is usually shipped with the universal clamp mounted to the “CW”
side of the actuator. To test for adequate shaft length, slide the actuator over
the shaft with the side marked “CW” (or the “CCW” side if this is the side with
the clamp). If the shaft extends at least 1/8” through the clamp, mount the
actuator as follows. If not, go to the Short Shaft Installationn section.
3. If the clamp is not on the correct side as determined in step #1, re-mount the
clamp as follows. If it is on the correct side, proceed to step #5. Look at the
universal clamp. If you are mounting the actuator with the “CCW” side out,
position the clamp so that the pointer section of the tab is pointing to 0° (see
Figure C) and the spline pattern of the clamp mates with spline of the actuator.
Slip the clamp over the spline. (Use the same procedure if the “CW” side is
out.)
4. Lock the clamp to the actuator using the retaining clip.
5. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position (a).
6. Mount the spring return actuator to the shaft. Tighten the universal clamp,
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

finger tight only.

7. Mount the anti-rotation strap at the base of the actuator. Do not tighten the
screws.
8. Remove the screw from one end of the mounting bracket and pivot it away
from the actuator.
9. Loosen the universal clamp and, making sure not to move the damper shaft,
rotate the actuator approximately 5° in the direction which would open the
damper.
10. Tighten the universal clamp to the shaft.
11. Rotate the actuator to apply pressure to the damper seals (b) and re-engage
the anti-rotation strap (c).
12. Tighten all fasteners.

FIGURE B – Standard Mounting (Dimensions in Inches [mm])

FIGURE C – Universal Clamp

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

156
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Short Shaft Mounting with

min 3/4”
IND-LF Position Indicator / Airtight Damper Procedure [20]
If the shaft extends at least 3/4” from the duct, follow these steps:
1. (See Figure D) Move damper blades to the fail-safe position (a).
2. Determine the best orientation for the universal clamp on the back of the actuator.
The best location would be where you have the easiest access to the V bolt nuts
on the clamp.
3. Engage the clamp to the actuator as close as possible to the determined location.
IND-LF Position Indicator
4. Lock the clamp to the actuator using the retainer clip. (optional)

5. Mount the spring return actuator to the shaft. Tighten the universal clamp, finger
tight only.
6. Mount the anti-rotation strap at the base of the actuator. Do not tighten the
screws.
7. Remove the screw from one end of the mounting bracket and pivot it away from
the actuator.
8. Loosen the universal clamp and, making sure not to move the damper shaft, rotate
the actuator approximately 5° in the direction which would open the damper.
9. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position.
10. Tighten the universal clamp to the shaft.
11. Rotate the actuator to apply pressure to the damper seals (b) and re-engage the
anti-rotation strap (c).
12. Tighten all fasteners.
13. Use IND-LF accessory if position indication is needed.

Operational Information for

LF24-SR US and LF24-MFT… US Actuators

Initialization of the LF24-SR US and LF24-MFT… US

When power is applied, the internal microprocessor recognizes that the

actuator is at its full fail-safe position and uses this position as the base for all
of its position calculations. This procedure takes approximately 15 seconds.
During this time you will see no response at the actuator. The microprocessor
will retain the initialized zero during short power failures of up to 25 seconds.
When power is applied during this period, the actuator will return to normal
operation and proceed to the position corresponding to the input signal
provided. For power failures over 25 seconds, the actuator will be at it fail-
safe position and will go through the start up initialization again.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Motor position detection

Belimo brushless DC motors eliminate the need for potentiometers for

positioning. Inside the motor are three “Hall Effect” sensors. These sensors
detect the spinning rotor and send pulses to the microprocessor which counts
the pulses and calculates the position to within 1/3 of a revolution of the motor.

Overload protection

The LF, On/Off actuators are electronically protected against overload. The LF,
On/Off actuators have an internal current limiter which maintains the current at
a safe level which will not damage the actuator while providing adequate holding
torque.
The LF24, modulating actuators (LF24-SR US, LF24-3 US, LF24-MFT US) are FIGURE D – Standard Mounting (Dimensions in Inches [mm])
protected against overload by digital technology located in the ASIC. The ASIC
circuitry constantly monitors the rotation of the brushless DC motor inside the
actuator and stops the pulsing to the motor when it senses a stall condition. The
motor remains energized and produces full rated torque during stall conditions.
The actuator will try to move in the direction of the stall every 2 minutes, for a
period of 32 minutes. After this, the actuator will try again every 2 hours.

FIGURE C – Universal Clamp

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

157
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Mechanical Angle of Rotation Limiting Control Accuracy and Stability

The LF actuators are provided with an adjustable stop to limit the rotation of the
actuator. This function works in conjunction with the universal clamp or the optional LF24-SR US actuators have built-in
position indicator. The adjustable stop is needed when rotation of less than 95° is
required. The LF actuator can be indefinitely stalled, in any position, without harming brushless DC motors which provide
the actuator.
better accuracy and longer service life.
The LF24-SR US actuators are designed with a unique non-symmetrical
deadband. The actuator follows an increasing or decreasing control signal
with a 160 mV resolution. If the signal changes in the opposite direction, the
actuator will not respond until the control signal changes by 200 mV. This
allows these actuators to track even the slightest deviation very accurately, yet
allowing the actuator to “wait” for a much larger change in control signal due
to control signal instability.

Using the Universal Clamp

1. Loosen the end stop fastening screw using a #2 Phillips screwdriver.

2. Move the stop block so the bottom edge of the block lines up with the number
corresponding to the desired degrees of rotation. (example: 45 degrees of rotation
= .5)
3. Lock the block in place with the fastening screw.
4. Check the actuator for proper rotation.

Using the IND-LF Position Indicator with Adjustable Stop

NOTE: preferred method if short shaft mounting is used.

1. With the actuator in its fail-safe position, place the IND-LF Position Indicator so that
it points to the 0 degree position.
2. Loosen the end stop fastening screw using a #2 Phillips screwdriver.
3. Move the stop block so the bottom edge of the block lines up with the number
corresponding to the desired degrees of rotation (example: 45 degrees of rotation =
.5).
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

4. Lock the block in place with the fastening screw.

5. Check the actuator for proper rotation.

Direction of Rotation Switch

LF24-3(-S) US and LF24-SR(-S) US actuators have a direction of rotation switch on
the cover labeled “CW-CCW”. Switch position indicates start point. For the LF24-SR,
The LF24-MFT(-S) US control accuracy and stability can be found in the MFT
with the switch in position “CW”, the actuator rotates clockwise with a decrease in
technical documentation.
voltage or current. With the switch in position “CCW”, the actuator rotates counter-
clockwise with a decrease in voltage or current.
The LF24-3(-S) US and LF24-SR(-S) US actuators rotate clockwise when the switch
is in the “CW” position and power is applied to wire #3. When power is applied to
wire #4 the actuator rotates counter clockwise.
Rotating the direction of rotation switch to “CCW” reverses the control logic.
During checkout, the switch position can be temporarily reversed and the actuator
will reverse its direction. This allows the technician a fast and easy way to check
the actuator operation without having to switch wires or change settings on the
controller. When the check-out is complete, make sure the switch is placed back to
its original position.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

158
Installation Instructions
Auxiliary Switches and Non-Direct Mounting Methods

Auxiliary Switches Non-Direct Mounting Methods

The …-S model actuators are equipped with an adjustable auxiliary switch used to
indicate damper position or to interface additional controls or equipment. Switching
KH-LF Crank arm
positions can be set over the full 0 to 95° rotation simply by setting a switch on the Including Retaining Ring
actuator.

1. Set desired switch position. 1

(Example 60%) .8
2. As the actuator rotates, the switch
indicator moves from .6 (60%) toward 0 .6
(0%). When the indicator passes 0 the
switch contact between S1 and S2 is
broken and the contact between S1 and .4
S3 is made.
.2
0 KH-LF
For round shafts up to 1/2”
S2 S2
S1 S1
ZG-LF112 Crank arm Adaptor Kit
S3 S3
ZG-112
Switch Rating
Voltage Resistive load Inductive load
120 VAC 3A 1.03 A
250 VAC 3A 0.5 A

KH-LF crank arm

ZG-LF2 Crank arm Adaptor Kit

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

KH-LF crank arm

KG6 ball joint

(not included)

( o supplied
(not supp ed with kit))

KG6 ball joint and universal crank arm

(not included)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

159
 Installation Instructions
General Wiring

WARNING The wiring technician must be trained and experienced with electronic Wire Length for LF... Actuators
circuits. Disconnect power supply before attempting any wiring connections or
changes. Make all connections in accordance with wiring diagrams and follow all Keep power wire runs below the lengths listed in the table in Figure A. If more than
applicable local and national codes. Provide disconnect and overload protection as one actuator is powered from the same wire run, divide the allowable wire length by
required. Use copper, twisted pair, conductors only. If using electrical conduit, the the number of actuators to determine the maximum run to any single actuator.
attachment to the actuator must be made with flexible conduit. Example for LF24-SR US: 3 actuators, 16 Ga wire
550 Ft ÷ 3 Actuators = 183 Ft. Maximum wire run
Always read the controller manufacturer's installation literature carefully before
making any connections. Follow all instructions in this literature. If you have any LF24(-S) US Maximum Wire Length
questions, contact the controller manufacturer and/or Belimo. Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
12 Ga 1100 Ft. 18 Ga 260 Ft.
14 Ga 700 Ft. 20 Ga 140 Ft.
Transformers 16 Ga 440 Ft. 22 Ga 75 Ft.
The LF24 . . actuator requires a 24 VAC class 2 transformer and draws a maximum of
7 VA per actuator. The actuator enclosure cannot be opened in the field, there are no LF120(-S) US / LF230(-S) Maximum Wire Length
parts or components to be replaced or repaired. Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
12 Ga 1250 Ft. 18 Ga 320 Ft.
– EMC directive: 2004/108/EC
14 Ga 800 Ft. 20 Ga 160 Ft.
– Software class A: Mode of operation type 1
– Low voltage directive: 2006/95/EC 16 Ga 500 Ft. 22 Ga 85 Ft.

CAUTION It is good practice to power electronic or digital controllers from a separate LF24-SR(-S) US / LF24-3(-S) US
power transformer than that used for actuators or other end devices. The power LFC24-3-R(-S) US / LF24-MFT… US
supply design in our actuators and other end devices use half wave rectification. Maximum Wire Length
Some controllers use full wave rectification. When these two different types of Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
power supplies are connected to the same power transformer and the DC commons 12 Ga 1500 Ft. 18 Ga 375 Ft.
are connected together, a short circuit is created across one of the diodes in the full 14 Ga 925 Ft. 20 Ga 200 Ft.
wave power supply, damaging the controller. Only use a single power transformer to 16 Ga 550 Ft. 22 Ga 100 Ft.
power the controller and actuator if you know the controller power supply uses half
wave rectification. FIGURE A

Multiple Actuators, One Transformer Wire Type and Wire Installation Tips
Multiple actuators may be powered from one transformer provided the following For most installations, 18 or 16 Ga. cable works well with the LF24… actuators.
rules are followed: Use code-approved wire nuts, terminal strips or solderless connectors where wires
1. The TOTAL current draw of the actuators (VA rating) is less than or equal to the are joined. It is good practice to run control wires unspliced from the actuator to
rating of the transformer. the controller. If splices are unavoidable, make sure the splice can be reached for
2. Polarity on the secondary of the transformer is strictly followed. This means that all possible maintenance. Tape and/or wire-tie the splice to reduce the possibility of the
No. 1 wires from all actuators are connected to the common leg on the transformer splice being inadvertently pulled apart.
and all No 2 wires from all actuators are connected to the hotleg. Mixing wire No.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The LF24… proportional actuators have a digital circuit that is designed to ignore
1 & 2 on one leg of the transformer will result in erratic operation or failure of the
most unwanted input signals (pickup). In some situations the pickup may be severe
actuator and/or controls.
enough to cause erratic running of the actuator. For example, a large inductive load
(high voltage AC wires, motors, etc.) running near the power or control wiring may
Multiple Actuators, Multiple Transformers cause excessive pickup. To solve this problem, make one or more of the following
changes:
Multiple actuators positioned by the same control signal may be powered from 1. Run the wire in metallic conduit.
multiple transformers provided the following rules are followed: 2. Re-route the wiring away from the source of pickup.
1. The transformers are properly sized. 3. Use shielded wire (Belden 8760 or equal). Ground the shield to an earth ground.
2. All No. 1 wires from all actuators are tied together and tied to the negative leg of Do not connect it to the actuator common.
the control signal. See wiring diagram.

Brushless DC Motor Operation

Belimo's brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of stationary electromag-
nets housed inside rotating permanent magnets. The electromagnetic poles are
switched by a microprocessor and a special ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Cir-
cuit) developed by Belimo. Unlike the conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to
wear or commutators to foul.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

160
Startup and Checkout
Instructions For LF24-SR (-S) US and LF24-MFT…US + P100

LF24-SR (-S) US and LF24-MFT…US + P100 Electrical Check-Out Procedure

Does Not Give
Gives Expected Response
STEP Procedure Expected Response Expected Response
Go To Step…
Go To Step…
1. Remove power to reset actuator. Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 8. No response at all Step 2.
Re-apply power. Signal” position. Operation is reversed Step 3.
Apply control signal to actuator. Does not drive toward "Control Signal
Position" Step 4.
2. Check power wiring. Power supply rating should be the total Power wiring corrected, actuator Power wiring corrected, actuator still
Correct any problems. power requirement of the actuator(s). begins to drive Step 1. does not drive Step 4.
See Note 1. Minimum voltage of 19.2 VAC or 21.6 VDC.
3. Turn reversing switch to the correct Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 8. Does not drive toward “Control Signal
position. Make sure the switch is Signal” position. Position” Step 4.
turned all the way left or right.
4. Make sure the control signal positive Drives to “Control Signal” position Actuator operates properly Step 8. Step 5.
(+) is connected to Wire No 3 and
control signal negative (-) is connected
to wire No. 1. Most control problems
are caused by reversing these two
wires. Verify that the reversing switch
is all the way CCW or CW.
5. Check input signal with a digital volt Input voltage or current should be ±1% Controller output (actuator input) is Reprogram, adjust repair or replace
meter (DVM). Make sure the input is of what controller's adjustment or correct. Input Polarity Correct controller as needed Step 1.
within the range of the actuator. For programming indicate. Step 6.
LF24-SR US this is 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to
20 mA. Note: The input signal must
be above the 2 VDC or 4 mA to have
the actuator move.
6. Loosen the nuts on the V-bolt and Damper will go from fully closed to Damper moves properly Step 7. Find cause of damper jam and repair.
move the damper by hand from fully fully open. Move damper back to the fully closed
closed to fully open. position and tighten the nuts Step 1.
7. Check damper torque requirement. Torque requirement is actuator’s Defective Actuator. Recalculate actuator requirement and
minimum torque. Replace Actuator. - See Note 2. correct installation.
8. Actuator works properly. Test controller
by following controller manufacturer's
instructions.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

NOTE 1 Check that the transformer(s) are sized properly.
• If a common transformer is used, make sure that polarity is observed on the secondary. This means connect all No. 1 wires to one leg of the transformer and all
No. 2 wires to the other leg of the transformer.
• If multiple transformers are used with one control signal, make sure all No. 1 wires are tied together and tied to control signal negative (-).
• Controllers and actuators must have separate 24 VAC/VDC power sources.
NOTE 2 If failure occurs within 5 years from original installation date, notify Belimo and give details of the application.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

161
 Notes/Work Pad
N40103 - 09/11- Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

162
TF Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 18 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 4.5 sq-ft*

Applications
Cost effective quality and performance
for a range of applications including:
• Classroom Unit Ventilators
• Fan/Coil Units
• Economizer Units
• Airhandlers
• Control Dampers
• VAV Terminal Units

Actuators in
bold have BDCM

173)

175)
169)

171)

173)
167)

171)
165)

.
167)

-S US (p

T US (p.
165)

S US (p.

S US (p.

US (p.
US (p.

S (p.
S (p.

S (p.
(p.

TF24-3 U

TF24-MF
TF24-S U

TF24-SR

TF24-SR
TFC120-
TF120-S
TF24 US

TF120 U

TF24-3-

TF Series – At A Glance
Torque: 18 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Power supply: 24 VAC/DC** ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
120 VAC ● ● ●
230 VAC ● ● ●
Control signal: on/off ● ● ● ● ●
floating point ● ●
proportional 2 to 10 VDC ● ●
multi-function ●
Running time motor: <75 seconds ● ● ● ●
< 30 seconds ●
95 seconds constant ● ● ● ●
Adj. 75 to 300 seconds*** ●
spring: <25 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External direction of rotation switch ● ● ● ● ●
Plenum rated cable, 18 GA ● ● ●
Appliance cable, 18 GA ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Conduit fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in auxiliary switch ● ● ● ● ●
General wiring .................................(p. 182) Installation instructions .............. (p. 177-181)
Start-up and checkout ............... (p. 183)
*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals. **Note: TF24-3 (-S) US is only 24 VAC. ***Default 150 seconds

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

163
 TF Series Spring Return Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Easy-to-adjust mechanical stop to limit damper rotation.

● Cut labor costs with simple direct coupling.

Actuator Centers on 1/2” shaft.

● Clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe

mounting for fail-safe.

● Compact size with the shortest shaft-center to edge

distance in the industry - 0.77”.

● True mechanical spring return – the most reliable fail-safe.

● Single line voltage model for on/off application has

100 to 240V (-15/+10%), 50/60 Hz supply power.

● Check damper position easily with clear position indicator.

● Don’t worry about actuator burn-out.

Belimo is overload-proof throughout rotation.

● Need to change control direction?

Do it easily with a simple switch (modulating actuators).

● Built-in auxiliary switch is easy to use, offers feedback

or signal for additional device.

● Microprocessor-controlled brushless DC motor

increases actuator life span and reliability, provides
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

constant running time (modulating actuators).

● Rugged housing withstands rough handling in the

mechanical room.

● 3 ft. standard cable and conduit connector

(not shown) eases installation.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30 years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

164
TF24(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 18 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. A crank arm and
several mounting brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be
direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The TF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The TF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0° to 90°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
The TF24-S US versions are provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
Technical Data TF24(-S) US switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°.
Power supply 24VAC ± 20%, 50/60Hz
SAFETY NOTE
24VDC ± 10%
Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input and
Power consumption running 2W
output wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly terminate the conduit in a
holding 1.3 W suitable junction box.
Transformer sizing 5 VA (class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable
(-S models have 2 cables) 1/2” conduit connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

D096
0.68" [16.7]

Angle of rotation max 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

Torque min. 18 in-lb [2 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with cw/ccw mounting
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
[83.72]
3.30"

(0° spring return position)

2.40"
[61]

Running time motor < 75 sec (0 to 18 in-lb)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

(nominal) spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
6.28"
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] [159.5]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] Standard:
Housing NEMA type 2 / IP42, UL enclosure type 2 1/4" to 1/2"
Housing material UL94-5VA
[76.2]

1/4" to 5/16"
[5.2]
3.0"

0.2"

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA

E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC (and
2006/95/EC for -S versions)
Noise level (max) running < 50 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A) 0.77" [19.5]
4.5" 0.43" [11]

Servicing maintenance free [114]

Quality standard ISO 9001

Weight TF24 1.4 lbs (0.6 kg)
TF24-S 1.5 lbs (0.7 kg)
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.

TF24-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
adjustable 0° to 95°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

165
 TF24(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
KH-TF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
ZG-TF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for TF
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-TF112 Mounting bracket, kit for TF
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
NOTE: When using TF24 US and TF24-S US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. Power consumption must be observed.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, Please See Belimo Wiring Guide (pg 349).
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., TF24-S US
Typical Specification 4 incorporates a built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require Approved, adjustable 0 to 95.
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 1/2”
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuators must be designed so that they may
be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall
Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, one SPDT auxiliary
nection.
switch shall be provided having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators with
auxiliary switch must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
cULus listed certified, have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
Belimo. tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W567_08
On/Off wiring for TF24 US

W238_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off wiring for TF24-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

166
TF120(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 18 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control is On/Off
from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. A crank arm and
several mounting brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be
direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The TF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The TF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0° to 90°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced in holding mode. The
actuator is double insulated so an electrical ground connection is not necessary.
The TF120-S US versions are provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
Technical Data TF120(-S) US switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
Power supply nominal 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°.
tolerance 85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz
SAFETY NOTE
Power consumption running 2.5 W Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input and
holding 1.3 W output wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly terminate the conduit in a
Transformer sizing 5 VA (class 2 power source) suitable junction box.
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable
(-S models have 2 cables) 1/2” conduit connector
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Electrical protection actuators are double insulated

D096
0.68" [16.7]

Angle of rotation max 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

Torque min. 18 in-lb [2 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with cw/ccw mounting
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
[83.72]
3.30"

2.40"

(0° spring return position)

[61]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Running time motor < 75 sec (0 to 18 in-lb)
spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
6.28"
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] [159.5]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] Standard:

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP42, UL enclosure type 2 1/4" to 1/2"
Housing material UL94-5VA
[76.2]

1/4" to 5/16"
[5.2]
3.0"

0.2"

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA

E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC (and
2006/95/EC for -S versions)
Noise level (max) running < 50 db (A)
0.77" [19.5] 0.43" [11]
spring return 62 dB (A) 4.5"
[114]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight TF120 1.4 lbs (0.6 kg)
TF120-S 1.5 lbs (0.7 kg)
† Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.

TF120-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
adjustable 0° to 95°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

167
 TF120(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
KH-TF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
ZG-TF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for TF
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-TF112 Mounting bracket, kit for TF
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
NOTE: When using TF120 US and TF120-S US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. Power consumption must be observed.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., TF120-S US
4 incorporate one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL
Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.
Typical Specification
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 1/2” Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuators must be designed so that they may nection.
be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall
be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, one SPDT auxiliary WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
switch shall be provided having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators must be During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be cULus listed and have a
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control nents could result in death or serious injury.
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

W568
100 to 240 VAC
N L1 1 Neutral
H L2 2 Hot

TF120 US 2

On/Off wiring for TF120 US

W218_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off wiring for TF120-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

168
TFC120-S US
On/Off, Spring Return, 100-240 VAC

Torque min. 18 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For On/Off fast running, fail-safe control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. Control
is On/Off from an auxiliary contact, or a manual switch.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. A crank arm and
several mounting brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be
direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The TF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The TF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0° to 90°.
The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of
mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced in holding mode. The
actuator is double insulated so an electrical ground connection is not necessary.
The TFC120-S US versions are provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
Technical Data TFC120-S US switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
Power supply nominal 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°.
tolerance 85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz
SAFETY NOTE
Power consumption running 3W Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input and
holding 1.5 W output wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly terminate the conduit in a
Transformer sizing 6 VA (class 2 power source) suitable junction box.
Electrical connection two 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable
1/2” conduit connector
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Electrical protection actuators are double insulated

D096
0.68" [16.7]

Angle of rotation max 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

Torque min. 18 in-lb [2 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with cw/ccw mounting
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
[83.72]
3.30"

2.40"

(0° spring return position)

[61]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
adjustable 0° to 95°
Running time motor < 30 sec (0 to 18 in-lb)
spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]
6.28"
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C] [159.5]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing Standard:
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 1/4" to 1/2"
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
[76.2]

1/4" to 5/16"
[5.2]
3.0"

0.2"

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP42, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC,
and 2006/95/EC 0.77" [19.5] 0.43" [11]
4.5"
[114]
Noise level (max) running < 56 db (A)
spring return 63 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.5 lbs (0.7 kg)
† Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1.AA.B, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

169
 TFC120-S US
On/Off, Spring Return, 100-240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagram

Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench
KH-TF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
ZG-TF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for TF
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-TF112 Mounting bracket, kit for TF
ZG-TF113 Mounting bracket, kit for TF
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) Power consumption must be observed.
NOTE: When using TFC120-S US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., TFC120-S US
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. 4 incorporate one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL
Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.

Typical Specification
On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 1/2” nection.
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuators must be designed so that they may
be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation. Actuators shall WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. If required, one SPDT auxiliary During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
switch shall be provided having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators must be
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
is not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be cULus listed and have a nents could result in death or serious injury.
5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

W564_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off wiring for TFC120-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

170
TF24-3(-S) US
On/Off, Floating Point, Spring Return, 24V

Torque min. 18 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For modulation or On/Off control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. A crank arm and
several mounting brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be
direct coupled to the damper shaft.
Control is floating point from a triac or relay, or On/Off from an auxiliary contact on a
fan motor contactor, controller, or manual switch.

Operation
The TF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The TF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°.
The TF24-3(-S) US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application
Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides
the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate. The ASIC monitors and
Technical Data TF24-3(-S) US controls the brushless DC motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20%, 50/60 Hz function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be
stalled anywhere in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches.
Power consumption running 2.5 W
holding 1 W Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
Transformer sizing 4 VA (class 2 power source) The TF24-3-S US version is provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
Electrical connection switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
TF24-3 US 3 ft, plenum rated cable switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°. The auxiliary switch in the
1/2” conduit connector TF24-3-S US is double insulated so an electrical ground is not necessary.
TF24-3-S US 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cables (2)
1/2” conduit connectors
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Input impedance 1000 Ω (0.6w) control inputs

D096
0.68" [16.7]

Electrical protection actuators are double insulated

Angle of rotation max 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
Torque 18 in-lb [2 Nm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting
[83.72]
3.30"

2.40"
[61]

motor reversible with built-in switch

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° spring return position)
Running time motor 95 sec constant, independent of load
spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C] 6.28"
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C] [159.5]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing Standard:

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 1/4" to 1/2"
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
[76.2]

1/4" to 5/16"
[5.2]
3.0"

0.2"

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP42, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA
E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC,
0.77" [19.5] 0.43" [11]
(and 2006/95/EC for -S versions) 4.5"
[114]
Noise level (max) running < 35 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight TF24-3 1.4 lbs (0.6 kg)
TF24-3-S 1.5 lbs (0.7 kg)
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.

TF24-3-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
adjustable 0° to 95° (double insulated)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

171
 TF24-3(-S) US
On/Off, Floating Point, Spring Return, 24V

Accessories

W240
24 VAC Transformer 7
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench Installation Side

KH-TF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft Blk (1) Common

xx

xx
xx

xx
xx
xx xx

Line
xx
xx
xx
xx xx
xx xx
xx xx
xx xx
x x

CCW CW
Volts Red (2) ~
ZG-TF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for TF Switch
Positions
Direction of Rotation Switch
a b

ZG-TF112 Mounting bracket, kit for TF (3) (4) CW

W C
CCW CW C
CCW a Wht (W3) ~
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) stop stop stop stop

xx

xx
xx

xx
xx
xx xx
xx
xx
xx
xx

~
xx
xx xx

Or (W4)
xx xx

b
xx xx
x x

ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)

NOTE: When using TF24-3(-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide. TF24-3 (-S) US

Floating Point control The indication of direction is valid

for TF24-3(-S) US for switch position CW.
Typical Specification

W241
Floating point, On/Off spring return damper actuators shall be direct coupled type
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft S1 5
up to a 1/2” diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuators must be designed so S2
NC

that they may be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe operation.
S3 0° to 95°
Actuators shall have an external direction of rotation switch to reverse control logic. NO

Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor and be protected from overload at all Auxiliary switch TF24-3-S US
angles of rotation. If required, one SPDT auxiliary switch shall be provided having the of TF24-3(-S) US
capability of being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary switch must be constructed to

W242
24 VAC Transformer
meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to Line
meet agency listings. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators Volts
shall be cULus listed certified, have a 5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 2 7
9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Hot Com
Belimo. Blk (1) Common
Red (2) ~ Hot
Wht (W3) ~
Wiring Diagrams
Or (W4) ~

TF24-3 (-S) US

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage! Controller The indication of direction

Actuators may be connected in parallel. is valid for switch position CW.
Power consumption must be observed.
The Common connection from the actuator must be connected to the Hot Triac source
3 connection of the controller.

W243
24 VAC Transformer
Line
4 The actuator Hot must be connected to the control board Common. Volts
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., TF24-3-S US 2 7
5 incorporates one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC,
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Hot Com
Blk (1) Common
UL Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°. n
Red (2) ~ Hot 3
Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use color
7 coded instead. Actuators with appliance rated cable use numbers. Wht (W3) ~ 4
TF24-3-S US has an Orange wire #5 instead of #4. Or (W4) ~
al
TF24-3 (-S) US

Controller
Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con- Triac sink The indication of direction is valid for switch position CW.

nection.

W244
24 VAC Transformer 24 VAC Transformer
Line
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components! Line
Volts Volts
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be 2 7
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
Blk (1) Common
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these Hot Com
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo- Red (2) ~ Hot 4
nents could result in death or serious injury. Wht (W3) ~
Or (W4) ~

TF24-3 (-S) US

Controller
The indication of direction is valid for switch position CW.

Triac sink with separate transformers

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

172
TF24-SR(-S) US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Torque min. 18 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 1/2” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp, 1/2” shaft centered at delivery. A crank arm and
several mounting brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be
direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500 Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.

Operation
The TF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The TF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°.
The TF24-SR (-S) US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application
Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides
the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the
Technical Data TF24-SR(-S) US actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to
24 VDC ± 10% the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal
rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced
Power consumption running 2 W
in holding mode.
holding 1 W
Transformer sizing 4 VA (class 2 power source) The TF24-SR-S US version is provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
Electrical connection switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
TF24-SR US 3 ft, plenum rated cable switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°. The auxiliary switch in the
1/2” conduit connector TF24-SR-S US is double insulated so an electrical ground in not necessary.
TF24-SR-S US 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cables (2)
1/2” conduit connectors
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

D096
0.68" [16.7]

Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA

Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Angle of rotation max 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 18 in-lb [2 Nm]
[83.72]
3.30"

Direction of rotation spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting

2.40"
[61]

motor reversible with built-in switch

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° spring return position)
Running time motor 95 sec constant, independent of load
spring < 25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C] 6.28"
[159.5]
< 60 sec @-22°F [-30°C]
Standard:
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing 1/4" to 1/2"
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
[76.2]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 1/4" to 5/16"

[5.2]
3.0"

0.2"

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP42, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA
E60730-1:02, CE acc. to 2004/108/EC (and 0.77" [19.5] 0.43" [11]
4.5"
2006/95/EC for -S versions) [114]
Noise level (max) running < 35 db (A)
spring return 62 dB (A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight TF24-SR 1.4 lbs (0.6 kg)
TF24-SR-S 1.5 lbs (0.7 kg)
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA (1.AA.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.

TF24-SR-S US
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL approved
adjustable 0° to 95° (double insulated)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

173
 TF24-SR(-S) US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA Control Signal

Accessories

W245
Tool-06 8mm and 10 mm wrench 24 VAC Transformer 6
KH-TF Crank arm for up to 1/2” round shaft
ZG-TF2 Crank arm adaptor kit for TF Line Blk (1) Common
ZG-TF112 Mounting bracket, kit for TF Volts Red (2) + Hot
3
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) Wht (3) Y1 Input, 2 to 10V
Control Signal (–)
NOTE: When using TF24-SR (-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
2 to 10 VDC (+)
For actuator wiring information and diagrams, refer to Belimo Wiring Guide.

2
Typical Specification TF24-SR US

Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to a 1/2” 2 to 10 VDC control of TF24-SR(-S) US
diameter and center a 1/2” shaft. The actuator must provide proportional damper

W246_08
control in response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to
20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.The actuators must be
designed so that they may be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe
operation. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant,
and independent of torque. If required, one SPDT auxiliary switch shall be provided
having the capability of being adjustable. Actuators with auxiliary switch must be
constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground is
not required to meet agency listings. Actuators shall be cULus listed certified, have a
5 year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
Auxiliary switch of TF24-SR-S US

W247_08
Wiring Diagrams

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Up to 4 actuators may be connected in parallel. With 4 actuators wired to
one 500 Ω resistor, a +2% shift of control signal may be required. Power
consumption must be observed.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use
6 color codes instead.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., TF24-SR-S
7 US incorporates one built-in auxiliary switch: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A ) @250
4 to 20 mA control of TF24-SR(-S) US
VAC, UL Approved, adjustable 0° to 95°.

Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-

nection.
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

174
TF24-MFT US
Proportional, Spring Return, Multi-Function Technology®

• Torque min. 18 in-lb.

• Control 2 to 10 VDC (Default)
• Feedback 2 to 10 VDC (Default)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

Default/Configuration
Default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the TF24-MFT US actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If required, custom versions of the actuator can be
ordered. The parameters noted in the Technical Data table are variable.
These parameters can be changed by three means:
• Pre-set configurations from Belimo
• Custom configurations from Belimo
• Configurations set by the customer using the MFT PC tool software application.

Operation
The TF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The TF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
Technical Data TF24-MFT US indicator showing 0 to 95°.
Power supply 24 VAC, ± 20%, 50/60 Hz The TF24-MFT US uses a brushless DC motor which is controlled by an Application
24 VDC, ±10% Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) and a microprocessor. The microprocessor provides
Power consumption running 2.5 W the intelligence to the ASIC to provide a constant rotation rate and to know the
holding 1W actuator’s exact fail-safe position. The ASIC monitors and controls the brushless DC
Transformer sizing 4 VA (Class 2 power source) motor’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing function to prevent damage to
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA, plenum rated cable the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal
1/2” conduit connector rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation in holding mode.
Operating range Y* 2 to 10 VDC
SAFETY NOTE
4 to 20 mA (w/500 Ω, 1/4 Ω resistor) ZG-R01
Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input and
Input impedance 100 kΩ for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) output wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly terminate the conduit in a
500 Ω for 4 to 20 mA suitable junction box.
1500 Ω for PWM, floating point and
on/off control

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Feedback output U* 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Torque min 18 in-lb (2 Nm)

D191
0.68" [16.7]

Direction of rotation* spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting

motor reversible with built-in switch
Mech. angle of rotation* max 95°, adjust with mechanical stop
Running time motor* 150 sec constant independent of load
[83.72]
3.30"

spring <25 sec @-4°F to 122°F [-20°C to 50°C]

2.40"
[61]

<60 sec @-22°F [-30°C]

Angle of rotation adaptation* off (default)
Override control* Min. (Min Position) = 0%
- ZS (Mid. Position) = 50%
6.28"
- Max. (Max. Position) = 100% [159.5]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° Standard:
Humidity 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing 1/4" to 1/2"
Ambient temperature -22 to 122° F (-30 to 50° C)
[76.2]

1/4" to 5/16"
[5.2]
3.0"

0.2"

Storage temperature -40 to 176° F (-40 to 80° C)

Housing NEMA 2, IP42, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL 94-5VA
Noise level (max) <35 dB (A)
spring return <65 dB (A) 0.77" [19.5]
4.5" 0.43" [11]
[114]
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EC
Quality standard ISO 9001
Servicing maintenance free
Weight 1.4 lbs. (0.6 kg)
* Variable when configured with MFT options
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

175
 TF24-MFT US
Proportional, Spring Return, Multi-Function Technology®

Wiring Diagrams

W024_08
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

Standard Wiring
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the
same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

Override to Zero Position

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W025_08

Override to 10V Position

Standard Wiring

Override control to min, mid, max, positions

Override to Zero Position
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Override to 20 mA Position

2 to 10 VDC control signal

4 to 20 mA control signal

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

176
Installation Instructions
Quick-Mount Visual Instructions for Mechanical Installation

Quick-Mount Visual Instructions Preliminary Steps

1. Rotate the damper to its failsafe position. If the shaft rotates counterclockwise, 1. Belimo actuators should be mounted indoors in dry, relatively clean environment
mount the “CCW” side of the actuator out. If it rotates clockwise, mount the free from corrosive fumes. If the actuator is to be mounted outdoors, a protective
actuator with the “CW” side out. enclosure must be used to shield the actuator. (See Mechanical Accessories Sec-
2. If the universal clamp is not on the correct side of the actuator, move it to the tion)
correct side. 2. For new construction work, order dampers with extended shafts. Instruct the
3. Slide the actuator onto the shaft and tighten the nuts on the V-bolt with an 8mm installing contractor to allow space for mounting and service of the Belimo actua-
wrench to 6-8 ft-lb of torque. tor on the shaft.
4. Slide the anti-rotation strap under the actuator so that it engages the slot at the 3. For standard mounting, the damper shaft must extend at least 3 1/2" from the
base of the actuator. Secure the strap to the duct work with #8 self-tapping duct. If the shaft extends less than 3 1/2", the actuator may be mounted in its
screws. short shaft configuration.
NOTE: Read the “Standard Mounting” instructions, for more detailed information.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Standard
Mounting Mounting

1/4” to1/2”
min. min. 1/4” to 1/2”
3-5/1 [6-12] 3/4”
[80] 6” [20] [6-12]

min 3/4”
[20]

min 3-5/16”
[84]

ZDB-TF

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

min 3/4”
[20]

min 3-5/16”
[84]

ZDB-TF

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

177
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Mechanical Operation
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1/2” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft. min 3-5/16”
[84]
The TF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system
provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The TF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
indicator showing 0 to 95°.
The TF…-S versions are provided with 1 built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT switch
is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
switching function is adjustable between 0° and 95°.

Standard Mounting / Airtight Damper Procedure

1. See Figure B. Manually move the damper to the fail-safe position (a) (usually
closed). If the shaft rotated counterclockwise ( )), this is a CCW installation.
If the shaft rotated clockwise ( )), this is a CW installation. In a Left Hand
installation, the actuator side marked “CW” faces out, while in a CW installation,
the side marked “CCW” faces out. All other steps are identical.
2. The actuator is usually shipped with the universal clamp mounted to the “CW”
side of the actuator. To test for adequate shaft length, slide the actuator over the
shaft with the side marked “CW” (or the “CCW” side if this is the side with the
clamp). If the shaft extends at least 1/8” through the clamp, mount the actuator
as follows. If not, go to the Short Shaft Installation section.
3. If the clamp is not on the correct side as determined in step #1, re-mount the
clamp as follows. If it is on the correct side, proceed to step #5. Look at the
universal clamp. If you are mounting the actuator with the “CCW” side out,
position the clamp so that the pointer section of the tab is pointing to 0° (see
Fig. C) and the spline pattern of the clamp mates with spline of the actuator.
Remount the stroke limiter to this side then slip the clamp over the spline. (Use
the same procedure if the “CW” side is out.)
4. See Remounting the Stroke Limiter after the section Short Shaft Mounting with
IND-TF Position Indicator.
5. Lock the clamp to the actuator using the retaining clip.
6. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position. (a)
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

7. Mount the spring return actuator to the shaft. Tighten the universal clamp,
finger tight only.
8. Mount the anti-rotation strap at the base of the actuator. Do not tighten the
screws.
9. Remove the screw from one end of the mounting bracket and pivot it away from
the actuator.
10. Loosen the universal clamp and, making sure not to move the damper shaft,
rotate the actuator approximately 5° in the direction which would open the
damper.
11. Tighten the universal clamp to the shaft.
12. Rotate the actuator to apply pressure to the damper seals (b) and re-engage the
anti-rotation strap (c).
13. Tighten all fasteners.

FIGURE B – Standard Mounting (Dimensions in Inches [mm])

FIGURE C – Universal Clamp

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

178
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Short Shaft Mounting with

min 3/4”
IND-TF Position Indicator / Airtight Damper Procedure [20]
If the shaft extends at least 3/4” from the duct, follow these steps:
1. (See Figure D) Move damper blades to the fail-safe position (a).
2. Determine the best orientation for the universal clamp on the back of the
actuator. The best location would be where you have the easiest access to the V
bolt nuts on the clamp. ZDB-TF
3. Engage the clamp to the actuator as close as possible to the determined
location.
4. Lock the clamp to the actuator using the retainer clip.
5. Mount the spring return actuator to the shaft. Tighten the universal clamp,
finger tight only.
6. Mount the anti-rotation strap at the base of the actuator. Do not tighten the
screws.
7. Remove the screw from one end of the mounting bracket and pivot it away from
the actuator.
8. Loosen the universal clamp and, making sure not to move the damper shaft,
rotate the actuator approximately 5° in the direction which would open the
damper.
9. Verify that the damper is still in its full fail-safe position.
10. Tighten the universal clamp to the shaft.
11. Rotate the actuator to apply pressure to the damper seals (b) and re-engage the
anti-rotation strap (c).
12. Tighten all fasteners.
13. Use IND-TF accessory if position indication is needed.

Remounting the Stroke Limiter

1. Remove the stroke limiter by
inserting a small screwdriver, like
the one shown, and gently prying
upward. This procedure takes very
little force. See Figure 1.
2. While holding the back eye-let,
unscrew the end-stop so that eye-
let separates from the end-stop.
3. Flip the limiter over, so the teeth
point the other direction. Replace
the eye-let and end-stop.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

4. Flip the actuator over to the
opposite side (this reverses the
spring return direction of the
actuator). Replace the stroke limiter
assembly by inserting the first two
teeth as shown in the orange circle. FIGURE 1
Then press the stroke limiter into
place by pushing downward on thee
adjustable stop.
5. Replace clamp and retaining clip.

FIGURE D – Standard Mounting (Dimensions in Inches [mm])

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

179
 Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Operational Information for TF Actuators Mechanical Angle of Rotation Limiting

Initialization of the TF24-SR (-S) US The TF actuators are provided with an adjustable stop to limit the rotation of the
actuator. This function works in conjunction with the universal clamp or the optional
When power is applied, the internal microprocessor recognizes that the actua- position indicator. The adjustable stop is needed when rotation of less than 95° is
tor is at its full fail-safe position and uses this position as the base for all of its required. The TF actuator can be indefinitely stalled, in any position, without harming
position calculations. This procedure takes approximately 15 seconds. During the actuator.
this time you will see no response at the actuator. The microprocessor will re-
tain the initialized zero during short power failures of up to 25 seconds. When
power is applied during this period, the actuator will return to normal operation
and proceed to the position corresponding to the input signal provided. For
power failures over 25 seconds, the actuator will be at its fail-safe position and
will go through the start up initialization again.

Motor position detection TF24-SR (-S) US 37...100%

Belimo brushless DC motors eliminate the need for potentiometers for posi-
tioning. Inside the motor are three “Hall Effect” sensors. These sensors detect
the spinning rotor and send pulses to the microprocessor which counts the
pulses and calculates the position to within 1/3 of a revolution of the motor.

Overload protection Using the Universal Clamp

The TF, On/Off actuators are electronically protected against overload. The TF, 1. Loosen the end stop fastening screw using a #2 Phillips screwdriver.
On/Off actuator have an internal current limiter which maintains the current 2. Move the stop block so the bottom edge of the block lines up with the number
at a safe level which will not damage the actuator while providing adequate corresponding to the desired degrees of rotation. (example: 45 degrees of rotation
holding torque. = .5)
3. Lock the block in place with the fastening screw.
The TF24, modulating, actuators (TF24-SR (-S) US, TF24-3 US) are protected
4. Check the actuator for proper rotation.
against overload by digital technology located in the ASIC. The ASIC circuitry
constantly monitors the rotation of the brushless DC motor inside the actuator
and stops the pulsing to the motor when it senses a stall condition. The motor Using the IND-TF Position Indicator with Adjustable Stop
remains energized and produces full rated torque during stall conditions. The NOTE: preferred method if short shaft mounting is used.
actuator will try to move in the direction of the stall every 2 minutes, for a
period of 32 minutes. After this, the actuator will try again every 2 hours. 1. With the actuator in its fail-safe position, place the IND-TF Position Indicator so that
it points to the 0 degree position.
2. Loosen the end stop fastening screw using a #2 Phillips screwdriver.
3. Move the stop block so the bottom edge of the block lines up with the number
corresponding to the desired degrees of rotation (example: 45 degrees of rotation =
.5).
4. Lock the block in place with the fastening screw.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

5. Check the actuator for proper rotation.

Direction of Rotation Switch

TF24-3 (-S) US and TF24-SR (-S) US actuators have a direction of rotation switch on
the cover labeled “CW-CCW”. Switch position indicates start point. For the TF24-SR,
with the switch in position “CW”, the actuator rotates clockwise with a decrease in
voltage or current. With the switch in position “CCW”, the actuator rotates counter-
clockwise with a decrease in voltage or current.
The TF24-3 (-S) US and TF24-SR (-S) US actuators rotate clockwise when the switch
is in the “CW” position and power is applied to wire #3. When power is applied to
wire #4 the actuator rotates counter clockwise.
Rotating the direction of rotation switch to “CCW” reverses the control logic.
During checkout, the switch position can be temporarily reversed and the actuator
will reverse its direction. This allows the technician a fast and easy way to check the
actuator operation without having to switch wires or change settings on the control-
ler. When the check-out is complete, make sure the switch is placed back to
its original position.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

180
Installation Instructions
Mechanical Installation

Auxiliary Switches Control Accuracy and Stability

The …-S model actuators are equipped with an adjustable auxiliary switch used to
indicate damper position or to interface additional controls or equipment. Switching TF24-SR US actuators have built-in
positions can be set over the full 0 to 95° rotation simply by setting a switch on the
actuator. brushless DC motors which provide
1. Set desired switch position. better accuracy and longer service life.
S2
(Example 60%)
0 S1 The TF24-SR US actuators are designed with a unique non-symmetrical dead-
2. As the actuator rotates, the switch .2 band. The actuator follows an increasing or decreasing control signal with a
indicator moves from .6 (60%) toward
0 (0%).
.4 S3 160 mV resolution. If the signal changes in the opposite direction, the actuator
will not respond until the control signal changes by 200 mV. This allows these
.6 actuators to track even the slightest deviation very accurately, yet allowing
S2 the actuator to “wait” for a much larger change in control signal due to control
S1 signal instability.
1 .8
S3

Switch Rating
Voltage Resistive load Inductive load
250 VAC 3A 0.5 A

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Non-Direct Mounting Methods

ZG-TF2 Crank arm Adaptor

p Kit Dimensions (Inches [mm])
KG6
TF_install

3.15"
[81]
1.59"
S 8
SH8 [40.5]
[19.5] [18]
0.77" 0.71"

KG6
G66

0.43"
[11]

0.43"
[11]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

181
 Installation Instructions
General Wiring

WARNING The wiring technician must be trained and experienced with electronic Wire Length for TF... Actuators
circuits. Disconnect power supply before attempting any wiring connections or
changes. Make all connections in accordance with wiring diagrams and follow all Keep power wire runs below the lengths listed in the table in Figure A. If more than
applicable local and national codes. Provide disconnect and overload protection as one actuator is powered from the same wire run, divide the allowable wire length by
required. Use copper, twisted pair, conductors only. If using electrical conduit, the the number of actuators to determine the maximum run to any single actuator.
attachment to the actuator must be made with flexible conduit. Example for TF24-SR US: 3 actuators, 16 Ga wire
550 Ft ÷ 3 Actuators = 183 Ft. Maximum wire run
Always read the controller manufacturer's installation literature carefully be-
fore making any connections. Follow all instructions in this literature. If you have TF24(-S) US / TF120(-S) US Maximum Wire Length
any questions, contact the controller manufacturer and/or Belimo. Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
12 Ga 1300 Ft. 18 Ga 575 Ft.
14 Ga 1175 Ft. 20 Ga 300 Ft.
Transformers 16 Ga 900 Ft. 22 Ga 150 Ft.
The TF24 . . actuator requires a 24 VAC class 2 transformer and draws a maximum of
5 VA per actuator. The actuator enclosure cannot be opened in the field, there are no TF24-3(-S) US Maximum Wire Length
parts or components to be replaced or repaired. Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
16 Ga 1125 Ft. 20 Ga 400 Ft.
– EMC directive: 2004/108/EC
18 Ga 725 Ft. 22 Ga 200 Ft.
– Software class A: Mode of operation type 1
– Low voltage directive: 2006/95/EC
TF24-SR(-S) US Maximum Wire Length
CAUTION It is good practice to power electronic or digital controllers from a separate Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
power transformer than that used for actuators or other end devices. The power 12 Ga 1800 Ft. 18 Ga 450 Ft.
supply design in our actuators and other end devices use half wave rectification. 14 Ga 1100 Ft. 20 Ga 275 Ft.
Some controllers use full wave rectification. When these two different types of 16 Ga 700 Ft. 22 Ga 125 Ft.
power supplies are connected to the same power transformer and the DC commons FIGURE A
are connected together, a short circuit is created across one of the diodes in the full
wave power supply, damaging the controller. Only use a single power transformer to
power the controller and actuator if you know the controller power supply uses half
Wire Type and Wire Installation Tips
wave rectification.
For most installations, 18 or 16 Ga. cable works well with the TF24… actuators.
Use code-approved wire nuts, terminal strips or solderless connectors where wires
Multiple Actuators, One Transformer are joined. It is good practice to run control wires unspliced from the actuator to
Multiple actuators may be powered from one transformer provided the following the controller. If splices are unavoidable, make sure the splice can be reached for
rules are followed: possible maintenance. Tape and/or wire-tie the splice to reduce the possibility of the
1. The TOTAL current draw of the actuators (VA rating) is less than or equal to the splice being inadvertently pulled apart.
rating of the transformer. The TF24… proportional actuators have a digital circuit that is designed to ignore
2. Polarity on the secondary of the transformer is strictly followed. This means that all most unwanted input signals (pickup). In some situations the pickup may be severe
No. 1 wires from all actuators are connected to the common leg on the transformer enough to cause erratic running of the actuator. For example, a large inductive load
and all No 2 wires from all actuators are connected to the hotleg. Mixing wire No. (high voltage AC wires, motors, etc.) running near the power or control wiring may
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 & 2 on one leg of the transformer will result in erratic operation or failure of the cause excessive pickup. To solve this problem, make one or more of the following
actuator and/or controls. changes:
1. Run the wire in metallic conduit.
2. Re-route the wiring away from the source of pickup.
Multiple Actuators, Multiple Transformers 3. Use shielded wire (Belden 8760 or equal). Ground the shield to an earth ground.
Multiple actuators positioned by the same control signal may be powered from Do not connect it to the actuator common.
multiple transformers provided the following rules are followed:
1. The transformers are properly sized. Brushless DC Motor Operation
2. All No. 1 wires from all actuators are tied together and tied to the negative leg of
the control signal. See wiring diagram. Belimo's brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of stationary electromag-
nets housed inside rotating permanent magnets. The electromagnetic poles are
switched by a microprocessor and a special ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Cir-
cuit) developed by Belimo. Unlike the conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to
wear or commutators to foul.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

182
Startup and Checkout
Instructions For TF24-SR(-S) US

TF24-SR(-S) US Electrical Check-Out Procedure

Does Not Give
Gives Expected Response
STEP Procedure Expected Response Expected Response
Go To Step…
Go To Step…
1. Remove power to reset actuator. Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 8. No response at all Step 2.
Re-apply power. Signal” position. Operation is reversed Step 3.
Apply control signal to actuator. Does not drive toward "Control Signal
Position" Step 4.
2. Check power wiring. Correct any prob- Power supply rating should be the total Power wiring corrected, actuator Power wiring corrected, actuator still
lems. See Note 1. power requirement of the actuator(s). begins to drive Step 1. does not drive Step 4.
Minimum voltage of 19.2 VAC or 21.6
VDC.
3. Turn reversing switch to the correct Actuator will move to its “Control Actuator operates properly Step 8. Does not drive toward “Control Signal
position. Make sure the switch is Signal” position. Position” Step 4.
turned all the way left or right.
4. Make sure the control signal positive Drives to “Control Signal” position. Actuator operates properly Step 8. Step 5.
(+) is connected to Wire No 3 and con-
trol signal negative (-) is connected to
wire No. 1. Most control problems are
caused by reversing these two wires.
Verify that the reversing switch is all
the way CCW or CW.
5. Check input signal with a digital volt Input voltage or current should be ±1% Controller output (actuator input) is cor- Reprogram, adjust repair or replace
meter (DVM). Make sure the input is of what controller's adjustment or pro- rect. Input Polarity Correct controller as needed Step 1.
within the range of the actuator. For gramming indicate. Step 6.
TF24-SR US this is 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to
20 mA. Note: The input signal must
be above the 2 VDC or 4 mA to have
the actuator move.
6. Loosen the nuts on the V-bolt and Damper will go from fully closed to Damper moves Find cause of damper jam and repair.
move the damper by hand from fully fully open. properly Step 7. Move damper back to the fully closed
closed to fully open. position and tighten the nuts
Step 1.
7. Check damper torque requirement. Torque requirement is actuator’s mini- Defective Actuator. Recalculate actuator requirement and
mum torque. Replace Actuator - See Note 2. correct installation.
8. Actuator works properly. Test

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

controller by following controller manu-
facturer's instructions.

NOTE 1 Check that the transformer(s) are sized properly.

• If a common transformer is used, make sure that polarity is observed on the secondary. This means connect all No. 1 wires to one leg of the transformer and all No.
2 wires to the other leg of the transformer.
• If multiple transformers are used with one control signal, make sure all No. 1 wires are tied together and tied to control signal negative (-).
• Controllers and actuators must have separate 24 VAC/VDC power sources.
NOTE 2 If failure occurs within 5 years from original installation date, notify Belimo and give details of the application.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

183
 Notes/Work Pad
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

184
Electronic Fail-Safe Series Direct Coupled Actuators

Minimum 360 in-lb torque - GK

• For damper areas up to 90 sq. ft*

Minimum 54 in-lb torque - NKQ

• For damper areas up to 12 sq. ft*

Minimum 101 lbf - AHK

201)
191)

) 9
)

(p. 19
)
7

R (p.
. 193

2 0 5)
p. 18

R (p.
89 )

197)
) (p. 1

X24-S

)
H ) (p

T-T N (H),

24-1
All Actuators

0 (p.
. 20 3
4-3 (

24 - S

195)

4 (p.
have BDCM

N KQ X
(

F T-10
N4 (H

, NKQ
GK X 2 -MF T-T N
GK X 2

F T (p
, GK X

-T N4

T (p.

24-SR

24 -M
24 -M
4 - MF
4-3-T

24-1,
4 - SR
4 - SR

Electronic Fail-Safe Series

4 - MF
4-3,

4
GK B 2

GK B 2

A HK X
N KQ X
GK X 2
GK B 2

N KQ B
GK B 2
GK B 2

At A Glance

NKQB
Basic Product ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flexible Product ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Torque 360 in-lb 360 in-lb 360 in-lb 360 in-lb 360 in-lb 360 in-lb 54 in-lb 54 in-lb 54 in-lb 101 lbf
Angle of Rotation 95 degrees ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Control Input On/Off ●
On/Off, Floating Point ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ● ●
Multi-Function Technology ● ● ● ●
Feedback None ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ● ●
Variable (2 to 10 VDC) ● ● ● ●
Running Time Seconds 150 150
150 150 150 150 4 4 4 default 150
default default
Adj. (90-150) (90-150) (4-16)
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Conduit Fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary Switch Add-On ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NEMA 4 rated housing ● ● ●
*Based on 4 in-lb/ft 2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

185
 Electronic Fail-Safe Series Direct Coupled Actuators

A CLOSER LOOK…
• Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and Controllability

• Cut Labor Costs with Simple Direct Coupling

• Self-Centers on 1.05" or 3/4" with the Standard Clamp

• Check Damper Position with Clear Position Indicator

• Don't Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is Overload

Proof throughout Rotation

• Enjoy Added Flexibility with Easy Mechanical Stops

to Adjust Angle of Rotation

• Need to Change Control Direction?

Do it easily with a Simple Switch

• Easily Accessible Manual Override Button

helps you Pre-Tension Damper Blades

• Auxiliary Switch and Feedback Potentiometer Add-Ons Mount

Directly on Clamp, Includes Conduit Connector

• Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection,

and Running Time to fit your Specific Application with
Belimo's New Flexible Line of Actuators

• Preset the Fail Position in 10% increments

• Patented loading of the caps for longer life

• Programmable delay for brown outs and quick power dips

• Front Panel LED to notify if there are issues with the caps

• Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable and Conduit Connector

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Provided on Basic Models

The Belimo Difference

• Customer Commitment
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

• Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

• Long Service Life

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

186
GKB24-3, GKX24-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems.

The GKB24-3 and GKX24-3 provide electrical power off operation for reliable
fail-safe application.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05“ in diameter by a

universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GKB24-3 and GKX24-3 actuators provide 95° of rotation and a visual
indicator shows the position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or
actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops. The gear can be
manually disengaged by pressing the button located on the actuator cover.

The GKB24-3 and GKX24-3 actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is

controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC
Technical Data GKB24-3, GKX24-3 monitors and controls the actuators rotation and provides a digital rotation
sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.
Power supply 24VAC ±20% 50/60Hz
Power consumption is reduced in a holding mode.
Power consumption 12W (3W)
Transformer sizing 21VA (class 2 power source) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
½" conduit connector
Fail-Safe Indication
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
The status LED on the actuator will turn solid yellow. On MFT versions, there is
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
a repeating high-low-high signal on the feedback line. The high-low-high signal
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95 rotation will display for 3 seconds and repeats every 30 seconds.
Operation range Y on/off, floating point
Input impedance 100kΩ (0.1 mA), 500Ω
1500Ω (floating point, on/off) Dimensions (inches [mm])

D313
Feedback output U 2 to 10VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

3.43” [87]

Direction of rotation

2.36” [60]
reversible with switch
Fail-safe position adjustable with dial or tool 0 to 100% in 10%
increments
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 7.05” [179]

Manual override external push button

Running time
normal operation 150 seconds (default), variable 90 to 150 seconds
fail-safe 35 seconds
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
4.57” [116]

Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]

Housing NEMA2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency list cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02 1.58” [40] 6.73” [171] 1.42” [36]

CE acc. to 2004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC

Noise level < 45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.85 lbs [1.75 kg]
Initial charge approximately 20 seconds
Bridge time 2 second delay before fail-safe activates

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

187
 GKB24-3, GKX24-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-GM20 ¾" [20mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-JSA (-1,2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel 2
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing observed.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator 8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch 9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
Note: When using GKB24-3, GKX24-3 actuators, only use accessories listed on this
page.
Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
connection.
Typical Specification
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
On/off, floating point control damper actuators shall be electronic direct- During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
coupled type, which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
mounting to shaft up to 1.05" diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor
handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
shall have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall result in death or serious injury.
be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have
a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality
Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Electrical Installation

W236_11
1 3 5
T ~
Wiring diagram 24 VAC Transformer
– +
Note DC 0 ... 10 V
Y
• Connect via safety isolation transformer. !
• Parallel connection of other actuators possible.
U DC 2 ... 10 V
Line Blk (1) Common –
Note performance data for supply.
1 2 3 5 Volts Red (2) + Hot
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Wht (3) + Y1 input

Cable lengths
C
T ~ Y U Pnk (4)

GK
L2

Ltot On/Off
Off controll
L1
Note
When several actuators are connected in parallel,
the maximum cable length must be divided by the 1 2 3 5
number of actuators. A

N L

AC
C 230 V

T C
AC 24 V
Y U

L1
Note GKB24-3
There are no special restrictions on installation if 1 2 3 5
the supply and data cable are routed separately. A
Floating Point control
Cable colors: Cross section Max. cable length Example for DC
1 = black L2 Ltott = L1 + L2
2 = red T
/
~
AC DC
3 = white
4 = pink 0.75 mm2 <30 m <5 m 1 m (L 1) + 4 m (L 2)
1.00 mm2 <40 m <8 m 1 m (L 1) + 7 m (L 2)
A = Actuator 1.50 mm2 <70 m <12 m 1 m (L 1) + 11 m (L 2)
C = Control unit 2.50 mm2 <100 m <20 m 1 m (L 1) + 19 m (L 2)
L1 = Belimo connecting cable, 1 m (4 x 0.75 mm2)
L2 = Customer cable A = Actuator
Ltot = Maximum cable length C = Control unit
m2)
L1 = Belimo connecting cable, 1 m (4 x 0.75 mm

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

188
GKB24-3-T N4(H)
NEMA 4, On/Off, Floating Point Control, Electronic Fail-Safe, Direct Coupled, 24V

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator
sizing should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer's
specifications

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by a

universal clamp, self-centered default.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GKB24-3-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator shows the
position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position,
the actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged by
pressing the button located on the actuator cover.

The GKB24-3-T N4 actuator uses a sensorless brushless DC motor, which

is controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC
monitors and controls the actuator's rotation and provides a digital rotation
sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.
Technical Data GKB24-3-T N4(H) Power consumption is reduced in a holding mode.
Power supply 24VAC ±20% 50/60Hz
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
Power consumption 12W (3W) / heater 21 W directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 21VA (class 2 power source) / heater 21 VA
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
½" conduit connector
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Control on/off, floating point Dimensions (inches [mm])

D312_Config
Input impedance 100 kΩ 12.99” [330]

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop

Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm] minimum
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication dial
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

Running time 150 seconds

motor (fail-safe) 35 seconds

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing

0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]
0.39” [10]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 0.92” [23.4]

6.45” [163.9]
with heater -40°F to 122°F [-40°C to 50°C]
3.62” [92.1]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
6.77” [172]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14

CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 8.95 lbs [4.05 kg]; 9.45 lbs [4.3 kg] with heater
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

189
 GKB24-3-T N4(H)
NEMA 4, On/Off, Floating Point Control, Electronic Fail-Safe, Direct Coupled, 24V

Accessories

W236_11_GK
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator 24 VAC Transformer 1 5
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
Line 1 Common –
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
Volts 2 + Hot
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland
Note: When using GKB24-3-T N4(H) actuators, only use accessories listed on 3 Y1 input
this page.
4 Y2 input

Typical Specification GK
On/off, floating point control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-
On/Off control
coupled type, which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct
mounting to shaft up to 1.05" diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators
shall have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. If required,
actuators needing auxiliary switches, can be provided as an add-on accessory.
Actuators with auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the requirements
for double insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency
listings. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall
be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

GKB24-3
Wiring Diagrams

Floating Point or On/Off control

GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
Equipment damage!
2 Actuators may be connected in parallel. Power consumption and input
impedance must be observed.
Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use
5 color codes instead.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs. A & B should both be closed NEMA 4 Heater
8 for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator must be
9
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

connected to the hot connection of the controller.

Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an

electrical ground connection.
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

190
GKB24-SR, GKX24-SR
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20mA

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems.

The GKB24-SR and GKX24-SR provide electrical power off operation for
reliable fail-safe application.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by a

universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of

a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20mA control input from an electronic controller or
positioner. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or
master-slave applications.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GKB24-SR and GKX24-SR provide 95° of rotation and a visual indicator
shows the position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator
Technical Data GKB24-SR, GKX24-SR end position the actuator automatically stops. The gear can be manually
disengaged by pressing the button located on the actuator cover.
Power supply 24VAC ±20% 50/60Hz
24VDC ±10% The GKB24-SR and GKX24-SR actuators use a brushless DC motor, which
Power consumption 12W (3W) is controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC
Transformer sizing 21VA (class 2 power source) monitors and controls the actuators rotation and provides a digital rotation
sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
Power consumption is reduced in a holding mode.
½" conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95 rotation
Operation range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA (default) Fail-Safe Indication
The status LED on the actuator will turn solid yellow. On MFT versions, there is
Input impedance 100kΩ (0.1 mA), 500Ω
a repeating high-low-high signal on the feedback line. The high-low-high signal
Feedback output U 2 to 10VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable will display for 3 seconds and repeats every 30 seconds.
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm] Dimensions (inches [mm])

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation

D313
reversible with switch
Fail-safe position adjustable with dial or tool 0 to 100% in 10%
increments
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
3.43” [87]

Manual override external push button 2.36” [60]

Running time
normal operation 150 seconds (default), variable 90 to 150 seconds
fail-safe 35 seconds 7.05” [179]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]
Housing NEMA2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency list cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14
4.57” [116]

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02
CE acc. to 2004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level < 45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
1.58” [40] 6.73” [171] 1.42” [36]
Weight 3.85 lbs [1.75 kg]
Initial charge approximately 20 seconds
Bridge time 2 second delay before fail-safe activates

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

191
 GKB24-SR, GKX24-SR
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-GM20 ¾" [20mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-JSA (-1,2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel 2
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing observed.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
connection.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
Note: When using GKB24-SR and GKX24-SR actuators, only use accessories listed The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.
on this page.
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
Typical Specification may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
shaft up to 1.05" diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control result in death or serious injury.
response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA
control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have
brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles

W399_08
of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the
cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall
be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

Electrical Installation
T ~
Wiring diagram
– +
Note DC 0 ... 10 V
Y
• Connect via safety isolation transformer. !
U DC 2 ... 10 V
• Parallel connection of other actuators possible.
Note performance data for supply.
1 2 3 5
...SR
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

VDC/4-20 mA
Cable lengths
T ~ C
Y U

L2

Ltot

L1
Note
When several actuators are connected in parallel,
the maximum cable length must be divided by the 1 2 3 5
number of actuators. A

N L

AC
C 230 V

T C
AC 24 V
Y U

L1
Note
There are no special restrictions on installation if 1 2 3 5
the supply and data cable are routed separately. A

Cable colors: Cross section Max. cable length Example for DC

1 = black L2 Ltott = L1 + L2
2 = red T
/
~
AC DC
3 = white
5 = orange 0.75 mm2 <30 m <5 m 1 m (L 1) + 4 m (L 2)
1.00 mm2 <40 m <8 m 1 m (L 1) + 7 m (L 2)
A = Actuator 1.50 mm2 <70 m <12 m 1 m (L 1) + 11 m (L 2)
C = Control unit 2.50 mm2 <100 m <20 m 1 m (L 1) + 19 m (L 2)
L1 = Belimo connecting cable, 1 m (4 x 0.75 mm2)
L2 = Customer cable A = Actuator
Ltot = Maximum cable length C = Control unit
m2)
L1 = Belimo connecting cable, 1 m (4 x 0.75 mm

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

192
GKB24-SR-T N4(H)
NEMA 4, Proportional Control, Electric Fail-Safe, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by a

universal clamp.

The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of

a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or
positioner. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or
master-slave applications.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GKB24-SR-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator shows the
position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position,
the actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged by
pressing the button located on the actuator cover.
Technical Data GKB24-SR-T N4(H)
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz The GKB24-SR-T N4 actuator uses a sensorless brushless DC motor, which
24 VDC ± 10% is controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC
Power consumption 12 W (3 W) / heater 21 W monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation
sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.
Transformer sizing 21 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 21 VA
Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
½” conduit connector Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm] Dimensions (inches [mm])

D312_Config
Direction of rotation reversible with switch 12.99” [330]

Position indication dial

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Running time 150 seconds
motor (fail-safe) 35 seconds
Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

with heater -40°F to 122°F [-40°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66 0.92” [23.4]

Housing material polycarbonate 6.45” [163.9]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14, 3.62” [92.1]

CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,

CE acc. to 2004/108/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
6.77” [172]

Servicing maintenance free

Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 8.95 lbs [4.05 kg]; 9.45 lbs [4.3 kg] with heater
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.
3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

193
 GKB24-SR-T N4(H)
NEMA 4, Proportional Control, Electric Fail-Safe, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners for surface mounting 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface 2 CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-X40 Transformer
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland
Note: When using GKB24-SR-T N4(H) actuators, only use accessories listed on
this page.
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to 2
to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
Typical Specification
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
to a shaft up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
control in response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators result in death or serious injury.
shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual
override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication.

W399_11
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

VDC/4-20 mA

GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

194
GKX24-MFT
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems.

The GKX24-MFT provides electrical power off operation for reliable fail-safe
application.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05“ in diameter by a

universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the GKX24-MFT

actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions
of the actuator can be ordered. The parameters can be changed by: pre set
or custom configuration provided by Belimo or on-site using the PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GKX24-MFT provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator shows the
Technical Data GKX24-MFT position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position
the actuator automatically stops. The gear can be manually disengaged by
Power supply 24VAC ±20% 50/60Hz
pressing the button located on the actuator cover.
24VDC ±10%
Power consumption 12W (3W) The GKX24-MFT actuator uses a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Transformer sizing 21VA (class 2 power source) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
the actuators rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is
½" conduit connector
reduced in a holding mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95 rotation directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operation range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA (default)
variable (VDC,PWM, floating point, on/off) Fail-Safe Indication
The status LED on the actuator will turn solid yellow. On MFT versions, there is
Input impedance 100kΩ (0.1 mA), 500Ω
a repeating high-low-high signal on the feedback line. The high-low-high signal
1500Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)
will display for 3 seconds and repeats every 30 seconds.
Feedback output U 2 to 10VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop When combining signal and power cable together, see important

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

electronically variable electrical installation diagram on page 188.
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch Dimensions (inches [mm])

D313
Fail-safe position adjustable with dial or tool 0 to 100% in 10%
increments
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
3.43” [87]

Running time
2.36” [60]

normal operation 95 seconds (default), variable 90 to 150 seconds

fail-safe 35 seconds
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)
7.05” [179]
Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]
Housing NEMA2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency list cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02
4.57” [116]

CE acc. to 2004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC

Noise level < 45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.85 lbs [1.75 kg] 1.58” [40] 6.73” [171] 1.42” [36]
Initial charge approximately 20 seconds
Bridge time programmable time delay before fail-safe activates
0-10 seconds [2]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

195
 GKX24-MFT
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
K-GM20 ¾" [20mm] Shaft Clamp During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
ZG-JSA (-1,2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts result in death or serious injury.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing

W399_08
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
Note: When using GKX24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to
shaft up to 1.05" diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control
response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA
control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have
Brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles
of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the
cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall PWM
M
be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001

W399_08
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be On/Off
Off controll
observed.

W399_08
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground

connection. Floating Point control
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

196
GKB24-MFT-T N4(H), GKX24-MFT-T N4
NEMA 4, Proportional Control, Electronic Fail-Safe, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by a

universal clamp.

The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the GKX24-MFT-T N4

actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions
of the actuators can be ordered. The parameters can be changed by: pre-set
or custom configurations provided by Belimo or on-site using the PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GKX24-MFT-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator shows the
position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position,
the actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged by
pressing the button located on the actuator cover.

The GKX24-MFT-T N4 actuator uses a brushless DC motor, which is controlled

by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors
and controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing
Technical Data GKB24-MFT-T N4(H), GKX24-MFT-T N4
(DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz consumption is reduced in holding mode.
24 VDC ± 10%
Power consumption 12 W (3 W) / heater 21 W Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 21 VA (class 2 power source) / heater 21 VA
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
½” conduit connector
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default) Dimensions (inches [mm])
variable (VDC, floating point, on/off)

D312_config
12.99” [330]
Input impedance 100 kΩ
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

electronically variable
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
1.17” [29.8]

0.79” [20]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch

Position indication dial
Running time 150 seconds (default) 0.81” [20.5]
3.5” [0.14]

0.39” [10]
variable (90 to 350 seconds) 0.92” [23.4]

motor (fail-safe) 35 seconds 6.45” [163.9]

Humidity max. 95% RH non-condensing 3.62” [92.1]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

with heater -40°F to 122°F [-40°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
6.77” [172]

Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66

Housing material polycarbonate
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93, 3.36” [85.2] 9.37” [238] 1.12” [28.5]
CE acc. to 2004/108/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 8.95 lbs [4.05 kg]; 9.42 lbs [4.3 kg] with heater
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

197
 GKB24-MFT-T N4(H), GKX24-MFT-T N4
NEMA 4, Proportional Control, Electronic Fail-Safe, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

W399_08_GK
Accessories
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners for surface mounting
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
ZG-X40 Transformer
43442-00001 Gland (needed for additional wires)
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland
Note: When using GKB24-MFT-T N4(H), GKX24-MFT-T N4 actuators, only use
accessories listed on this page. VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08_GK
Typical Specification

Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,

which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting
to a shaft up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper
control in response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a
4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators
shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload
at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual
override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
PWM
M
manufactured by Belimo.

W399_08_GK
Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be
observed.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

On/Off control
Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.

W228_A_11_GK_2
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source) 24 VAC Transformer 2 9 5
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Line 1 – Common
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs. Volts
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink. 2 + Hot
A
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator 3 Y1 Input
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller. B
1
(–)
8
2 to 10 VDC 3
Feedback Signal (+) 5 U Output 2 to 10V
4
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to 2
to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
Floating Point control
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
GK-AF-NF N4H 24V heater

handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
result in death or serious injury.

NEMA 4 Heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

198
NKQB24-1, NKQX24-1
On/Off, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V

Torque min. 54 in-lb for control damper surfaces up to 12 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems.

The NKQB24-1 and NKQX24-1 provide electrical power off operation for reliable
fail-safe application.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05“ in diameter. A

crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for applications where
actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The NKQB24-1 and the NKQX24-1 provide 95° of rotation and a visual indicator
shows the position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator
end position the actuator automatically stops. The gear can be manually
disengaged by pressing the button located on the actuator cover.

The NKQB24-1 and NKQX24-1 actuators use a brushless DC motor controlled

by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors
Technical Data NKQB24-1, NKQX24-1 and controls the actuators rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing
(DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power
Power supply 24VAC ±20% 50/60Hz
consumption is reduced in a holding mode.
24VDC ±10%
Power consumption 11W (3W) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
Transformer sizing 22VA (class 2 power source) directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
Fail-Safe Indication
½" conduit connector
The status LED on the actuator will turn solid yellow. On MFT versions, there is
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
a repeating high-low-high signal on the feedback line. The high-low-high signal
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
will display for 3 seconds and repeats every 30 seconds.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95 rotation
Operation range Y on/off
Input impedance 100kΩ (0.1 mA), 500Ω Dimensions (inches [mm])
1500Ω (PWM, on/off)

D321
Feedback output U 2 to 10VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 54 in-lb [6 Nm]

3.15” [80]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
2.05” [52]

Fail-safe position adjustable with dial or tool 0 to 100% in 10%

increments
5.47” [139]
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time
normal operation 4 seconds (default), variable 4 to 16 seconds
fail-safe 4 seconds
3.86” [98]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]
Housing NEMA2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
1.18” 1.61”
Housing material UL94-5VA [30] 6.30” [160] [41]
Agency list cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02
CE acc. to 2004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level < 60dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.4 lbs [1.10 kg]
Initial charge approximately 20 seconds
Bridge time 2 second delay before fail-safe activates

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

199
 NKQB24-1, NKQX24-1
On/Off, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-AM25 ¾" [20mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-JSA (-1,2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel 2
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing observed.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Tool-06 8 and 10 mm Wrench
Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator 4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es) Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch 5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
ZG-X40 Transformer
Note: When using NKQB24-3 and NKQX24-3 actuators, only use accessories listed For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
on this page. 9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

Typical Specification
On/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to shaft up connection.
to 1.05" diameter. Actuators shall have Brushless DC motor technology and be WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. result in death or serious injury.

W399__no_org
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off
Off controll

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

200
NKQB24-SR, NKQX24-SR
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20mA

Torque min. 54 in-lb for control damper surfaces up to 12 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems.

The NKQB24-SR and NKQX24-SR provide electrical power off operation for
reliable fail-safe application.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05“ in diameter by a

universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of

a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20mA control input from an electronic controller or
positioner. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or
master-slave applications.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The NKQB24-SR and NKQX24-SR provide 95° of rotation and a visual indicator
shows the position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator
Technical Data NKQB24-SR, NKQX24-SR end position the actuator automatically stops. The gear can be manually
disengaged by pressing the black button located on the actuator cover.
Power supply 24VAC ±20% 50/60Hz
24VDC ±10% The NKQB24-SR and NKQX24-SR actuators use a brushless DC motor, which
Power consumption 11W (3W) is controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC
Transformer sizing 22VA (class 2 power source) monitors and controls the actuators rotation and provides a digital rotation
sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
Power consumption is reduced in a holding mode.
½" conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95 rotation
Operation range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA (default) Fail-Safe Indication
The status LED on the actuator will turn solid yellow. On MFT versions, there is
Input impedance 100kΩ (0.1 mA), 500Ω
a repeating high-low-high signal on the feedback line. The high-low-high signal
Feedback output U 2 to 10VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable will display for 3 seconds and repeats every 30 seconds.
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
Torque 54 in-lb [6 Nm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Fail-safe position adjustable with dial or tool 0 to 100% in 10%
increments Dimensions (inches [mm])

D321
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time
normal operation 4 seconds (default), variable 4 to 16 seconds
fail-safe 4 seconds
3.15” [80]
2.05” [52]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]
5.47” [139]
Housing NEMA2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency list cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02
CE acc. to 2004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC
3.86” [98]

Noise level 60dB(A)

Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.40 lbs [1.1 kg] 1.18” 1.61”
[30] 6.30” [160] [41]
Initial charge approximately 20 seconds
Bridge time 2 second delay before fail-safe activates

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

201
 NKQB24-SR, NKQX24-SR
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-AM25 ¾" [20mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-JSA (-1,2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel 2
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing observed.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Tool-06 8 and 10 mm Wrench
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
connection.
Note: When using NKQB24-SR and NKQX24-SR actuators, only use accessories
listed on this page. The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

Typical Specification WARNING

G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to
handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
shaft up to 1.05" diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA result in death or serious injury.
control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have
brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles
of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the
cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall

W399_08
be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

Electrical Installation

T ~
Wiring diagram
– +
Note DC 0 ... 10 V
Y
• Connect via safety isolation transformer. !
U DC 2 ... 10 V
• Parallel connection of other actuators possible.
Note performance data for supply.
1 2 3 5
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Cable lengths
VDC/4-20 mA
T ~ C
Y U

L2

Ltot

L1
Note
When several actuators are connected in parallel,
the maximum cable length must be divided by the 1 2 3 5
number of actuators. A

N L

AC
C 230 V

T C
AC 24 V
Y U

L1
Note
There are no special restrictions on installation if 1 2 3 5
the supply and data cable are routed separately. A

Cable colors: Cross section Max. cable length Example for DC

1 = black L2 Ltott = L1 + L2
2 = red T
/
~
AC DC
3 = white
5 = orange 0.75 mm2 <30 m <5 m 1 m (L 1) + 4 m (L 2)
1.00 mm2 <40 m <8 m 1 m (L 1) + 7 m (L 2)
A = Actuator 1.50 mm2 <70 m <12 m 1 m (L 1) + 11 m (L 2)
C = Control unit 2.50 mm2 <100 m <20 m 1 m (L 1) + 19 m (L 2)
L1 = Belimo connecting cable, 1 m (4 x 0.75 mm2)
L2 = Customer cable A = Actuator
Ltot = Maximum cable length C = Control unit
m2)
L1 = Belimo connecting cable, 1 m (4 x 0.75 mm

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

202
NKQX24-MFT
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 54 in-lb for control damper surfaces up to 12 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems.

The NKQX24-MFT provides electrical power off operation for reliable fail-safe
application.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05“ in diameter by a

universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the NKQX24-MFT

actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions
of the actuator can be ordered. The parameters can be changed by: pre set
or custom configurations provided by Belimo or on-site using the PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation
strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The NKQX24-MFT provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator shows the
Technical Data NKQX24-MFT position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position
the actuator automatically stops. The gear can be manually disengaged by
Power supply 24VAC ±20% 50/60Hz
pressing the button located on the actuator cover.
24VDC ±10%
Power consumption 11W (3W) The NKQX24-MFT actuator uses a brushless DC motor, which is controlled
Transformer sizing 22VA (class 2 power source) by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors
and controls the actuators rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
(DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power
½" conduit connector
consumption is reduced in a holding mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95 rotation directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operation range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA (default), variable (VDC,
on/off) Fail-Safe Indication
The status LED on the actuator will turn solid yellow. On MFT versions, there is
Input impedance 100kΩ (0.1 mA), 500Ω
a repeating high-low-high signal on the feedback line. The high-low-high signal
Feedback output U 2 to 10VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable will display for 3 seconds and repeats every 30 seconds.
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable When combining signal and power cable together, see important

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 54 in-lb [6 Nm] electrical installation diagram on page 202.
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Fail-safe position adjustable with dial or tool 0 to 100% in 10% Dimensions (inches [mm])
increments

D321
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running Time
normal operation 4 seconds (default), variable 4 to 16 seconds
3.15” [80]

fail-safe 4 seconds
2.05” [52]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C] 5.47” [139]

Housing NEMA2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency list cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02
3.86” [98]

CE acc. to 2004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC

Noise level 60dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
1.18” 1.61”
Weight 2.40 lbs [1.1 kg] [30] 6.30” [160] [41]
Initial charge approximately 20 seconds
Bridge time programmable time delay before fail-safe activates
0-10 seconds [2]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

203
 NKQX24-MFT
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe, Operation, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
K-AM25 ¾" [20mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
ZG-JSA (-1,2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-06 8 and 10 mm Wrench
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
VDC/4-20 mA
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch

W399_08
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
Note: When using NKQX24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification On/Off

Off controll

Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,

which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to
shaft up to 1.05" diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control
response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA
control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have
brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles
of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the
cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall
be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be
observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground

connection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

204
AHKX24-MFT-100
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe Operation, Linear Stroke, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Linear force min. 101 lbf.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. The AHKX24-
MFT-100 provides electrical power off operation for reliable fail-safe
application.

The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the AHKX24-MFT-100

actuator are assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions
of the actuators can be ordered. The parameters can be changed by: pre set
or custom configurations provided by Belimo or on-site using the PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is electronically protected against overload.

The AHKX24-MFT-100 provides a 4 inch linear stroke. The stroke of the gear
rack can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20mm] with the
mechanical end stops.

When reaching the damper or actuator end position the actuator automatically
Technical Data AHKX24-MFT-100 stops. The gear can be manually disengaged by pressing the button located on
the actuator cover.
Power supply 24 VAC ±20% 50/60Hz
24 VDC ±10% The AHKX24-MFT-100 actuator uses a brushless DC motor controlled by an
Power consumption 11W (3W) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
Transformer sizing 22VA (class 2 power source) the actuator rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function
Electrical Connection 18 GA plenum rated cable to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is
½" conduit connector reduced in a holding mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Fail-Safe Indication
The status LED on the actuator will turn solid yellow. On MFT versions, there is
Overload protection electronic throughout the full stroke
a repeating high-low-high signal on the feedback line. The high-low-high signal
Operation range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA (default) will display for 3 seconds and repeats every 30 seconds.
variable VDC
Input impedance 100kΩ (0.1 mA), 500Ω When combining signal and power cable together, see important
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable electrical installation diagram on page 202.
Linear stroke 4" [100mm]
Linear force 101 lbf [450 N]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch Dimensions (inches [mm])

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

D320
Fail-Safe position adjustable with dial or tool 0 to 100% in 10%
7.28” [185]
increments
Manual override external push button 4.92” [125]
Running time
normal operation 150 seconds per 4" [100mm]
fail-safe 35 seconds per 4" [100mm]
3.64” [92.5]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]
Housing NEMA2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency list cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02
CE acc. to 2004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC
3.19” [81]

Noise level < 45dB(A)

Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.40 lbs [1.50 kg]
Initial charge approximately 20 seconds 9.19” [233.5]

Bridge time programmable time delay before fail-safe

activates 0-10 seconds [2]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

205
 AHKX24-MFT-100
Proportional Control, Fail-Safe Operation, Linear Stroke, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
Note: When using AHKX24-MFT-100 actuators, only use accessories listed on
this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated
linear stroking arm. Actuators must provide control in response to a control
input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless VDC/4-20 mA
DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation.

W399_08
Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the cover.
Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be
cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

PWM
M
2 CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!

W399_08
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be
observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.

8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
On/Off
Off controll
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

W399_08
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

206
FS Series Fire and Smoke Direct Coupled Actuators

Belimo is the Worldwide Leader in

Fire and Smoke Actuation
Belimo first produced actuators for the European fire and smoke damper market in 1978.
Belimo has consistently offered new technology since entering the market. Since 1978
Belimo’s market share has grown as actuator variations were released to meet various
worldwide requirements. The FSAF24-SR(-S) proportional and the FSAF24-BAL(-S)
balancing actuator are the latest models to be introduced for the United States and regions
of the world requiring UL 555 and UL 555S listing.

Pier 1 Imports Corporate Headquarters,

Fort Worth, TX

3)
p. 21

)
)
13)
09)

11)

15)

21)

23)
. 219
. 217
7)

1)
9)

)
7)
9)

1)

1)

)
. 219
)

. 215

p. 21

. 223
p. 22
(p. 2
p. 20

(p. 2

(p. 2

(p. 2

(p. 2

(p. 2
7)
. 209

)
p. 21
p. 20

p. 21

. 221

p. 22
US (

p. 21

S (p
S (p
p
AL (p

US (

p
R US
US (

S US

S US

AL-S

S US

S US
S * (p

US (
US (
US (

US (

R-S

US (

US (
S (p
S US

-S U
-S U
US (

FS Series 24-S
24-S

24-S
24-S
120-

230-

24-B
24-B
24 U

120-

230-
24 U
F230
F230
F120
F120
120

230

120

230
F24-
F24

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

At A Glance
FSLF
FSAF
FSAF
FSAF
FSAF
FSAF
FSAF
FSAF
FSAF
FSAF
FSAF

FSLF

FSLF
FSLF
FSLF
FSLF
FSN
FSN
FSN
FSN
FSN
FSN

Torque: 133 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

70 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ●
30 in-lb ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power supply: 24 VAC **
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
120 VAC ● ● ● ● ● ●
230 VAC ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control signal: On/Off ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ●
3-postion
● ●
balancing
Running time motor: <15 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
<75 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
spring: <15 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
<20 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in auxiliary switch ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Manual override ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

* FSNF230 VAC data sheets are available at www.belimo.com

** FSAF24-SR, FSAF24-BAL, and FSAF24 are 24VDC also

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

207
 FS Series Fire and Smoke Direct Coupled Actuators

A CLOSER LOOK…
● True mechanical spring return – the most reliable failsafe.
● Reverse mount for clockwise or counterclockwise fail-safe.
● Check damper position easily with clear position indicator.
● Overload-proof throughout rotation.
● Easy mechanical stop to adjust angle of rotation
(add ZDB-AF2 US accessory/FSAF and FSNF only).
● Built-in auxiliary switch is easy to use, offers feedback
or signal for additional device (-S models).
● Manual override crank speeds installation
(only on FSAF models).
● The same 100% steel toothed cold-weld clamp that Belimo uses on all
actuators is used on the FS Series. No slipping
on damper shafts will occur.
● UL555S listed with damper manufacturers.
● Reliable DC motor–low current draw. FSAF24 is DC voltage.
● Permanently lubricated gears.
● California State Fire Marshall listed.
● New York City MEA listed.
● Belimo actuator is silent when holding at end position.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

208
FSAF24(-S) US, FSAF120(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, Meets 250°F [121°C] for Half Hour, 75 Seconds

Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For two position control of UL555S rated dampers in HVAC. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft or jackshaft 3/8” to 1.05” in
diameter by means of its universal clamp. A crank arm and mounting brackets are
available if the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the jackshaft or damper shaft.
Square footage of damper operated will depend on make and model of damper.
Typically 12 sq.ft. minimum up to 24 sq.ft maximum will be operated for UL555S
applications.

Operation
The FSAF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on UL555S dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The FSAF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
Technical Data FSAF24(-S) US, FSAF120(-S) US indicator showing 0 to 95°. The FSAF has a manual positioning mechanism which
Power supply allows the setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation.
FSAF24(-S) US 24 VAC ± 20%, 24 VDC -10% +20% The actuator is shipped in the zero fail-safe position to provide automatic compression
FSAF120(-S) US 120 VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the manual
Power consumption mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the
FSAF24(-S) US running 7.5 W, 10 VA, .4 A open position where it stops rotating.
holding 2 W, 4 VA, .15 A The manual override can also be released physically by the use of a crank supplied
FSAF120(-S) US running 50/60Hz: 9.5 W, 11 VA, .1 A with the actuator.
holding 3.5 W, 6 VA, .05 A
Transformer sizing 10 VA (Class 2 power source 24V only) SAFETY NOTE
Electrical connection motor 3 ft, 18 ga, 2 color coded leads Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input and
1/2” conduit connectors output wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly terminate the conduit in a
-S models 3 ft, 18 ga, 4 leads appliance cable suitable junction box.
1/2” conduit connectors
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95° Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D0004
Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm] constant
0.65" [16.5]
Direction of rotation spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° Standard:
3.25" [82.7]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

(0° is spring return position) 1/2" to 1.05"
2.24"
[57]

Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator)

Running time <75 sec. constant, independent of load
Optional*
spring <20 seconds nominal 0.19" [5]
3/8" to 3/4"
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature 3/8" to 5/8"
10.59" [269]
0.39" [10] 2.64"
normal duty -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 5.85" [148.5]
0.35" [9] [67]
safety duty 3 on/off cycles after 30 minutes at ambient 0.26" [6.5]
temperature of 250°F [121°C]
1.93"
[49]
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA type 1 / IP40 *with K4 US
clamp
Housing material zinc coated metal
Gears permanently lubricated 1.97"
Agency listings cULus listed to UL873 and [50]
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.24
Noise level (max) 45 dB (A)
spring return 62 dB
Servicing Maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001, 5 year Belimo warranty
Weight (standard / -S model)
FSAF24(-S) US 5.7 / 6.2 lbs (2.6 / 2.8 kg)
FSAF120(-S) US 6.1 / 6.6 lbs (2.8 / 3 kg)

FSAF24-S US, FSAF120-S US

Auxiliary Switch 2xSPST 7A resistive, 2.5A inductive at 120V or
250V, UL Approved, double-insulated, one switch
at 10°, one adjustable from 30° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

209
 FSAF120(-S) US, FSAF24(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, Meets 250°F [121°C] for Half Hour, 75 Seconds

Accessories (AF series accessories may be employed) Wiring Diagrams

IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4 US Universal clamp for 3/8” to 3/4” shafts
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia. jackshafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K4-H Universal clamp for hexshafts 3/8” to 5/8”
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2)
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1 Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Tool-01 10 mm wrench Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of rotation limiter
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket 4 No ground connection required. Double insulated.
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., the FSAF24-
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket 5 S US and FSAF120-S US incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x
ZG-103 Universal mounting bracket SPST, 7A resistive, 2.5 inductive @120/250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch
ZG-104 Universal mounting bracket is fixed at 10, one is adjustable from 30 to 90.
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV replacement or new
crank arm type installations
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series
100 replacement or new crank arm type installations Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell® connection.
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
crank arm type installations need of an electrical ground connection.
ZG-AF Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
22965-00001 12mm form fit square shaft adaptor
For an overview of how to apply the accessories, see Belimo Mechanical Accessories and refer to the Belimo
Mounting Methods Guide.
NOTE: When using FSAFxx (-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Large combination fire and smoke dampers are to be operated by Belimo FSAF
series actuators. Manufacturer shall provide 5 year warranty.
Actuators shall draw no more than 11VA at 120V or 24V.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Where auxiliary switches are required for signaling, starting fans, or position indica-
tion, -S model actuators, damper blade, or proximity switches shall be provided.
Smaller dampers shall employ Belimo FSLF or FSNF actuators per damper manufac-
turer recommendations.

FSAF24 US and FSAF120 US

W219_08

Auxiliary switch

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

210
FSAF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 250°F [121°C] for Half Hour, 75 Seconds

Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For two position control of UL555S rated dampers in HVAC. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft or jackshaft 3/8” to 1.05” in
diameter by means of its universal clamp. A crank arm and mounting brackets are
available if the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the jackshaft or damper shaft.
Square footage of damper operated will depend on make and model of damper.
Typically 12 sq.ft. minimum up to 24 sq.ft maximum will be operated for UL555S
applications.

Operation
The FSAF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe
application and positive close-off on UL555S dampers. The spring return system
provides constant torque to the damper with, and without, power applied to the
actuator.
The FSAF series provides 95° of rotation and is provided with a graduated position
Technical Data FSAF230(-S) US indicator showing 0 to 95°. The FSAF has a manual positioning mechanism which
Power supply allows the setting of any damper position within its 95° of rotation.
230 VAC ± 14%, 50/60 Hz The actuator is shipped in the zero fail-safe position to provide automatic compression
Power consumption against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the manual
running 50/60Hz: 11 W, 12 VA, .07 A mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the
holding 3.5 W, 6 VA, .03 A open position where it stops rotating.
Transformer sizing 10 VA (Class 2 power source 24V only) The manual override can also be released physically by the use of a crank supplied
Electrical connection motor 3 ft, 18 ga, 2 color coded leads with the actuator.
1/2” conduit connectors
-S models 3 ft, 18 ga, 4 leads appliance cable SAFETY NOTE
1/2” conduit connectors Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input and
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation output wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly terminate the conduit in a
Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95° suitable junction box.
Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm] constant
Direction of rotation spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D0004
(0° is spring return position)
0.65" [16.5]
Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator)
Running time <75 sec. constant, independent of load Standard:
3.25" [82.7]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

spring <20 seconds nominal 1/2" to 1.05"
2.24"
[57]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing

Ambient temperature
Optional*
normal duty -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 0.19" [5]
3/8" to 3/4"
safety duty 3 on/off cycles after 30 minutes at ambient
temperature of 250°F [121°C] 3/8" to 5/8"
10.59" [269]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 0.39" [10] 2.64"
5.85" [148.5]
0.35" [9] [67]
Housing NEMA type 1 / IP40 with flexible conduit 0.26" [6.5]
Housing material zinc coated metal
1.93"
[49]
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Gears permanently lubricated

Agency listings cULus listed to UL873 and *with K4 US
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.24 clamp

Noise level (max) 45 dB (A) 1.97"

spring return 62 dB [50]
Servicing Maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001, 5 year Belimo warranty
Weight
6.9 lbs (3.1 kg)

FSAF230-S US
Auxiliary Switch 2xSPST 7A resistive, 2.5A inductive at 120V or
250V, UL Approved, double-insulated, one switch
at <10°, one adjustable from >30° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

211
 FSAF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 250°F [121°C] for Half Hour, 75 Seconds

Accessories (AF series accessories may be employed) Wiring Diagrams

IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4 US Universal clamp for 3/8” to 3/4” shafts
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia. jackshafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
K4-H Universal clamp for hexshafts 3/8” to 5/8”
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2)
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2) Actuators may be connected in parallel.
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1 Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Tool-01 10 mm wrench Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of rotation limiter
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket 4 No ground connection required. Double insulated.
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., the
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket 5 FSAF230-S US incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPST, 7A
ZG-103 Universal mounting bracket resistive, 2.5 inductive @120/250 VAC, UL Approved, one switch is fixed at
ZG-104 Universal mounting bracket 10°, one is adjustable from 30° to 90°.
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV replacement or new
crank arm type installations
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series
100 replacement or new crank arm type installations Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell® connection.
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
crank arm type installations need of an electrical ground connection.
ZG-AF Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal) necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
22965-00001 12mm form fit square shaft adaptor
For an overview of how to apply the accessories, see Belimo Mechanical Accessories and refer to the Belimo
Mounting Methods Guide.
NOTE: When using FSAFxx (-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Large combination fire and smoke dampers are to be operated by Belimo FSAF
series actuators. Manufacturer shall provide 5 year warranty.
Actuators shall draw no more than 12VA at 230V or 10 VA at 24V.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Where auxiliary switches are required for signaling, starting fans, or position indica-
tion, -S model actuators, damper blade, or proximity switches shall be provided.
Smaller dampers shall employ Belimo FSLF or FSNF actuators per damper manufac-
turer recommendations.

FSAF24 US and FSAF230 US

W439_08

Auxiliary switch

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

212
FSAF24-SR(-S) US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA control signal
Operation at 250°F for limited time per UL555S testing

Torque min. 133 in-lb, for control of air dampers

Application
For proportional modulation of UL555S rated dampers in HVAC. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft or jackshaft up to 1.05” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp. A crank arm and mounting brackets are available if
the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the jackshaft or damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications. See Application Bulletin for details.

Operation
The FSAF series actuators provide spring return operation. There is no reversing
switch on the FSAF24-SR. It is direct acting only. A reverse acting signal is required if
it must spring open while 2V signal drives it closed. The torque is asymmetrical giving
180 in-lb drive and 133 in-lb spring.
Technical Data FSAF24-SR(-S) US The FSAF resets after being driven or springing closed to the 0 position. There is a
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz possible hysteresis of 1° every 1000 changes in signal. This can cause a position shift.
24 VDC ± 10% It is recommended that power or signal be reset once a week.
Power consumption running 7 W, 11 VA A manual override winder and locking mechanism is provided. If the manual winder is
holding 3 W, 5 VA used when the actuator is powered, the actuator will release and drive closed to reset
Transformer sizing 15 VA (class 2 power source) the 0 degree position.
Electrical connection
The actuator may not be mechanically parallelled or “piggybacked.” Each damper
FSAF24-SR 3 ft, 18 GA, 4 color coded leads (24V) section should be controlled by a separate actuator.
1/2” conduit connector
FSAF24-SR-S 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable The wire 5 feedback can be used to parallel up to five additional actuators. If less than
1/2” conduit connector 2.1 V or greater than 9.9V is given wire 3, actuator drives all the way to the respective
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation end stop.
Operating range 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20mA The FSAF uses a DC motor which is controlled by a microchip The actuator may be
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω stalled anywhere during its rotation without damage. If power is removed, the damper
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max. 0.5 mA) for 95° will spring closed. Interlocks must be provided as necessary for life safety functions
Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95° and to shut down fan if required.
Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm] constant
Direction of rotation spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting SAFETY NOTE
The control direction switch is not present. Direct Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input and
output wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly terminate the conduit in a

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

acting only. 2 VDC=Fail-safe position.
suitable junction box.
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° spring return position)
Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Running time motor <75 sec. constant, independent of load

D001(old)
spring < 20 seconds 0.65" [16.5]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing Standard:

Ambient temperature 1/2" to 1.05"

3.10" [78]
2.24"

normal duty -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

[57]

Optional*
safety duty 3 on/off cycles after 30 minutes at ambient
temperature of 250°F [121°C] 3/8" to 3/4"

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 0.19" [5]

Housing NEMA type 2 / IP40

Housing material zinc coated metal 10.59" [269]
0.39" [10] 2.64"
5.85" [148.5]
Agency listings† cULus to UL873 and CSA C22.2 No. 24-93 0.35" [9] [67]
0.26" [6.5]
Noise level (max) running 45 db (A)
1.93"
[49]

Servicing maintenance free

3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Quality standard ISO 9001, 5 year Belimo warranty *with K4 US

Weight 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg.) clamp

FSAF24-SR-S US 1.97"
[50]
Auxiliary switch 2 x SPDT 7A resistive, 2.5A inductive at
120/250VAC. UL Approved, double-insulated,
one set at =+10°, one adjustable 30° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

213
 FSAF24-SR(-S) US
Proportional, Spring Return, 24 V, 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA control signal
Operation at 250°F for limited time per UL555S testing

Accessories (AF series accessories may be employed) No ground connection required. Double insulated.
4
IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4 US Universal clamp for 3/8” to 3/4” shafts 5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia. jackshafts
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,
K4-H Universal clamp for hexshafts 3/8” to 5/8” 6 FSAF24-SR-S US incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches:
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2) 2 x SPDT, 7A resistive, 2.5A inductive 120/250 VAC, UL Approved, one
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2) switch is fixed at 10°, one is adjustable 30° to 90°.
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1
Tool-01 10 mm wrench
SGA24 Min. and/or max. positioner in NEMA 4 housing
Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
SGF24 Min. and/or max. positioner for flush panel mounting
connection.
ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor for 0 to 20 mA control signal
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of rotation limiter The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC.
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
ZG-102 Multiple actuator mounting bracket During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-103 Universal mounting bracket necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZG-104 Universal mounting bracket individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV replacement or new nents could result in death or serious injury.
crank arm type installations
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series

W188_08
100 replacement or new crank arm type installations
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell®
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new
crank arm type installations
ZG-AF Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate)
ZS-260 Explosion-proof housing
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
For an overview of how to apply the accessories, see Belimo Mechanical Accessories and refer to the Belimo
Mounting Methods Guide.
NOTE: When using FSAF24-SR(-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers, shall be controlled by
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Belimo FSAF24-SR actuators. The control signal shall provide proportional damper
control in response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to
20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. The actuators must be
designed so that they may be used for either clockwise or counter clockwise fail-safe
operation. Actuator shall open damper in <75 seconds per UL555S and shall spring
closed in under 20 seconds. Actuators shall be UL Approved, have a 5-year warranty,
and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards.
Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. Actuators with auxiliary switches
must be constructed to meet the requirement for double insulation so an electrical
ground connection is not required to meet agency listings. Proportional control

W572_08
Replacement Application
The number one “equal or better” requirement for use as a replacement for obsolete
defective motors is the UL555S listing of the Belimo actuator with the damper for the
application. The local authority having jurisdiction sets the requirements since UL
has stated that they do not regulate replacements.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel. Auxiliary switch
Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

214
FSAF24-BAL(-S) US
Spring Return, 24 V, 3-Position, 100% Open Override
Operation at 250°F for limited time per UL555S testing

Application
For 3-position control of UL555S rated dampers in HVAC. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s tests. In the absence of other
information, use 10 in-lb of torque per square foot of area for opposed blade and 14
in-lb for parallel blade fire and smoke dampers at 1000 fpm air velocity.
The FSAF24-BAL is specifically designed to balance the air flow in ducts and
simultaneously provide control of fire and smoke dampers. 0V = spring closed. 24V on
wire 2, not 3 = drive to the potentiometer position (balanced flow). 24V on wire 3,
regardless of the status of wire 2 = drive full open (smoke control extraction or
pressurization). See Application Bulletin for details.

Operation
For 3-position control of UL555S rated dampers in HVAC. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s tests. In the absence of other
information, use 10 in-lb of torque per square foot of area for opposed blade and 14
in-lb for parallel blade fire and smoke dampers at 1000 fpm air velocity.
The FSAF24-BAL is specifically designed to balance the air flow in ducts and
simultaneously provide control of fire and smoke dampers. 0V = spring closed. 24V on
wire 2, not 3 = drive to the potentiometer position (balanced flow). 24V on wire 3,
Technical Data FSAF24-BAL(-S) US regardless of the status of wire 2 = drive full open (smoke control extraction or
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz pressurization).
24 VDC ± 10%
Power consumption running AC 9.5 VA 6.5W
DC 6W SAFETY NOTE
holding AC 5 VA 3W The actuator contains no components which the user can replace or repair.
DC 3W
Transformer sizing 10 VA (class 2 power source 24V only)
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA, 1/2” conduit connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])

70793-00001.pdf
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
0.65" [16.5]
Control signal 24 VAC/DC 3-position
Angle of rotation 20° to 95°, pot adjustable
3.25" [82.7]

Torque 133 in-lb [15 Nm]

2.24"
[57]

Direction of rotation spring reversible with cw/ccw mounting

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
(0° spring return position) 0.19" [5]

Manual override 3mm hex crank (shipped w/actuator)

Running time motor <75 seconds @ 250°F [121°C] 10.59" [269]
0.39" [10] 2.64"
5.85" [148.5]
[67]
spring < 20 seconds 0.35" [9] 0.26" [6.5]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing

1.93"
Standard

[49]
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] ½” to 1.05”

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA type 1/IP40 (with flex conduit) Optional
Housing material zinc coated metal ½” 1.97"
[50]
Agency listings† cULus to UL873 and CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
Noise level (max) running <45 dB(A)
spring <62dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001, 5 year Belimo warranty
Weight 5.3 lbs (2.4 kg)
5.7 lbs (2.6 kg) for -S model

FSAF24-BAL-S US
Auxiliary switch 2 x SPDT 7A resistive, 2.5A inductive at
120/250VAC. UL listed, double-insulated,
one switch is set at 10°, one is adjustable
30° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

215
 FSAF24-BAL(-S) US
Spring Return, 24 V, 3-Position, 100% Open Override
Operation at 250°F for limited time per UL555S testing

Accessories (AF series accessories may be employed) Wiring Diagrams

IND-AF2 Damper position indicator
K4-1 US Universal clamp for up to 1.05” dia. jackshafts
KH-AF Crank arm for up to 3/4” round shaft (Series 2)
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
KH-AF-1 Crank arm for up to 1.05” jackshaft (Series 2)
KH-AFV V-bolt kit for KH-AF and KH-AF-1
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Tool-01 10 mm wrench Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZDB-AF2 Angle of rotation limiter Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-100 Universal mounting bracket Actuator may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
ZG-101 Universal mounting bracket
ZG-103 Universal mounting bracket 4 Only connect Hot, Wire 2 to Wire 3 override control
ZG-104 Universal mounting bracket
For end position, interlock control, fan start-up, etc., FSAF24-BAL-S
ZG-106 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod IV replacement or new
incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 7A resistive, 2.5A
crank arm type installations 5 inductive 120/250 VAC, UL listed, one switch is fixed at 10°, one adjustable
ZG-107 Mounting bracket for Honeywell® Mod III or Johnson® Series 30° to 90°
100 replacement or new crank arm type installations
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,
ZG-108 Mounting bracket for Barber Colman® MA 3../4.., Honeywell® 6 FSAF24-SR-S US incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches:
Mod III or IV or Johnson® Series 100 replacement or new 2 x SPDT, 7A resistive, 2.5A inductive 120/250 VAC, UL Approved, one
crank arm type installations switch is fixed at 10°, one is adjustable 30° to 90°.
ZG-AF Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
ZG-AF108 Crank arm adaptor kit for AF/NF
ZS-100 Weather shield (metal)
Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
ZS-150 Weather shield (polycarbonate) 6 connection.
ZS-300 NEMA 4X housing
22965-00001 12 mm form fit square shaft adaptor 7 Double insulated
For an overview of how to apply the accessories, see Belimo Mechanical Accessories and refer to the Belimo
Mounting Methods Guide.
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
NOTE: When using FSAF24-BAL(-S) US actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
Typical Specification tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Where indicated on drawings, combination fire and smoke and balancing dampers
shall be controlled by Belimo FSAF24-BAL or equal actuators. The actuators must

70793-00001_pg2
be designed so that they may be used for either clockwise or counter clockwise 24 VAC Transformer
1
failsafe operation. Actuator shall open damper in <75 seconds per UL555S and shall Line 1 Blk Com 3
spring closed in under 20 seconds. Actuators shall have a 5-year warranty and be Volts 2 Red Hot 6
manufactured under ISO9001 International Quality Control Standards.
3 Override Open
Actuator shall have an adjustable Maximum Opening Potentiometer which shall be
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

used by the TAB contractor to adjust flow to that portion of the system fed by the OVERRIDE CONTROL
damper. 4 See Wiring Diagrams
on following pages for FSAF24-BAL US
typical methods. 2
The actuator shall spring closed if either the smoke detector or alarm system
removes power from it. Actuator shall spring closed if the primary temperature Override control
thermodisc opens due to high ambient of >165°F or as otherwise indicted on

70793-00001_pg2
drawings.
S1
The actuator shall drive full open if either the smoke control system 100% open NC 5
S2 10°
override or Fire Fighters Smoke Control Station override is activated. Damper shall
S3
spring closed again if the thermodisc of a combination fire and smoke damper opens NO
due to high temperature (typically 250°F). S4 7
NC
S5
S6 30° to 90°
NO
FSAF24-BAL-S US 2

Auxiliary switch

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

216
FSNF24(-S) US, FSNF120(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 350°F for Half Hour, 15 Seconds Cycle Time

Application
The type FSNF spring-return actuator is intended for the operation of smoke and
combination fire and smoke dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning systems. The
actuator will meet requirements of UL555 and UL555S when tested as an assembly
with the damper and will meet requirements of UBC for 15 second opening and
closing at 350°F. Square footage of damper operated will depend on make and model
and the temperature required.

Operation
Mounting of the actuator to the damper axle shaft or jackshaft (3/8” to 1.05”) is via a
cold-weld clamp. Teeth in the clamp and V-bolt dig into the metal of both solid and
hollow shafts maintaining a perfect connection. The specially designed clamp will not
crush hollow shafts. The bottom end of the actuator is held by an anti-rotation strap
or by a stud provided by the damper manufacturer.
The actuator is mounted in its fail safe position with the damper blade(s) closed. Upon
applying power, the actuator drives the damper to the open position. The internal
spring is tensioned at the same time. If the power supply is interrupted, the spring
moves the damper back to its fail-safe position.

Technical Data FSNF24(-S) US, FSNF120(-S) US SAFETY NOTES

Power supply The actuator contains no components which the user can replace or repair.
FSNF24(-S) US 24 VAC ± 20%, 50/60 Hz
1/2" Threaded Connector – Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s metal
FSNF120(-S) US 120 VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz
bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly
Power consumption running 27 VA, .23 A terminate the conduit in a suitable junction box.
120 VAC holding 10 VA, .09 A
Transformer sizing 3/8" Flexible Connector Models (-FC Screw Connector) – Mount the flexible
24 VAC 27 VA Class 2 power supply conduit into the actuator’s metal bushing by means of the provided screw with a
torque of 1.2 Nm. Jacket the actuator’s input wiring with suitable flexible conduit.
Electrical connection
Properly terminate the conduit in a suitable junction box.
FSNF24(-S) US 3 ft, 18 ga, 2 color coded leads
FSNF120(-S) US 3 ft, 18 ga, 3 color coded leads
FSNF...-S US 3 ft, 18 ga, appliance cable Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection Electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation grounded
0.65" [16.5]

0.19"
Standard:

[5]
enclosure, 120V
Control microprocessor 1/2" to 1.05"
3.25" [82.7]

Angle of rotation 95°

2.24"
[57]

Optional*
Torque 70 in-lb [7.9 Nm] minimum
3/8" to 3/4"
from 32°F to 350°F [0°C to 177°C]
Direction of rotation spring can be selected by CCW/CW mounting 0.19" [5]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°
Running time between 32°F and 350°F [0°C to 177°C] 0.39" [10] 2.64"
10.20" [259]
5.85" [148.5]
motor <75 seconds constant, independent of load 0.35" [9] [67]
0.26" [6.5]
spring <20 seconds nominal

1.93"
[49]
ø1.62"
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing [ø41.2]

[73.5]
2.89"
Ambient temperature 32°F to 122°F [0°C to 50°C] *with K4 US
clamp
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] -S models only
Housing NEMA type 1 1.97"
Housing material zinc coated steel [50]
7.54"
Gears steel, permanently lubricated [191.6]
Agency listings cULus listed to UL873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24
Servicing Maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001 Accessories
Weight All AF/NF linkages and parts may be employed.
FSNF24(-S) US 6.0 lbs (2.75 kg)
FSNF120(-S) US 6.7 lbs (3.0 kg)
FSNF...-S US +0.5 lbs (+0.23 kg)

FSNF24-S US, FSNF120-S US

Auxiliary Switch 2xSPST 7A resistive, 2.5A inductive at 120V or
250V, UL Approved, double-insulated, one switch
at <10°, one adjustable from >30° to 90°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

217
 FSNF24(-S) US, FSNF120(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 350°F for Half Hour, 15 Seconds Cycle Time

Typical Applications Wiring Diagrams

Multi-section Damper Assemblies

The typical fire and smoke damper requires from 5-15 in-lb of torque per square foot
at 250°F – 350°F under dynamic load (2400 fpm velocity). The FSNF will operate 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
multi-section dampers using multiple actuators for multiple sections. Some of the
methods used are shown below. 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
This is a direct coupled actuator. If linkages are needed use the FSNF series. Square Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
shaft adaptors are available: 22153-00002, 22153-00003, 22513-00004 for the
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., FSNF24-S
8mm, 10mm, and 12mm, form fit respectively. 4 US and FSNF120-S US incorporate two built-in auxiliary
switches: 2 x SPDT, 7A (2.5A inductive)@125/250 VAC,
UL Approved, 5 and 85. Switch rating is for 250F 1/2 hour only.

Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the

need of an electrical ground connection.
Blank-off Channel
Single section
for one WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
FSNF actuator During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
Blank-off tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Channel
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W177
24V 120V
Wht C N 1 Neutral
1
Use of blank-offs between damper sections to Blk H L1 2 Hot
provide space for actuator mounting. Large multi-section assembly 3 Ground

No ground on 24 V models
Typical Specification FSNF24 US
Smoke Control and Combination Fire and Smoke Control Damper Actuators 2
FSNF120 US
All smoke and combination fire and smoke dampers shall be provided with Belimo
FSLF, FSNF, or FSAF actuators. No substitutions allowed.

FSNF Multi-Sec ApplicBLK

Damper and actuator shall have UL555S Listing for 250°F (350°F) and shall comply 24V 120V
with UBC if required by local codes.
Wht C N 1 1
Where proof of closure switches are required, blade switches, actuator auxiliary
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Blk H L1 2 2
switches, or proximity switches are allowed.

Gnd Gnd
Replacement Applications
The number one "equal or better" requirement for use as a replacement for obsolete No ground on 24 V models
defective motors is the UL555S listing of the Belimo actuator with the damper for the
application. The local authority having jurisdiction sets the requirements. In some Parallel Actuator Wiring
cases a permit and inspection may be required.

W175_08
Contact Belimo for a list of damper manufacturers with UL555S listing with Belimo
FSAF, FSLF, & FSNF actuators.

CAUTION
Caution must be used when replacing failed motors with new Belimo actuators.
Many old motors did not have internal springs and depended on external springs
on the side of the damper or wrapped around the damper shaft to close the
damper.
In some cases, the damper must be replaced because the damper would have to
undergo major modifications to replace an actuator.
In many cases, replacing the actuator voids the UL555S listing of the damper.

Auxiliary switch wiring for FSNF24-S US, FSNF120-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

218
FSNF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 350°F [177°C] for Limited Time, Nominal 15 Seconds Operation

Application
The type FSNF spring-return actuator is intended for the operation of smoke and
combination fire and smoke dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning systems. The
actuator will meet requirements of UL555 and UL555S when tested as an assembly
with the damper and will meet requirements of UBC for 15 second opening and
closing. Square footage of damper operated will depend on make and model and the
temperature required.

Operation
Mounting of the actuator to the damper shaft or jackshaft
(3/8” to 1.05”) is via a cold-weld clamp. Teeth in the clamp and V-bolt dig into the
metal of both solid and hollow shafts maintaining a perfect connection. The specially
designed clamp will not crush hollow shafts. The bottom end of the actuator is held
by an anti-rotation strap or by a stud provided by the damper manufacturer.
The actuator is mounted in its fail safe position with the damper blade(s) closed. Upon
applying power, the actuator drives the damper to the open position. The internal
spring is tensioned at the same time. If the power supply is interrupted, the spring
moves the damper back to its fail-safe position.

SAFETY NOTES
Technical Data FSNF230(-S) US The actuator contains no components which the user can replace or repair.
Power supply
FSNF230(-S) US 230 VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz 1/2" Threaded Connector – Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s metal
bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly
Power consumption running 18 W, 27 VA, .13 A
terminate the conduit in a suitable junction box.
230 VAC holding 6 W, 10 VA, .04 A
Transformer sizing 3/8" Flexible Connector Models (-FC Screw Connector) – Mount the flexible
24 VAC 27 VA Class 2 power supply conduit into the actuator’s metal bushing by means of the provided screw with a
Electrical connection torque of 1.2 Nm. Jacket the actuator’s input wiring with suitable flexible conduit.
FSNF230(-S) US 3 ft [1m], 18 ga, 3 color coded leads Properly terminate the conduit in a suitable junction box.
FSNF...-S US 3 ft [1m], 18 ga, appliance cable
Overload protection Electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
auto-restart after temporary overload
0.65" [16.5]

0.19"
Electrical protection grounded enclosure, 230V Standard:

[5]
Control microprocessor 1/2" to 1.05"
3.25" [82.7]

Angle of rotation 95°

2.24"
[57]

Optional*
Torque 70 in-lb [7.9 Nm] minimum
3/8" to 3/4"
from 32°F to 350°F [0°C to 177°C]
Direction of rotation spring can be selected by CCW/CW mounting 0.19" [5]
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95°

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Running time between 32°F and 350°F [0°C to 177°C] 0.39" [10] 2.64"
10.20" [259]
5.85" [148.5]
motor approx. 15 sec at rated voltage and torque 0.35" [9] [67]
0.26" [6.5]
spring approx. 15 sec

1.93"
[49]
ø1.62"
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
3.86" [98]
3.15" [80]

[ø41.2]
Ambient temperature 32°F to 122°F [0°C to 50°C]

[73.5]
2.89"
*with K4 US
clamp
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
-S models only
Housing NEMA type 1
1.97"
Housing material zinc coated steel [50]
7.54"
Gears steel, permanently lubricated [191.6]
Agency listings cULus listed to UL873 and
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24
Servicing Maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001 Accessories
Weight FSNF230(-S) US 6.7 lbs (3.0 kg) All AF/NF linkages and parts may be employed.
FSNF...-S US +0.5 lbs (+.23 kg) Order part 22965-00001 for square shafts.

FSNF230-S US
Auxiliary Switch 2 x SPDT 7A (2.5A inductive)@ 125/250VAC, UL
Approved, 5° and 85°, double insulated

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

219
 FSNF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 350°F [177°C] for Limited Time, Nominal 15 Seconds Operation

Typical Applications Wiring Diagrams

Multi-section Damper Assemblies

The typical US fire-smoke damper requires from 5-15 in-lb torque per square ft. [6-
17 Nm per square meter] at 350°F [171°C] under dynamic load (2400 fpm [12m/s] 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
velocity).
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Some of the methods used for multi-section dampers with the FSNF actuators are Actuators may be connected in parallel.
shown below. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., FSNF230-S
4 incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT, 7A (2.5A
inductive)@125/250 VAC, UL Approved, 5 and 85. Switch rating 250°F
[121°C] 1/2 hour only.

Blank-off Channel
Single section
Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
for one
FSNF actuator need of an electrical ground connection.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Blank-off During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
Channel necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W192_08
Use of blank-offs between damper sections to
provide space for actuator mounting. Large multi-section assembly

Typical Specification
Smoke Control and Combination Fire and Smoke Control Damper Actuators

All smoke and combination fire and smoke dampers shall be provided with Belimo
FSLF, FSNF, or FSAF actuators. No substitutions allowed.
Damper and actuator shall have UL555S Listing for 250°F (350°F) and shall comply
with UBC if required by local codes. g

FSNF Multi-Sec ApplicBLK230

Where proof of closure switches are required, blade switches, actuator auxiliary 230V
switches, or proximity switches are allowed. 24V Eu US 3Φ
N L2 1 1
Wht C
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Replacement Applications Blk H L L1 2 2

The number one "equal or better" requirement for use as a replacement for obsolete Gnd Gnd
defective motors is the UL555S listing of the Belimo actuator with the damper for the
application. The local authority having jurisdiction sets the requirements. In some
cases a permit and inspection may be required. No ground on 24 V models

Contact Belimo for a list of damper manufacturers with UL555S listing with Belimo Parallel Actuator Wiring
FSAF, FSLF, & FSNF actuators.

W436_08
CAUTION
Caution must be used when replacing failed motors with new Belimo actuators. S1
Many old motors did not have internal springs and depended on external springs NC
on the side of the damper or wrapped around the damper shaft to close the S2
damper. S3 5
NO
In some cases, the damper must be replaced because the damper would have to
undergo major modifications to replace an actuator. S4 4
NC
In many cases, replacing the actuator voids the UL555S listing of the damper. S5
S6 85
NO

FSNF24-S US
FSNF230-S US

Auxiliary switch wiring for FSNF24-S US, FSNF230-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

220
FSLF24(-S) US, FSLF120(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 350°F [177°C] for Half Hour, 15 Seconds Operation

A li i
Application:
The type FSLF spring-return actuator is intended for the operation of smoke and
combination fire and smoke dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning systems. The
actuator will meet requirements of UL555 and UL555S when tested as an assembly
with the damper and will meet requirements of UBC for 15 second opening and
closing.
Square footage of damper operated will depend on make and model and the
temperature required.

Operation
Mounting of the actuator to the damper axle shaft or jackshaft is via a cold-weld
clamp. Teeth in the clamp and V-bolt dig into the metal of both solid and hollow shafts
maintaining a perfect connection. The specially designed clamp will not crush hollow
shafts. The bottom end of the actuator is held by an anti-rotation strap or by a stud
provided by the damper manufacturer.
Technical Data FSLF24(-S) US, FSLF120(-S) US
Power supply The actuator is mounted in its fail safe position with the damper blade(s) closed. Upon
FSLF24(-S) US 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz applying power, the actuator drives the damper to the open position. The internal
nominal voltage range 21.6-26.4 VAC spring is tensioned at the same time. If the power supply is interrupted, the spring
FSLF120(-S) US 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz moves the damper back to its fail-safe position.
nominal voltage range 108-132 VAC
SAFETY NOTES
Power consumption
The actuator contains no components which the user can replace or repair.
24 VAC running 50/60 Hz, 5.0 VA
holding 50/60 Hz, 3.5 VA 1/2" Threaded Connector – Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s metal
120 VAC running 50 Hz, 20 VA / 60 Hz, 18 VA bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly
holding 50 Hz, 12 VA / 60 Hz, 6.5 VA terminate the conduit in a suitable junction box.
Transformer sizing Safety Note, connect via safety isolating 3/8" Flexible Connector Models (-FC Screw Connector) – Mount the flexible
24 VAC transformer, class 2 supply conduit into the actuator’s metal bushing by means of the provided screw with a
Electrical connection torque of 1.2 Nm. Jacket the actuator’s input wiring with suitable flexible conduit.
FSLF24(-S) US 3 ft [1m], 18 ga, 2 color coded leads Properly terminate the conduit in a suitable junction box.
FSLF120(-S) US 3 ft [1m], 18 ga, 3 color coded leads
FSLF...-S US 3 ft [1m], 18 ga, appliance cable
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
auto-restart after temporary overload
7.03"
Electrical protection grounded enclosure, 120V [179]
6.81"
Control microprocessor [173]
1.1"
Angle of rotation 95° 0.45" [11]
[28]
Torque 30 in-lb [3.5 Nm] minimum
max 0.79"
from 32°F to 350°F [0°C to 177°C]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

[20]
Direction of rotation spring can be selected by CCW/CW mounting
2.37" 3.86" "
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° [60] [98]

Running time motor < 15 seconds at rated voltage and torque 0.2
min 0.5"
[12.7]
32°F and 122°F [0°C to 50°C] [5]

spring < 15 seconds at ambient temperature 5.42"

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing [138]

Ambient temperature
0.75" [19]
normal duty 32°F to 122°F [0°C to 50°C]
safety duty 3 on/off cycles after 30 minutes at ambient
2.24"
temperature of 350°F [177°C] [57]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
0.24" [6]
Housing NEMA type 1, zinc coated steel
Type of action Type 1.B Software class A
Shaft 3/8”-1/2” rnd (7/16” sq) 1/2”-3/4” rnd w/K6-1
Gears permanently lubricated
Agency listings cULus listed to UL 60730-1 and
CAN/CSA 22.2 No 4
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
FSNF24(-S) US 3.4 lbs (1.7 kg)
FSNF230(-S) US 4.0 lbs (1.8 kg)
FSNF...-S US +0.3 lbs (+.14 kg)

FSLF24-S US, FSLF120-S US

Auxiliary Switch 2 x SPST 0.5 A inductive @ 120/250 V, 1 mA @ 5
VDC, 3 A resistive @ 120/250 V, UL Approved, 10°
and 85°, double insulated

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

221
 FSLF24(-S) US, FSLF120(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 350°F [177°C] for Half Hour, 15 Seconds Operation

Typical Applications Wiring Diagrams

Multi-section Damper Assemblies

The typical fire and smoke damper requires from 5-15 in-lb of torque per square
foot at 250°F - 350°F under dynamic load (2000 fpm velocity). The FSLF is a single 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
section damper actuator. For the multi section dampers, use the FSNF series. This is
a direct coupled actuator. If linkages are needed use the FSNF series. 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Square shaft adaptors are available: 22153-00002, 22153-00003, 22513-00004 for Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
the 8mm, 10mm, and 12mm, form fit respectively.
3 No ground connection required. Double insulated.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., FSNF24-S
4 and FSNF230-S incorporate two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT,
7A (2.5A inductive)@125/250 VAC, UL Approved, 5 and 85. Switch rating
250°F [121°C] 1/2 hour only.

Single section Two section for Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
for one two FSLF actuators need of an electrical ground connection.
FSLF actuator
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

Maximum area Maximum area

W201
one actuator for two actuators 24V 120V
C=Blk N=Wht 1 Common, Neutral
1
Typical Specification H=Red L1=Blk 2 Hot
Smoke Control and Combination Fire and Smoke Control Damper Actuators 3 Ground
All smoke and combination fire and smoke dampers shall be provided with Belimo No ground on 24 V models
FSLF, FSNF, or FSAF actuators. No substitutions allowed. FSLF24 US
2
Damper and actuator shall have UL555S Listing for 250°F (350°F) and shall comply FSLF120 US
with UBC if required by local codes.
Where proof of closure switches are required, blade switches, actuator auxiliary
switches, or proximity switches are allowed. 24V 120V
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

C=Blk N=Wht 1 1

Replacement Applications H=Red L1=Blk 2 2

The number one "equal or better" requirement for use as a replacement for obsolete
Gnd Gnd
defective motors is the UL555S listing of the Belimo actuator with the damper for the
application. The local authority having jurisdiction sets the requirements.
Contact Belimo for a list of damper manufacturers with UL555S listing with Belimo No ground on 24 V models
FSAF, FSNF, & FSLF actuators.
Parallel Actuator Wiring
CAUTION

W200
Caution must be used when replacing failed motors with new Belimo actuators.
Many old motors did not have internal springs and depended on external springs
on the side of the damper or wrapped around the damper shaft to close the
damper.
In some cases, the damper must be replaced because the damper would have to
undergo major modifications to replace an actuator.
Most codes require that “equal or better” actuators be used to replace defectives.

Auxiliary switch wiring for FSLF24-S US, FSLF120-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

222
FSLF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 350°F [177°C] for Half Hour, 15 Seconds Operation

Application
The type FSLF spring-return actuator is intended for the operation of smoke and
combination fire and smoke dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning systems. The
actuator will meet requirements of UL555 and UL555S when tested as an assembly
with the damper and will meet requirements of UBC for 15 second opening and
closing.
Square footage of damper operated will depend on make and model and the
temperature required.

Operation
Mounting of the actuator to the damper axle shaft or jackshaft is via a cold-weld
clamp. Teeth in the clamp and V-bolt dig into the metal of both solid and hollow shafts
maintaining a perfect connection. The specially designed clamp will not crush hollow
shafts. The bottom end of the actuator is held by an anti-rotation strap or by a stud
provided by the damper manufacturer.
The actuator is mounted in its fail safe position with the damper blade(s) closed. Upon
applying power, the actuator drives the damper to the open position. The internal
spring is tensioned at the same time. If the power supply is interrupted, the spring
moves the damper back to its fail-safe position.
Technical Data FSLF230(-S) US
Power supply SAFETY NOTES
230 VAC, 50/60 Hz The actuator contains no components which the user can replace or repair.
nominal voltage range 207-253 VAC 1/2" Threaded Connector – Screw a conduit fitting into the actuator’s metal
Power consumption bushing. Jacket the actuator’s input wiring with suitable flexible conduit. Properly
running 50 Hz, 17 VA / 60 Hz, 17 VA terminate the conduit in a suitable junction box.
holding 50 Hz, 8 VA / 60 Hz, 6 VA 3/8" Flexible Connector Models (-FC Screw Connector) – Mount the flexible
Transformer sizing Safety Note, connect via safety isolating conduit into the actuator’s metal bushing by means of the provided screw with a
24 VAC transformer, class 2 supply torque of 1.2 Nm. Jacket the actuator’s input wiring with suitable flexible conduit.
Electrical connection Properly terminate the conduit in a suitable junction box.
FSLF230(-S) US 3 ft [1m], 18 ga, 3 color coded leads
FSLF...-S US 3 ft [1m], 18 ga, appliance cable
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
auto-restart after temporary overload
7.03"
Electrical protection grounded enclosure, 230V [179]
Control microprocessor 6.81"
[173]
Angle of rotation 95° 0.45" [11] 1.1"
[28]
Torque 30 in-lb [3.5 Nm] minimum
from 32°F to 350°F [0°C to 177°C] max 0.79"

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

[20]
Direction of rotation spring can be selected by CCW/CW mounting
2.37" 3.86" "
Position indication visual indicator, 0° to 95° [60] [98]
Running time motor < 15 sec at rated voltage and torque min 0.5"
0.2 [12.7]
32°F and 122°F [0°C to 50°C] [5]

spring < 15 sec

5.42"
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing [138]

Ambient temperature
0.75" [19]
normal duty 32°F to 122°F [0°C to 50°C]
safety duty 3 on/off cycles after 30 minutes at ambient
temperature of 350°F [177°C] 2.24"
[57]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA type 1 / IP10, zinc coated steel 0.24" [6]

Type of action Type 1.B Software class A

Shaft 3/8”-1/2” rnd (7/16” sq) 1/2”-3/4” rnd w/K6-1
Gears permanently lubricated
Agency listings cULus listed to UL 60730-1 and
CAN/CSA 22.2 No 4
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
FSNF230(-S) US 4.0 lbs (1.8 kg)
FSNF...-S US +0.3 lbs (+.14 kg)

FSLF230-S US
Auxiliary Switch 2 x SPST 0.5 A inductive @ 120/250 V, 1 mA @ 5
VDC, 3 A resistive @ 120/250 V, UL Approved, 10°
and 85°, double insulated

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

223
 FSLF230(-S) US
On/Off, Spring Return, 350°F [177°C] for Half Hour, 15 Seconds Operation

Typical Applications Wiring Diagrams

Multi-section Damper Assemblies

The typical fire and smoke damper requires from 5-15 in-lb of torque per square foot
at 250°F - 350°F under dynamic load (2000 fpm velocity). The FSLF is a single sec- 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
tion damper actuator. For the multi section dampers, use the FSNF series.
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
This is a direct coupled actuator. If linkages are needed use the FSNF series. Square Actuators may be connected in parallel.
shaft adaptors are available: 22153-00002, 22153-00003, 22513-00004 for the Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
8mm, 10mm, and 12mm, form fit respectively.
3 No ground connection required. Double insulated.
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., FSLF230-S US
4 incorporate two built-in auxiliary switches.

5 S4 makes to S6 when the actuator is powered open.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
Single section Two section for necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
for one two FSLF actuators individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
FSLF actuator tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W270
24V 230V
C=Blk N=Blu 1 Common, Neutral
1
H=Red L1=Brn 2 Hot
Maximum area Maximum area
one actuator for two actuators 3 Ground

No ground on 24 V models
FSLF24 US
Typical Specification 2
FSLF230 US
Smoke Control and Combination Fire and Smoke Control Damper Actuators

All smoke and combination fire and smoke dampers shall be provided with Belimo

FSLF Multi-Sec ApplicBLK230

FSLF, FSNF, or FSAF actuators. No substitutions allowed.
24V 230V
Damper and actuator shall have UL555S Listing for 250°F (350°F) and shall comply
with UBC if required by local codes. C=Blk N=Blu 1 1

Where proof of closure switches are required, blade switches, actuator auxiliary H=Red L1=Brn 2 2
switches, or proximity switches are allowed.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Gnd Gnd

Replacement Applications
No ground on 24 V models
The number one "equal or better" requirement for use as a replacement for obsolete
defective motors is the UL555S listing of the Belimo actuator with the damper for the Parallel Actuator Wiring
application. The local authority having jurisdiction sets the requirements.

W269_08
Contact Belimo for a list of damper manufacturers with UL555S listing with Belimo
FSAF, FSNF, & FSLF actuators.

CAUTION
Caution must be used when replacing failed motors with new Belimo actuators.
Many old motors did not have internal springs and depended on external springs
on the side of the damper or wrapped around the damper shaft to close the
damper.
In some cases, the damper must be replaced because the damper would have to
undergo major modifications to replace an actuator.
Most codes require that “equal or better” actuators be used to replace defectives.

Auxiliary switch wiring for FSLF24-S US, FSLF230-S US

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

224
GM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 360 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 90 sq-ft*

)
4 (p. 239
Actuators in

(p. 235)

. 237)

(p. 241)
(p. 229)

bold have BDCM

. 233)

245)
27)

1)

43)
4-MFT (p
4-3 (p. 2

-3 (p. 23

MFT-T N
4-SR (p

SR-T N4

PC (p. 2

LON (p.
MFT95
3-T N4

GMB(X)2
GMB(X)2

GMB(X)2
GMX120

GMX24-

GMX24-
GMB24-

GMB24-

GMX24-

GMX24-
GM Series - At A Glance
Basic Product ● ● ● ● ●
Flexible Product ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm] ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Angle of Rotation 95 degrees ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

100 to 240 VAC ●
Control Input On/Off, Floating Point ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ●
Multi-Function Technology ● ●
0 to 135 Ohm ●
0 to 20V Phasecut ●
LonWORKS ® ●
Feedback None ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ● ●
Variable (0 to 10 VDC) ● ● ●
Running Time 150 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Adj. 75 to 280 seconds ● ● ●
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ● ● ● ●
Appliance Rated Cable ●
Conduit Fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary Switch Add-On ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Installation and Operations…(page 400).

*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

225
 GM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and Controllability.

● Cut Labor Costs with Simple Direct Coupling.

● Self-Centers on 1.05" or 3/4” with the Standard Clamp.

● Check Damper Position with Clear Position Indicator.

● Don’t Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is Overload Proof

throughout Rotation.

● Enjoy Added Flexibility with Easy Mechanical Stops

to Adjust Angle of Rotation.

● Need to Change Control Direction?

Do it easily with a Simple Switch.

● Easily Accessible Manual Override Button

helps you Pre-Tension Damper Blades.

● Auxiliary Switch and Feedback Potentiometer Add-Ons Mount

Directly on Clamp, Includes Conduit Connector.

● Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable and Conduit Connector Provided

on Basic Models.

● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection, and

Running Time to fit your Specific Application with Belimo’s New
Flexible Line of Actuators.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

226
GMB(X)24-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The GMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The GMB(X)24-3... actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data GMB(X)24-3 actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
24 VDC ± 10% mode.
Power consumption 4 W (2 W) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

D123
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Control on/off, floating point
2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Input impedance 600 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop

2.9” [72.9]
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
5.37” [136.4] To center of
Manual override external push button mounting slot.
Running time 150 seconds, constant independent of load

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

7.02” [178.4]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]
4.55” [115.6]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A) 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
1.42”
Servicing maintenance free [36]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.4 lbs [1.55 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

227
 GMB(X)24-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-GM20 1/2”-1.05 [12.7 to 26.67 mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
Z-GMA GM to GM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
nection.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
P…A Feedback Potentiometers During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
NOTE: When using GMB(X)24-3... actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Typical Specification nents could result in death or serious injury.

Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,

W254_08
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control

W255_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

228
GMB24-3-T N4
NEMA 4 , On/Off, Floating Point Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24 VAC

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator
sizing should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s
specifications.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by

means of its universal clamp.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but
is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied
with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GMB24-3-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates

position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position,
the actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a
button on the actuator after the cover is removed.

The GMB24-3-T N4 actuator uses a sensorless brushless DC motor, which

is controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC
Technical Data GMB24-3-T N4 monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation
sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
24 VDC ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption 4.0 W (2.0 W) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
½” conduit connector
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Control on/off, floating point
Input impedance 600 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication dial
Running time 150 seconds Dimensions (mm [inches])

D312
constant independent of load

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity 5 to 100% RH (UL Type 4)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4, NEMA 4, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,
CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.8 lbs [4.45 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.
172 [6.77]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

229
 GMB24-3-T N4
NEMA 4 , On/Off, Floating Point Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
43442-00001 Gland* 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland*
NOTE: When using GMB24-3-T N4 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
* Both parts are needed when using an auxiliary switch or potentiometer with GMB24-3-T N4
Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an
electrical ground connection.
Typical Specification WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
On/Off, Floating Point control damper actuators shall be electronic direct- may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
coupled type, which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
mounting to a shaft up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation.
result in death or serious injury.
Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the cover of the
actuator. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall
be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by
Belimo.

GMB24-3-T N4N4
AMB24-3-T

On/Off control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

GMB24-3-T
GMB24 3 T N4N4
AMB24-3-T

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

230
GMX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The GMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The GMX120-3 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled by
an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data GMX120-3 actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (nominal) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz (tolerance) mode.
Power consumption 4 W (2 W) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Transformer sizing 7 VA (Class 2 power source) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

D123
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Control on/off, floating point
2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Input impedance 600 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop

2.9” [72.9]
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
5.37” [136.4] To center of
Manual override external push button mounting slot.
Running time 150 seconds, constant independent of load

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

7.02” [178.4]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
4.55” [115.6]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A) 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
1.42”
Servicing maintenance free [36]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.4 lbs [1.55 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 2.5kV, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

231
 GMX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-GM20 1/2”-1.05 [12.7 to 26.67 mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
Z-GMA GM to GM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch nection.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NOTE: When using GMX120-3 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
Typical Specification tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft

W375_08
up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control

W376_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

232
GMB(X)24-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

T
Torque min.
i 360 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 90 sq ft.
f

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The GMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Technical Data GMB(X)24-SR automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 10% The GMB(X)24-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
Power consumption 4.5 W (2W) controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
Transformer sizing 6.5 VA (Class 2 power source) controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
1/2” conduit connector holding mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500Ω Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Feedback Output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)

D123
Angle of Rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of Rotation reversible with switch 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
actuator will move:

2.9” [72.9]
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button 5.37” [136.4] To center of
Running time 150 seconds, constant independent of load mounting slot.

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1) 7.02” [178.4]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
4.55” [115.6]

Housing material UL94-5VA

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free 1.42” 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
[36]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.4 lbs [1.55 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

233
 GMB(X)24-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-GM20 1/2”-1.05 [12.7 to 26.67 mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
Z-GMA GM to GM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
connection.
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZG-X40 Transformer individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
NOTE: When using GMB(X)24-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W253_08
Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have Brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 to 10 VDC control

W253_08

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

234
GMB24-SR-T N4
NEMA 4, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by

means of its universal clamp.

The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a

500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or
positioner. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or
master-slave applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but
is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied
with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GMB24-SR-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates

position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position,
the actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a
Technical Data GMB24-SR-T N4 button on the actuator after the cover is removed.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
The GMB24-SR-T N4 actuator uses a sensorless brushless DC motor, which
24 VDC ± 10%
is controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC
Power consumption 4.5 W (2.0 W) monitors and controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation
Transformer Sizing 6.5 VA (Class 2 power source) sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire) Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
½” conduit connector
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication dial Dimensions (inches [mm])

D312
Running time 150 seconds

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 100% RH (UL Type 4)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,
CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 9.8 lbs [4.45 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.
172 [6.77]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

235
 GMB24-SR-T N4
NEMA 4, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners for surface mounting 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface 2 CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits
ZG-X40 Transformer
43442-00001 Gland*
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland*
NOTE: When using GMB24-SR-T N4 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
* Both parts are needed when using an auxiliary switch or potentiometer with GMB24-SR-T N4
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to 2
to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
Typical Specification may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
to a shaft up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper result in death or serious injury.
control in response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor,
a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from
overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and
manual override on the cover of the actuator. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for
position indication. Actuators shall be cULus listed, NEMA 4X, have a 5-year
warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

GMB24-SR-T N4N4
AMB24-SR-T
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 to 10 VDC control

GMB24-SR-T N4N4
AMB24-SR-T

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

236
GMB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

T
Torque min.
i 360 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 90 sq ft.
f

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The GMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
Technical Data GMB(X)24-MFT the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
24 VDC ± 10% actuator cover.
Power consumption 4.5 W (1.5 W) The GMB(X)24-MFT actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Transformer sizing 7 VA (Class 2 power source) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
1/2” conduit connector damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) mode.
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω Dimensions (Inches [mm])
1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)

D123
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max
VDC variable 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
electronically variable

2.9” [72.9]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button 5.37” [136.4] To center of
Running time 150 seconds (default) mounting slot.

variable (75 to 300 seconds) 7.02” [178.4]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]
4.55” [115.6]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A) 1.42” 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
[36]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.4 lbs [1.55 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

237
 GMB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
K-GM20 3/4" [20 mm] Shaft Clamp During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts nents could result in death or serious injury.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing

W399_08
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using GMB(X)24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.
PWM
M

W399_08
Wiring Diagrams
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible. On/Off
Off controll
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)

W399_08
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground

connection.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

238
GMX24-MFT-T N4
NEMA 4, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 360 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 90 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by

means of its universal clamp.

The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators
can be ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and
custom configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo
PC-Tool software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but
is electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied
with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.

The GMX24-MFT-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates

position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position,
the actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a
button on the actuator after the cover is removed.
Technical Data GMX24-MFT-T N4 The GMX24-MFT-T N actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors
24 VDC ± 10% and controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing
Power consumption 4.0 W (2.0 W) (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power
Transformer sizing 7 VA (Class 2 power source) consumption is reduced in holding mode.
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened
½” conduit connector directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
variable (VDC, floating point, on/off)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop Dimensions (inches [mm])

D312
electronically variable

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication dial
Running time 150 seconds (default)
variable (45 to 170 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 100% RH (UL Type 4)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP66
Housing material polycarbonate
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,
CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
Noise level <45dB(A)
172 [6.77]

Servicing maintenance free

Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 10 lbs [4.56 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

239
 GMX24-MFT-T N4
NEMA 4, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

W399_08
Accessories
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners for surface mounting
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
43442-00001 Gland*
11097-00001 Gasket for Gland*
NOTE: When using GMX24-MFT-T N4 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
* Both parts are needed when using an auxiliary switch or potentiometer with GMX24-MFT-T N4
VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
Typical Specification

Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,

which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting
to a shaft up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper
control in response to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor,
a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from
overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and
manual override on the cover of the actuator. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, PWM
M
and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards.

W399_08
Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION
N Equipment Damage!
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be

observed. On/Off control

W399_08
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

Floating Point control
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in
handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all
electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could
result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

240
GMX24-MFT95
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 135 Ω Input

T
Torque min.
i 360 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 90 sq ft.
f

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 0 to 135Ω input applications of the …MFT95 actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The GMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
Technical Data GMX24-MFT95 actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
24 VDC ± 10% actuator cover.
Power consumption 4.5 W (1.5 W) The GMX24-MFT95 actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Transformer sizing 7 VA (Class 2 power source) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
1/2” conduit connector damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) mode.
3 ft [1m]
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range WRB 135 Ω Honeywell Electronic Series 90,
0 to 135 Ω input
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max Dimensions (Inches [mm])
VDC variable

D123
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]

Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm] 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch

2.9” [72.9]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds (default)
variable (100 to 280 seconds) 5.37” [136.4] To center of
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1) mounting slot.

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 7.02” [178.4]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
4.55” [115.6]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001 1.42” 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
[36]
Weight 3.4 lbs [1.55 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

241
 GMX24-MFT95
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 135 Ω Input

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-GM20 1/2”-1.05 [12.7 to 26.67 mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts 5 color codes instead. Actuators with appliance cables are numbered.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
21 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing 222 Actuators and controller must have separate transformers.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench 233 Consult controller instruction data for more detailed information.
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
Resistor value depends on the type of controller and the number of
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) actuators. No resistor is used for one actuator. Honeywell® resistor kits
244
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch may also be used.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module 255 To reverse control rotation, use the reversing switch.
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using GMX24-MFT95 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

S963A

Wnew60408_6
Typical Specification 24 VAC Transformer Minimum Position
Potentiometer 5
21
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which Line Blk (1) Common
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to Volts Red (2) + Hot
25
Series 90
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to 0 Controller
B W
to 135 Ω input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have B R Pnk (4) W
R Wht (3) R
brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles of 22
Gry (5) B
Shunting W
rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run Resistor
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, 24 23
-MFT95
have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality B R W
H205 Change- Occupied
Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. over Controller Contact

Wire Colors
1 = Black 3 = White 5 = Gray
2 = Red 4 = Pink 6 = Orange 21
Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot
23
22
Wnew60408_6

Pnk (4) W 25
5
21 24 VAC Transformer Wht (3) R
Gry (5) B
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Line Blk (1) Common Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC

To other
Volts Red (2) + Hot actuators -MFT95
23
A
Pnk (4) W Wiring multiple actuators to a Series 90 controller
24
135 Ω Wht (3) R using a minimum position potentiometer.
B

W016
Gry (5) B

Wnew60408_6
24 VAC Transformer 5
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC 21

-MFT95 Line Blk (1) Common

21 24 VAC Transformer Volts Red (2) + Hot
Line Blk (1) Common 23
Volts Red (2) + Hot 22 W W R B Pnk (4) W 24
23 Series 90
R Wht (3) R
A Controller
B Gry (5) B
W Pnk (4) W 24
Line Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
R Wht (3) R Series 90 low limit control
Volts B 135 Ω for 0 to 50% control
Gry (5) B 280 Ω for 0 to 100% control -MFT95
B
22 Controller Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC Low Limit Control
W017
Wnew60408_6

-MFT95
21
24 VAC Transformer 5
Override
Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot
23
22 W Pnk (4) W 24
Series 90 Wht (3) R
R
Controller
B R W B Gry (5) B
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Series 90 high limit control - 280 Ω -MFT95
High Limit Control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

242
GMX24-PC
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20 V Phasecut

T
Torque min.
i 360 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 90 sq ft.
f

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled (only the positive part of the
sine wave) to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to 0 to 20V phasecut control input only on the
positive part of the sine wave from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to 10
VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The GMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Technical Data GMX24-PC automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 10%
The GMX24-PC actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power consumption 4.5 W (1.5 W) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer sizing 7 VA (Class 2 power source) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
1/2” conduit connector mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 0 to 20 V phasecut
control is only for the postiive part of the sine Dimensions (Inches [mm])
wave (max of 10 volts)

D123
Input impedance 8 kΩ (50 mW) 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop

2.9” [72.9]
electronically variable
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 5.37” [136.4] To center of
Manual override external push button mounting slot.

Running time 150 seconds (default) 7.02” [178.4]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
4.55” [115.6]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A) 1.42” 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
[36]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.4 lbs [1.55 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

243
 GMX24-PC
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20 V Phasecut

Accessories
K-GM20 1/2”-1.05 [12.7 to 26.67 mm] Shaft Clamp
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) Meets UL requirements without the need of an electrical ground
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch connection.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-X40 Transformer necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
NOTE: When using GMX24-PC actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Typical Specification

W185
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
1
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to 24 VAC Transformer
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to 0
to 20 V phasecut control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators Line Blk (1) Common –
shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all Volts Red (2) Hot + 3
angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the
cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus Pnk (6) Y Input, 0 to 20V phasecut
listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Control Signal (–)
Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. 0 to 20 V Phasecut (+) Org (5) U Output, 2 to 10V
Wiring Diagram
…PC 2

Proportional Control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

244
GMX24-LON
LonWorks®, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

T
Torque min.
i 360 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 90 sq ft.
f

Application
Direct coupled actuators for direct link to LonWorks network. Actuators are easily
installed by direct shaft mounting on air dampers in ventilation and air conditioning
systems. Actuator can be controlled by any compatible LON system.
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp. A crank arm and several mounting brackets are available for
applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The GMX24-LON series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates
position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the
actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on
Technical Data GMX24-LON the actuator cover.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz The GMX24-LON actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
24 VDC ± 10% Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power consumption 4.5 W (1.5 W) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Transformer sizing 7 VA (Class 2 power source) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable mode.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
3 ft [1m] the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop Dimensions (Inches [mm])
electronically variable

D123
Torque 360 in-lb [40 Nm]
Direction of rotation 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Manual override external push button

2.9” [72.9]
Running time 150 seconds (default)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C] 5.37” [136.4] To center of
mounting slot.
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA 7.02” [178.4]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
4.55” [115.6]

Noise level <45dB(A)

Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.4 lbs [1.55 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.
1.42” 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
[36]
LonWorks®
Certified according to LonMARK® 3.3
Processor Neuron 3120
Transceiver FTT-10A, compatible with LPT-10
Functional profile according to LonMARK® Damper
actuator object #8110
open loop sensor object #1
LNS plug-in for actuator/sensor can be run with any LNS based integration
tool (min. for LNS 3.x)
Service button and status LED according to LonMARK® guidelines
Conductors, cables conductor lengths, cable specifications and
topology of the LonWorks® network according to
the Echelon® directives
LonWorks and LonMARK © 2007-2009 LonMark International

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

245
 GMX24-LON
®
LonWorks , Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories

Schema_LON_02
T ~
K-GM20 3/4" [20 mm] Shaft Clamp +
–
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
ZG-GMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) 1 2 3 5 6 7
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers T ~

LON

LON
MFT
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing – +
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
Sensor scaling:
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module The sensors can be scaled with the sensor plug-in (sensor table).
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using GMX24-LON actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. Sensor Temperature range Resistance range Resolution
Ni1000 –28 ... +98°C 850 ... 1600 Ω 1Ω
PT1000 –35 ... +155°C 850 ... 1600 Ω 1Ω
Typical Specification NTC –10 ... +160°C 200 ... 60 kΩ 1Ω
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which (depending on type)
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected Connection with Passive Sensor, e.g. Pt1000, Ni1000, NTC
from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and

Schema_LON_03
manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. T ~
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under – +
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams Requirements for

switching contact:
Schema_LON_01

T ~
The switching contact must be
– +
able to accurately switch a cur-
rent of 16 mA @ 24 V.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 2 3 5 6 7

T ~
LON

LON
MFT

V Possible connection of a – +
voltmeter for checking
V the position feedback U.
Connection with Switching Contact, e.g. Δp-monitor
1 2 3 5 6 7

Schema_LON_04
T ~
– +
T ~
LON

LON
MFT

– +

Connection without Sensor

Possible input voltage range:
0 ... 32 V (resolution 30 mV)
Sensor scaling:
The sensors can be scaled with the
sensor plug-in (sensor table)
1 2 3 5 6 7

T ~
LON

LON
MFT

– +

Connection with Active Sensor, e.g. 0...10 V @ 0...50° C

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

246
GMX24-LON
LonWorks®, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

K®
Functional Profile according to LonMARK Node object #0
The LON-capable damper actuator is certified by LonMARK®. The actuator functions The node object contains the object status and object request functions.
are supplied with the LonWorks® network as standardized network variables nviRequest SNVT_obj_request
according to LonMARK®. The Node Object #0, the Damper Actuator Object #8110 Input variable for requesting the status of a particular object in the node.
and the Open Loop SensorObject #1 are implemented in the actuator.
nvoStatus SNVT_obj_status
Output variable that outputs the current status of a particular object in the node.
nvoFileDirectory SNVT_address
Output variable that shows information in the address range of the Neuron chip.

Damper actuator object #8110

The actuator object is used to map the functions of the MP actuators to the
LONWORKS® network.
nviRelStpt SNVT_lev_percent
The nominal position is assigned to the actuator via this input variable. This variable is
normally linked to the output variable of an HVAC controller.
nviActuateState SNVT_switch
A preset position is assigned to the actuator via this input variable. Note on priority:
The last variable that was active, either nviActuatorState or nviRelStpt, has priority.
nviManOvrd SNVT_hvac_overid
These input variables can be used to manually override the actuator into a particular
position.
nvoActualValue SNVT_lev_percent
This output variable shows the current actual position of the actuator and can be used
for control circuit feedback or for displaying positions.
nvoAbsAngle SNVT_angle_deg
This output variable shows the current angle of rotation of the actuator
or the valve and can be used to display the position or for service purposes.
nvoAbsAirFlow SNVT_flow
This output variable is inactive with the SR24ALON-5 rotary actuator and shows a
constant value of 65535 (this variable is only active in conjunction with LON-capable
VAV controllers).

Open loop sensor object #1

A sensor can be connected to the rotary actuator. A passive resistance sensor (e.g.
Ni1000), an active sensor (output 0 ... 32 V) or a switch (on/off) can be connected. The

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

open loop sensor object transfers the measured sensor values to the LONWORKS®
network.
nvoSensorValue SNVT_xxx
This output variable shows the current sensor value. Depending on the connected
sensor, the output variable can be configured via the sensor plug-in and specifically
adapted to the system.

The SNVT_... can be configured as:

SNVT_temp_p SNVT_lev_percent SNVT_lux
SNVT_temp SNVT_abs_humid SNVT_press_p
SNVT_switch SNVT_enthalpy SNVT_smo_obscur
SNVT_flow SNVT_ppm SNVT_power
SNVT_flow_p SNVT_rpm SNVT_elec_kwh

Notes
Detailed information on the functional profiles can be found on the website of
LonMARK K® (www.lonmark.org).

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

247
 GMX24-LON
®
LonWorks , Non-Spring Return, 24 V

1 Direction of rotation switch

1 Switching over Direction of rotation changes
2 Pushbutton and green LED display
Off No voltage supply or malfunction
2
Green, on Operation
Press button Switches on angle of rotation adaption followed
3 by standard operation
3 Service button for commissioning LONWORKS® and
4 yellow LED display for the LON status
Off The SR24ALON-5 rotary actuator is connected
and ready for operation in the
LONWORKS®network.
5
Yellow, on No application software is loaded in the
SR24ALON-5.
Yellow, flashing The SR24ALON-5 is ready for operation but not
(flashing interval 2 seconds) integrated in the LONWORKS® network
(unconfigured).
Other flashing codes A fault is present in the SR24ALON-5.
Press button Service Pin Message is sent to the
LONWORKS®network.
4 Gear disengagement switch
Press button Gear disengaged, motor stops, manual operation
possible
Release button Gear engaged, synchronisation starts, followed
by standard operation
5 Service plug
For connecting MFT parameterizing and service tools
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

248
AM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

Versatile and Powerful

● Minimum 180 in-lb torque in a compact package.

For damper areas up to 45 sq. ft*, Q Series- 35 sq. ft*

65)
9)
)
) (p. 253

(H) (p. 25

4(H) (p.2

(p. 275)
. 263)

(p. 269)
All Actuators

. 257)

. 267)

. 273)
have BDCM
51)

257)

261)
51)

277)
51)

5)

71)
4-MFT (p
4-3 (p. 2

3-T N4(H

-3 (p. 25

MFT-T N
3-S (p. 2

SR-T N4
3-T (p. 2

)24-MFT
4-SR (p

-MFT (p

)24-1 (p
SR-T (p.

PC (p. 2
-SR (p.

MFT95

LON (p.
AMB(X)2

AMB(X)2

AMB(X)2
AMX120

AMCX24
AMX120

AMQB(X
AMX24-
AMB24-

AMB24-
AMB24-

AMQB(X
AMX24-

AMX24-

AMX24-
AMX24-

AMX24-
AM Series - At A Glance
Basic Product (B) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flexible Product ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm] ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
160 in-lb [16 Nm] ● ● ●
140 in-lb [16 Nm] ● ●
Angle of Rotation 95 degrees ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100 to 240 VAC ● ●
Control Input On/Off ●
On/Off, Floating Point ● ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Multi-Function Technology ● ● ● ●
0 to 135 Ohm ●
0 to 20V Phasecut ●
LonWORKS ® ●
Feedback None ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ● ●
Variable (0 to 10 VDC) ● ● ● ● ●
Running Time 95 seconds ● ● ● ● ●
Adj. 7 to 20 seconds ● ●
Adj. 95 to 300 seconds (150) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150 seconds ● ● ●
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Appliance Rated Cable ● ● ●
Terminal Strip ● ● ● ● ●
Conduit Fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary Switch Built-In ●
Add-On ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Installation and Operation… (page 400).

*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

249
 AM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and Controllability.

● Cut Labor Costs with Simple Direct Coupling.

● Self-Centers on 1/2",3/4", and 1.05"

Jackshafts with Standard Clamp.

● Check Damper Position with Clear Position Indicator.

● Don’t Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is Overload Proof

throughout Rotation.

● Enjoy Added Flexibility with Easy Mechanical Stops

to Adjust Angle of Rotation.

● Need to Change Control Direction?

Do it easily with a Simple Switch.

● Easily Accessible Manual Override Button helps

you Pre-Tension Damper Blades.

● Fully Adjustable Built-In Auxiliary Switch (AMB24-3-S).

● Auxiliary Switch and Feedback Potentiometer Add-Ons Mount

Directly on Clamp, Includes Conduit Connector.

● Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable and Conduit Connector Provided

on Basic Models.

● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection, and

Running Time to fit your Specific Application with Belimo’s New
Flexible Line of Actuators.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

250
AMB(X)24-3(-S)(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AM... series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The AM...24-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
Technical Data AMB(X)24-3(-S)(-T) by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
24 VDC ± 10% damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 2.5 W (0.5 W) mode.
Transformer sizing 5.5 VA (Class 2 power source) The AM...24-3-S version is provided with 1 built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT switch
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA plenum rated cable is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
3 ft, 18 GA appliance rated cable (-S) switching function is adjustable 0 to 95°. The auxiliary switch is double insulated so
1/2” conduit connector an electrical ground connection is not necessary.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Control on/off, floating point
Input impedance 600 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm]

D122
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]

2.49” [63.4]
Auxiliary switch 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC
2.2” [56]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

(-S models) adj. 0 to 100%, UL approved
Running time 95 seconds, constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 4.06” [103] To center of
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] mounting slot.
5.47” [139]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
3.46” [88]

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.2 lbs [1000 Kg] AMB24-3 1.18”
2.4 lbs [1050 Kg] AMB24-3-S [30] 4.3” [109] 2” [50.8]

AMB(X)24-3-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
unprotected (NEMA 1/IP20)
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, (1.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

251
 AMB(X)24-3(-S)(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-SA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension AMB24-3-S incorporates one built-in auxiliary switches:
ZG-JSA (-1, 2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC, UL Approved, adjustable 0 to 95.
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing need of an electrical ground connection.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NOTE: When using AM...24-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

W259_08
Typical Specification
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. If required, actuators shall be provided with one
adjustable SPDT auxiliary switch. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be
constructed to meet the requirements for double insulation so an electrical ground is
not required to meet agency listings. If required, actuators will be provided with a
screw terminal strip for electrical connections (AMX24-3-T). Run time shall be
constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year
warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. On/Off control

W260_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control W258_08

Auxiliary Switch

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

252
AMB24-3-T N4, AMB24-3-T N4H
NEMA 4X, On/Off, Floating Point Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V

Torque min. 160 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 40 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to ¾” in diameter by means of
its universal clamp, self-centered default.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMB24-3-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The AMB24-3-T N4 actuator uses a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
Technical Data AMB24-3-T N4, AMB24-3-T N4H prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz holding mode.
24 VDC ± 10% Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Power consumption 2.5 W (0.5 W) / heater 23 W the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 5.5 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 20.5 VA
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire [heater 15
Dimensions (Inches)
GA wire])
1/2” conduit connector AM..N4.. /QE”... /M” / ”... /QE” /QE” ... /M”
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
10.66
Control on/off, floating point 9.56 1.10
Input impedance 600 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
Torque 160 in-lb [16 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch

5.27
Position indication pointer
Manual override external push button
Running time 95 seconds
constant independent of load

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP66/67
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† ccULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
4.88

6.29

CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,

CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
5.15
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.3 lbs [1.5 Kg]
3.7 lbs [1.6 Kg] with heater

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

253
 AMB24-3-T N4, AMB24-3-T N4H
NEMA 4X, On/Off, Floating Point Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NOTE: When using AMB24-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

Typical Specification
Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, need of an electrical ground connection.
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to ¾” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be WARNING Live Electrical Components!
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it
and manual override on the cover. If required, actuators needing auxiliary switches, may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed
can be provided as an add-on accessory. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical
constructed to meet the requirements for double insulation so an electrical ground is components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions
not required to meet agency listings. Run time shall be constant and independent of when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.
Wiring Diagrams

with actuator types ..-3

N L L N L M = actuator
T (°C) = Thermostat
1 2 3 H = Heating

AMB24-3-T N4
T H
(°C)
On/Off control
M
1
2

Note
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The follo
f wing points must be taken into account
with independent, external wiring:
• All contact between the cables or wires that
are introduced and the heating element is to be
avoided.
• Where necessary, use cables with sufficient
numbers of wires, e.g. so that the heating and the
actuator can be supplied separately with voltage. AMB24-3-T N4
Heater wiring
Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

254
AMX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The AMX120-3 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled by
Technical Data AMX120-3 an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power supply 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (nominal) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz (tolerance) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 3 W (0.6 W) mode.
Transformer sizing 7 VA (Class 2 power source) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

D122
Control on/off, floating point 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Input impedance 600 Ω
2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

2.49” [63.4]
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm]
2.2” [56]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
4.06” [103] To center of
Running time 300 seconds 150 seconds 95 seconds
mounting slot.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

constant independent of load 5.47” [139]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
3.46” [88]

Housing NEMA 2/IP54

Housing material NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A) 1.18”
[30] 4.3” [109] 2” [50.8]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.2 lbs [1.0 Kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

255
 AMX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-SA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-JSA (-1, 2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing need of an electrical ground connection.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
P…A Feedback Potentiometers nents could result in death or serious injury.
NOTE: When using AMX120-3 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

256
AMB(X)24-SR(-T)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
Technical Data AMB(X)24-SR(-T) the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
24 VDC ± 10% actuator cover.
Power consumption 2.5 W (0.4 W) The AMB(X)24-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
1/2” conduit connector prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) holding mode.
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

D122
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm]
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
actuator will move: 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]

2.49” [63.4]
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
2.2” [56]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 300 seconds 150 seconds 95 seconds 4.06” [103] To center of
constant independent of load mounting slot.
5.47” [139]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
3.46” [88]

Housing material UL94-5VA

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A) 1.18”
Servicing maintenance free [30] 4.3” [109] 2” [50.8]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.2 lbs [1000 Kg]

AMB(X)24-SR-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
unprotected (NEMA 1/IP20)
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

257
 AMB(X)24-SR(-T)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-SA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZS-T Terminal Cover NEMA 2
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
P…A Feedback Potentiometers During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface nents could result in death or serious injury.
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch

W257_08
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AMB(X)24-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

switch and manual override on the cover. If required, actuator will be provided with 2 to 10 VDC control
screw terminal strip for electrical connections (AMX24-SR-T). Run time shall be

W257_08
constant and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided
for position indication. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

258
AMB24-SR-T N4, AMB24-SR-T N4H
NEMA 4X, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 160 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 40 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to ¾” in diameter by means of
its universal clamp.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a 500 Ω
resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to
10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMB24-SR-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position
of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
Technical Data AMB24-SR-T N4, AMB24-SR-T N4H The AMBX24-SR-T N4 actuator uses a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
24 VDC ± 10% controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
Power consumption 2.5 W (0.4 W) / heater 23 W prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 20 VA holding mode.
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire [heater 15
GA wire]) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
1/2” conduit connector the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω

D122
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop AM..N4.. /QE”... /M ... /M”
Torque 160 in-lb [16 Nm] 10.66

9.56 1.10
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication pointer
Manual override external push button
Running time 95 seconds, constant independent of load

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

5.27
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP66/67
Housing material UL94-5VA 2.01

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,

CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,
CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
4.88

6.29

Quality standard ISO 9001

Weight 3.3 lbs [1.5 Kg]
3.7 lbs [1.6 Kg] with heater
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.
5.15

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

259
 AMB24-SR-T N4, AMB24-SR-T N4H
NEMA 4X, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagram

S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners for surface mounting
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface CAUTION Equipment damage!
2
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-X40 Transformer
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to 2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
¾” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology WARNING Live Electrical Components!
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed elec-
trician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical
of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication.
components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.
Wiring Diagram

ith actuator types ..-SR or MFT Legend:

T M = actuator
N L N L
T (°C) = Thermostat
H = Heating
1 2 3 5 1 2

T H AMB24-SR-T N4
(°C)
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

M
1
2 to 10 VDC control
2

Note
The follo
f wing points must be taken into account
with independent, external wiring:
• All contact between the cables or wires that
are introduced and the heating element is to be
avoided.
• Where necessary, use cables with sufficient
numbers of wires, e.g. so that the heating and the
actuator can be supplied separately with voltage.
Heater wiring
AMB24-SR-T N4

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

260
AMX120-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The AMX120-SR actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data AMX120-SR actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (nominal) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz (tolerance) mode.
Power consumption 4 W (1 W) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Transformer sizing 7.5 VA (Class 2 power source) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D143_2
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
actuator will move:
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 300 seconds 150 seconds 95 seconds
constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.2 lbs [1.0 Kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

261
 AMX120-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-SA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts 5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench need of an electrical ground connection.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch 2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion

W374_08
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AMX120-SR actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication.

Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.

2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

262
AMB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The AMB(X)24-MFT actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Technical Data AMB(X)24-MFT Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
24 VDC ± 10% damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) mode.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D143
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
2.49" [63.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1500 W (PWM, floating point, on/off)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max
VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable 1.18" [30] 4.06" [103]
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm]
4.3" [109]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 5.2" [131] 2" [50.8]
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds (default)
3.46" [88]

variable (90 to 350 seconds)

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
8.3" [211]
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.6 lbs [1.2 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

263
 AMB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
K-SA Reversible Clamp During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket nents could result in death or serious injury.
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
ZG-AMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit

W399_08
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch VDC/4-20 mA
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion

W399_08
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AMB(X)24-MFT… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing PWM
M
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent

W399_08
of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
On/Off
Off controll
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

W399_08
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

264
AMX24-MFT-T N4, AMX24-MFT-T N4H
NEMA 4X, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 160 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 40 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to ¾” in diameter by means of
its universal clamp.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMX24-MFT-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position
of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Technical Data AMX24-MFT-T N4, AMX24-MFT-T N4H automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 10% The AMX24-MFT-T N4 actuator uses a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.25 W) / heater 24 W Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 21 VA actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire [heater 15 damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
GA wire]) mode.
1/2” conduit connector
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) Dimensions (Inches)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)
AM..N4.. /QE”... /M” / ”... /QE” /QE” ... /M”
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max 10.66
VDC variable 1.52 9.56 1.10
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
Torque 160 in-lb [16 Nm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation reversible with switch

5.27
Position indication pointer
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds (default)
variable (90 to 300 secondss)
2.01
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP66/67
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
2.36
4.88

5.43
6.29

CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,

CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
5.15 4.41
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.7 lbs [1.6 kg]
4.1 lbs [1.8 kg] with heater
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

265
 AMX24-MFT-T N4, AMX24-MFT-T N4H
NEMA 4X, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel

W399_08
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners for surface mounting
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer

Typical Specification
PWM
M
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which

W399_08
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
¾” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.
Wiring Diagrams

On/Off control
Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

W399_08
1

2 CAUTION Equipment damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the
same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

For triac sink the common connection from the actuator

9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.
Floating Point control
ith actuator types ..-SR or MFT
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used. T Legend:
N L N L M = actuator
T (°C) = Thermostat
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components! 1 2 3 5 1 2 H = Heating
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this prod-
uct, it may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified
licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling
live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety T H
(°C)
precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or
serious injury.
M
1
W399_08

Note
The follo
f wing points must be taken into account
with independent, external wiring:
• All contact between the cables or wires that
are introduced and the heating element is to be
avoided.
• Where necessary, use cables with sufficient
numbers of wires, e.g. so that the heating and the
actuator can be supplied separately with voltage.
Heater wiring

VDC/4-20 mA
800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

266
AMCX24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.

Technical Data AMCX24-MFT The AMCX24-MFT actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
24 VDC ± 10%
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 4 W (1.25 W)
mode.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
1/2” conduit connector the actuator body for signaling and switching functions
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D143
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
1500 W (PWM, floating point, on/off)
2.49" [63.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max
VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm] 1.18" [30] 4.06" [103]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch 4.3" [109]
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
5.2" [131] 2" [50.8]
Manual override external push button
Running time 35 seconds (default)
variable (35 to 120 seconds)
3.46" [88]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA 8.3" [211]
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.6 lbs [1.2 kg]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

267
 AMCX24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
K-SA Reversible Clamp During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket nents could result in death or serious injury.
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket

W399_08
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
ZG-AMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
VDC/4-20 mA
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting

W399_08
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
Note: When using AMCX24-MFT… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up
to 1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response
to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input PWM
M
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor

W399_08
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant
and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty,
and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actua-
tors shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

CAUTION Equipment Damage! On/Off
Off controll
2

W399_08
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used. Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

268
AMX24-MFT95
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 135 Ω Input

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 0 to 135 Ω input applications of the …MFT95 actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The AMX24-MFT95 actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Technical Data AMX24-MFT95 Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
24 VDC ± 10% damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) mode.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D143
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Operating range WRB 135 Ω Honeywell Electronic Series 90,
0 to 135 Ω input 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max
2.49" [63.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 1.18" [30] 4.06" [103]
Manual override external push button 4.3" [109]
Running time 150 seconds (default)
variable (90 to 350 seconds) 5.2" [131] 2" [50.8]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
3.46" [88]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, 8.3" [211]
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.6 lbs [1.2 kg]
† Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

269
 AMX24-MFT95
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 135 Ω Input

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-SA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket 5 color codes instead. Actuators with appliance cables are numbered.
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
21 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
ZG-AMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit 222 Actuators and controller must have separate transformers.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts 233 Consult controller instruction data for more detailed information.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
Resistor value depends on the type of controller and the number of
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate actuators. No resistor is used for one actuator. Honeywell® resistor kits
244
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing may also be used.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench 255 To reverse control rotation, use the reversing switch.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)

Wnew60408_6
S963A
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch Minimum Position

W
24 VAC Transformer Potentiometer 5
21
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
Line Blk (1) Common
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
Volts Red (2) + Hot
ZG-X40 Transformer Series 90 25
NOTE: When using AMX24-MFT95… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. Controller
B R B W Pnk (4) W
R Wht (3) R
Typical Specification 22
Shunting W Gry (5) B
Resistor
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
24 23
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to -MFT95
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to B R W

0 to 135 Ω control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall H205 Change- Occupied
over Controller Contact
have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles of
rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run
time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed,
have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality 21
Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo. Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot
23
22
Wire Colors Pnk (4) W 25
Wht (3) R
1 = Black 3 = White 5 = Gray Gry (5) B
2 = Red 4 = Pink 6 = Orange Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

To other
actuators -MFT95
Wnew60408_6

5 Wiring multiple actuators to a Series 90 controller

21 24 VAC Transformer
using a minimum position potentiometer.
Line Blk (1) Common

W016
Wnew60408_6
Volts Red (2) + Hot 24 VAC Transformer 5
21
23
A Line Blk (1) Common
Pnk (4) W 24 Volts Red (2) + Hot
135 Ω Wht (3) R 23
B
Gry (5) B 22 W W R B Pnk (4) W 24
Series 90 Wht (3) R
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC Controller
R
B Gry (5) B
-MFT95
21 24 VAC Transformer Series 90 low limit control Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
135 Ω for 0 to 50% control
280 Ω for 0 to 100% control -MFT95
Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot
Low Limit Control
23
W017
Wnew60408_6

A 24 VAC Transformer 5
21
W Pnk (4) W 24
Line
R Wht (3) R Line Blk (1) Common
Volts B Volts Red (2) + Hot
B Gry (5) B
23
22 Controller Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
22 W Pnk (4) W 24
-MFT95 Series 90
R Wht (3) R
Controller
Override B R W B Gry (5) B
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Series 90 high limit control - 280 Ω -MFT95
High Limit Control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

270
AMX24-PC
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20V Phasecut

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled
(only the positive part of the sine wave) to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to 0 to 20V phasecut control input only on the
positive part of the sine wave from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to 10
VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The AMX24-PC actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Technical Data AMX24-PC damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz mode.
24 VDC ± 10% Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 5.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
1/2” conduit connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)

D143
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Operating range Y 0 to 20 V phasecut
2.49" [63.4]

Control is only for the postiive part of the sine

wave (max of 10 volts)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Input impedance 8 kΩ (50 mW)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max
VDC variable 1.18" [30] 4.06" [103]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
4.3" [109]
electronically variable
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm] 5.2" [131] 2" [50.8]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
3.46" [88]

Manual override external push button

Running time 150 seconds (default)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 8.3" [211]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.6 lbs [1.2 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

271
 AMX24-PC
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20V Phasecut

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-SA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-AMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
nents could result in death or serious injury.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch

W185
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
1
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module 24 VAC Transformer
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AMX24-PC… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. Line Blk (1) Common –
Volts Red (2) Hot + 3
Typical Specification Pnk (6) Y Input, 0 to 20V phasecut
Control Signal (–)
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
0 to 20 V Phasecut (+) Org (5) U Output, 2 to 10V
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to 0
to 20V phasecut control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators …PC 2
shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all
angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the
Proportional Control
cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus
listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International
Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

272
AMQB(X)24-1
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 140 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 35 sq ft.

Application
For On/Off control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be done in
accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMQB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The AMQB(X)24-1 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Technical Data AMQB(X)24-1 damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power supply 24 VAC ±20% 50/60 Hz mode.
24 VDC ±10%
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Power consumption 15 W (1.5 W) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 26 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
18 GA plenum rated cable Dimensions (Inches [mm])
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)

D123
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Control on/off
2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Input impedance 1000 Ω
Angle of rotation min. 30°, max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

2.9” [72.9]
Torque 140 in-lb [16 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
5.37” [136.4] To center of
Manual override external push button
mounting slot.
Running time 7, 10, 15 or 20 seconds

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

constant independent of load 7.02” [178.4]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
4.55” [115.6]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <52 dB(A) 1.42” 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
[36]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.75 lbs [1.7 kg]
Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

273
 AMQB(X)24-1
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-GM20 ½” -1.05” Shaft Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-102 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
Z-GMA Retrofit Mounting Bracket
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing need of an electrical ground connection.
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
PS-100 Actuator Power Supply Simulator necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
P…A Feedback Potentiometers nents could result in death or serious injury.
NOTE: When using AMQB(X)24-1 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

W346_08_AMQ
Typical Specification
On/Off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to 1.05”
diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from
overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual
override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators
shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off Control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

274
AMQB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 140 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 35 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, ½” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMQB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Technical Data AMQB(X)24-MFT automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 10%
The AMQB(X)24-MFT actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power consumption 15 W (1.5 W) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer sizing 26 VA (Class 2 power source) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Electrical connection 3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
18 GA plenum rated cable mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
variable (VDC, on/off)

D123
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω, 1000 Ω (on/off) 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Angle of rotation min. 30°, max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop

2.9” [72.9]
electronically variable
Torque 140 in-lb [16 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 5.37” [136.4] To center of
Manual override external push button mounting slot.
Running time 7, 10, 15 or 20 seconds
7.02” [178.4]
constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
4.55” [115.6]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <52dB(A) 1.42” 5.6” [142.4] 2” [50.8]
[36]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.75 lbs [1.7 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

275
 AMQB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-GM20 ½”-1.05 Shaft Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-102 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
Z-GMA Retrofit Mounting Bracket
ZG-AMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion nents could result in death or serious injury.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module

W399_08
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AMQB(X)24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall VDC/4-20 mA
be as manufactured by Belimo.

W399_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off
Off controll

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

276
AMX24-LON
LonWorks®, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 180 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 45 sq ft.

Application
Direct coupled actuators for direct link to LonWorks network. Actuators are easily
installed by direct shaft mounting on air dampers in ventilation and air conditioning
systems. Actuator can be controlled by any compatible LON system.
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AMX24-LON series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates
position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the
Technical Data AMX24-LON actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz the actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 10% The AMX24-LON actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
1/2” conduit connector mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Torque 180 in-lb [20 Nm]

D143
Direction of rotation reversible with switch 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Manual override external push button
2.49" [63.4]

Running time 150 seconds (default)

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2 4.06" [103]
1.18" [30]
Housing material UL94-5VA
4.3" [109]
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, 5.2" [131] 2" [50.8]
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
3.46" [88]

Quality standard ISO 9001

Weight 2.6 lbs [1.2 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

LonWorks® 8.3" [211]

Certified according to LonMARK® 3.3
Processor Neuron 3120
Transceiver FTT-10A, compatible with LPT-10
Functional profile according to LonMARK® damper
actuator object #8110
open loop sensor object #1
LNS plug-in for actuator/sensor can be run with any LNS based integration
tool (min. for LNS 3.x)
Service button and status LED according to LonMARK® guidelines
Conductors, cables conductor lengths, cable specifications and
topology of the LonWorks® network according to
the Echelon® directives
LonWorks and LonMARK © 2007-2009 LonMark International

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

277
 AMX24-LON
®
LonWorks , Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories

Schema_LON_02
T ~
K-SA Reversible Clamp +
–
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
Z-SMA AM/SM to AM Retrofit Mounting Bracket
ZG-AMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-JSA (-1, 2, 3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate 1 2 3 5 6 7
ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing T ~

LON

LON
MFT
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench – +
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
Sensor scaling:
P…A Feedback Potentiometers The sensors can be scaled with the sensor plug-in (sensor table).
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
Sensor Temperature range Resistance range Resolution
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch Ni1000 –28 ... +98°C 850 ... 1600 Ω 1Ω
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module PT1000 –35 ... +155°C 850 ... 1600 Ω 1Ω
ZG-X40 Transformer NTC –10 ... +160°C 200 ... 60 kΩ 1Ω
NOTE: When using AMX24-LON… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. (depending on type)

Connection with Passive Sensor, e.g. Pt1000, Ni1000, NTC

Typical Specification

Schema_LON_03
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which T ~
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to – +
1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected
from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and
manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured Requirements for
by Belimo. switching contact:
The switching contact must be
able to accurately switch a cur-
Wiring Diagrams rent of 16 mA @ 24 V.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 2 3 5 6 7
Schema_LON_01

T ~
– +
T ~
LON

LON
MFT

– +

Connection with Switching Contact, e.g. Δp-monitor

V

Schema_LON_04
Possible connection of a T ~
voltmeter for checking – +
V the position feedback U.

1 2 3 5 6 7

T ~ Possible input voltage range:

LON

LON
MFT

– + 0 ... 32 V (resolution 30 mV)

Sensor scaling:
Connection without Sensor The sensors can be scaled with the
sensor plug-in (sensor table)
1 2 3 5 6 7

T ~
LON

LON
MFT

– +

Connection with Active Sensor, e.g. 0...10 V @ 0...50° C

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

278
AMX24-LON
LonWorks®, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

K®
Functional Profile according to LonMARK Node object #0
The LON-capable damper actuator is certified by LonMARK®. The actuator functions The node object contains the object status and object request functions.
are supplied with the LonWorks® network as standardized network variables nviRequest SNVT_obj_request
according to LonMARK®. The Node Object #0, the Damper Actuator Object #8110 Input variable for requesting the status of a particular object in the node.
and the Open Loop SensorObject #1 are implemented in the actuator.
nvoStatus SNVT_obj_status
Output variable that outputs the current status of a particular object in the node.
nvoFileDirectory SNVT_address
Output variable that shows information in the address range of the Neuron chip.

Damper actuator object #8110

The actuator object is used to map the functions of the MP actuators to the
LONWORKS® network.
nviRelStpt SNVT_lev_percent
The nominal position is assigned to the actuator via this input variable. This variable is
normally linked to the output variable of an HVAC controller.
nviActuateState SNVT_switch
A preset position is assigned to the actuator via this input variable. Note on priority:
The last variable that was active, either nviActuatorState or nviRelStpt, has priority.
nviManOvrd SNVT_hvac_overid
These input variables can be used to manually override the actuator into a particular
position.
nvoActualValue SNVT_lev_percent
This output variable shows the current actual position of the actuator and can be used
for control circuit feedback or for displaying positions.
nvoAbsAngle SNVT_angle_deg
This output variable shows the current angle of rotation of the actuator
or the valve and can be used to display the position or for service purposes.
nvoAbsAirFlow SNVT_flow
This output variable is inactive with the SR24ALON-5 rotary actuator and shows a
constant value of 65535 (this variable is only active in conjunction with LON-capable
VAV controllers).

Open loop sensor object #1

A sensor can be connected to the rotary actuator. A passive resistance sensor (e.g.
Ni1000), an active sensor (output 0 ... 32 V) or a switch (on/off) can be connected. The

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

open loop sensor object transfers the measured sensor values to the LONWORKS®
network.
nvoSensorValue SNVT_xxx
This output variable shows the current sensor value. Depending on the connected
sensor, the output variable can be configured via the sensor plug-in and specifically
adapted to the system.

The SNVT_... can be configured as:

SNVT_temp_p SNVT_lev_percent SNVT_lux
SNVT_temp SNVT_abs_humid SNVT_press_p
SNVT_switch SNVT_enthalpy SNVT_smo_obscur
SNVT_flow SNVT_ppm SNVT_power
SNVT_flow_p SNVT_rpm SNVT_elec_kwh

Notes
Detailed information on the functional profiles can be found on the website of
LonMARK K® (www.lonmark.org).

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

279
 AMX24-LON
®
LonWorks , Non-Spring Return, 24 V

1 Direction of rotation switch

1 Switching over Direction of rotation changes
2 Pushbutton and green LED display
Off No voltage supply or malfunction
2
Green, on Operation
Press button Switches on angle of rotation adaption followed
3 by standard operation
3 Service button for commissioning LONWORKS® and
4 yellow LED display for the LON status
Off The SR24ALON-5 rotary actuator is connected
and ready for operation in the
LONWORKS®network.
5
Yellow, on No application software is loaded in the
SR24ALON-5.
Yellow, flashing The SR24ALON-5 is ready for operation but not
(flashing interval 2 seconds) integrated in the LONWORKS® network
(unconfigured).
Other flashing codes A fault is present in the SR24ALON-5.
Press button Service Pin Message is sent to the
LONWORKS®network.
4 Gear disengagement switch
Press button Gear disengaged, motor stops, manual operation
possible
Release button Gear engaged, synchronisation starts, followed
by standard operation
5 Service plug
For connecting MFT parameterizing and service tools
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

280
NM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 90 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 22 sq-ft*

301)
93)
)

)
) (p. 285

) (p. 291

(p. 311)
(H) (p. 2
Actuators in

4(H) (p.
(p. 283)

. 299)

(p. 305)
bold have BDCM

. 309)
. 303)
. 295)

313)
297)

07)
87)

9)

4-MFT (p
3-T N4(H

4-SR(-T

)24-MFT
SR-T N4
-3 (p. 28

MFT-T N

)24-1 (p
-MFT (p

PC (p. 3
4-3(-T)

4-3 (p. 2

LON (p.
-SR (p.

MFT95
4-SR (p
NMB(X)2

NMB(X)2
NMB(X)2

NMB24-

NMQB(X
NMQB(X
NMX120

NMCX24
NMX120

NMX24-

NMX24-

NMX24-
NMB24-

NMX24-
NMCB2
NMCB2

NM Series - At A Glance
Basic Product ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flexible Product ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
70 in-lb [8 Nm] ● ● ● ● ●
Angle of Rotation 95 degrees ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100 to 240 VAC ● ●
Control Input On/Off ●
On/Off, Floating Point ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ● ● ● ●
Multi-Function Technology ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

135 Ω ●
0 to 20V Phasecut ●
LonWORKS® ●
Feedback None ● ● ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ●
Variable (0 to 10 VDC) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Running Time 95 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
45 seconds ● ●
Adj. 45 to 150 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Adj. 20 to 75 seconds ●
Adj. 4 to 15 seconds ● ●
150 seconds ● ●
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Appliance Rated Cable ● ●
Terminal Strip ● ● ● ● ●
Conduit Fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary Switch Add-On ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Installation and Operation… (page 400).

*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

281
 NM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and
Controllability.

● Cut Labor Costs with Simple Direct Coupling.

● Self-Centers on 1/2", 3/4", and 1.05".

● Check Damper Position with Clear Position Indicator.

● Don’t Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is Overload Proof

throughout Rotation.

● Enjoy Added Flexibility with Easy Mechanical Stops

to Adjust Angle of Rotation.

● Need to Change Control Direction?

Do it easily with a Simple Switch.

● Easily Accessible Manual Override Button helps

you Pre-Tension Damper Blades.

● Auxiliary Switch and Feedback Potentiometer Add-Ons Mount

Directly on Clamp, Includes Conduit Connector.

● Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable and Conduit Connector Provided

on Basic Models.

● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection, and

Running Time to fit your Specific Application with Belimo’s New
Flexible Line of Actuators.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

282
NMB(X)24-3(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The NMB(X)24-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
Technical Data NMB(X)24-3(-T) by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
24 VDC ± 10% damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 2 W (0.2 W) mode.
Transformer sizing 4 VA (Class 2 power source) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

D121
Control on/off, floating point
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Input impedance 600 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]

Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm]

2.42” [61.4]
2.36” [60]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 95 seconds (default) 3.66” [93]
To center of

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

constant independent of load mounting slot.
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1) 4.88” [124]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
3.15” [80]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A) 0.98”
[25] 3.9” [99] 2” [50.8]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.7 lbs [0.75 Kg]

NMB(X)24-3-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
unprotected (NEMA 1/IP20)
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

283
 NMB(X)24-3(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2
Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
need of an electrical ground connection.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
P…A Feedback Potentiometers tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
NOTE: When using NMX24-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W263_08
Typical Specification
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. If required, actuators will be provided with a screw
terminal strip for electrical connections (NMX24-3-T). Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control

W264_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

284
NMB24-3-T N4, NMB24-3-T N4H
NEMA 4X, On/Off-Floating Point Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24 VAC

Torque min. 70 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 16 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to ¾" in diameter by means of
its universal clamp.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMB24-3-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The NMB24-3-T N4 actuator uses a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
Technical Data NMB24-3-T N4, NMB24-3-T N4H prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
Power supply 24 VAC ±20%, 50/60 Hz holding mode.
24 VDC ±10%, 50/60 Hz Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Power consumption 2.0 W (0.2 W) / heater 24 W the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 4.0 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 19 VA
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire [heater 15
GA wire])
1/2” conduit connector
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation NM..N4.. / ”... /M” / ”... /QE” / ” /M”
Control on/off, floating point
Input impedance 600 Ω 10.66

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop 1.52 9.56 1.10

Torque 70 in-lb [8 Nm]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication pointer
Manual override external push button

5.27
Running time 95 seconds
constant independent of load

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 2.01

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

0.21
Housing UL type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP66/67
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,
2.36

CE acc. to 89/336/EEC and 2006/95/EC

5.43
6.29

Noise level <45dB(A)

Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.8 lbs [1.27 kg] 5.15 4.41

3.2 lbs [1.4 kg] with heater

†Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

285
 NMB24-3-T N4, NMB24-3-T N4H
NEMA 4X, On/Off-Floating Point Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V

Accessories Wiring Diagram

S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NOTE: When using NMB24-3-T N4(H) actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

Typical Specification 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to ¾” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
electrical ground connection.
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
manufactured by Belimo. necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or
other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform
Wiring Diagram these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical
with actuator types ..-3 components could result in death or serious injury.
N L L N L
M = actuator

W263_08
T (°C) = Thermostat
1 2 3 H = Heating

T H
(°C)

M
1
2

NMB24-3-T N4
Note
The ffollowing points must be taken into account On/off control
with independent, external wiring:

W264_08
• All contact between the cables or wires that
are introduced and the heating element is to be
avoided.
• Where necessary, use cables with sufficient
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

numbers of wires, e.g. so that the heating and the

actuator can be supplied separately with voltage.

Heater wiring

NMB24-3-T N4

Floating point or on/off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

286
NMCB24-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMB series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The NMCB24-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
Technical Data NMCB24-3 by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
24 VDC ± 10% damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 2 W (0.2 W) mode.
Transformer sizing 4 VA (Class 2 power source) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA plenum rated cable the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Control on/off, floating point

D121
Input impedance 600 Ω 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch

2.42” [61.4]
2.36” [60]

Position indication reflective visual Indicator (snap-on)

Manual override external push button
Running time 45 seconds, constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1) 3.66” [93]
To center of

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] mounting slot.
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 4.88” [124]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
3.15” [80]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
0.98”
Quality standard ISO 9001 [25] 3.9” [99] 2” [50.8]
Weight 1.7 lbs [0.75 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

287
 NMCB24-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2
Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
need of an electrical ground connection.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
P…A Feedback Potentiometers tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
NOTE: When using NMCB24-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W263_08
Typical Specification
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control

W264_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

288
NMX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The NMX120-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
Technical Data NMX120-3 by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
Power supply nominal 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
tolerance 85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 3.5 W (0.6 W) mode.
Transformer sizing 5.5 VA (Class 2 power source) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation

D121
Control on/off, floating point 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Input impedance 600 Ω
2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm]

2.42” [61.4]
2.36” [60]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds 95 seconds 60 seconds 45 seconds 3.66” [93]
To center of

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

constant independent of load mounting slot.
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1) 4.88” [124]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
3.15” [80]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A) 0.98”
[25] 3.9” [99] 2” [50.8]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.7 lbs [0.75 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

289
 NMX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) need of an electrical ground connection.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
P…A Feedback Potentiometers During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
NOTE: When using NMX120-3 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Typical Specification nents could result in death or serious injury.

Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft
up to 1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

290
NMB(X)24-SR(-T)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
Technical Data NMB(X)24-SR(-T) the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
24 VDC ± 10% actuator cover.
Power consumption 2.5 W (0.4 W) The NMB(X)24-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
1/2” conduit connector prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) holding mode.
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm]

D121
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
actuator will move:
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V) 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)

2.42” [61.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2.36” [60]

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)

Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds 95 seconds 60 seconds 45 seconds
constant independent of load 3.66” [93]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1) To center of
mounting slot.
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 4.88” [124]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
3.15” [80]

Housing material UL94-5VA

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free 0.98”
Quality standard ISO 9001 [25] 3.9” [99] 2” [50.8]

Weight 1.7 lbs [0.75 kg]

NMB(X)24-SR-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
unprotected (NEMA 1/IP20)
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

291
 NMB(X)24-SR(-T)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion nents could result in death or serious injury.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer

W261_08
NOTE: When using NMB(X)24-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up
to 1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response
to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. If required, actuator will
be provided with screw terminal strip for electrical connections (NMX24-SR-T). Run
time shall be constant and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal
shall be provided for position indication. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control 2 to 10 VDC control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

W261_08

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

292
NMB24-SR-T N4, NMB24-SR-T N4H
NEMA 4X, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 70 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 16 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to ¾" in diameter by means of
its universal clamp.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMB24-SR-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position
of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Technical Data NMB24-SR-T N4, NMB24-SR-T N4H actuator cover.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz The NMB24-SR-T N4 actuator uses a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
24 VDC ± 10% controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
Power consumption 3.5 W (0.6 W) / heater 24 W controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 20 VA prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire [heater 15 holding mode.
GA wire])
1/2” conduit connector Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 70 in-lb [8 Nm] NM..N4.. / ”... /M” / ”... /QE” / ” /M”

Direction of rotation reversible with switch

10.66
Position indication pointer 1.52 9.56 1.10
Manual override external push button
Running time 55 seconds
constant independent of load

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

5.27
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing UL type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP66/67
Housing material UL94-5VA
2.01
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93, 0.21

CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
2.36
4.88

5.43
6.29

Weight 2.8 lbs [1.2 kg]

3.2 lbs [1.4 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

5.15 4.41

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

293
 NMB24-SR-T N4, NMB24-SR-T N4H
NEMA 4X, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagram

S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners for surface mounting
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface CAUTION Equipment damage!
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-X40 Transformer
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up 2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
to ¾” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to
a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position nents could result in death or serious injury.
indication. Actuators shall be cULus listed, NEMA 4X, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall

W261_08
be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagram

ith actuator types ..-SR or MFT Legend:

T M = actuator
N L N L
T (°C) = Thermostat
H = Heating
1 2 3 5 1 2

NMB24-SR-T N4
T H
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

(°C)
2 to 10 VDC control

W261_08
M
1
2

Note
The follo
f wing points must be taken into account
with independent, external wiring:
• All contact between the cables or wires that
are introduced and the heating element is to be
avoided.
• Where necessary, use cables with sufficient
Heater wiring numbers of wires, e.g. so that the heating and the
actuator can be supplied separately with voltage.

NMB24-SR-T N4

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

294
NMCB24-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NM series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
Technical Data NMCB24-SR actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
24 VDC ± 10% actuator cover.
Power consumption 2.5 W (.4 W) The NMCB24-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
Electrical connection 3ft, 18 GA plenum rated cable controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
1/2” conduit connector prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) holding mode.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm]

D121
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
actuator will move:
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V) 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)

2.42” [61.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2.36” [60]

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)

Manual override external push button
Running time 45 seconds, constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1) 3.66” [93]
To center of
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] mounting slot.
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 4.88” [124]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
3.15” [80]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001 0.98”
[25] 3.9” [99] 2” [50.8]
Weight 1.7 lbs [0.75 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

295
 NMCB24-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2/IP54 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion nents could result in death or serious injury.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer

W261_08
NOTE: When using NMCB24-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

by Belimo. 2 to 10 VDC control

W261_08

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

296
NMX120-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The NMX120-SR actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data NMX120-SR actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply nominal 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in holding
tolerance 85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz mode.
Power consumption 3.5 W (1 W) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Transformer sizing 6.5 VA (Class 2 power source) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D143_2
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
actuator will move:
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds 95 seconds 60 seconds 45 seconds
constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.7 lbs [0.75 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

297
 NMX120-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel 5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
P…A Feedback Potentiometers need of an electrical ground connection.
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting 2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
NOTE: When using NMX120-SR actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W371_08
Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

298
NMB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
Technical Data NMB(X)24-MFT The NMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
Power Supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
24 VDC ± 10% automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) actuator cover.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) The NMB(X)24-MFT actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
1/2” conduit connector actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in holding
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] mode.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable

D142
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
electronically variable
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation reversible with switch
2.42" [61.4]

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)

Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds (default)
variable (45 to 170 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1) 3.66" [93]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2 0.98" [25] 4.74" [120.4] 2" [50.8]
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
3.15" [80]

CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC

Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.1 lbs [0.95 Kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.
7.7" [196.2]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

299
 NMB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch VDC/4-20 mA
P…A Feedback Potentiometers

W399_08
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using NMB(X)24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up PWM
M
to 1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response

W399_08
to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant
and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators
shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off
Off controll
Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

W399_08
1

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.
Floating Point control

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

300
NMX24-MFT-T N4, NMX24-MFT-T N4H
NEMA 4X, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 70 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 16 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMB(X)24-MFT-T N4 provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates
position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the
Technical Data NMX24-MFT-T N4, NMX24-MFT-T N4H actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz the actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 10% The NMB(X)24-MFT-T N actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) / heater 24 W Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) / heater 21 VA actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire [heater 15 damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in holding
GA wire]) mode.
1/2” conduit connector
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable NM..N4.. / ”... /M” / ”... /QE” / ” /M”

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop 10.66

electronically variable 1.52 9.56 1.10

Torque 70 in-lb [8 Nm]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Position indication pointer
Manual override external push button

5.27
Running time 150 seconds (default)
variable (45 to 170 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 2.01
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
0.21
Housing UL type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP 66/67
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,
CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
2.36
4.88

5.43
6.29

Noise level <45dB(A)

Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 3.2 lbs [1.45 kg] 5.15 4.41
3.6 lbs [1.6 kg] with heater
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

301
 NMX24-MFT-T N4, NMX24-MFT-T N4H
NEMA 4X, Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Direct Coupled, 24V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners for surface mounting
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer

Typical Specification
PWM
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which

W399_08
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
¾” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from
an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor tech-
nology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators
shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams
On/Off control

W399_08
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.
Floating Point control

ith actuator types ..-SR or MFT

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used. T
Legend:
N L N L M = actuator
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components! T (°C) = Thermostat
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be 1 2 3 5 1 2 H = Heating
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury. T H
(°C)
W399_08

M
1
2

Note
The ffollowing points must be taken into account
with independent, external wiring:
• All contact between the cables or wires that
are introduced and the heating element is to be
avoided.
• Where necessary, use cables with sufficient
numbers of wires, e.g. so that the heating and the
actuator can be supplied separately with voltage.
VDC/4-20 mA
Heater wiring

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

302
NMCX24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
Technical Data NMCX24-MFT The NMCX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
24 VDC ± 10% automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.25 W) actuator cover.
Transformer sizing 5.5 VA (Class 2 power source) The NMCX24-MFT actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
1/2” conduit connector actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced
in holding mode. Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
fastened directly onto the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω Dimensions (Inches [mm])
1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)

D142
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
electronically variable
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm]
2.42" [61.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 45 seconds (default)
variable (20 to 60 seconds) 3.66" [93]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] 0.98" [25] 4.74" [120.4] 2" [50.8]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
3.15" [80]

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.1 lbs [0.95 kg] 7.7" [196.2]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

303
 NMCX24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch VDC/4-20 mA
P…A Feedback Potentiometers

W399_08
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using NMCX24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up PWM
M
to 1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response

W399_08
to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant
and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators
shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off
Off controll
Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

W399_08
1

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.
Floating Point control

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

304
NMX24-MFT95
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 135 Ω Input

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 0 to 135 Ω input applications of the …MFT95 actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
Technical Data NMX24-MFT95 The NMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
24 VDC ± 10% automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) actuator cover.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) The NMX24-MFT95 actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
1/2” conduit connector actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in holding
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] mode.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Operating range WRB 0 to 135 Ω Honeywell Electronic Series 90,
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
0 to 135 Ω input
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop Dimensions (Inches [mm])
electronically variable

D142
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Manual override external push button
2.42" [61.4]

Running time 150 seconds (default)

variable (45 to 170 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
3.66" [93]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA 0.98" [25] 4.74" [120.4] 2" [50.8]
Agency listings† ULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93,
CE acc. to 89/336/EEC
Noise level <45dB(A)
3.15" [80]

Servicing maintenance free

Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.1 lbs [0.95 Kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

7.7" [196.2]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

305
 NMX24-MFT95
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 135 Ω Input

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket Actuators and controller must have separate transformers.
2
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension 3 Consult controller instruction data for more detailed installation information.
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
Resistor value depends on the type of controller and the number of actua-
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel 4 tors. No resistor is used for one actuator. Honeywell resistor kits may also
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
be used.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) 5 To reverse control rotation, use the reversing switch.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module S963A

Wnew60408_6
Minimum Position
ZG-X40 Transformer 24 VAC Transformer Potentiometer 5
21
NOTE: When using NMX24-MFT95 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot
Series 90 25
Typical Specification Controller
B R B W Pnk (4) W
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which R Wht (3) R
22
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to Shunting
Resistor
W Gry (5) B
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 0 Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
23
to 135 Ω input control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall 24
-MFT95
B W
have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles of R
H205 Change- Occupied
rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run over Controller Contact
time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have
a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
21
Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot
23
22
Pnk (4) W 25
Wht (3) R
Gry (5) B
Wire Colors
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
1 = Black 3 = White 5 = Gray
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

To other
actuators -MFT95
2 = Red 4 = Pink 6 = Orange
Wiring multiple actuators to a Series 90 controller
using a minimum position potentiometer.
Wnew60408_6

5
21 24 VAC Transformer

W016
Wnew60408_6
24 VAC Transformer 5
Line Blk (1) Common 21
Volts Red (2) + Hot Line Blk (1) Common
23 Volts Red (2) + Hot
A
Pnk (4) W 23
24
135 Ω Wht (3) R 22 W W R B Pnk (4) W 24
B Series 90
Gry (5) B R Wht (3) R
Controller
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC B Gry (5) B

Series 90 low limit control Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC

-MFT95
21 24 VAC Transformer 135 Ω for 0 to 50% control
280 Ω for 0 to 100% control -MFT95
Line Blk (1) Common Low Limit Control
Volts Red (2) + Hot
W017
Wnew60408_6

23
21
24 VAC Transformer 5
A
W Pnk (4) W 24
Line Line Blk (1) Common
R Wht (3) R
Volts B Volts Red (2) + Hot
B Gry (5) B 23
22 Controller Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC 22 W Pnk (4) W 24
-MFT95 Series 90
R Wht (3) R
Controller
Override B R W B Gry (5) B
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Series 90 high limit control - 280 Ω -MFT95
High Limit Control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

306
NMX24-PC
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20V Phasecut

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled
(only the positive part of the sine wave) to the damper shaft.
The actuator operates in response to 0 to 20V phasecut control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for
position indication.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Technical Data NMX24-PC automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 10% The NMX24-PC actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable damage to the actuator in a stall condition.Power consumption is reduced in holding
1/2” conduit connector mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 0 to 20V phasecut
Input impedance 8 kΩ (50 mW) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max

D142
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
2.42" [61.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds (default)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
3.66" [93]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA 0.98" [25] 4.74" [120.4] 2" [50.8]
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
3.15" [80]

Servicing maintenance free

Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.1 lbs [0.95 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

7.7" [196.2]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

307
 NMX24-PC
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20V Phasecut

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit Actuators may be connected in parallel.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
nents could result in death or serious injury.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer

W185
NOTE: When using NMX24-PC actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
1
24 VAC Transformer

Typical Specification Blk (1) Common –

Line
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which Volts Red (2) Hot + 3
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
Pnk (6) Y Input, 0 to 20V phasecut
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to 0 to
Control Signal (–)
20V phasecut control input from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall
have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from overload at all angles of 0 to 20 V Phasecut (+) Org (5) U Output, 2 to 10V
rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run
time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have …PC 2
a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control
Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
Proportional Control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

308
NMQB(X)24-1
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 70 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 17 sq ft.

Application
For On/Off control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be done in
accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, ½” self-centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMQB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position
of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The NMQB(X)24-1 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Technical Data NMQB(X)24-1 damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power supply 24 VAC ±20% 50/60 Hz mode.
24 VDC ±10%
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Power consumption 13 W (1.5 W) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 23 VA (Class 2 power source)
(I max 20A@5ms)
Electrical connection 3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
18 GA plenum rated cable

D143
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Control on/off
100 Ω
2.49" [63.4]

Input impedance
Angle of rotation min. 30°, max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
Torque 70 in-lb [10 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 1.18" [30] 4.06" [103]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Manual override external push button 4.3" [109]
Running time 4, 10 or 15 seconds
constant independent of load 5.2" [131] 2" [50.8]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
3.46" [88]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, 8.3" [211]
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <52 dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.8 lbs [0.85 kg]
Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

309
 NMQB(X)24-1
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2 Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel need of an electrical ground connection.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es) necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
P…A Feedback Potentiometers tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
NOTE: When using NMQB(X)24-1 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. nents could result in death or serious injury.

W343_08
Typical Specification
On/Off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to 1.05”
diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from
overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual
override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators
shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off Control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

310
NMQB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 70 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 17 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05” in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, ½” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software (version 3.3 or later).

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMQB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position
of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Technical Data NMQB(X)24-MFT automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
Power supply 24 VAC ±20% 50/60 Hz actuator cover.
24 VDC ±10%
The NMQB(X)24-MFT actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power consumption 13 W (1.5 W) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer sizing 23 VA (Class 2 power source) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
(I max 20A@5ms) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Electrical connection 3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] mode.
18 GA plenum rated cable
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
Variable (VDC, on/off) on/off Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω,

D143
1000 Ω (on/off) 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable
2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Angle of rotation min. 30°, max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
electronically variable
2.49" [63.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 70 in-lb [8 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button 1.18" [30] 4.06" [103]
Running time 4, 10 or 15 seconds 4.3" [109]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)
5.2" [131] 2" [50.8]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
3.46" [88]

Housing material UL94-5VA

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <52 dB(A) 8.3" [211]
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.8 lbs [0.85 kg]
Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

311
 NMQB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit Actuators may be connected in parallel.
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
ZG-X40 Transformer tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
NOTE: When using NMQB(X)24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. nents could result in death or serious injury.

W399_08
Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to
1.05” diameter. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover.
Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed,
have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality
Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off
Off controll

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

312
NMX24-LON
LonWorks®, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 90 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 22 sq ft.

Application
Direct coupled actuators for direct link to LonWorks network. Actuators are easily
installed by direct shaft mounting on air dampers in ventilation and air conditioning
systems. Actuator can be controlled by any compatible LON controller or automation
system.
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft up to 1.05" in diameter by means
of its universal clamp, 1/2” self centered default. A crank arm and several mounting
brackets are available for applications where the actuator cannot be direct coupled to
the damper shaft.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The NMX24-LON series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates
Technical Data NMX24-LON position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on
24 VDC ± 10% the actuator cover.
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W) The NMX24-LON actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
1/2” conduit connector damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) mode.
3 ft [1m]
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
Torque 90 in-lb [10 Nm] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Direction of rotation reversible with switch

D142
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 1/2” to 1.05” [12.7 to 26.67]
Manual override external push button 2/5” to 1.05” [10 to 26.67]
Running time 150 seconds (default)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
2.42" [61.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA 3.66" [93]
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC 0.98" [25] 4.74" [120.4] 2" [50.8]
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
3.15" [80]

Weight 2.1 lbs [0.95 kg]

†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

LonWorks®
Certified according to LonMARK® 3.3
Processor Neuron 3120 7.7" [196.2]
Transceiver FTT-10A, compatible with LPT-10
Functional profile according to LonMARK® Damper
actuator object #8110
open loop sensor object #1
LNS plug-in for actuator/sensor can be run with any LNS based integration
tool (min. for LNS 3.x)
Service button and status LED according to LonMARK® guidelines
Conductors, cables conductor lengths, cable specifications and
topology of the LonWorks® network according to
the Echelon® directives
LonWorks and LonMARK © 2007-2009 LonMark International

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

313
 NMX24-LON
®
LonWorks , Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories

Schema_LON_02
T ~
K-NA Reversible Clamp +
–
ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench 1 2 3 5 6 7
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch (es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch T ~

LON

LON
MFT
P…A Feedback Potentiometers – +
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
Sensor scaling:
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch The sensors can be scaled with the sensor plug-in (sensor table).
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
Sensor Temperature range Resistance range Resolution
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using NMX24-LON actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. Ni1000 –28 ... +98°C 850 ... 1600 Ω 1Ω
PT1000 –35 ... +155°C 850 ... 1600 Ω 1Ω
NTC –10 ... +160°C 200 ... 60 kΩ 1Ω
Typical Specification (depending on type)
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft up to Connection with Passive Sensor, e.g. Pt1000, Ni1000, NTC
1.05” diameter. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected

Schema_LON_03
from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and T ~
manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. – +
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.

Requirements for
Wiring Diagrams switching contact:
Schema_LON_01

The switching contact must be

T ~
able to accurately switch a cur-
– +
rent of 16 mA @ 24 V.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 2 3 5 6 7

T ~
LON

LON
MFT

– +
V Possible connection of a
voltmeter for checking
V Connection with Switching Contact, e.g. Δp-monitor
the position feedback U.

Schema_LON_04
1 2 3 5 6 7
T ~
– +

T ~
LON

LON
MFT

– +

Possible input voltage range:

Connection without Sensor
0 ... 32 V (resolution 30 mV)
Sensor scaling:
The sensors can be scaled with the
sensor plug-in (sensor table)
1 2 3 5 6 7

T ~
LON

LON
MFT

– +

Connection with Active Sensor, e.g. 0...10 V @ 0...50° C

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

314
NMX24-LON
LonWorks®, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

K®
Functional Profile according to LonMARK Node object #0
The LON-capable damper actuator is certified by LonMARK®. The actuator functions The node object contains the object status and object request functions.
are supplied with the LonWorks® network as standardized network variables
nviRequest SNVT_obj_request
according to LonMARK®. The Node Object #0, the Damper Actuator Object #8110
Input variable for requesting the status of a particular object in the node.
and the Open Loop SensorObject #1 are implemented in the actuator.
nvoStatus SNVT_obj_status
Output variable that outputs the current status of a particular object in the node.
nvoFileDirectory SNVT_address
Output variable that shows information in the address range of the Neuron chip.

Damper actuator object #8110

The actuator object is used to map the functions of the MP actuators to the
LONWORKS® network.
nviRelStpt SNVT_lev_percent
The nominal position is assigned to the actuator via this input variable. This variable is
normally linked to the output variable of an HVAC controller.
nviActuateState SNVT_switch
A preset position is assigned to the actuator via this input variable. Note on priority:
The last variable that was active, either nviActuatorState or nviRelStpt, has priority.
nviManOvrd SNVT_hvac_overid
These input variables can be used to manually override the actuator into a particular
position.
nvoActualValue SNVT_lev_percent
This output variable shows the current actual position of the actuator and can be used
for control circuit feedback or for displaying positions.
nvoAbsAngle SNVT_angle_deg
This output variable shows the current angle of rotation of the actuator
or the valve and can be used to display the position or for service purposes.
nvoAbsAirFlow SNVT_flow
This output variable is inactive with the SR24ALON-5 rotary actuator and shows a
constant value of 65535 (this variable is only active in conjunction with LON-capable
VAV controllers).

Open loop sensor object #1

A sensor can be connected to the rotary actuator. A passive resistance sensor (e.g.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Ni1000), an active sensor (output 0 ... 32 V) or a switch (on/off) can be connected. The
open loop sensor object transfers the measured sensor values to the LONWORKS®
network.
nvoSensorValue SNVT_xxx
This output variable shows the current sensor value. Depending on the connected
sensor, the output variable can be configured via the sensor plug-in and specifically
adapted to the system.

The SNVT_... can be configured as:

SNVT_temp_p SNVT_lev_percent SNVT_lux
SNVT_temp SNVT_abs_humid SNVT_press_p
SNVT_switch SNVT_enthalpy SNVT_smo_obscur
SNVT_flow SNVT_ppm SNVT_power
SNVT_flow_p SNVT_rpm SNVT_elec_kwh

Notes
Detailed information on the functional profiles can be found on the website of
LonMARK K® (www.lonmark.org).

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

315
 NMX24-LON
®
LonWorks , Non-Spring Return, 24 V

1 Direction of rotation switch

1 Switching over Direction of rotation changes
2 Pushbutton and green LED display
Off No voltage supply or malfunction
2
Green, on Operation
Press button Switches on angle of rotation adaption followed
3 by standard operation
3 Service button for commissioning LONWORKS® and
4 yellow LED display for the LON status
Off The SR24ALON-5 rotary actuator is connected
and ready for operation in the
LONWORKS®network.
5
Yellow, on No application software is loaded in the
SR24ALON-5.
Yellow, flashing The SR24ALON-5 is ready for operation but not
(flashing interval 2 seconds) integrated in the LONWORKS® network
(unconfigured).
Other flashing codes A fault is present in the SR24ALON-5.
Press button Service Pin Message is sent to the
LONWORKS®network.
4 Gear disengagement switch
Press button Gear disengaged, motor stops, manual operation
possible
Release button Gear engaged, synchronisation starts, followed
by standard operation
5 Service plug
For connecting MFT parameterizing and service tools
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

316
LM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

Versatile and Powerful

● Minimum 45 in-lb torque in a compact package.

For damper areas up to 11 sq-ft*

345)
. 319)

-HM) (p.
(p. 325)

(p. 339)
(p. 319)

. 331)
319)

(p. 333)
. 327)
Actuators in
-T) (p

. 337)
321)
bold have BDCM

341)
329)

35)
2)
(p.

4-MFT (p
-SR-T (p
4-3(-S)(

-3 (p. 23

HM (10P
)24-MFT
)24-1 (p
4-SR-T
-3-T (p.
3-P10-T

PC (p. 3

LON (p.
-SR (p.
3-P5-T

MFT95
LMB(X)2
LMB(X)2

LMB(X)2

LMCB24
LMCB24

LMX120

LMX120
LMB24-

LMQB(X

LMB24-
LMX24-
LMX24-

LMQB(X
LMX24-
LMB24-

LM Series - At A Glance
Basic Product ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flexible Product ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm] ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
35 in-lb [4 Nm] ● ●
Angle of Rotation 95 degrees ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100 to 240 VAC ● ●
Control Input On/Off ● ●
On/Off, Floating Point ● ● ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ● ●
Multi-Function Technology ● ●
135 Ω ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

0 to 20V Phasecut ●
LonWORKS® ●
Feedback None ● ● ● ● ●
5 kΩ Potentiometer ●
10 kΩ Potentiometer ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ● ● ●
Variable (0 to 10 VDC) ● ● ●
Running Time 95 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
35 seconds ●
Adjustable 2.5 to 10 seconds ● ●
Adjustable 35 to 150 seconds ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150 seconds ● ●
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Appliance Rated Cable ● ●
Terminal Strip ● ● ● ● ● ●
Conduit Fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary Switch Built-In ●
Add-On ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Installation and Operation… (page 400).

*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

317
 LM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and Controllability.

● Cut Labor Costs with Simple Direct Coupling.

● Self-Centers on 5/8" Jackshafts with Standard Clamp or 3/4" with

Flexible Line Selection or Accessory Clamp.

● Check Damper Position with Clear Position Indicator.

● Don’t Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is Overload Proof

throughout Rotation.

● Enjoy Added Flexibility with Easy Mechanical Stops

to Adjust Angle of Rotation.

● Need to Change Control Direction?

Do it easily with a Simple Switch.

● Easily Accessible Manual Override Button

helps you Pre-Tension Damper Blades.

● Fully Adjustable Built-In Auxiliary Switch (LMB24-3-S).

● Auxiliary Switch and Feedback Potentiometer Add-Ons Mount

Directly on Clamp, Includes Conduit Connector.
Bulk
B lk Packaging
P k i Offers
Off Big
Bi Value
V l
● Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable and Conduit for Large jobs, Stocking Orders.
Connector Provided on Basic Models.

● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection, and

Running Time to fit your Specific Application with Belimo’s New
Flexible Line of Actuators.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

318
LMB(X)24-3(-S)(-P5)(-P10)(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Models
LMB(X)24-3 LMB24-3.1 (bulk) LMB24-3-P10-T
LMB(X)24-3-T LMB24-3-T.1 (bulk) LMB24-3-S
LMB24-3-P5-T LMB24-3-P5-T.1 (bulk)

Application
For On/Off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its standard universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be
accommodated by an accessory clamp.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
Technical Data LMB(X)24-3(-S)(-P5)(-P10)(-T)
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
24 VDC ± 10% The LMB series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator which indicates position
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.2 W) of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Transformer sizing 2.5 VA (Class 2 power source) automatically stops. The gears can be disengaged with manual release on the
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable actuator cover.
½” conduit connector, protected NEMA 2 (IP54) The LMB24-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Control on/off, floating point damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Input impedance 600 Ω mode.
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop The LMB24-3-S version is provided with one built-in auxiliary switch. This SPDT
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm] switch is provided for safety interfacing or signaling, for example, for fan start-up. The
Direction of rotation reversible with switch switching function is adjustable 0 to 95°. The auxiliary switch is double insulated so
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) an electrical ground connection is not necessary.
Manual override external push button
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Running time 150, 95, 60, 45, or 35 seconds the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2 1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]
Housing material UL94-5VA
5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,

2.34” [59.4]
1.85” [47]

CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC

Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.1 lbs [0.5 kg] 3.47” [88] To center of
mounting slot.
4.57” [116]
LMB24-3-S
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
2.6” [66]

Auxiliary switch adj. 0° to 100°, SPDT 3 A (0.5A) @ 250 VAC

Weight 1.4 lbs [0.6 kg]

LMB24-3-P10-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
Feedback 10 kΩ, 1W potentiometer 0.86” [22] 3.7” [94] 2” [50.8]

LMB24-3-P5-T (bulk pack only)

Feedback 5 kΩ, 1W potentiometer LMB24-3 Shown
Housing NEMA 1/IP20

LMB24-3-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
Housing NEMA 1/IP20
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, (1.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

319
 LMB(X)24-3(-S)(-P5)(-P10)(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc., xMB24-3-S
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench 4 incorporates one built-in auxiliary switches: 1 x SPDT, 3A (0.5A) @250 VAC,
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es) UL Approved, adjustable 0 to 95.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NOTE: When using LMB(X)24-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
need of an electrical ground connection.

Typical Specification WARNING

G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
from 1/4” to 5/8”. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodate with an accessory tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
clamp. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from
overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual

W266_08
override on the cover. If required, actuator will be provided with screw terminal strip
for electrical connections [LMB(X)24-3-T]. If required, actuators shall be provided with
one adjustable SPDT auxiliary switch. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be con-
structed to meet the requirements for double insulation so an electrical ground is not
required to meet agency listings. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.

On/Off control

W267_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control W268_08

Auxiliary Switch

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

320
LMCB24-3(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Models
LMCB24-3
LMCB24-3-T

Application
For On/Off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its standard universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be
accommodated by an accessory clamp.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMB series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator which indicates position
Technical Data LMCB24-3(-T) of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz automatically stops. The gears can be disengaged with manual release on the
24 VDC ± 10% actuator cover.
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.2 W) The LMCB24-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
Transformer sizing 3 VA (Class 2 power source) by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA plenum rated cable (-S versions) the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
1/2” conduit connector damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) mode.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Control on/off, floating point
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Input impedance 600 Ω
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]
Manual override external push button
5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]
Running time 35 seconds, constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

2.34” [59.4]
1.85” [47]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14, 3.47” [88] To center of
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, mounting slot.
4.57” [116]
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
2.6” [66]

Quality standard ISO 9001

Weight 1.1 lbs [0.5 kg]

LMCB24-3-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
Housing NEMA 1/IP20 0.86” [22] 3.7” [94] 2” [50.8]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

321
 LMCB24-3(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate 4 For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
NOTE: When using LMCB24-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. need of an electrical ground connection.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
Typical Specification necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft nents could result in death or serious injury.
from 1/4” to 5/8”. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodate with an accessory
clamp. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from

W266_08
overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual
override on the cover. If required, actuator will be provided with screw terminal strip
for electrical connections (LMCB24-3-T). If required, actuators shall be provided with
one adjustable SPDT auxiliary switch. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be
constructed to meet the requirements for double insulation so an electrical ground is
not required to meet agency listings. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control

W267_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

322
LMX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Application
For On/Off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its standard universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be
accommodated by an accessory clamp.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator which indicates position
of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be disengaged with manual release on the
actuator cover.
Technical Data LMX120-3 The LMX120-3 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled by
Power supply nominal 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
tolerance 85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power consumption 2 W (0.5 W) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
mode.
Transformer sizing 4 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
1/2” conduit connector the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Control on/off, floating point
Input impedance 600 Ω 1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop 5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch

2.34” [59.4]
1.85” [47]

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)

Manual override external push button
Running time 150, 95, 60, 45, or 35 seconds
constant independent of load
3.47” [88] To center of
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

mounting slot.
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] 4.57” [116]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
2.6” [66]

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free 3.7” [94] 2” [50.8]
0.86” [22]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.1 lbs [0.5 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 4kV, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

323
 LMX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench Power consumption must be observed.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
NOTE: When using LMX120-3 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
need of an electrical ground connection.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Typical Specification During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
type, which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
shaft from 1/4” to 5/8”. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be nents could result in death or serious injury.
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

324
LMB(X)24-SR(-T)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Models
LMB24-SR/LMX24-SR LMB24-SR.1 (bulk)
LMB24-SR-T/LMX24-SR-T LMB24-SR-T.1 (bulk)

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodated by
an accessory clamp.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
Technical Data LMB(X)24-SR(-T) The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
24 VDC ± 10% actuator will prevent lateral movement.
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.4 W) The LMB series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
Transformer sizing 3 VA (Class 2 power source) actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA plenum rated cable automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
1/2” conduit connector actuator cover.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] The LMB24-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
mode.
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm] the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
actuator will move:
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on) 1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Manual override external push button 5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]
Running time 95 seconds, constant independent of load

2.34” [59.4]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
1.85” [47]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA 3.47” [88] To center of
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14, mounting slot.
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, 4.57” [116]
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
2.6” [66]

Quality standard ISO 9001

Weight 1.7 lbs [0.5 kg]

LMB(X)24-SR-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire) 3.7” [94] 2” [50.8]
0.86” [22]
Housing unprotected (NEMA 1/IP20)
protected (NEMA 2/IP20) use ZS-T
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

325
 LMB(X)24-SR(-T)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es) 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-X40 Transformer necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
NOTE: When using LMB(X)24-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Typical Specification

W565_08
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type,
which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a
shaft from 1/4” to 5/8”. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodate with an
accessory clamp. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response
to a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. If required, actuator will be
provided with screw terminal strip for electrical connections (LMB24-SR-T). Run time
shall be constant and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be
provided for position indication. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year war-
ranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards.
Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 to 10 VDC control

W565_08

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

326
LMCB24-SR(-T)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Models
LMCB24-SR
LMCB24-SR-T

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodated by
an accessory clamp.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
Technical Data LMCB24-SR(-T) The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
24 VDC ± 10% actuator will prevent lateral movement.
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.4 W) The LMB series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
Transformer sizing 3 VA (Class 2 power source) actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA plenum rated cable automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
1/2” conduit connector actuator cover.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation The LMCB24-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
mode.
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm] Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Direction of rotation reversible with switch the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
actuator will move:
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]
Manual override external push button

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Running time 35 seconds, constant independent of load 5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

2.34” [59.4]
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
1.85” [47]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14, 3.47” [88] To center of
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, mounting slot.
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC 4.57” [116]
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
2.6” [66]

Weight 1.1 lbs [0.5 kg]

LMCB24-SR-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 26 to 14 GA wire)
Housing NEMA 1/IP20 0.86” [22] 3.7” [94] 2” [50.8]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

327
 LMCB24-SR(-T)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-T Terminal Cover for NEMA 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es) 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-X40 Transformer necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
NOTE: When using LMCB24-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Typical Specification

W565_08
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from
1/4” to 5/8”. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodate with an accessory
clamp. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technol-
ogy and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. If required, actuator will be pro-
vided with screw terminal strip for electrical connections (LMCB24-SR-T). Run time
shall be constant and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be
provided for position indication. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year war-
ranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards.
Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 to 10 VDC control

W565_08

4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

328
LMX120-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodated by
an accessory clamp.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The LMX120-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Technical Data LMX120-SR damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power supply nominal 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz mode.
tolerance 85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Power consumption 2.5 W (1 W) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Transformer sizing 4.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable
1/2” conduit connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D143_2
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
actuator will move:
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 150, 95, 60, 45, or 35 seconds
constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.1 lbs [0.5 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

329
 LMX120-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
S1B, S2B Auxiliary Switch(es) 5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface need of an electrical ground connection.
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch 2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
NOTE: When using LMX120-SR actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
Typical Specification nents could result in death or serious injury.

Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which

W368REV_08
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from
1/4” to 5/8”. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2
to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication.
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

330
LMB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodated by
an accessory clamp.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The LMB(X)24-MFT… actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data LMB(X)24-MFT actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
24 VDC ± 10% mode.
Power consumption 2.5 W (1.2 W) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
Protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

D141
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]

Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default) 5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]

variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off)
100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
2.34" [59.4]

Input impedance

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5mA max
VDC variable
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop 3.47" [88]
electronically variable
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm] 0.86" [22] 4.57" [116] 2" [50.8]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
2.6" [66]

Running time 150 seconds (default)

variable (35 to 150 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.5 lbs [0.7 kg]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

331
 LMB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch VDC/4-20 mA
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion

W399_08
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using LMB(X)24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from
1/4” to 5/8”. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and PWM
M
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be

W399_08
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams

1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

CAUTION Equipment Damage!
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2
Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. On/Off
Off controll
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

W399_08
Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components! Floating Point control
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

332
LMX24-MFT95
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 135 Ω Input

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodated by
an accessory clamp.
The default parameters for 0 to 135 Ω input applications of the …MFT95 actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The LMX24-MFT95 actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data LMX24-MFT95 actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
24 VDC ± 10% mode.
Power consumption 2.5 W (1.2 W) Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

D141
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]
Operating range WRB 135 Ω Honeywell Electronic Series 90, 5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]
135 Ω input
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable
2.34" [59.4]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
3.47" [88]
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button 4.57" [116] 2" [50.8]
0.86" [22]
Running time 150 seconds (default)
variable (35 to 150 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
2.6" [66]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.5 lbs [0.7 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

333
 LMX24-MFT95
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 135 Ω Input

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts 5 color codes instead. Actuators with appliance cables are numbered.
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
21 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench 222 Actuators and controller must have separate transformers.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch 233 Consult controller instruction data for more detailed information.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
Resistor value depends on the type of controller and the number of
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module actuators. No resistor is used for one actuator. Honeywell® resistor kits
244
ZG-X40 Transformer may also be used.
NOTE: When using LMX24-MFT95 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
255 To reverse control rotation, use the reversing switch.

Typical Specification

Wnew60408_6
S963A
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which 24 VAC Transformer Minimum Position
5
Potentiometer
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from 21
1/4” to 5/8”. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an Line Blk (1) Common
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology Volts Red (2) + Hot
Series 90 25
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have Controller
R B W Pnk (4) W
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and B

independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be R Wht (3) R
22
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall Shunting W Gry (5) B
Resistor
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
be as manufactured by Belimo. 23
24
-MFT95
B R W
H205 Change- Occupied
over Controller Contact

21
Line Blk (1) Common
Volts Red (2) + Hot
23
22
Pnk (4) W 25
Wire Colors
Wht (3) R
1 = Black 3 = White 5 = Gray Gry (5) B
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 = Red 4 = Pink 6 = Orange Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC

To other
actuators -MFT95
Wnew60408_6

21 24 VAC Transformer
5 Wiring multiple actuators to a Series 90 controller
using a minimum position potentiometer.
Line Blk (1) Common

W016
Wnew60408_6
Volts Red (2) + Hot 24 VAC Transformer 5
23 21
A
Line Blk (1) Common
Pnk (4) W 24
Volts Red (2) + Hot
135 Ω Wht (3) R
B 23
Gry (5) B
22 W W R B Pnk (4) W 24
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Series 90 Wht (3) R
R
Controller
-MFT95
21 24 VAC Transformer B Gry (5) B

Series 90 low limit control Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC

Line Blk (1) Common 135 Ω for 0 to 50% control
280 Ω for 0 to 100% control -MFT95
Volts Red (2) + Hot
23 Low Limit Control
A
W017

W Pnk (4) W 24
Wnew60408_6

Line
R Wht (3) R 21
24 VAC Transformer 5
Volts B
B Gry (5) B
Line Blk (1) Common
22 Controller Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Volts Red (2) + Hot
-MFT95 23
Override 22 W Pnk (4) W 24
Series 90 Wht (3) R
R
Controller
B R W B Gry (5) B
Org (6) ‘U5’ Output 2 to 10 VDC
Series 90 high limit control - 280 Ω -MFT95
High Limit Control
800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

334
LMX24-PC
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20V Phasecut

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodated by
an accessory clamp.
The actuator operates in response to 0 to 20V phasecut control input only on the
positive part fo the sine wave from an electronic controller or positioner. A 2 to 10
VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMX series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of the
actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
The LMX24-PC actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls
the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Technical Data LMX24-PC mode.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
24 VDC ± 10% the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Power consumption 2.5 W (1.2 W)
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable Dimensions (Inches [mm])
1/2” conduit connector

D141
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) 1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Operating range Y 0 to 20 V phasecut
2.34" [59.4]

control is only for the positive part of the sine wave

(max of 10 volts)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Input impedance 8 kΩ (50 mW)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max
3.47" [88]
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable
0.86" [22] 4.57" [116] 2" [50.8]
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
2.6" [66]

Running time 150 seconds (default)

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2 7.43" [188.7]
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.5 lbs [0.7 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

335
 LMX24-PC
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, 0 to 20V Phasecut

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-X40 Transformer necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
NOTE: When using LMX24-PC actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Typical Specification

W185
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which 1
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from 24 VAC Transformer
1/4” to 5/8”. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology Line Blk (1) Common –
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have Volts Red (2) Hot + 3
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be Pnk (6) Y Input, 0 to 20V phasecut
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall Control Signal (–)
be as manufactured by Belimo. 0 to 20 V Phasecut (+) Org (5) U Output, 2 to 10V

…PC 2

Proportional Control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

336
LMQB(X)24-1
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 35 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Application
For On/Off control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be done in
accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications. The actuator is mounted
directly to a damper shaft from ½” up to 1.05” in diameter by means of its standard
universal clamp.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMQB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator which indicates
position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the
actuator automatically stops. The gears can be disengaged with manual release on the
actuator cover.
The LMQB(X)24-1 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
mode.
Technical Data LMQB(X)24-1 Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
Power supply 24 VAC ±20% 50/60 Hz the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
24 VDC ±10%
Power consumption 13 W (1.5 W)
Transformer sizing 23 VA (Class 2 power source) Dimensions (Inches [mm])

LMQ24_1
(I max 20A@5ms)
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Control on/off
Input impedance 1000 Ω
Angle of rotation min. 30°, max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Manual override external push button
Running time 2.5, 5 or 10 seconds
constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <52 dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.8 lbs [0.85 kg]
Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, (1.B for -S version), Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

337
 LMQB(X)24-1
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-NA Reversible Clamp
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-NMA Crank arm Adapter Kit
AU8-25 Universal Shaft Extension Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
3
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es) Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch need of an electrical ground connection.
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
NOTE: When using LMQB(X)24-1 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
Typical Specification tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
On/Off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which require
no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from ½” to

W343_08
1.05”. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected from
overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch and manual
override on the cover. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet
the requirements for double insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet
agency listings. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators
shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001
International Quality Control Standards.
Actuators shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

On/Off Control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

338
LMQB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 35 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from ½” up to 1.05” in diameter by
means of its universal clamp.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changedby two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software (version 3.3 or later).

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMQB(X) series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates position of
the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the
actuator cover.
Technical Data LMQB(X)24-MFT
The LMQB(X)24-MFT actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power supply 24 VAC ±20% 50/60 Hz
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
24 VDC ±10%
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power consumption 13 W (1.5 W) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Transformer sizing 23 VA (Class 2 power source) mode.
(I max 20A@5ms)
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)

LMQ24_MFT
Variable (VDC, on/off) on/off
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω,
1000 Ω (on/off)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5mA max, VDC variable
Angle of rotation min. 30°, max. 95°, adjust. with mechanical stop
electronically variable

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Torque 35 in-lb [4 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 2.5, 5 or 10 seconds
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <52 dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.8 lbs [0.85 kg]
Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

339
 LMQB(X)24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-NA Reversible Clamp
AV8-25 Universal Shaft Extension
ZG-NMA Shaft Adaptor
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for ¾” Diameter Shafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate Actuators may be connected in parallel.
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
ZG-X40 Transformer necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
NOTE: When using LMQB(X)24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Typical Specification

W399_08
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from ¼”
to 5⁄8”. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an electronic
controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off
Off controll

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

340
LMX24-LON
LonWorks®, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Torque min. 45 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq ft.

Application
Direct coupled actuators for direct link to LonWorks network. Actuators are easily
installed by direct shaft mounting on air dampers in ventilation and air conditioning
systems. Actuator can be controlled by any compatible LON controller or automation
system.
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator is mounted directly to a damper shaft from 1/4” up to 5/8” in diameter
by means of its universal clamp. Shafts up to 3/4” diameter can be accommodated by
an accessory clamp.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LMX24-LON series provides 95° of rotation and a visual indicator indicates
position of the actuator. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the
Technical Data LMX24-LON actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz the actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 10% The LMX24-LON actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power consumption 2.5 W (1.2 W) Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Transformer Sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
1/2” conduit connector mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] Add-on auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometers are easily fastened directly onto
the actuator body for signaling and switching functions.
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
electronically variable Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Torque 45 in-lb [5 Nm]

D141
Direction of rotation reversible with switch 1/4” to 3/4” [6 to 20]
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
5/16” to 3/4” [8 to 26]
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds (default)
2.34" [59.4]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA 3.47" [88]

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,

0.86" [22] 4.57" [116] 2" [50.8]
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.5 lbs [0.7 kg]

LonWorks®
Certified according to LonMARK® 3.3
Processor Neuron 3120
Transceiver FTT-10A, compatible with LPT-10
Functional profile according to LonMARK® Damper
actuator object #8110
open loop sensor object #1
LNS plug-in for actuator/sensor can be run with any LNS based integration
tool (min. for LNS 3.x)
Service button and status LED according to LonMARK® guidelines
Conductors, cables conductor lengths, cable specifications and
topology of the LonWorks® network according to
the Echelon® directives
LonWorks and LonMARK © 2007-2009 LonMark International

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

341
 LMX24-LON
®
LonWorks , Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Accessories

Schema_LON_02
T ~
K-LM20 3/4” [20 mm] Shaft Clamp +
–
AV6-20 Shaft Extension
ZG-LMSA Shaft Adaptor for 1/2” Diameter Shafts
ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor for 3/8” Diameter Shafts
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Steel
ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate
Tool-06 8 mm & 10 mm Wrench
S1A, S2A Auxiliary Switch(es)
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
P…A Feedback Potentiometers
SGA24 Min positioners in NEMA 4 housing 1 2 3 5 6 7
SGF24 Min positioners for flush panel mounting
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch T ~

LON

LON
MFT
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module – +
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using LMX24-LON actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
Sensor scaling:
The sensors can be scaled with the sensor plug-in (sensor table).
Typical Specification Sensor Temperature range Resistance range Resolution
Ni1000 –28 ... +98°C 850 ... 1600 Ω 1Ω
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from PT1000 –35 ... +155°C 850 ... 1600 Ω 1Ω
1/4” to 5/8”. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an NTC –10 ... +160°C 200 ... 60 kΩ 1Ω
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology (depending on type)
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and Connection with Passive Sensor, e.g. Pt1000, Ni1000, NTC
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be

Schema_LON_03
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
T ~
be as manufactured by Belimo.
– +

Wiring Diagrams
Schema_LON_01

T ~
– +
Requirements for
switching contact:
The switching contact must be
able to accurately switch a cur-
rent of 16 mA @ 24 V.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1 2 3 5 6 7
V Possible connection of a
voltmeter for checking T ~
V
LON

LON
MFT

the position feedback U. – +

1 2 3 5 6 7
Connection with Switching Contact, e.g. Δp-monitor
T ~

Schema_LON_04
LON

LON
MFT

– +
T ~
– +

Connection without Sensor

Possible input voltage range:

0 ... 32 V (resolution 30 mV)
Sensor scaling:
The sensors can be scaled with the
sensor plug-in (sensor table)
1 2 3 5 6 7

T ~
LON

LON
MFT

– +

Connection with Active Sensor, e.g. 0...10 V @ 0...50° C

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

342
LMX24-LON
LonWorks®, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

The LON-capable damper actuator is certified by LonMARKK®. The actuator functions Node object #0
are supplied with the LonWorks® network as standardized network variables according The node object contains the object status and object request functions.
to LonMARK K®. The Node Object #0, the Damper Actuator Object #8110 and the Open nviRequest SNVT_obj_request
Loop SensorObject #1 are implemented in the actuator. Input variable for requesting the status of a particular object in the node.
nvoStatus SNVT_obj_status
Output variable that outputs the current status of a particular object in the node.
nvoFileDirectory SNVT_address
Output variable that shows information in the address range of the Neuron chip.

Damper actuator object #8110

The actuator object is used to map the functions of the MP actuators to the
LONWORKS® network.
nviRelStpt SNVT_lev_percent
The nominal position is assigned to the actuator via this input variable. This variable is
normally linked to the output variable of an HVAC controller.
nviActuateState SNVT_switch
A preset position is assigned to the actuator via this input variable. Note on priority:
The last variable that was active, either nviActuatorState or nviRelStpt, has priority.
nviManOvrd SNVT_hvac_overid
These input variables can be used to manually override the actuator into a particular
position.
nvoActualValue SNVT_lev_percent
This output variable shows the current actual position of the actuator and can be used
for control circuit feedback or for displaying positions.
nvoAbsAngle SNVT_angle_deg
This output variable shows the current angle of rotation of the actuator
or the valve and can be used to display the position or for service purposes.
nvoAbsAirFlow SNVT_flow
This output variable is inactive with the SR24ALON-5 rotary actuator and shows a
constant value of 65535 (this variable is only active in conjunction with LON-capable
VAV controllers).

Open loop sensor object #1

A sensor can be connected to the rotary actuator. A passive resistance sensor (e.g.
Ni1000), an active sensor (output 0 ... 32 V) or a switch (on/off) can be connected. The

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

open loop sensor object transfers the measured sensor values to the LONWORKS®
network.
nvoSensorValue SNVT_xxx
This output variable shows the current sensor value. Depending on the connected
sensor, the output variable can be configured via the sensor plug-in and specifically
adapted to the system.

The SNVT_... can be configured as:

SNVT_temp_p SNVT_lev_percent SNVT_lux
SNVT_temp SNVT_abs_humid SNVT_press_p
SNVT_switch SNVT_enthalpy SNVT_smo_obscur
SNVT_flow SNVT_ppm SNVT_power
SNVT_flow_p SNVT_rpm SNVT_elec_kwh

Notes
Detailed information on the functional profiles can be found on the website of
LonMARK K® (www.lonmark.org).

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

343
 LMX24-LON
®
LonWorks , Non-Spring Return, 24 V

1 Direction of rotation switch

1 Switching over Direction of rotation changes
2 Pushbutton and green LED display
Off No voltage supply or malfunction
2
Green, on Operation
Press button Switches on angle of rotation adaption followed
3 by standard operation
3 Service button for commissioning LONWORKS® and
4 yellow LED display for the LON status
Off The SR24ALON-5 rotary actuator is connected
and ready for operation in the
LONWORKS®network.
5
Yellow, on No application software is loaded in the
SR24ALON-5.
Yellow, flashing The SR24ALON-5 is ready for operation but not
(flashing interval 2 seconds) integrated in the LONWORKS® network
(unconfigured).
Other flashing codes A fault is present in the SR24ALON-5.
Press button Service Pin Message is sent to the
LONWORKS®network.
4 Gear disengagement switch
Press button Gear disengaged, motor stops, manual operation
possible
Release button Gear engaged, synchronisation starts, followed
by standard operation
5 Service plug
For connecting MFT parameterizing and service tools
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

344
LMB24-HM (10P-HM), VAV Retrofit Actuators

Application
The -HM series of actuators are intended for retrofit of Belimo LM24-M and LM24-
10P-M actuators used in OEM VAV controllers that have reached the end of their
service life. These actuators are specifically designed as a drop-in replacement
without any alteration to the existing VAV system.

Operation
The actuator is mounted in the same location as the current actuator and mates
directly to the damper shaft by means of the standard universal clamp. The existing 5
pin Molex connector plugs directly into the replacement actuator and 24 VAC/DC
power is applied via a separate plenum rated power cable.
The -HM series utilize Belimo brushless Halomo motor technology. This motor drive
technology monitors and controls the actuator position based on an input signal from
the VAV controller. When reaching an end position, the actuator automatically stops
and reports this condition to the VAV controller. Power consumption is reduced when
in holding mode.

Models
LMB24-HM
LMB24-10P-HM

Technical Data LMB24-HM (10P-HM)

Power supply 24 VAC +/- 20% 50/60 Hz
24 VDC +/- 10%
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.2 W)
Transformer sizing 2 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 5 pin male Molex connector (control signal)
18 GA, 2 conductor plenum rated cable for power
Overload protection electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation
Angle of rotation max. 95°, adjustable with mechanical stop
Torque 45 in-lb
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
Running time 95 seconds, constant independent of load

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C]
Housing NEMA 1/ IP20
Housing material UL54-5VA
Agency listings cULus
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.1 lbs [0.5 kg]
Feedback
LMB24-10P-HM 10 kΩ, 1W potentiometer

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

345
 LMB24-HM (10P-HM), VAV Retrofit Actuators

Accessories Wiring Diagram

Tool-03 #10 Torx driver
Tool-06 8mm & 10mm wrench
NOTE: When using LMB24-HM (10P-HM) actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

Wiring Directions 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

1. Disconnect all wires including power to VAV controller. WARNING

G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
2. Remove VAV controller from ductwork.
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
3. Disconnect 5 pin Molex connector from actuator. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
4. Using Belimo Tool-03, remove three screws from back of VAV controller housing nents could result in death or serious injury.
and remove old actuator.

W_new60408_3
5. Place VAV controller housing on flat surface.
24 VAC Transformer
6. Place rear (Cable end) of new actuator into the housing actuator tray (see 1 3
picture below) and press down on clamp side of actuator until unit “clicks” into Line Blk Common
place. Volts Red + Hot

7. Connect 5 pin Molex connector to new actuator. 1 -

M
2 +
8. Reinstall OEM VAV controller on ductwork.
5 PIN 3
9. Reconnect all wires to VAV controller. Molex
Connector 4 10 k7
10. Connect 24V to actuator cable.
5

LMB24-HM (10P-HM)

24 VDC Control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

346
CM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

Minimum 18 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 6.8 sq-ft*

Actuators in

. 353)

353)
bold have BDCM
49)

1)
)
3 (p. 349

-3 (p. 35
3-T (p. 3

SR-L (p.
SR-R (p
CMB120
CMB24-

CMB24-

CMB24-

CMB24-
CMB Series - At A Glance
Basic Product ● ● ● ● ●
Flexible Product
Torque 18 in-lb [2 Nm] ● ● ● ● ●
Angle of Rotation Endless ● ● ●
90 degrees ● ●
330 degrees with end stop ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ●
Control Input On/Off, Floating Point ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ●
Feedback None ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ●
Running Time 35 seconds ● ● ● ● ●
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ● ●
Appliance Rated Cable ●
Terminal Strip ●

Installation and Operation… (page 400).

*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

347
 CM Series Direct Coupled Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and Controllability.

● Cut Labor Costs with Simple Direct Coupling.

● Self-Centers on 1/2" shafts with Universal Clamp.

● Check Damper Position with Clear Position Indicator.

● Don’t Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is

Overload Proof throughout Rotation.

● Enjoy Added Flexibility with Easy Mechanical Stops

to Adjust Angle of Rotation.

● Easy override with use of magnet located on position indicator.

● Mounts Directly on Clamp, Includes Conduit Connector.

● Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable Provided on Basic Models.

Bulk Packaging Offers

Big Value for Large jobs,
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Stocking Orders.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

348
CMB24-3(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

T
Torque min.
i 18 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 4.5 sq ft.
f

Application
Damper actuator for operating air control dampers in ventilation and
air-conditioning systems for building services installations.
• For air control dampers up to approximately 4.5 sq ft
• Torque 2 Nm
• Nominal voltage AC/DC 24 V
• Control: Open-close or 3-point
• Running time 35 sec. @ 90°

Operation
Simple direct mounting on the damper spindle with a universal spindle clamp or
form fit, supplied with an anti-rotation bracket to prevent the actuator from rotating.
Manual operation is possible with a magnet (the gearing latch remains disengaged
as long as the magnet is in place).
Adjustable angle of rotation with mechanical end stops, that requires no tools to
move or remove.
The actuator is overload-proof, requires no limit switches and automatically stops
when the end stops is reached.
The CM24-3 actuator uses a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data CMB24-3 actuator’s rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
24 VDC ± 20%
Belimo’s Halomo sensorless brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of
Power consumption 1.0 W (0.2 W resting)
stationary electromagnets housed inside rotational permanent magnets. The
Transformer sizing 1.5 VA (Class 2 power source) electromagnetic poles are switched by the an ASIC developed by Belimo. Unlike the
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance rated cable conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to wear or commutators to foul. This
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) means the brushless DC motor adds accuracy and reduces power consumption in a
Overload protection electronic throughout rotation holding mode.
Control on/off, floating point
Angle of rotation without end stop; limitless
with end stop; 315° fix Dimensions (Inches [mm])
287.5° max. with two end stops

CMDims
Torque 18 in-lb [2 Nm]
Direction of rotation by electrical installation

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on), with magnet
Manual override disengage with magnet
Running time 35 seconds, constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 0.4 lbs [0.18 kg]

CMB24-3-T
Electrical connection screw terminal (for 18 to 16 GA wire)
Form fit 0.31" x 0.31" [8mm x 8mm]
Housing NEMA 1/IP20
Weight 0.3 lbs [0.13 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3 for 24-3-T Degree 2.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

349
 CMB24-3(-T)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 24 V

Typical Specification Wiring Diagrams

Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled
type, which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a
shaft from 1/4” to 1/2”. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have manual override
on the cover. If required, actuators will be provided with screw terminal strip for 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
electrical connections (CMB24-3-T). Run time shall be constant and independent of Actuators may be connected in parallel.
torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

SAFETY NOTES
The damper actuator is not allowed to be used outside the specified field Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
application, especially in aircraft or any other form of air transport. need of an electrical ground connection.

Assembly must be carried out by trained personnel. Any legal regulations or WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
regulations issued by authorities must be observed during assembly. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
The device may only be opened at the manufacturer’s site. It does not contain any individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
parts that can be replaced or repaired by the user. tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
The cable must not be removed from the device.

W536_08
When calculating the required torque, the specifications supplied by the damper
manufactures (cross section, design, installation site), and the air flow conditions
must be observed.
The device contains electrical and electronic components and is not allowed to
be disposed of as household refuse. All locally valid regulations and requirements
must be observed.

On/Off control

W537_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off Control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

350
CMB120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

T
Torque min.
i 18 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 4.5 sq ft.
f

Application
Damper actuator for operating air control dampers in ventilation and
air-conditioning systems for building services installations.
• For air control dampers up to approximately 4.5 sq ft
• Torque 2 Nm
• Nominal voltage AC/DC 100-240 V
• Control: Open-close or 3-point
• Running time 35 sec. @ 90°

Operation
Simple direct mounting on the damper spindle with a universal spindle clamp or
form fit, supplied with an anti-rotation bracket to prevent the actuator from rotating.
Manual operation is possible with a magnet (the gearing latch remains disengaged
as long as the magnet is in place).
Adjustable angle of rotation with mechanical end stops, that requires no tools to
move or remove.
The actuator is overload-proof, requires no limit switches and automatically stops
when the end stops is reached.
The CM24-3 actuator uses a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a
Technical Data CMB120-3 stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
Power supply nominal 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Belimo’s Halomo sensorless brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of
tolerance 85 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz
stationary electromagnets housed inside rotational permanent magnets. The
Power consumption 1.5 W (1.0 W)
electromagnetic poles are switched by the an ASIC developed by Belimo. Unlike the
Transformer sizing 3.5 VA (Class 2 power source) conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to wear or commutators to foul. This
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance rated cable means the brushless DC motor adds accuracy and reduces power consumption in a
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) holding mode.
Overload protection electronic throughout rotation
Control on/off, floating point
Angle of rotation without end stop; limitless Dimensions (Inches [mm])
with end stop; 315° fix

CMDims
287.5° max. with two end stops
Torque 18 in-lb [2 Nm]
Direction of rotation by electrical installation

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override disengage with magnet
Running time 35 seconds, constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 0.4 lbs [0.18 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 2.5kV, Type of action 1.AA, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

351
 CMB120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 100 to 240 VAC

Typical Specification Wiring Diagrams

Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled
type, which require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting
to a shaft from 1/4” to 1/2”. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have
manual override on the cover.Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
by Belimo.

SAFETY NOTES Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
The damper actuator is not allowed to be used outside the specified field need of an electrical ground connection.
application, especially in aircraft or any other form of air transport.
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Assembly must be carried out by trained personnel. Any legal regulations or During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
regulations issued by authorities must be observed during assembly. necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
The device may only be opened at the manufacturer’s site. It does not contain any tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
parts that can be replaced or repaired by the user. nents could result in death or serious injury.
The cable must not be removed from the device.

W534_08
When calculating the required torque, the specifications supplied by the damper
manufactures (cross section, design, installation site), and the air flow conditions
must be observed.
The device contains electrical and electronic components and is not allowed to
be disposed of as household refuse. All locally valid regulations and requirements
must be observed.

On/Off control

W535_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off Control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

352
CMB24-SR-R(-L)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

T
Torque min.
i 18 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 4.5 sq ft.
f

Application
Damper actuator for operating air control dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning
systems for building services installations.
• For air control dampers up to approximately 4.5 sq ft
• Torque 2 Nm
• Nominal voltage AC/DC 24 V
• Control: 2 to 10 VDC
• Running time 35 sec. @ 90°

Operation
Simple direct mounting on the damper spindle with a universal spindle clamp or form
fit, supplied with an anti-rotation bracket to prevent the actuator from rotating.
Manual operation is possible with a magnet (the gearing latch remains disengaged as
long as the magnet is in place).
Adjustable angle of rotation with mechanical end stops, that requires no tools to move
or remove.
The actuator is overload-proof, requires no limit switches and automatically stops
when the end stops is reached.
The CMB24-SR (-R or -L) actuator uses a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by
an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent damage to the actuator in a stall
Technical Data CMB24-SR-R(-L) condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding mode.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
24 VDC ± 20% Belimo’s Halomo sensorless brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of
stationary electromagnets housed inside rotational permanent magnets. The
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.5 W resting)
electromagnetic poles are switched by the an ASIC developed by Belimo. Unlike the
Transformer sizing 1.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to wear or commutators to foul. This
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance rated cable means the brushless DC motor adds accuracy and reduces power consumption in a
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) holding mode.
Overload protection electronic throughout rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Angle of rotation without end stop; limitless Dimensions (Inches [mm])
with end stop; 315° fix

CMDims
287.5° max. with two end stops
Torque 18 in-lb [2 Nm]
Direction of rotation by electrical installation

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on), with magnet
Manual override disengage with magnet
Running time 35 seconds, constant independent of load
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <45dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 0.4 lbs [0.18 kg]
with form fit 0.3 lbs [0.13 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3 for 24-3-T Degree 2.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

353
 CMB24-SR-R(-L)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Typical Specification Wiring Diagrams

Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from
1/4” to 1/2”. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a 2 to 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology 2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant Actuators may be connected in parallel.
and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
position indication. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
be as manufactured by Belimo.
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
SAFETY NOTES
The damper actuator is not allowed to be used outside the specified field
application, especially in aircraft or any other form of air transport.
Assembly must be carried out by trained personnel. Any legal regulations or The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
regulations issued by authorities must be observed during assembly. 2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.

The device may only be opened at the manufacturer’s site. It does not contain any WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
parts that can be replaced or repaired by the user. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
The cable must not be removed from the device. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
When calculating the required torque, the specifications supplied by the damper nents could result in death or serious injury.
manufactures (cross section, design, installation site), and the air flow conditions
must be observed.

W565_CMB_08
The device contains electrical and electronic components and is not allowed to
be disposed of as household refuse. All locally valid regulations and requirements
must be observed.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Proportional, 2 to 10 VDC control

W565_CMB_08

Proportional, 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

354
AH Series Actuator

Minimum 101 lbf Linear Force

● For damper surfaces up to 32 sq-ft*

Actuators in
bold have BDCM
(p. 357)

. 365)
59)

1)
00) (p. 3

0) (p. 36

-300) (p
(p. 363)
300)

369)
7)
)(-200)(-

-200)(-3

00 (p. 36

-100 (p.
00)(-20

0(-200)(
0)(-200)
4-3(-100

-3(-100)(

)24-MFT
4-SR(-1

)24-1-1
-SR(-10

MFT-10
AHB(X)2
AHB(X)2

AHQB(X

AHQB(X
AHX120

AHX120

AHX24-

AH Series - At A Glance
Basic Product ● ● ● ●
Flexible Product ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Linear Force 101 lbf [450 N] ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

44 lbf [200 N] ● ●
Linear Stroke 4" [100mm] ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
8" [200mm] ● ● ● ● ●
12" [300mm] ● ● ● ●
Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ●
120 VAC ● ●
Control Input On/Off ●
On/Off, Floating Point ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ●
Multi-Function Technology ● ●
Feedback None ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ●
Variable (0 to 10 VDC) ● ●
Running Time 150 seconds ● ● ● ● ●
7 seconds ● ●
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ● ● ●
Appliance Cable ● ●
Conduit Fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Installation and Operation… (page 400).

*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

355
 AH Series Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and Controllability.

● Don’t Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is

Overload Proof throughout Rotation.

● Enjoy Added Flexibility with Easy Mechanical Stops

to Adjust Linear Movement.

● Need to Change Control Direction?

Do it easily with a Simple Switch.

● Easily Accessible Manual Override Button

helps you Pre-Tension Damper Blades.

● Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable and

Conduit Connector Provided on Basic Models.

● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection,

and Running Time to fit your Specific Application with
Belimo’s New Flexible Line of Actuators.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

356
AHB(X)24-3(-100)(-200)(-300)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Linear Force min. 101lbf for control of damper surfaces up to 32 sq. ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AHB(X)... series provides 4, 8, or 12 inches of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear
rack can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The AHB(X)24-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data AHB(X)24-3(-100)(-200)(-300) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
24 VDC ± 20% mode.
Power consumption 2 W (0.5 W)
Transformer sizing 4.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable

D139
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) 2.95" [75] 2" [50.8]

3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
Control on/off, floating point

2.4" [60.5]
Input impedance 600 Ω
1.4" [35.6]

Linear Stroke
AHB(X)24-3-100 4 in [100 mm] 7" [178]

AHB(X)24-3-200 8 in [200 mm]

AHB(X)24-3-300 12 in [300 mm] 0.7"
Linear force 101 lbf [450 N] [17.4]

Stroke direction reversible with switch

Manual override external push button
3.19" [81]

3.10" [79]
Running time 150 seconds per 4" [100mm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

[13.7]
.54"

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] A

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2 B

Housing material UL94-5VA

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02, Stroke A B
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC 4" [100] 9.2" [233.5] 8" [294.7]
Noise level (max) 35dB(A) 8" [200] 13.1" [333.5] 12" [394.7]
Servicing maintenance free 12" [300] 17.1" [433.5] 16" [494.7]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
AHB(X)24-3-100 2.6 lbs [1.18 kg]
AHB(X)24-3-200 2.7 lbs [1.23 kg]
AHB(X)24-3-300 2.9 lbs [1.32 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

357
 AHB24-3(-100)(-200)(-300)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSC Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using AHB(X)24-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Typical Specification
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with
integrated linear stroking arm. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
and be protected from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have need of an electrical ground connection.
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
shall be as manufactured by Belimo. necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W396_08
On/Off control

W397_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

358
AHX120-3(-100)(-200)(-300)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 100 to 240 VAC

Linear Force min. 101lbf for control of damper surfaces up to 30 sq. ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AHX... series provides 4, 8, or 12 inches of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear
rack can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The AHX120-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data AHX120-3(-100)(-200)(-300) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 100 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz (nominal) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
85 to 265 VAC 50/60 Hz (tolerance) mode.
Power consumption 2.5 W
Transformer sizing 4.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable

D139
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) 2.95" [75] 2" [50.8]

3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
Control on/off, floating point

2.4" [60.5]
Input impedance 600 Ω
1.4" [35.6]

Linear stroke
AHX120-3-100 4 in [100 mm] 7" [178]

AHX120-3-200 8 in [200 mm]

AHX120-3-300 12 in [300 mm] 0.7"
Linear force 101 lbf [450 N] [17.4]

Stroke direction reversible with switch

Manual override external push button
3.19" [81]

3.10" [79]
Running time 150 seconds per 4" [100mm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

[13.7]
.54"

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C] A

Housing NEMA 2, IP54 B

Housing material UL94-5VA

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24, CE according to Stroke A B
#74123IEEC 4" [100] 9.2" [233.5] 8" [294.7]
Noise level (max) 35dB(A) 8" [200] 13.1" [333.5] 12" [394.7]
Servicing maintenance free 12" [300] 17.1" [433.5] 16" [494.7]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
AHX120-3-100 2.6 lbs [1.18 kg]
AHX120-3-200 2.7 lbs [1.23 kg]
AHX120-3-300 2.9 lbs [1.32 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

359
 AHX120-3(-100)(-200)(-300)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSC Linear Coupling
KG6 Ball Joint
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
KG8 Ball Joint (90° angle)
KG10A Ball Joint
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using AHX120-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
need of an electrical ground connection.
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with
integrated linear stroking arm. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
and be protected from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators nents could result in death or serious injury.
shall be as manufactured by Belimo.

W396_AHX110
Blu
Brn

On/Off control

Blu
Brn
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

360
AHB(X)24-SR(-100)(-200)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

F
Force min.
i 101 lbf for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 32 sq. fft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AHB(X)24 series provides 4 or 8 inches of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear
rack can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
Technical Data AHB(X)24-SR(-100)(-200) The stroke of the gear rack can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz mm] by means of the mechanical end stops.
24 VDC ± 20% When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
Power consumption 2.5 W (0.5 W) The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
Transformer sizing 4.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
The AHB(X)24-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
1/2” conduit connector
controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
holding mode.
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
Control 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)

D139
Linear stroke
2.95" [75] 2" [50.8]
AHB(X)24-SR-100 4 in [100 mm]
AHB(X)24-SR-200 8 in [200 mm]
Linear force 101 lbf [450 N]

2.4" [60.5]
Stroke direction reversible with switch
1.4" [35.6]

actuator will move in the selected direction

with increasing control signal (2 to 10V)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Manual override external push button 7" [178]

Running time 150 seconds per 4" [100mm]

variable 0.7"
[17.4]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
3.19" [81]

3.10" [79]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
[13.7]
.54"

Housing material UL94-5VA

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
A
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
B
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Stroke A B
Quality standard ISO 9001
4" [100] 9.2" [233.5] 8" [294.7]
Weight
8" [200] 13.1" [333.5] 12" [394.7]
AHB(X)24-SR-100 2.6 lbs [1.78 kg]
AHB(X)24-SR-200 2.7 lbs [1.23 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

361
 AHB(X)24-SR(-100)(-200)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSC Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting CAUTION Equipment Damage!
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AHB(X)24-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear
stroking arm. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant
nents could result in death or serious injury.
and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for
position indication. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and be

W398_08
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Proportional, 2 to 10 VDC control

W398_08

Proportional, 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

362
AHX120-SR(-100)(-200)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 120 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

F
Force min.
i 101 lbf for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 32 sq. fft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AHX120 series provides 4 or 8 inches of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear rack
can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
The stroke of the gear rack can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20
mm] by means of the mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
Technical Data AHX120-SR(-100)(-200) The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
Power supply 100 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz (nominal)
The AHX120-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
85 to 265 VAC 50/60 Hz (tolerance)
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power consumption 5 W (1.2 W)
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Transformer sizing 7.5 VA (Class 2 power source) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable mode.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke

D318
Control 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA 2.91” [74] 2.04” [51.7]

Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
Linear stroke

2.38” [60.5]
1.40” [35.6]

1.60” [40.6]
AHX120-SR-100 4 in [100 mm]
0.63” [16]

0.32” [8]

AHX120-SR-200 8 in [200 mm]

0.20” [5]

0.10” [2.5]
Linear force 101 lbf [450 N] B

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Stroke direction reversible with switch A H

actuator will move in the selected direction

with increasing control signal (2 to 10V)
H 0.69” [17.4]
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds per 4" [100mm]
variable 0.16” [4.15]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

0.54” [13.7]

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
N = 0.79”
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2 1.59” [40.4] 0.79” [20]
0.32” [8]
Housing material UL94-5VA N x 0.79”

Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,

CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A) Hub Stroke (H) A B N
Servicing maintenance free 4" [100] 9.2" [233.5] 8" [200] 0.3" [8]
Quality standard ISO 9001 8" [200] 13.1" [333.5] 12" [300] 0.5" [13]
Weight
AHX120-SR-100 2.6 lbs [1.18 kg]
AHX120-SR-200 2.7 lbs [1.23 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

363
 AHX120-SR(-100)(-200)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 120 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagram

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting CAUTION Equipment Damage!
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface
2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion 5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AHX120-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.
The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
Typical Specification
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
stroking arm. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant

W368REV_08
and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for
position indication. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

364
AHX24-MFT(-100)(-200)(-300)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Linear Force min. 101 lbf for control of damper surfaces up to 32 sq. ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require and limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AHX series provides 4, 8, or 12 inches of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear rack
can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.

Technical Data AHX24-MFT(-100)(-200)(-300) The AHX24-MFT… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
24 VDC ± 20%
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 3.5 W (1.3 W)
mode.
Transformer sizing 6 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
1/2” conduit connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
2" [50.8]
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke 3.8" [96.64]

Control 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)

variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off)

3.1" [78]
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
1.4" [35.6]

1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
7" [178]
VDC variable
Linear stroke

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AHX24-MFT-100 4 in [100 mm]
AHX24-MFT-200 8 in [200 mm]
3.19" [81]

2" [51.4]

AHX24-MFT-200 12 in [300 mm]

Linear force 101 lbf [450 N]
Stroke direction reversible with switch
A
Manual override external push button B
Running time 150 seconds per 4" [100mm]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
AHX24-MFT-100 2.6 lbs [1.18 kg]
AHX24-MFT-200 2.7 lbs [1.23 kg]
AHX24-MFT-200 2.9 lbs [1.32 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

365
 AHX24-MFT(-100)(-200)(-300)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSC Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AHX24-MFT… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear
stroking arm. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams
PWM
M

W399_08
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)

5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
On/Off
Off controll
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8

W399_08
A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

366
AHQB(X)24-1-100
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Linear Force min. 44 lbf for control of damper surfaces up to 12 sq. ft.

Application
For On/Off control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be done in
accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require and limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AHQB(X) series provides 4” [100 mm] of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear rack
can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8” [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The AHQB(X)24-1-100 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
holding mode.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

AHQ_A_100_08
Technical Data AHQB(X)24-1-100
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
24 VDC ± 20%
Power consumption 13 W (1.5 W)
Transformer sizing 23 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection
AHQB24-1-100 3 ft [1m]
18 GA plenum rated cable
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
AHQX24-1-100 3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
18 GA plenum rated cable

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
Control on/off
Input impedance 1000 Ω
Linear stroke 1.6” to 4.0” [40mm to 100 mm]
Linear force 44 lbf [200 Nm]
Stroke direction reversible with switch
Manual override external push button
Running time 7 seconds per 4" [100mm]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) <52 dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.7 lbs [1.23 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

367
 AHQB(X)24-1-100
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagram

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSC Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using AHQB(X)24-1-100 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Typical Specification
On/Off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
stroking arm. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected need of an electrical ground connection.
from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have reversing switch
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
torque. Actuators shall be cUL listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
manufactured by Belimo.
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W396_08
On/Off control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

368
AHQB(X)24-MFT-100
Proportional,, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Linear Force min. 44 lbf for control of damper surfaces up to 12 sq. ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require and limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The AHQB(X) series provides 4” [100 mm] of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear rack
can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8” [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The AHQB(X)24-MFT-100 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
holding mode.

Technical Data AHQB(X)24-MFT-100

Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz Dimensions (Inches [mm])

AHQ_A_100_08
24 VDC ± 20%
Power consumption 13 W (1.5 W)
Transformer sizing 23 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection
AHQB24-MFT-100 3 ft [1m]
18 GA plenum rated cable
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
AHQX24-MFT-100 3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
18 GA plenum rated cable

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
Control 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
Variable (VDC, on/off)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω, 1000 Ω (on/off)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max, VDC variable
Linear stroke 1.6” to 4.0” [40mm to 100 mm]
Linear force 44 lbf [200 Nm]
Stroke direction reversible with switch
Manual override external push button
Running time 7 seconds per 4” [100mm]
variable (7, 10, 15 or 35 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) <52 dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 2.7 lbs [1.23 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

369
 AHQB(X)24-MFT-100
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSC Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using AHQB(X)24-MFT-100 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
stroking arm. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be nents could result in death or serious injury.
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall

W399_08
be as manufactured by Belimo.

VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off
Off controll

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

370
LH Series Actuator

Minimum 34 lbf Linear Force

● For damper surfaces up to 10 sq. ft*

● Q Series- 22 lbf for damper surfaces up to 6 sq. ft.

Actuators in
(p. 373)

. 375)
bold have BDCM

7)

)
0) (p. 37

) (p. 379
-300) (p
)(-300)

385)
3)
)

00 (p. 38

-100 (p.
0 (p. 381
00)(-20
0)(-200

0)(-200
)(-200)(

)24-MFT
4-SR(-1
4-3(-10

-SR(-10
-3(-100

)24-1-1
MFT-10
LHB(X)2

LHB(X)2
LHX120

LHX120

LHQB(X

LHQB(X
LHX24-
LH Series - At A Glance
Basic Product ● ● ● ●
Flexible Product ● ● ● ● ● ●
Linear Force 34 lbf [150 N] ● ● ● ● ●
22 lbf [150 N] ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Linear Stroke 4" [100mm]
8" [200mm] ● ● ● ● ●
12" [300mm] ● ● ●
Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ● ● ●
120 VAC ● ●
Control Input On/Off ● ●
On/Off, Floating Point ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ●
Multi-Function Technology ● ●
Feedback None ● ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ●
Variable (0 to 10 VDC) ● ●
Running Time 3.5 seconds per 4" ●
150 seconds per 4" ● ● ● ●
Adj. 75 to 150 seconds per 4" ● ● ●
Adj. 3.5 to 15 seconds per 4" ●
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ● ● ●
Conduit Fitting ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Installation and Operation… (page 400).

*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

371
 LH Series Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and Controllability.

● Don’t Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is

Overload Proof throughout Rotation.

● Enjoy Added Flexibility with Easy Mechanical Stops

to Adjust Linear Movement.

● Need to Change Control Direction?

Do it easily with a Simple Switch.

● Easily Accessible Manual Override Button

helps you Pre-Tension Damper Blades.

● Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable and

Conduit Connector Provided on Basic Models.

● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection,

and Running Time to fit your Specific Application with
Belimo’s New Flexible Line of Actuators.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

372
LHB(X)24-3(-100)(-200)(-300)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Li
Linear Force
F min.
i 34 lbf for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 11 sq. ft.
f

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LHB(X)24-3... series provides 4, 8, or 12 in of linear force. The stroke of the gear
rack can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LHB(X)24-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data LHB(X)24-3(-100)(-200)(-300) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
24 VDC ± 20% mode.
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.5 W)
Transformer sizing 3 VA (Class 2 power source)
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable

D135
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) 3" [75] 2" [50.8]

3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke 2.6"
1.1"
[66]
[27.8]
Control on/off, floating point .16" [4]
Input impedance 600 Ω
Linear stroke 0.13" [3.2]
LHB(X)24-3-100 4 in [100 mm] B
A
LHB(X)24-3-200 8 in [200 mm]
.69"
LHB(X)24-3-300 12 in [300 mm] [17.4]

Linear force 34 lbf [150 N]

Stroke direction reversible with switch
2.64"
[67]

Manual override external push button

[13.7]
.54"

Running time 150, 95, or 75 seconds per 4" [100mm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
A
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C] B
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Stroke A B
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
4" [100] 9.2" [233.5] 8" [294.2]
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
8" [200] 13.1" [333.5] 12" [394.2]
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
12" [300] 17.1" [433.5] 16" [494.2]
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
LHB(X)24-3-100 0.81 lbs [0.37 kg]
LHB(X)24-3-200 0.86 lbs [0.39 kg]
LHB(X)24-3-300 0.93 lbs [0.42 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

373
 LHB(X)24-3(-100)(-200)(-300)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using LHB(X)24-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Typical Specification
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with
integrated linear stroking arm. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
and be protected from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have need of an electrical ground connection.
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and Live Electrical Components!
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
shall be as manufactured by Belimo. necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W393_08
On/Off control

W394_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

374
LHX120-3(-100)(-200)(-300)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 100 to 240 VAC

Linear Force min. 34lbf for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq. ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LHX... series provides 4, 8, or 12 in of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear rack
can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LHX120-3… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data LHX120-3(-100)(-200)(-300) actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power supply 100 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz (nominal) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
85 to 265 VAC 50/60 Hz (tolerance) mode.
Power consumption 2.5 W
Transformer sizing 4 VA (Class 2 power source)
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable

D135
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) 3" [75] 2" [50.8]
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
2.6"
Control on/off, floating point [66]
1.1"
[27.8]
Input impedance 600 Ω .16" [4]

Linear stroke
LHX120-3-100 4 in [100 mm] 0.13" [3.2]
B
LHX120-3-200 8 in [200 mm] A
LHX120-3-300 12 in [300 mm]
.69"
Linear force 101 lbf [450 N] [17.4]

Stroke direction reversible with switch

Manual override external push button
2.64"
[67]

Running time 150 seconds per 4" [100mm]

[13.7]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

.54"

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
A
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
B
Housing NEMA 2, IP54
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24, CE according to Stroke A B
#74123IEEC 4" [100] 9.2" [233.5] 8" [294.7]
Noise level (max) 35dB(A) 8" [200] 13.1" [333.5] 12" [394.7]
Servicing maintenance free 12" [300] 17.1" [433.5] 16" [494.7]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
LHX120-3-100 0.81 lbs [0.37 kg]
LHX120-3-200 0.86 lbs [0.39 kg]
LHX120-3-300 0.93 lbs [0.42 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

375
 LHX120-3(-100)(-200)(-300)
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using LHX120-3… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

Typical Specification
Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with
need of an electrical ground connection.
integrated linear stroking arm. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
shall be as manufactured by Belimo. tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W396_LHX120
On/Off control

W397_LHX120
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

376
LHB(X)24-SR(-100)(-200)
Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

F
Force min.
i 34 lbf for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 11 sq. fft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LHB(X)24-SR... series provides 4 or 8 in of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear
rack can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
Technical Data LHB(X)24-SR(-100)(-200) When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
24 VDC ± 20% The LHB(X)24-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.5 W) controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
Transformer sizing 3 VA (Class 2 power source) controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
1/2” conduit connector holding mode.
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D135
Control 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω 3" [75] 2" [50.8]

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)

Linear stroke 2.6"
1.1"
[66]
LHB(X)24-SR-100 4 in [100 mm] [27.8]
.16" [4]
LHB(X)24-SR-200 8 in [200 mm]
Linear force 34 lbf [150 N]
0.13" [3.2]
Stroke direction reversible with switch B
actuator will move in the selected direction A

with increasing control signal (2 to 10V) .69"

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

[17.4]
Manual override external push button
Running time 150, 95, or 75 seconds per 4" [100mm]
2.64"
[67]

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

[13.7]
.54"

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2 A
B
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC Stroke A B
Noise level (max) 35dB(A) 4" [100] 9.2" [233.5] 8" [294.2]
Servicing maintenance free 8" [200] 13.1" [333.5] 12" [394.2]
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
LHB(X)24-SR-100 0.81 lbs [0.37 kg]
LHB(X)24-SR-200 0.86 lbs [0.39 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

377
 LHB(X)24-SR(-100)(-200)
Proportional Control, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24V, for 2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting CAUTION Equipment Damage!
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface 2
Actuators may be connected in parallel.
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using LHB(X)24-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear
stroking arm. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
a 2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
from an electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
technology and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
have reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
and independent of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for
position indication. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and be

W395_08
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Proportional, 2 to 10 VDC control

W395_08

Proportional, 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

378
LHX120-SR(-100)(-200)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 120 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Linear Force min. 34lbf for control of damper surfaces up to 11 sq. ft.

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should
be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LHX120-SR... series provides 4 or 8 in of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear rack
can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LHX120-SR… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
mode.

Technical Data LHX120-SR(-100)(-200) Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Power supply 100 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz (nominal)

D319
85 to 265 VAC 50/60 Hz (tolerance)
2.95” [75] 2.01” [51]
Power consumption 3 W (1.0 W) 1.58” [40.1]
Transformer sizing 4 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
1.09” [27.8]

protected NEMA 2 (IP54) 0.16” [4]

3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

0.03” [0.8]

0.40” [10.2]
0.18” [4.5]
0.40” [10.2]

0.13” [3.2]

Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke 0.30” [7.5]

B
Control on/off, floating point A H
Input impedance 600 Ω
Linear stroke 0.69” [17.4]

LHX120-SR-100 4 in [100 mm]

LHX120-SR-200 8 in [200 mm] 0.16” [4.15]
0.54” [13.7]

Linear force 101 lbf [450 N]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Stroke direction reversible with switch 0.59”
N= 0.79” [15]
Manual override external push button 1.59” [40.4] 0.79” [20]
0.32” [8]
Running time 150 seconds per 4" [100mm] N x 0.79”

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54 Hub Stroke (H) A B N
Housing material UL94-5VA 4" [100] 9.2" [233.5] 8" [200] 0.3" [8]
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14, 8" [200] 13.1" [333.5] 12" [300] 0.5" [13]
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 24, CE according to
#74123IEEC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
LHX120-SR-100 0.81 lbs [0.37 kg]
LHX120-SR-200 0.86 lbs [0.39 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

379
 LHX120-SR(-100)(-200)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 120 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagram

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using LHB(X)120-SR… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

Typical Specification
Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
Floating point, on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with
need of an electrical ground connection.
integrated linear stroking arm. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
shall be as manufactured by Belimo. tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W368REV_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

380
LHX24-MFT(-100)(-200)(-300)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Li
Linear Force
F min.
i 34 lbf for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 11 sq. ft.
f

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require and limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LHX series provides 4, 8, or 12 in of linear force. The stroke of the gear rack can
be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8 in [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LHX24-MFT… actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled
by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Technical Data LHX24-MFT(-100)(-200)(-300) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz mode.
24 VDC ± 20%
Power consumption 2.5 W (1.2 W)
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D162
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
1/2” conduit connector 3.8" [97] 2" [50.8]
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
Control 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default) .16" [4]
[27.8]
1.1"

Variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off)

Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
0.4" [10.2]

0.13" [3.2]
5.6" [143]
1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off) .69"

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

[17.4]
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
VDC variable
Linear stroke
2.64" [67]

LHX24-MFT-100 4 in [100 mm]

LHX24-MFT-200 8 in [200 mm]
A
LHX24-MFT-300 12 in [300 mm]
B
Linear force 34 lbf [450 N]
Stroke direction reversible with switch
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds per 4" [100mm]
variable (75 to 150 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight
LHX24-MFT-100 0.81 lbs [0.37 kg]
LHX24-MFT-200 0.86 lbs [0.39 kg]
LHX24-MFT-300 0.93 lbs [0.42 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

381
 LHX24-MFT(-100)(-200)(-300)
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using LHX24-MFT… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear
stroking arm. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent
of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufac-
tured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams
PWM
M

W399_08
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)

5 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
On/Off
Off controll
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8

W399_08
A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

382
LHQB(X)24-1-100
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Li
Linear Force
F min.
i 22 lbf for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 6 sq. ft.
f

Application
For On/Off control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be done in
accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LHQB(X) provides 4” [100 mm] of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear rack can be
adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8” [20 mm] by means of the mechanical
end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LHQB(X)24-1-100 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
holding mode.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

LHQ24_1
Technical Data LHQB(X)24-1-100
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
24 VDC ± 20%
Power consumption 12 W (1.5 W)
Transformer sizing 18 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection
LHQB24-1-100 3 ft [1m]
18 GA plenum rated cable
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
LHQX24-1-100 3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
18 GA plenum rated cable

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
Control on/off
Input impedance 1000 Ω
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
VDC variable
Linear stroke 1.6” to 4.0” [40mm to 100 mm]
Linear force 22 lbf [100 Nm]
Stroke direction reversible with switch
Manual override external push button
Running time 3.5 seconds per 4” [100mm]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) <52 dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.4 lbs [0.64 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1.AA, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

383
 LHQB(X)24-1-100
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagram

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using LHQB(X)24-1… actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Typical Specification
On/Off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear
stroking arm. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and be protected Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have reversing switch need of an electrical ground connection.
and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent of
torque. Actuators shall be cUL listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
manufactured by Belimo. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W393_08
On/Off control
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

384
LHQB(X)24-MFT-100
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Li
Linear Force
F min.
i 22 lbf for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 6 sq. ft.
f

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require and limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LHQB(X) series provides 4” [100 mm] of linear stroke. The stroke of the gear rack
can be adjusted on both sides in increments of 0.8” [20 mm] by means of the
mechanical end stops.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LHQB(X)24-MFT-100 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is
controlled by an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and
controls the actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to
prevent damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in
holding mode.

Technical Data LHQB(X)24-MFT-100

Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz Dimensions (Inches [mm])

LHQ24_MFT
24 VDC ± 20%
Power consumption 12 W (1.5 W)
Transformer sizing 18 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection
LHQB24-MFT-100 3 ft [1m]
18 GA plenum rated cable
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
LHQX24-MFT-100 3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
18 GA plenum rated cable

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
Overload protection electronic throughout full stroke
Control 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)
variable (VDC, on/off)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω,
1000 Ω (on/off)
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
VDC variable
Linear stroke 1.6” to 4.0” [40mm to 100 mm]
Linear force 22 lbf [100 Nm]
Stroke direction reversible with switch
Manual override external push button
Running time 3.5 seconds per 4” [100mm]
variable (3.5, 5, 10 or 15 seconds)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) <52 dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.4 lbs [0.64 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

385
 LHQB(X)24-MFT-100
On/Off, Non-Spring Return, Linear Stroke, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

Z-DS1 Rotary Support to Compensate Lateral Forces
Z-KSA Linear Coupling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting
2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
4 or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using LHQB(X)24-MFT-100 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, with integrated linear WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
stroking arm. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent nents could result in death or serious injury.
of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be

W399_08
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.

VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

On/Off
Off controll

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

386
LU Series Actuator

Minimum 27 in-lb Torque

● For damper areas up to 6.8 sq-ft*

Actuators in

. 393)
bold have BDCM

7)
395)
89)

1)

FT (p. 39
4-3 (p. 3

-3 (p. 39

4-SR (p

-SR (p.

LUX24-M
LUB(X)2

LUB(X)2

LUX120
LUX120

LU Series - At A Glance
Basic Product ● ●
Flexible Product ● ● ● ● ●
Torque 27 in-lb [3 Nm] ● ● ● ● ●
Angle of Rotation Endless ● ● ●
330 degrees ● ●
Power Supply 24 VAC/DC ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

100-240 VAC ● ●
Control Input On/Off, Floating Point ● ●
2 to 10 VDC (4 to 20mA) ● ●
Multi-Function Technology ●
Feedback None ● ●
2 to 10 VDC ● ●
Variable (0 to 10 VDC) ●
Running Time 150 seconds per 90° ● ● ● ● ●
Adj. 35 to 150 seconds per 90° ● ● ● ● ●
Wiring Plenum Rated Cable ● ● ●
Appliance Rated Cable ● ●
Conduit Fitting ● ● ● ● ●

Installation and Operation… (page 400).

*Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

387
 LU Series Actuator

A CLOSER LOOK…
● Brushless DC Motor for Added Accuracy and Controllability.

● Cut Labor Costs with Simple Direct Coupling.

● Don’t Worry about Actuator Burn-Out; Belimo is

Overload Proof throughout Rotation.

● Enjoy Added Flexibility with Mechanical Stops to

Adjust Angle of Rotation (ZDB-LU).

● Need to Change Control Direction?

Do it easily with a Simple Switch.

● Easily Accessible Manual Override Button

helps you Pre-Tension Damper Blades.

● Standard 3ft Plenum Rated Cable and

Conduit Connector Provided on Basic Models.

● Added Flexibility to Select Clamp, Electrical Connection,

and Running Time to fit your Specific Application with
Belimo’s New Flexible Line of Actuators.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
30+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

388
LUB(X)24-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 360°, 24 V

T
Torque min.
i 27 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 6.8 sq. ft.
f

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
Control is floating point from a triac or relay, or on/off from an auxiliary contact from a
fan motor contactor, controller, or manual switch.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LUB(X) series provides 330° of rotation with angle of rotation limiter, ZDB-LU.
Without ZDB-LU the LUB(X) provides endless rotation.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LUB24-3 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled by
Technical Data LUB(X)24-3 an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
24 VDC ± 20% damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Power consumption 1 W (0.5 W) mode.
Transformer sizing 2.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable
1/2” conduit connector Dimensions (Inches [mm])
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)

D137_10
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout full rotation
Control on/off, floating point

2.5" [63.1]
Input impedance 600 Ω
Angle of rotation endless
1.1" [27.2]

adjustable 0 to 330° with ZDB-LU

Torque 27 in-lb [3 Nm]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch 1.2" [30] 3.7" [94]
2" [50.8]
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds (1.25 rpm) 1.9" [48] 4.3" [110]
(per 90 degrees) 95 seconds (1.6 rpm)
1.5" [37]
75 seconds (2.5 rpm)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
3.1" [78.7]

1.2" [30]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2

Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.43 lbs [0.65 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

389
 LUB24-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 360°, 24 V

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LU 1/3" to 1/2" [8 to 12 mm] Shaft Clamp
ZDB-LU Angle of Rotation Limiter with Scaling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using LUB(X)24-3 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Typical Specification
Floating point,on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, which require
no crank arm and linkage. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
be protected from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have need of an electrical ground connection.
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
shall be as manufactured by Belimo. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W340_08
On/Off control

W341_08
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

390
LUX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 360°, 100 to 240 VAC

T
Torque min.
i 27 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 6.8 sq. ft.
f

Application
For on/off and floating point control of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing
should be done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
Control is floating point from a triac or relay, or on/off from an auxiliary contact from a
fan motor contactor, controller, or manual switch.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LUB(X) series provides 330° of rotation with angle of rotation limiter, ZDB-LU.
Without ZDB-LU the LUB(X) provides endless rotation.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LUX120-3 actuators use a sensorless brushless DC motor, which is controlled by
Technical Data LUX120-3 an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Power supply 100-240 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power consumption 3 W (1.5 W) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
Transformer sizing 2.5 VA (Class 2 power source) mode.
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54) Dimensions (Inches [mm])
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]

D137_10
Overload protection electronic throughout full rotation
Control on/off, floating point
Input impedance 600 Ω

2.5" [63.1]
Angle of rotation endless
adjustable 0 to 330° with ZDB-LU
1.1" [27.2]

Torque 27 in-lb [3 Nm]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Manual override external push button 1.2" [30] 3.7" [94]
2" [50.8]
Running time 150 seconds (1.25 rpm)
(per 90 degrees) 95 seconds (1.6 rpm) 1.9" [48] 4.3" [110]
75 seconds (2.5 rpm)
1.5" [37]
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
3.1" [78.7]

1.2" [30]

Housing material UL94-5VA

Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.43 lbs [0.65 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

391
 LUX120-3
On/Off, Floating Point, Non-Spring Return, 360°, 100 to 240 VAC

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LU 1/3" to 1/2" [8 to 12 mm] Shaft Clamp
ZDB-LU Angle of Rotation Limiter with Scaling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
NOTE: When using LUX120-3 actuators, only use accessories listed on this page. 1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
Actuators may be connected in parallel. Power consumption must be
2 observed.
Typical Specification
Floating point,on/off control damper actuators shall be electronic type, which require
no crank arm and linkage. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology and Meets cULus or UL and CSA Standard requirements without the
be protected from overload at all positions of linear stroke. Actuators shall have need of an electrical ground connection.
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
shall be as manufactured by Belimo.
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.

W366_09
LUX120-3

On/Off control

W367_09
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

LUX120-3

Floating Point or On/Off control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

392
LUB(X)24-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 360°, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

F
Force min.
i 27 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 6.8 sq. fft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LUB(X) series provides 330° of rotation with angle of rotation limiter, ZDB-LU.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
Technical Data LUB(X)24-SR The LUB(X)24-SR actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
24 VDC ± 20% actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.5 W) damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in
Transformer sizing 3 VA (Class 2 power source) its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power consumption
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable is reduced in holding mode.
1/2” conduit connector
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m] Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D137_10
Overload protection electronic throughout full rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)

2.5" [63.1]
Angle of rotation endless, adjustable 0° to 330° with ZDB-LU
1.1" [27.2]

Torque 27 in-lb [3 Nm]

Direction of rotation reversible with switch
actuator will move:
1.2" [30] 3.7" [94]
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V) 2" [50.8]
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Manual override external push button 1.9" [48] 4.3" [110]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Running time 150 seconds (1.25 rpm) 1.5" [37]
(per 90 degrees) 95 seconds (1.6 rpm)
75 seconds (2.5 rpm)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
3.1" [78.7]

1.2" [30]

Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]

Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.43 lbs [0.65 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

393
 LUB(X)24-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 360°, 24 V, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagrams

K-LU 1/3" to 1/2" [8 to 12 mm] Shaft Clamp
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface CAUTION Equipment Damage!
2
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
5
ZDB-LU Rotational Limiter
NOTE: When using LUB(X)24-SR actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, which require no crank
arm and linkage. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent nents could result in death or serious injury.
of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication.
Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under

W342_08
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured
by Belimo.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Proportional, 2 to 10 VDC control

W342_08

Proportional, 4 to 20 mA control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

394
LUX120-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 330°, 100 to 240 VAC, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

F
Force min.
i 27 in-lb
i lb for
f controll off damper
d surfaces
f up to 6.8 sq. fft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The actuator operates in response to a 2 to 10 VDC, or with the addition of a
500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an electronic controller or positioner.
A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal is provided for position indication or master-slave
applications.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LUX120-SR series provides 330° of rotation with angle of rotation limiter, ZDB-LU.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LUX120-SR actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in
its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power consumption
is reduced in holding mode.
Technical Data LUX120-SR
Power supply 100-240 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
Power consumption 1.5 W (0.5 W) Dimensions (Inches [mm])

D317
Transformer sizing 3 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA appliance rated cable
1/2” conduit connector 3.26” [82.9] 1.69” [42.8]
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout full rotation

2.48” [63.1]
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA

1.80” [45.6]
0.15” [3.75]
100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
1.07” [27.2]

0.82” [20.8]

Input impedance
Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
Angle of rotation endless, adjustable with ZDB-LU 1.18” [30] 3.70” [94] 0.33” [8.3]
Torque 27 in-lb [3 Nm]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Direction of rotation reversible with switch
actuator will move: 1.89” [48] 5.71” [145.1]
=CCW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V) 1.46” [37] 3.83” [97.2]
=CW with decreasing control signal (10 to 2V)
Manual override external push button
Running time 150 seconds (2.5 rpm)
1.21” [30.6]

(per 90 degrees) 95 seconds (1.6 rpm)

1.18” [30]

0.20” [5.2]

75 seconds (1.25 rpm)

Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level (max) 35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.43 lbs [0.65 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

395
 LUX120-SR
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 330°, 100 to 240 VAC, for 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA

Accessories Wiring Diagram

K-LU 1/3" to 1/2" [8 to 12 mm] Shaft Clamp
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface CAUTION Equipment Damage!
2
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module Actuators may be connected in parallel.
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
5 Only connect common to neg. (–) leg of control circuits.
ZDB-LU Rotational Limiter
NOTE: When using LUX120-SR actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

Typical Specification The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal to
2 to 10 VDC, up to 2 actuators may be connected in parallel.
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic type, which require no crank
arm and linkage. Actuators must provide proportional damper control in response to a Meets cULus requirements without the need of an electrical ground con-
2 to 10 VDC or, with the addition of a 500 Ω resistor, a 4 to 20 mA control input from an nection.
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have reversing
WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and independent necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
of torque. A 2 to 10 VDC feedback signal shall be provided for position indication. individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
Actuators shall be cUL Approved, have a 5-year warranty, and be manufactured under tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall be as manufactured nents could result in death or serious injury.
by Belimo.

W371_09_LUX
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

LUX120-SR

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

396
LUX24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 360°, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Torque min. 27 in-lb for control of damper surfaces up to 6.8 sq ft.

Application
For proportional modulation of dampers in HVAC systems. Actuator sizing should be
done in accordance with the damper manufacturer’s specifications.
The default parameters for 2 to 10 VDC applications of the …MFT actuator are
assigned during manufacturing. If necessary, custom versions of the actuators can be
ordered. The parameters can be changed by two means: pre-set and custom
configurations from Belimo or on-site configurations using the Belimo PC-Tool
software.

Operation
The actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
electronically protected against overload. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the
actuator will prevent lateral movement.
The LUB series provides 330° of rotation with angle of rotation limiter, ZDB-LU.
Without ZDB-LU the LUB24-3 provides endless rotation.
When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops.
The gears can be manually disengaged with a button on the actuator cover.
The LUX24-MFT… actuators use a brushless DC motor, which is controlled by an
Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The ASIC monitors and controls the
Technical Data LUX24-MFT
actuator’s rotation and provides a digital rotation sensing (DRS) function to prevent
Power s-upply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
damage to the actuator in a stall condition. Power consumption is reduced in holding
24 VDC ± 10%
mode.
Power consumption 2.5 W (1.2 W)
Transformer sizing 5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Electrical connection 18 GA plenum rated cable Dimensions (Inches [mm])
1/2” conduit connector

D160
protected NEMA 2 (IP54)
3 ft [1m] 10 ft [3m] 16 ft [5m]
Overload protection electronic throughout full rotation
Operating range Y 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (default)

2.5" [63.1]
variable (VDC, PWM, floating point, on/off)
Input impedance 100 kΩ (0.1 mA), 500 Ω
[27.2]
1.1"

1500 Ω (PWM, floating point, on/off)

Feedback output U 2 to 10 VDC (max 0.5 mA)
VDC variable 1.2" [30] 4.6" [116] 2" [50.8]
Angle of rotation endless, adjustable with ZDB-LU

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

electronically variable
Torque 27 in-lb [3 Nm] 1.9" [48] 5.2" [133.1]
Direction of rotation reversible with switch
Position indication reflective visual indicator (snap-on)
Manual override external push button
3.1"
[30]

Running time 150 seconds (2.5 rpm, default)

(per 90 degrees) variable, 75 to 150 seconds (0.8 to 0.4 rpm)
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non condensing (EN 60730-1)
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2, IP54, UL enclosure type 2
Housing material UL94-5VA
Agency listings† cULus acc. to UL 60730-1A/-2-14,
CAN/CSA E60730-1:02,
CE acc. to 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EC
Noise level <35dB(A)
Servicing maintenance free
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 1.43 lbs [0.65 kg]
†Rated Impulse Voltage 800V, Type of action 1, Control Pollution Degree 3.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

397
 LUX24-MFT
Proportional, Non-Spring Return, 360°, 24 V, Multi-Function Technology®

Accessories

W399_08
K-LU 1/3" to 1/2" [8 to 12 mm] Shaft Clamp
ZDB-LU Angle of Rotation Limiter with Scaling
P370 Shaft Mount Auxiliary Switch
SGA24 Min Positioners in NEMA 4 Housing
SGF24 Min Positioners for Flush Panel Mounting
PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface
IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch
ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA Conversion
NSV24 US Battery Back-Up Module
ZG-X40 Transformer
NOTE: When using LUX24-MFT actuators, only use accessories listed on this page.

VDC/4-20 mA

W399_08
Typical Specification
Proportional control damper actuators shall be electronic direct-coupled type, which
require no crank arm and linkage and be capable of direct mounting to a shaft from
1/4” to 5/8”. Actuators must provide control in response to a control input from an
electronic controller or positioner. Actuators shall have brushless DC motor technology
and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall have
reversing switch and manual override on the cover. Run time shall be constant and
independent of torque. Actuators shall be cULus listed, have a 5-year warranty, and be
manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Actuators shall
be as manufactured by Belimo.

Wiring Diagrams PWM

M

W399_08
1 Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

2 CAUTION Equipment Damage!

Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically mounted to the same
shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC.

Position feedback cannot be used with Triac sink controller.
4
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.

Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (source)
5 On/Off
Off controll
or the Common (sink) 24 VAC line.

W399_08
Contact closures A & B also can be triacs.
8 A & B should both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink.
For triac sink the common connection from the actuator
9 must be connected to the hot connection of the controller.

The ZG-R01 500 Ω resistor may be used.

WARNING
G Live Electrical Components!
During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be
necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other
individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these
tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical compo-
nents could result in death or serious injury.
Floating Point control

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

398
Notes/Work Pad

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

399
 Installation and Operation
Non-Spring Return and Electronic Fail-Safe

General Information

Preliminary Steps
Table of Contents 1. Belimo actuators with NEMA 1 or NEMA 2 ratings should be mounted indoors in
PAGE a dry, relatively clean environment free from corrosive fumes. If the actuator is
mounted outdoors, a protective enclosure must be used to shield the actuator.
General Mounting 2. For new construction work, order dampers with extended shafts. Instruct the
Standard .............................................................401 installing contractor to allow space for mounting the Belimo actuator on the shaft.
Reversible Clamp ................................................402
For replacement of existing gear train actuators, there are two options:
Linear .................................................................403
A. From a performance standpoint, it is best to mount the actuator directly onto the
Rotary .................................................................404 damper shaft.
Retrofit Brackets .................................................406 B. If the damper shaft is not accessible, mount the non-spring return actuator with
a ZG-NMA or ZG-GMA crank arm kit, and a mounting bracket (ZG-100, ZG-101,
Operation ZG-103, ZG-104)
Electrical.............................................................407
Mechanical .........................................................408
Determining Torque Loading and Actuator Sizing
Wiring Damper torque loadings, used in selecting the correct size actuator, should be pro-
General ...............................................................409 vided by the damper manufacturer. If this information is not available, the following
Accessories ........................................................410 general selection guidelines can be used.

Damper Type Torque Loading

Startup and Checkout ..............................................413 Opposed blade, without edge seals, for
3 in-lb/sq. ft.
non-tight close-off applications
Parallel blade, without edge seals, for
4 in-lb/sq. ft.
non-tight close-off applications
Opposed blade, with edge seals, for tight
5 in-lb/sq. ft.
close-off applications
Parallel blade, with edge seals, for tight
7 in-lb/sq. ft.
close-off applications

The above torque loadings will work for most applications under 2 in. w.g. static
pressure or 1000 FPM face velocity. For applications between this criteria and 3 in.
w.g. or 2500 FPM, the torque loading should be increased by a multiplier of 1.5. If
the application calls for higher criteria up to 4 in. w.g. or 3000 FPM, use a multiplier
of 2.0.

Torque Loading Chart

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

140
Damper Area (sq. ft.)

120
100
80
60
40
20
0

2 4 6 8 10
3 5 7 9
Torque Loading (in-lb/ sq. ft.)

Multiple Actuator Mounting

If more torque is required than one GM can provide, GM24B, GMB24-SR or GMX24-
MFT may be installed on the same shaft.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

400
Installation Instructions
Quick-Mount Visual Instructions for Mechanical Installation

1 2
1

2
C

3 4 D

1
2

10
LM Universal
Mounting Bracket
1
5°

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1

SEE NEXT PAGE FOR STANDARD MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS.

5
A* B C** D
LMB 1/4” to 5/8” 5/16” to 9/16” 1.5” 4 to 5 ft-lb
LMQB 1/2” to 1.05” 3/8” to 11/16” 1.5” 6 to 7 ft-lb
NMB 1/2” to 1.05” 3/8” to 11/16” 1.5” 6 to 7 ft-lb
1 NMQB 1/2” to 1.05” 3/8” to 11/16” 1.5” 6 to 7 ft-lb
AMB 1/2” to 1.05” 3/8” to 11/16” 1.5” 6 to 7 ft-lb
AMQB 1/2” to 1.05” 7/16” to 11/16” 1.5” 6 to 7 ft-lb
2 GMB 1/2” to 1.05” 7/16” to 11/16” 1.5” 6 to 7 ft-lb

* LMB standard clamp has max 5/8” diameter. Accessory clamp K-LM20 can be
mounted for sizes up to 3/4” diameter. NM and AM clamps have an insert that
self-centers on the following diameter shafts: 1/2” (default), 3/4” and 1.05”. GM
65° clamps have an insert that self-centers on 3/4” diameter.
** Shorter with reversible clamp for NMB, AMB, and GMB.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

401
 Mounting Installation
Reversible Clamp Quick Mount (NM, AM, GM. GK)

Standard Mounting

The damper is now fully closed but the actuator is 5° from fully closed. This is called
1 Turn the damper shaft until the blades are fully closed. “pre-loading” the actuator. When the actuator is powered and sent to the closed
2 ➀ Slip the actuator’s universal clamp over the damper shaft. Make sure that
the duct and the controls on the cover are accessible. Place the actuator in the
position: it will put its full torque on the shaft compressing the edge and blade seals.
This ensures that the damper will meet its leakage rating. The actuator is electroni-
cally protected from overload and will not be damaged.
desired mounting position.

➁ Hand tighten the two nuts on the actuators universal clamp. Testing the Installation Without Power
3 ➀ Disengage the actuator gear train by pressing the manual override button
and rotate the clamp until centered. 1. Disengage the gear train with the manual override button and move the shaft

➁ Slide the anti-rotation strap up under the actuator so it engages the

actuator at the center cutout. Bend the bracket as needed to support the rear
from closed to open to closed. Ensure that there is no binding and that the
damper goes fully open and closes with 5° of actuator stroke left.
of the actuator. Secure to ductwork with self-tapping screws (No. 8 recom- 2. Correct any problems and retest.
mended).

4 ➀ Loosen the nuts on the universal clamp. Press the manual override
button and rotate the clamp to about 5° from the closed position (1/16 to 1/8”
between stop and clamp).

➁ Tighten the two nuts on the universal clamp with a 10 mm wrench (see
table for required torque).

5 ➀ Snap on the reflective position indicator.

➁ Adjust end-stops, if required.
6 Mount actuators indoors. If mounted outdoors, use approved protective enclo-
sure.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

402
Mounting Installation
Linear Quick Mount (LH, AH)

1 2 3

Ø max. 0.3" [8]

[20]
0.8"
[20]
0.8"

0.08" [2]

A B C
M8

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

°
±10

Z-DS1

Z-DS1

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

403
 Mounting Installation
Rotary Quick Mount (LU)

K-LU Shaft Clamp

min.
1/2"
[13]

5/16"…1/2"
[8...12]

K-LU

ZDB-LU Angle of Rotation Limiter

ZDB-LU Angle of Rotation Limiter

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

30
0 330 0
+ 300 330 39000 31230
0

150
670
7

0
210 240 2

2010 23400 2
0

30
240 27

13800 26100 2
30
60

1
60
210

90

0
90

940
3183
18

120
0
0
150 18 120 150 21270 31500

0°...120°

+ 0
330 30
0 330 300 23730 23400
27

271
0
0

30

0
0
27
30

0
0 240 210

240 210 1

21840 21510 1
33300
30
60

60

600
90

90

390
80

820

0 180
150 12 150 120 19500 16200

0°...270°

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

404
Mounting Installation
Quick Mount, Direct Coupled CMB24-3(-T) / CMB120-3

1 2 3

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

405
 Mounting Instructions
Retrofit Brackets (Z-SMA and Z-GMA)

Replacing Discontinued Belimo Actuators

When replacing an actuator, whether Belimo or other, be sure to consider the ap-
plication parameters before selecting the replacement. The new product may not
be the best fit for the application. Example would be a Belimo AM24 US mounted
to a valve linkage. The direct replacement of the actuator is AMB24-3. However,
the AM24 US and the AMB24-3 are different lengths, the linkage would need to be
replaced as well.
Instead of replacing the linkage the retrofit bracket Z-SMA and Z-GMA can be used
to extend the location of the anti-rotation bracket to match the location of the anti-
rotation bracket of discontinued Belimo actuators.
NOTE: LM and LMB are the same size.

Z-SMA Z-GMA Z-NMA

for replacing AM and SM actuators for replacing GM actuators for replacing NM actuators

1x
2x 2x

1
NM

GM
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AM

3 Nm

SM

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

406
Operation
Electrical Features

Electrical Operation Control Accuracy and Stability

General
All Belimo actuators have built-in
Belimo non-spring return actuators utilize Halomo sensorless Brushless DC motor
technology developed by Belimo. The non-spring return actuators use this motor in brushless DC motors which provide
conjunction with an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). The Halomo ASIC
provides the intelligence to provide a constant rotation rate to prevent damage to better accuracy and longer service life.
the actuator.
Belimo non-spring return actuators are designed with a unique non-
symmetrical deadband. The actuator follows an increasing or decreasing
Initialization control signal with a 75 mV resolution. If the signal changes in the opposite
direction, the actuator will not respond until the control signal changes by
When a power source is applied the motor carries out an initialization of the
175 mV. This allows these actuators to track even the slightest deviation very
actuator. The purpose of this initialization is to determine the mechanical angle of
accurately, yet allowing the actuator to “wait” for a much larger change in
rotation and to adapt the running time to the angle of rotation. When power is
control signal due to control signal instability.
applied, the internal microprocessor recognizes that the actuator is at its full-safe
position and uses this position as the base for all of its calculations.
Actuator responds to a 75 mV signal when
Brushless DC Motor Operation not changing direction from stop position.
Belimo’s Halomo sensorless brushless DC motor spins by reversing the poles of
stationary electromagnets housed inside rotation permanent magnets. The Satisfied
Control Position
electromagnetic poles are switched by a special ASIC developed by Belimo. Unlike
the conventional DC motor, there are no brushes to wear or commutators to foul.
75 mV

Motor Position Detection

Belimo's Halomo motor technology is a sensorless, brushless DC motor. The

Minimum
Halomo technology eliminates the need for potentiometers for positioning. The Control Resolution
Halomo ASIC detects the spinning rotor by monitoring the back EMF of the motor
poles. The ASIC counts these pulses and calculates position within 1/3 of a motor
revolution.
Actuator responds to a 175 mV signal when
reversing direction from stop position.
Overload Protection

The Belimo non-spring return actuators are electronically protected from overload at Minimum Reversed
Control Deadband
all angles of rotation by digital technology in the ASIC. The ASIC circuitry constantly Prior to Normal Control
monitors the rotation of the brushless DC motor inside the actuator and stops the 175 mV
pulsing to the motor when it senses an overload. The motor remains energized and
produces full rated torque when in overload.
The overload filtration helps increase the actuators installed life expectancy by Satisfied
Control Position
filtering out unnecessary control signal changes or end-stop pulsing while in
overload. This helps ensure that dampers are fully closed and that edge and blade
seals are always properly compressed.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

407
 Operation
Mechanical Features

Manual Override
The Belimo non-spring return actuators have a black, “manual override button”
located on the top of the housing. Press this button and the gear train is
disengaged so the damper shaft can be moved manually. Release the button and
the gear train is re-engaged.
Use the manual override to test the installation without power. For tight shut-off the
damper should close with 5° of actuator stroke left.

Manual Override Button

Direction of Rotation Switch

Non-spring return actuators have a reversing switch on the cover. Switch position
indicates start point. For the non-spring return, with the switch in position 1, the
actuator rotates clockwise with an decrease in voltage or current. With the switch 10 VDC 2 VDC 10 VDC
in position 0, the actuator rotates counterclockwise with an decrease in voltage or
current.
The non-spring return rotates clockwise when the switch is in the 1 position and
power is applied to wire #2. When power is applied to wire #3 the actuator rotates
counter clockwise. Rotating the switch to 0 reverses the control logic.
During checkout, the switch position can be temporarily reversed and the actuator
will reverse its direction. This allows the technician a fast and easy way to check
the actuator operation without having to switch wires or change settings on the
thermostat. When the check-out is complete, make sure the switch is placed back
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

to its original position.

Direction of Rotation Switch

Mechanical Angle of Rotation Limiting

The adjustable stops are needed when there is no damper stop or if you want the
damper to stop rotating before it reaches its stops. The non-spring return actuators
can be indefinitely stalled in any position without harm.
1. Loosen the two end stops with a No. 2 Phillips head screwdriver being careful
not to unscrew the captive nut under the slot.
65°
2. Move the stops (in 2.5° steps) to the desired position and re-tighten the screws.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

408
Operation
General Wiring Instructions

WARNING The wiring technician must be trained and experienced with electronic Wire Lengths for Actuators
circuits. Disconnect power supply before attempting any wiring connections or
changes. Make all connections in accordance with wiring diagrams and follow all Keep power wire runs below the lengths listed in the Figure H. If more than one
applicable local and national codes. Provide disconnect and overload protection as actuator is powered from the same wire run, divide the allowable wire length by the
required. Use copper, twisted pair, conductors only. If using electrical conduit, the number of actuators to determine the maximum run to any single actuator.
attachment to the actuator must be made with flexible conduit. Example: 3 actuators, 16 Ga wire
Always read the controller manufacturer's installation literature carefully before 350 Ft ÷ 3 Actuators = 117 Ft. Maximum wire run
making any connections. Follow all instructions in this literature. If you have any
questions, contact the controller manufacturer and/or Belimo. LH-24…/LU-24… LM-24.../CM24
Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
16 Ga 1175 Ft. 16 Ga 1125 Ft.
Transformer(s) 18 Ga 1075 Ft. 18 Ga 750 Ft.
20 Ga 575 Ft. 20 Ga 400 Ft.
The non-spring return actuators require a 24 VAC class 2 transformer and draws a
maximum of 5 VA per actuator. The actuator enclosure cannot be opened in the field, 22 Ga 300 Ft. 22 Ga 200 Ft.
there are no parts or components to be replaced or repaired.
NM-24…/AH-24…/LMX120… AM-24...
– EMC directive: 89/336/EEC Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
– Software class A: Mode of operation type 1
12 Ga 1250 Ft. 12 Ga 1150 Ft.
– Low voltage directive: 73/23/EEC
14 Ga 1130 Ft. 12 Ga 925 Ft.
CAUTION: It is good practice to power electronic or digital controllers from a separate 16 Ga 900 Ft. 16 Ga 550 Ft.
power transformer than that used for actuators or other end devices. The power 18 Ga 575 Ft. 18 Ga 375 Ft.
supply design in our actuators and other end devices use half wave rectification. 20 Ga 300 Ft. 20 Ga 200 Ft.
Some controllers use full wave rectification. When these two different types of power 22 Ga 150 Ft. 22 Ga 100 Ft.
supplies are connected to the same power transformer and the DC commons are
connected together, a short circuit is created across one of the diodes in the full wave GM…/NMX120…/AMX120…
power supply, damaging the controller. Only use a single power transformer to power Wire Size Max. Feet. Wire Size Max. Feet
the controller and actuator if you know the controller power supply uses half wave 12 Ga 1125 Ft. 18 Ga 325 Ft.
rectification. 14 Ga 800 Ft. 20 Ga 175 Ft.
16 Ga 500 Ft. 22 Ga 90 Ft.
Multiple Actuators, One Transformer
FIGURE H – Maximum Wire Lengths
Multiple actuators may be powered from one transformer provided the following rules
are followed:
1. The TOTAL current draw of the actuators (VA rating) is less than or equal to the Wire Type and Wire Installation Tips
rating of the transformer.
2. Polarity on the secondary of the transformer is strictly followed. This means that all For most installations, 18 or 16 Ga. cable works well with the non-spring return
No. 1 wires from all actuators are connected to the common leg on the transformer actuators. Use code-approved wire nuts, terminal strips or solderless connectors
and all No. 2 wires from all actuators are connected to the hotleg. Mixing wire where wires are joined. It is good practice to run control wires unspliced from the

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

No. 1 & 2 on one leg of the transformer will result in erratic operation or failure of actuator to the controller. If splices are unavoidable, make sure the splice can be
the actuator and/or controls. reached for possible maintenance. Tape and/or wire-tie the splice to reduce the
possibility of the splice being inadvertently pulled apart.

Multiple Actuators, Multiple Transformers The non-spring return proportional actuators have a digital circuit that is designed to
ignore most unwanted input signals (pickup). In some situations the pickup may be
Multiple actuators positioned by the same control signal may be powered from severe enough to cause erratic running of the actuator. For example, a large inductive
multiple transformers provided the following rules are followed: load (high voltage AC wires, motors, etc.) running near the power or control wiring
1. The transformers are properly sized. may cause excessive pickup. To solve this problem, make one or more of the
2. All No. 1 wires from all actuators are tied together and tied to the negative leg of following changes:
the control signal. See wiring diagram. 1. Run the wire in metallic conduit.
2. Re-route the wiring away from the source of pickup.
3. Use shielded wire (Belden 8760 or equal). Ground the shield to an earth ground.
Do not connect it to the actuator common.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

409
 Operation
Wiring Accessories

ZS T – Protective
ZS-T P i Terminal
T i l Cover
C
Application
Belimo non-spring return actuators with terminal strips are can be converted from
NEMA 1/IP20 to NEMA 2/IP54 using the protective terminal cover ZS-T.

The ZS-T terminal cover accessory consists of:

• Terminal Cover
• Conduit Fitting
• Rubber Seal for Wire Diameter 4-6
• Rubber Seal for Wire Diameter 6-8
Terminal
Cover Conduit
Fitting

Rubber
Seals

Mounting the Terminal Cover

1. Attach terminal cover to actuator, if not done already.
2. Slide the conduit fitting and correct size rubber seal onto wire.
3. Wire up actuator using the terminal strips.

4. Fit rubber seal into slot of terminal cover.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

5. Shut terminal top and screw on conduit connector.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

410
Feedback Potentiometer P...A GR
For the Non-Spring Return Direct-Coupled Actuators

Application
The P…A GR feedback potentiometers are used with LM, NM, AM, and GM actuators
to provide a resistive signal which varies with damper position.
The P…A GR units are applied with commercial proportional temperature controllers
to provide feedback of the damper position, or with electric or electronic meters to
provide position indication. The signal can also be used as a positioner for parallel
operation of multiple actuators.

Operation
The P…A GR feedback potentiometers are mounted onto the direct coupled actuator.
The switches are modular units that mount directly onto LM, NM, AM, and GM type
actuators and are locked into place by guiding grooves on the sides of the actuator.
A driver disk is attached to the actuator handle and offers direct transmission of the
actuator position to the micro switch cams.

Mounting Instructions
1. Remove position indicator from actuator.
Types 2. Press down the manual override button and rotate the
P140A GR Feedback Potentiometer 140 Ω actuator fully counter clockwise.
3. Place the switch/potentiometer adaptor onto the hex shaft of the handle which
P200A GR Feedback Potentiometer 200 Ω
is in the center of the valve/actuator coupling.
P500A GR Feedback Potentiometer 500 Ω
4. Slide switch onto the actuator using the actuator guiding grooves on the sides
P1000A GR Feedback Potentiometer 1000 Ω
of the actuator.
P2800A GR Feedback Potentiometer 2800 Ω
5. Check for correct mating of the adaptor to the switch.
P5000A GR Feedback Potentiometer 5000 Ω
6. Adjust switch dials as necessary.
P10000A GR Feedback Potentiometer 10000 Ω

Wiring Diagram
Technical Data P...A

Potentiometer_P_A
Resistance values as above
Output 1W
Tolerance ± 5%
Linearity ± 2%
Resolution min. 1%
Residual resistance max. 5% on both sides
Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable
½" conduit connector
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2 / IP54
Housing rating UL94-5VA
Servicing maintenance free
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL60730-1
CE according to 73/23/EEC
Quality standard ISO 9001
Weight 4.6 oz [130 g]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

411
 Auxiliary Switches S1A, S2A
For the Non-Spring Return Direct-Coupled Actuators

Application
The S1A and S2A auxiliary switches are used to indicate when a desired position of a
damper is reached or to interface additional controls for a specific control sequence.

Operation
The S1A and S2A auxiliary switches are mounted onto the direct coupled actuator. The
switches are modular units that mount directly onto LM, NM, AM, and GM type
actuators and are locked into place by guiding grooves on the sides of the actuator.
A driver disk is attached to the actuator clamp and offers direct transmission of the
actuator position to the micro switch cams. The switching points can be set over the
full scale of 0 to 1 simply by adjusting the slotted discs.

Mounting Instructions
1. Remove position indicator from actuator.
2. Press down the manual override button and rotate the actuator fully counter
clockwise.
3. Turn the driver disk on the switch fully counterclockwise.
4. Slide switch onto the actuator using the actuator guiding grooves on the sides
Types
S1A of the actuator.
one SPDT 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable
5. Check for correct mating of the driver disk to the universal clamp.
S2A two SPDT 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable
6. Adjust switch dials as necessary.

Technical Data S1A S2A

Wiring Diagrams
Number of switches one SPDT two SPDT

AuxSwitches_S1A_S2A
Weight 4.6 oz [130 g] 6.0 oz [170 g]
Switching capacity 3A (0.5A), 250 VAC
Switching point adjustable over full rotation (0° to 95°)
Pre-setting with scale possible
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to +50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Housing NEMA 2 / IP54
Housing rating UL94-5VA
Servicing maintenance free
Agency listings cULus acc. to UL60730-1
CE according to 73/23/EEC
Quality standard ISO 9001
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

412
Startup and Checkout

Electrical Check-out Procedure for (-SR) and VDC Programmed (-MFT) Actuators
Actuator Responds No Response
STEP Procedure Expected Response
Go To Step… Go To Step…
1. Connect signal Input to wires 1 & 3. Actuator drives to the “No Signal” Actuator operates properly Step 9. No response at all Step 2.
Connect signal output (if used) to wires position (usually closed), then to the Operation is reversed Step 3.
1 & 4. “Maximum Signal” position (usually Does not drive toward "Control Signal
Connect 24 VAC/VDC power to Wires open) then to the “Control Signal” Position" Step 4.
1&2 . position.
2. Check power wiring. Power supply rating should be the total Power wiring corrected, actuator begins Power wiring corrected, actuator still
Correct any problems. power requirement of the actuator(s). to drive Step 1. does not drive Step 8.
Note 1 Minimum voltage of 19.2 VAC or 21.6 VDC.
3. Turn reversing switch to the correct Actuator drives to the “No Signal” Actuator operates properly Step 9. Does not drive toward “Control Signal
position. Make sure the switch is position (usually closed), then to the Position” Step 4.
turned all the way left or right. Press “Maximum Signal” position (usually
“Override Button” all the way down and open) then to the “Control Signal”
release position.
4. Make sure the control signal positive Drives to “Control Signal” position. Actuator operates properly Step 9. Step 5.
(+) is connected to Wire No 3 and
control signal negative (-) is connected
to wire No. 1. Most control problems
are caused by reversing these two
wires. Verify that the reversing switch
is all the way CCW or CW.
5. Disconnect signal input from Wires No. Actuator drives to the “No Signal” Step 6. Step 8.
1&3 position.
6. Check input signal with a digital volt Input voltage or current should be ±1% Controller output (actuator input) is Reprogram, adjust repair or replace
meter (DVM). Make sure the input is of what controller's adjustment or correct. Input Polarity Correct controller as needed Step 7.
within the range of the actuator. For programming indicate. Step 7.
(-SR) actuators this is 2 to 10 VDC or 4
to 20 mA (with 500 Ω resistor).
7. Disconnect power from Wire No. 2. Actuator drives to the “No Signal” Actuator operates properly Step 9. Step 8.
Reconnect signal input to Wires No. position (usually closed), then to the
1 & 3. “Maximum Signal” position (usually
Reconnect power to Wire No. 2. open) then to the “Control Signal”
position.
8. Actuator does not drive Defective actuator. Replace actuator.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

9. Actuator works properly. Test controller
by following controller manufacturer's
instructions.

NOTE 1 Check that the transformer(s) are sized properly.

• If a common transformer is used, make sure that polarity is observed on the secondary. This means connect all No. 1 wires to one leg of the transformer and all No.
2 wires to the other leg of the transformer.
• If multiple transformers are used with one control signal, make sure all No. 1 wires are tied together and tied to control signal negative (-).
• Controllers and actuators must have separate 24 VAC/VDC power sources.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

413
 Customizable Products
Introduction

Multi-Functional Technology
Table of Contents Belimo damper actuators and control valves with Multi-Function
Technology® (MFT) include standard 2 to 10 VDC proportional control
Customizable Sectition functions, plus they can be re-programmed. Parameters can be changed
on-site to optimize/enable application. Parameters can be set for voltage
PAGE
PAG control (VDC), time proportional
control (PWM), floating point, On/Off
or feedback signal. You can also set,
Introduction ................................................................................
........................................... 414 modify or read position, running
time, mechanical working range,
Ordering .....................................................................................
........................................ 415 address, status, and diagnostics.
MFT allows you to adapt the
actuator to your system for
New Generation Spring Return service replacement and to
“At A Glance”.............................................................................
............... .........................416
41 improve system functionality.

Original Generation Spring Return

rn
"At A Glance, MFT ...................................................................... 4177

Non-Spring Return
“At A Glance”..............................................................................
........................................ 418

Other Customizable Options

with New Generation Spring Return and
Non-Spring Return Actuators
Clamping Options
Select with clamp, no clamp or
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

crank arm (not mounted on

actuator) on new AFX and NFX.
Select alternate clamps to
accommodate larger damper
shafts or to allow for short-
shaft mounting on select
models (non-spring only).

Electrical Connection
Select longer cables for
simplified installation: 3ft [1m],
10ft [3m] or 16ft [5m] are
available. A new NEMA 2
protective cover is available for
actuators with terminal strip
electrical connection
(non-spring only).

Running Time
The customizable non-spring
product range enables the
actuator running time to be
increased for faster operation or slowed for more traditional HVAC
temperature control.
For spring return, only MFT versions can have different running times.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

414
Customizable Products
Ordering

Ordering Example – New Generation AFX, NFX and Non-Spring Return Actuator
The ordering process for the new generation AFX, NFX and non-spring return actuators is simple.
First select a base actuator that meets the needs of the application and then add the desired options.

1. Base Actuator LMX24-MFT (LM100)

Select a base actuator
• Torque or linear force, control input, position feedback, power supply…
• See pages 14 & 15 for complete list of non-spring base actuators.

2. Clamp Option 3/4” dia. universal clamp (6)

Select clamp that accommodates the damper shaft
• LM defaults to a 5/8" dia. clamp, but the 3/4" option can be selected as seen in this example.
• NM and AM default to a 1/2" dia. clamp that also accommodates 3/4" and 1.05" dia. shafts.
• GM accommodates a 1.05" dia. shafts. A 3/4" dia. clamp is available for retrofits of past GM and SM types.

3. Electrical Connection Option 16 ft. [5m] 18 GA, plenum rated cable (C5)
• Default connection is a 3 ft. [1m] long cable. 10 ft [3m] or 16ft [5m] cables are also available.
• Non-spring actuators with a "-T" in the model number have a screw terminal strip, which default to a NEMA 1 enclosure rating. A NEMA 2 cover for the terminal strip can
be selected.

4. Programming P-20003 (W03)

• For non-spring return –3 and –SR type actuators only the running time can be changed. This is a one-time factory setting.
• For –MFT type actuators refer to MFT technical documantation for available configurations.

5. Total LMX24-MFT (LM100 6 C5 W03)

Ordering Example – Oringinal Spring Return Actuator

1. Base Actuator LF24-MFT-S US
Select a base actuator

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2. Programming P-10003 (A03) 2 – 10 VDC input / 0 – 5 VDC feedback
Select pre-set programming code
● P-100xx (Axx) Control voltage applications
● P-200xx (Wxx) Pulse width modulation applications
● P-300xx (Fxx) Floating point applications
● P-400xx (Jxx) On/Off applications
● Or create custom MFT configuration codes
● Or create custom MFT configurations in the field with MFT-Actuate PC software.

3. Total LF24-MFT-S US + P10003

Order confirmation and invoice example for spring return actuators:

Line Item Model Quantity The part number 99981-00100 is a requirement for Belimo as a designation for all
the configurations in an order. This product’s description will read “MFT
LF24-MFT US
10 10 CONFIGURATION CHARGE, (P-…/ V-…)”. It is used to confirm the correct quantities
P-10003
and to invoice the proper fee for the MFT configurations. The total quantity of
LF24-MFT US
20 10 configurations is represented in this one line item.The product line item will list the
P-20002
specific configuration below the actuator ordered. If you have more than one model
TF24-MFT US with multiple configurations, each change in configuration will be shown on
30 5
P-10006 separate line items. As an example lines 10 and 20 are the same model actuator
40 99981-00100 25 with different
d e e configurations.
co gu a o s

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

415
 Customizable Actuator Selection At A Glance

New Generation Spring Return Actuators

Model Description Reorder # for actuator
NFX 24 –MFT S NF 600 1 A1 W03
The reorder# is a
complete description
Power Supply of the flexible actuator,
including all custom
24 24 VAC/DC
options.
UP 24 to 240 VAC
Electrical Connection
Blank One cable
–S Built-in switch, two
Actuator Torque cables
torque/force output
Actuator family and

NF… 90 in-lb

Control Type
AF… 180 in-lb –MFT Multi-Function technology
–MFT95 0 to 135 Ω (AF only)
–SR 2 to 10 VDC proportional
Blank On/off

Reorder Number Break-Down

Electrical Running Time and
Base Actuator Clamp Options Connector Options Programming Codes
NF 600 1 A1 W03
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Options
Clamp Options
Codes Description (On/Off & -SR Only)
Code Description
003 75s, Default for On/Off
1 Default universal clamp
H01 95s, Default for -SR
Base Actuators 8 Crank arm
Codes Description (MFT Only)
0 No clamp
Model Base Actuator Codes A01 P-10001
AFXUP AF000 A02 P-10002
AFXUP-S AF020 A03 P-10003
W02 P-20002
AFX24-MFT AF600 Base Actuators
W03 P-20003
AFX24-MFT-S AF620 Code Description*
F02 P-30001
AFX24-MFT95 AFE10 A1 Default, 3 ft [1m] appliance cable(s)
Common or default configurations are configured at no
NFX24 NF200 A3 10 ft [3m] appliance cable(s) charge. Uncommon or custom codes will be configured by
Belimo for an additional charge.
NFX24-S NF220 A5 16 ft [5m] appliance cable(s)
NFXUP NF000 C1 3 ft [1m] plenum cable(s)
NFXUP-S NF020 C3 10 ft [3m] plenum cable(s)
NFX24-SR NF400 C5 16 ft [5m] plenum cable(s)
NFX24-SR-S NF420 *UP (24-240VAC) actuators are only supplied with
NFX24-MFT NF600 appliance cable(s).
All -S models only come with appliance cables.
NFX24-MFT-S NF620

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

416
Customizable Actuator Selection At A Glance

Original Spring Return MFT Actuators

Model Description MFT Configuration
LF 24 –MFT –S US Programming Code

Auxiliary Switch
–S Built-In

Power Supply Electrical Connection

24 VAC/DC US 3 ft Cable

Control Type
-MFT Multi-function Technology

-MFT95 0 to 135 ohm

-MFT-20 6 to 9 VDC
20 VDC power supply

Actuator Torque

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AF24-MFT US
AF24-MFT-S US 133 in-lb
Actuator Family and
Torque Output

AF24-MFT95 US
NF24-MFT US 60 in-lb
LF24-MFT US
Options
LF24-MFT-S US Code Description (MFT Only)
35 in-lb
LF24-MFT-20 US A01 P-10001
LF24-MFT-S-20 US A02 P-10002
TF24-MFT US 18 in-lb A03 P-10003
W02 P-20002
W03 P-20003
F02 P-30001
Common or default configurations are configured at no
charge. Uncommon or custom codes will be configured by
Belimo for an additional charge.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

417
 Customizable Actuator Selection At A Glance

Non-Spring Return Actuators

Model Description Reorder # for actuator
LMX 24 –MFT S LM 100 6 C5 W03
The reorder# is a complete
description of the flexible
Power Supply actuator, including all
custom options.
24 24 VAC/DC
120 100 to 240 VAC
Electrical Connection
Blank Cable
–T Screw terminal strip
Actuator Torque
–S Built-in Switch
LM… 45 in-lb
LMQ... 35 in-lb
torque/force output
Actuator family and

NM… 90 in-lb
NMQ... 70 in-lb
AM… 180 in-lb
Control Type
AMQ... 140 in-lb –MFT Multi-Function technology
GM… 360 in-lb –MFT95 0 to 135 Ω
LH… 34 lbf –3 On/Off-Floating Point
LHQ… 22 lbf –SR 2 to 10 VDC Proportional
AH… 101 lbf
–PC 0 to 20V Phasecut
AHQ… 44 lbf
–1 On/Off
LU… 27 in-lb

Reorder Number Break-Down

Electrical Running Time and
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Base Actuator Clamp Options Connector Options Programming Codes

LM 100 6 C5 W03
Options
Clamp Options
Codes Description (-3 & -SR Only)
Code Description
005 35s (LM only)
1 Default universal clamp
004 45s (LM/NM only)
6 LM, 3/4” diameter universal clamp
002 95s all, Default on LM/NM/AM
7 NM/AM, reversible clamp
000 150s all, Default on GM/LU/LH/AH
for short shaft mounting
Codes Description (MFT Only)
A01 P-10001
See Base Actuators A02 P-10002
Page 416
Electrical Connector Options
A03 P-10003
Code Description* W02 P-20002
C1 Default, 3 ft [1m] cable W03 P-20003
C3 10 ft [3m] cable F02 P-30001
C5 16 ft [5m] cable Common or default configurations are configured at no
T1 Default, terminal strip NEMA 1/IP20 charge. Uncommon or custom codes will be configured by
T2 Covered terminal strip NEMA 2/IP54 Belimo for an additional charge.

*24V actuators supplied with 18GA plenum rated cable.

120 to 240V actuators supplied with 18GA appliance cable.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

418
Mechanical Accessories

We’ll help solve any application problem with a wide

range of accessories and unparalleled customer service.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference
● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Competitive project pricing. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
20+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

419
 Mechanical Accessories

Part Number Description AFB AF NFB LF TF GM AM NM LM AH LH LU

IND-AFB Damper Position Indicator ● ●
IND-AF2 Damper Position Indicator ●
IND-LF Damper Position Indicator ●
IND-TF Damper Position Indicator ●
K7-2 Standard AFB/NFB Clamp (1/2" to 1.05") ● ●
K4-2 US Standard AF/NF Clamp (1/2" to 1.05") ●
K4-1 US Jackshaft Clamp (Up to 1.05') ●
Clamp / Positioner Indicators

K4-H US Hex Shaft Clamp (3/8" to 5/8") ●

K6 US Standard LF Clamp (3/8" to 1/2") ●
K6-1 Jackshaft Clamp (1/2" to 3/4") ●
K8 US Standard TF Clamp ●
K-GM20 Reversible Clamp (1/2" to 1.05”) ●
K-AM25 Standard Clamp (1/2" to 1") ●
K-SA Reversible AM Clamp (2/5" to 3/4") ●
K-NA Reversible NM Clamp (5/16" to 3/4") ●
K-LM20 Clamp (3/4") ●
K-LM16 Standard Clamp (5/8") ●
K-LM13 Clamp (1/2") ●
K-LM10 Clamp (3/8") ●
K-LU Spindle Clamp (5/16" to 1/2") ●
KH-AFB Crank Arm ● ●
KH-AF Crank Arm ●
KH-AF-1 US Crank Arm for Jackshaft Applications ●
KH-AFV V-Bolt Kit for KH-AF (-1) Crank Arms ●
KH-LF Crank Arm ●
KH-LFV V-Bolt Kit for KH-LF Crank Arms ●
KH-TF US Crank Arm ●
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AH-GMA GMB(X) Crank Arm ●

Linkage Accessories

AH-25 AMB(X) and NMB(X) Crank Arm ● ●

KH6 Universal Crank Arm (For KG6 Ball Joint) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KH8 Universal Crank Arm (For KG8 Ball Joint) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KH10 Universal Crank Arm (For KG10A Ball Joint) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KH12 Universal Crank Arm (For KG10A Ball Joint) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KG6 Ball Joint (5/16") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KG8 Ball Joint (5/16", 90) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
KG10 Ball Joint for KH6 (3/8") ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SH8 Push Rod for KG6 & KG8 Ball Joints (36", 5/16" Dia.) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SH10 Push Rod for KG10 Ball Joints (36", 3/8" Dia.) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZG-DC1 Damper Clip for Damper Blade ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZG-DC2 Damper Clip for Damper Blade ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

420
Mechanical Accessories

Part Number Description AFB AF NFB LF TF GM AM NM LM AH LH LU

ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket ● ● ● ● ●
ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket ● ● ● ● ●
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket ● ● ●
ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket ● ● ●
ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket ● ● ●
ZG-106 Universal Mounting Bracket ●
ZG-107 Universal Mounting Bracket ●
Brackets

ZG-108 Universal Mounting Bracket ●

ZG-109 Mounting Bracket for ZS-260 Housings ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZG-110 Mounting Bracket for ZS-260 Housings ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZG-112 Universal Mounting Bracket for LF ●
ZG-113 Universal Mounting Bracket for TF ●
ZG-118 Universal Mounting Bracket for AFB, NFB ● ●
Z-GMA GM to GMB(X) Retrofit Mounting Bracket ●
Z-SMA AM, SM to AMB(X) Retrofit Mounting Bracket ●
Z-NMA NM to NMB(X) Retrofit Mounting Bracket ●
ZG-AFB Crank Arm Adaptor Kit ● ●
ZG-AFB118 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit ● ●
ZG-AF US Crank Arm Adaptor Kit (includes mounting hardware) ●
ZG-AF108 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit (includes ZG-108 & KH-AF US) ●
Crank arm Adaptor Kits

ZG-LF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit (includes ZG-112 & KH-LF) ●

ZG-LF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit (includes mounting hardware) ●
ZG-LFC114 Trane Voyager Retrofit Kit (includes retrofit bracket) ●
ZG-ECON1 Honeywell Economizer Retrofit Kit
●
(includes retrofit bracket)
ZG-ECON2 Honeywell Economizer Retrofit Kit ●
ZG-TF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit (includes ZG-113 & KH-TF US) ●
ZG-TF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit (includes mounting hardware) ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

ZG-GMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit (includes mounting hardware) ●
ZG-NMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit (includes mounting hardware) ● ●
AV6-20 Shaft Extension fits 1/4' to 3/4" Diameter Shafts ● ● ●
Shaft Adaptors

AV8-25 Shaft Extension fits 5/16" to 1" Diameter Shafts ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ZG-JSA (-1,2,3) Jackshaft Adaptors for Hollow Jackshafts ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZG-LMSA(-1) Shaft Adaptor ●
ZG-NMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor ●
ZDB-AF2 US Angle of Rotation Limiter for AF/NF ●
Rotation
Limiters

ZDB-LF Angle of Rotation Limiter for LF ●

ZDB-TF Angle of Rotation Limiter for TF ●
ZDB-LU Angle of Rotation Limiter for LU ●
ZS-100 Weather Shield - Galvaneal ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZS-101 Base for ZS-100 ● ● ● ● ● ●
Housings

ZS-150 Weather Shield - Polycarbonate ● ● ● ● ● ●

ZS-260 Explosion Proof Housing ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZS-300 (-1) (-5) NEMA 4X Housing ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZS-T Protective Terminal Strip Cover (-T Models Only) ● ● ● ●

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

421
 Mechanical Accessories

Part Number Description AFB AF NFB LF TF GM AM NM LM AH LH LU

AF-CC US Conduit Connector ●
TF-CC US Conduit Connector ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AF-P Anti-Rotation Bracket (11414) ● ● ●
Miscellaneous

LF-P Anti-Rotation Bracket (11695) ●

TF-P Anti-Rotation Bracket (11533) ● ●
Z-DS1 Rotary Support for Lateral Force Compensation ● ●
Tool-06 8 mm and 10 mm Wrench ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Tool-07 13 mm Wrench ●
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

422
AFB, AFX / NFB, NFX Accessories

Clamps / Position Indicators / Rotation Limiters

K7-2 Standard Clamp. Fits shafts 1/2" to 1.05".

IND-AFB Damper Position Indicator.

For damper position indication in short shaft installations

Shaft Adaptors / Extensions

AV8-25 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.
Approx. 6-5/8" [170 mm] extension for shafts
1/4" to 3/4" [6 to 20 mm].

The shaft adaptors listed below may be used with AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX actuators.
For more information see page 448.
ZG-JSA-1 ZG-JSA-2 ZG-JSA-3

Non-Direct Mounting
ZG-AFB Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For more information see page 439.

ZG-AFB118 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For more information see page 434. ZG-AFB118 ZG-AFB

KH-AFB Crank Arm

Fits round shafts up to 3/4”.

Mounting Brackets

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The mounting brackets listed below may be used with AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX actuators.
For more information see pages 433, 434 and 443.
ZG-100 ZG-101 ZG-102 ZG-118

Housings
The housings listed below may be used with AF/NF actuators.
For more information see pages 449 to 453.
ZS-100 ZS-150 ZS-260 ZS-300

Miscellaneous
AF-P Anti-Rotation T-Bracket for AF/NF.

Z-AF AF, NF to AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX Retrofit Mounting Bracket

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

423
 AF/NF Accessories

Clamps / Position Indicators / Rotation Limiters

K4 US Clamp. Fits shafts 3/8" to 3/4".

K4-1 US Jackshaft Clamp. Fits jackshafts up to 1.05".

K4-2 US Standard Clamp. Fits shafts 1/2" to 1.05".

K4-H Hex Shaft clamp. Fits hex shafts 3/8” to 5/8”.

IND-AF2 Damper Position Indicator.

For damper position indication in short shaft installations.

ZDB-AF2 US Angle of Rotation Limiter for AF/NF actuators. Includes IND-AF2.

KH-AFV V-Bolt Kit allows for direct coupling with KH-LF.

Contains V-Bolt and 2 nuts.

Shaft Adaptors / Extensions

AV8-25 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.
Approx. 6-5/8" [170 mm] extension for shafts
1/4" to 3/4" [6 to 20 mm].

The shaft adaptors listed below may be used with AF/NF actuators.
For more information see page 448.
ZG-JSA-1 ZG-JSA-2 ZG-JSA-3

Non-Direct Mounting
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

ZG-AF US Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For more information see page 440.

ZG-AF108 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For more information see page 436.

KH-AF Crank Arm

Fits round shafts up to 3/4”.

KH-AF-1 US Crank Arm for Jackshaft Applications

Fits round shafts up to 1.05".

Mounting Brackets
The mounting brackets listed below may be used with AF/NF actuators.
For more information see pages 433, 436, 438 and 443.
ZG-100 ZG-101 ZG-102 ZG-106 ZG-107 ZG-108

Housings
The housings listed below may be used with AF/NF actuators.
For more information see pages 449 to 453.
ZS-100 ZS-150 ZS-260 ZS-300

Miscellaneous
AF-P Anti-Rotation T-Bracket for AF/NF.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

424
LF Accessories

K6 US Clamp. Fits shafts 3/8" to 1/2".

K6-1 Clamp. Fits shafts 1/2" to 3/4".

IND-LF Damper Position Indicator

ZDB-LF Angle of Rotation Limiter for LF actuators

KH-LFV V-Bolt Kit allows direct coupling with KH-LF.

Contains V-Bolt and 2 nuts.

Shaft Adaptors / Extensions

ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Adaptor (See LM Accessories)

AV6-20 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.

Approx. 6 ⁵⁄₈" [170 mm] extension for shafts
¼" to ¾" [6 to 20 mm] (must use K6-1 clamp).

AV8-25 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.

Approx. 9.8" [170 mm] extension for shafts
5/16" to 1" [8 to 10 mm].
Non-Direct Mounting
ZG-LF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit ZG-LF112
-LF112
For more information see page 444.

ZG-LF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For more information see page 445. ZG-LF2

ZG-LFC114 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

Specifically for Trane Voyager unit retrofit

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

For more information see page 446. ZG-LFC1114 ZG-ECON1

ZG-ECON1 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

Specifically for Honeywell economizer retrofit
For more information see page 447.

ZG-ECON2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

Specifically for Honeywell economizer retrofit
For more information see page 447.

KH-LF Crank Arm KH-LF

Mounting Brackets
The mounting brackets listed below may be used with LF actuators.
For more information see page 444.
ZG-112
Housings
The housings listed below may be used with LF actuators.
For more information see pages 449 to 451.
ZS-100 ZS-150 ZS-260
Miscellaneous
LF-P Anti-Rotation T-Bracket for LF.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

425
 TF Accessories

Clamps / Position Indicators / Rotation Limiters

IND-TF Damper Position Indicator

ZDB-TF Angle of Rotation Limiter for TF actuators.

Shaft Adaptors / Extensions

AV6-20 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.
Approx. 6-5/8" [170 mm] extension for shafts
1/4" to 3/4" [6 to 20 mm].

Non-Direct Mounting

ZG-TF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit.

For more information see page 444.

ZG-TF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit.

For more information see page 445.

KH-TF US Crank Arm.

With 5/16" slot (can be used with KG8 or KG10A Ball Joint).

KH-TF-1 US Crank Arm.

With 1/4" slot (can be used with KG6 Ball Joint).

Mounting Brackets
The mounting brackets listed below may be used with TF actuators.
For more information see page 444.
ZG-113
Housings
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The housings listed below may be used with TF actuators.

For more information see page 449.
ZS-100 ZS-150

Miscellaneous
TF-CC US Conduit Connector for AFB(X) / NFB (X) / TF / GM / AM / NM / LM

TF-P Anti-Rotation T-Bracket for TF / LM.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

426
Clamps / Position Indicators / Rotation Limiters
K-GM20 Reversible Clamp. Fits shafts up to 1.05".

Shaft Adaptors
AV8-25 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.
Approx. 9.8" [170 mm] extension for shafts
5/16" to 1" [8 to 10 mm].

The shaft adaptors listed below may be used with GM actuators.

For more information see page 448.
ZG-JSA-1 ZG-JSA-2 ZG-JSA-3

Non-Direct Mounting
ZG-GMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For more information see page 441.

AH-GMA Crank Arm

23681-00001 GK Adaptor. For short shafting to connect to

auxiliary switch or potentiometer.

Mounting Brackets
The mounting brackets listed below may be used with GM actuators.
For more information see pages 433 and 443.
ZG-100 ZG-101 ZG-102 ZG-103 ZG-104

Housings

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The housings listed below may be used with GM actuators.
For more information see pages 449 to 453 and page 410.
ZS-100 ZS-150 ZS-260 ZS-300 ZS-T

Miscellaneous
TF-CC US Conduit Connector for AFB, AFX / NFB, NFX / TF / GM / AM / NM / LM

Z-GMA GM to GMB, GMX Retrofit Mounting Bracket.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

427
 AM/AMQ Accessories

Clamps / Position Indicators / Rotation Limiters

K-AM25 Standard Reversible Clamp. Fits shafts up to 1.05".

K-SA Reversible Clamp. Fits shafts up to 3/4".

Non-Direct Mounting
ZG-NMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For more information see page 442.

AH-25 Crank Arm

Shaft Adaptors / Extensions

AV8-25 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.
Approx. 9.8" [170 mm] extension for shafts
5/16" to 1" [8 to 10 mm].

The shaft adaptors listed below may be used with AM actuators.

For more information see page 448.
ZG-JSA-1 ZG-JSA-2 ZG-JSA-3

Mounting Brackets
The mounting brackets listed below may be used with AM actuators.
For more information see page 443.
ZG-100 ZG-101 ZG-103 ZG-104

Housings
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The housings listed below may be used with AM actuators.

For more information see pages 449 to 453 and page 410.
ZS-100 ZS-150 ZS-260 ZS-300 ZS-T

Miscellaneous
TF-CC US Conduit Connector for AFB, AFX / NFB, NFX / TF / GM / AM / NM / LM

Z-SMA AM, SM to AMB, AMX Retrofit Mounting Bracket

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

428
NM/NMQ Accessories

Clamps / Position Indicators / Rotation Limiters

K-AM25 Standard Reversible Clamp. Fits shafts up to 1.05".

K-NA Reversible Clamp. Fits shafts up to 3/4".

Non-Direct Mounting
ZG-NMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For more information see page 442.

AH-25 Crank Arm

Shaft Adaptors / Extensions

ZG-NMSA-1 Short Shaft Extension

AV8-25 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.

Approx. 9.8" [170 mm] extension for shafts
5/16" to 1" [8 to 10 mm].

The shaft adaptors listed below may be used with NM actuators.

For more information see page 448.
ZG-JSA-1 ZG-JSA-2 ZG-JSA-3

Mounting Brackets

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The mounting brackets listed below may be used with NM actuators.
For more information see page 443.
ZG-103 ZG-104

Housings
The housings listed below may be used with NM actuators.
For more information see pages 449 and page 410.
ZS-100 ZS-150 ZS-T

Miscellaneous
TF-CC US Conduit Connector for AFB, AFX / NFB, NFX / TF / GM / AM / NM / LM

Z-NMA NM to NMB, NMX Retrofit Mounting Bracket

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

429
 LM/LMQ Accessories

Clamps / Position Indicators / Rotation Limiters

K-LM20 Clamp. Fits shafts up to 3/4".

K-LM16 Standard Clamp. Fits shafts up to 5/8".

K-LM12 Clamp. Fits shafts up to 1/2".

K-LM10 Clamp. Fits shafts up to 3/8".

Shaft Adaptors / Extensions

ZG-LMSA Shaft Extension

ZG-LMSA-1 Shaft Extension

AV6-20 Shaft Extension. For damper operating shafts.

Approx. 6 ⁵⁄₈" [170 mm] extension for shafts
¼" to ¾" [6 to 20 mm] (must use K6-1 clamp).

Housings
The housings listed below may be used with LM actuators.
For more information see pages 449 and 410.
ZS-100 ZS-150 ZS-T

Miscellaneous
TF-CC US Conduit Connector for TF / GM / AM / NM / LM

TF-P Anti-Rotation T-Bracket for TF / LM.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

430
AH/AHQ/AHK, LH/LHQ and LU Accessories

AH/LH Accessories
Crank arms / Ball Joints / Push Rods
KH6 Universal Crank Arm
(For more information see Universal Accessories).

KH8 Universal Crank Arm

(For more information see Universal Accessories).

KG6 Ball Joint (Zinc Plated)

(For more information see Universal Accessories).

KG8 Ball Joint (Galvanized)

(For more information see Universal Accessories).

KG10 Ball Joint (Zinc Plated)

(For more information see Universal Accessories).

SH8 Push Rod

(For more information see Universal Accessories).

SH10 Push Rod

(For more information see Universal Accessories).

Miscellaneous
TF-CC US Conduit Connector for TF / GM / AM / NM / LM

Z-DS1 Rotary Support for Lateral Force Compensation

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

LU Accessories
Clamps / Position Indicators / Rotation Limiters

K-LU Spindle Clamp. Fits shafts 5/16" to 1/2".

ZDB-LU Angle of Rotation Limiter for LU.

Z-DS1 Rotary Support for Lateral Force Compensation

Z-KSA 5/16" Shaft Clevis

Z-KSC 3/8" Shaft Clevis

Housings
The housings listed below may be used with LU actuators.
For more information see pages 449 and 410.
ZS-100 ZS-150 ZS-T

Miscellaneous
TF-CC US Conduit Connector for TF / GM / AM / NM / LM

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

431
 Universal Accessories

Universal Crank arms

KH6 Zinc plated steel. Slot width 1/4” (6.2mm). Dimensions (Inches [MM])
For damper shafts:
3/8” to 11/16” dia. (10 to 18mm) or
3/8” to 9/16” sq. (10 to 14mm).
Uses KG6 Ball Joint.

KH8 Zinc plated steel. Slot width 21/64” (8.2mm).

For damper shafts:
3/8” to 11/16” dia. (10 to 18mm) or
3/8” to 9/16” sq. (10 to 14mm).
Uses KG8 or KG10A Ball Joint.

KH10 Zinc plated steel. Slot width 21/64” (8.2mm).

For damper shafts:
9/16” to 1.05" dia. (14 to 25mm). KH10
Uses KG10A Ball Joint.

KH12 Zinc plated steel. Slot width 21/64” (8.2mm).

For damper shafts:
3/4” to 1" dia. (20 to 25mm).
Uses KG10A Ball Joint. KH12

Ball Joints
KG6 For KH6 Universal Crank Arm. Zinc plated steel.
For 5/16” dia. rod (8mm).
The KG6 ball joint is only recommended
up to 70 in-lbs. (8Nm)

KG8 For KH8 Universal Crank Arm

Galvanized steel. 90° angle.
For 5/16” dia. rod (8mm).
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

KG10A Zinc Plated Steel

Used with following crank arms:
KH8 = 5/16” (8mm)

Push Rods
SH8 For KG6 and KG8 Ball Joints. 36” length, 5/16” dia.

SH10 For KG10 Ball Joints. 36” length, 3/8” dia.

Damper Clips
ZG DC
ZG-DC1 ZG DC
ZG-DC2
ZG-DC1 Mounts to Damper Blades – 3.5”

ZG-DC2 Mounts to Damper Blades – 6”

The ZG-DC1 and ZG-DC2 damper clips are designed to
mount to damper blades and work as crank arms in
damper linkage applications. The ZG-DC1 is designed
to be used in applications where the actuator is ZG-AF US

located in front of the damper. The ZG-DC2 is designed

to be used when the actuator is located above or
below the damper. ZG-DC1 clip ZG-DC2 clip

ZG-106 or
ZG-107 with KH-AF

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

432
ZG-102 Multiple Actuator Mounting Bracket
For AFB, AFX, AF and GM Series Actuators

A li i
Application
The ZG-102 multiple actuator mounting bracket is designed for cases where it is
necessary to mount two actuators to one shaft to provide extra torque.
The dual mounting bracket is typically used with the AFB, AFX, AF and GM series
actuators. This is due to the fact that each of these series are the highest torque
range available.
Figures A and B demonstrates two different mounting configurations using the
ZG-102 mounting bracket.

Accessory
AV10 - 25 Universal shaft extension

FIGURE A
The major advantage with this method is it requires less mounting area. The
Dimensions (Inches [mm]) manual override, if available, cannot be used in this configuration.

Hole set B Hole set A

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

FIGURE B
The major advantages are that a shorter shaft is required and a lower profile is
achieved.

OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS

AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
7"
[ 8]
[77.8] ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF
ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-LF2 NA LF
3-3/8" ZG-LFC114 NA LF
[85.7] ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
1-15/16" ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF
[49] ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF
ZG-TF2 NA TF
5 3/4" ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM
[[146.1]
6 ]
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM
Material 12 GA Galvanized NA ZG-106 AF
Weight 1.8 lbs. NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

433
 ZG-AFB118 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For AFB, AFX, NFB and NFX Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-AFB118 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. It may be used for outside or inside
the duct mounting.

The ZG-AFB118 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 ZG-118 Mounting Bracket
1 KH-AFB Crank Arm with Retaining Clip
2 Bolts with Nuts
NOTE: May require crank arm and ball joints

The ZG-118 is provided with hole patterns to mount the AFB, AFX, NFB and NFX
actuators in either a horizontal or vertical position to meet space requirements. The
KH-AFB crank arm is required to fully convert the AFB, AFX, NFB or NFX for crank arm
operation.

The ZG-118 is designed to mount the AFB, AFX, NFB and NFX actuators in the same
mounting locations as common foot mounted, crank arm style actuators. Hole patterns
in the base match common Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber Colman™) and Johnson
Controls™ actuators for easy retrofit.

USE WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

Honeywell M91… M955… M975…

M945… M965… M8…

Johnson M110… M130… M150…

M120… M140…

Barber Coleman
MA3… MA4… MA5…

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS

AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS 5.87"
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF
ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-LF2 NA LF
ZG-LFC114 NA LF
ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF Material: 12 GA
ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF Galvanized
ZG-TF2 NA TF 2.6" Weight: 2.0 lbs.
ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM (0.8 kg)
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM
NA ZG-106 AF
5.5"
NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

434
ZG-AFB118 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
Mounting Positions for Typical Replacements

Barber Colman™ MA Type - Vertical Barber Colman™ MA Type - Horizontal (left) Barber Colman™ MA Type - Horizontal (right)

Black holes represent correct bolt locations

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Honeywell™ Mod. IV Type - Vertical Honeywell™ Mod. IV Type - Horizontal (left) Honeywell™ Mod. IV Type - Horizontal (right)

Johnson Controls™ 100 Series Type and Johnson Controls™ 100 Series Type and Johnson Controls™ 100 Series Type and
Honeywell™ Mod. III Type - Vertical Honeywell™ Mod. III Type - Horizontal (left) Honeywell™ Mod. III Type - Horizontal (right)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

435
 ZG-AF108 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For AF Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-AF108 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. It may be used for outside or inside
the duct mounting.
ZG-108
ZG The ZG-AF108 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:
1 ZG-108 Mounting Bracket
1 KH-AF Crank Arm with Retaining Ring
4 Bolts with Nuts
NOTE: May require crank arm and ball joints
KH-AF
The ZG-108 is provided with hole patterns to mount the AF series actuators in either a
horizontal or vertical position to meet space requirements.
The ZG-108 Mounting Bracket is designed to mount the AF series actuator in the same
mounting locations as common foot mounted, crank arm style actuators. Hole patterns
in the base match common Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber Coleman™), and Johnson
Controls™ actuators for easy retrofit.

USE WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

Honeywell M91… M955… M975…

M945… M965… M8…

Johnson M110… M130… M150…

M120… M140…

Barber Coleman
MA3… MA4… MA5…

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

5 7/8"
[149]
OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS
AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF
ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-LF2 NA LF
ZG-LFC114 NA LF
2" [50.8]
ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF
ZG-TF2 NA TF 5 1/2"
[139.7]
ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM Material 12 GA Galvanized
NA ZG-106 AF Weight 1.0 lbs. (0.45 kg)
NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

436
ZG-AF108 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
Mounting Positions for Typical Replacements

Barber Colman™ MA Type - Vertical Barber Colman™ MA Type - Horizontal (left) Barber Colman™ MA Type - Horizontal (right)

Black holes represent correct bolt locations.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Honeywell™ Mod. IV Type- Vertical Honeywell™ Mod. IV Type - Horizontal (left) Honeywell™ Mod. IV Type - Horizontal (right)

Johnson Control™ 100 Series Type Johnson Control™ 100 Series Type Johnson Control™ 100 Series Type
and Honeywell™ Mod. III Type and Honeywell™ Mod. III Type and Honeywell™ Mod. III Type
Vertical Horizontal (left) Horizontal (right)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

437
 ZG-106 and ZG-107 Universal Mounting Brackets
For AF Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-106 and ZG-107 Universal Mounting Brackets are designed for applications
where the actuator cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. They may be used
for outside or inside the duct mounting.
The ZG-106 and ZG-107 is provided with hole patterns to mount the AF series
actuators in either a horizontal or vertical position to meet space requirements.
The KH-AF crank arm is required to fully convert the AF for crank arm operation.
The ZG-106 and ZG-107 are designed to mount the AF series actuators in the same
mounting locations as common foot mounted, crank arm style actuators. Hole patterns
in the base match common Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber Coleman™), and Johnson
Controls™ actuators for easy retrofit.
The ZG-106 is designed to place the KH-AF crank arm in the same relative position as
the Honeywell™ Mod IV actuators. The ZG-107 is designed to place the crank arm in
the same relative position as the Honeywell™ Mod III actuators.

USE THE ZG-106 WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

Honeywell Mod IV M91… M945…

M955… M965… M975… M8…

USE THE ZG-107 WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

Honeywell Mod III

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS

AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF A
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF B

ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF

5-1/2"
ZG-LF2 NA LF [139.7]
2-1/4"
[57]
ZG-LFC114 NA LF
ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF A B
ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF ZG-106 1.50" 1.02"
ZG-TF2 NA TF ZG-107 2.25" 1.77"
ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM
Material 12 GA Galvanized
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM
Weight ZG-106 0.7 lbs.
NA ZG-106 AF ZG-107 0.9 lbs.
NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

438
ZG-AFB Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For AFB, AFX, NFB and NFX Series Actuators

A li i
Application
ZG AFB
ZG-AFB The ZG-AFB Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft.

The ZG-AFB Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 KH-AFB Crank Arm with Retaining Clip
1 "T" Bracket
4 Mounting Feet
3 Bolts with Nuts
2 KG10A Ball Joints

The following Universal Mounting Brackets are needed to fully convert to crank arm
operation:
ZG-100
ZG-101
The ZG-100 and ZG-101 Universal Mounting Brackets are designed for applications
where the actuator cannot be mounted directly to the shaft, and no proper mounting
surface is available. It may be used for outside or inside the duct mounting, fastened
to the ductwork or directly to the damper assembly. It may also be used to mount to
other surfaces rather than the duct.
The ZG-100 and ZG-101 are provided with pre-punched hole patterns for the AM, SM,
GM, AF, AFB(X) and NFB(X) series actuators. The ZG-100 hole pattern layout allows
mounting these actuators in three different, mounting orientations. The ZG-101 hole
pattern layout allows mounting these actuators in two different, mounting orientations.
The ZG-100 and ZG-101 may also be field drilled for special or more exact mounting
of linkage components.
For technical data and dimensions on ZG-100 and ZG-101 Universal Mounting
Brackets, see page 443.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS
AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF
ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-LF2 NA LF
ZG-LFC114 NA LF
ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF
ZG-TF2 NA TF
ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM
NA ZG-106 AF
NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

439
 ZG-AF US Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For AF Series Actuators

Application
i i
ZG AF US
ZG-AF The ZG-AF US Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft.

The ZG-AF US Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 KH-AF Crank Arm with Retaining Ring
2 Standoff Brackets
4 Mounting Feet
2 Bolts with Nuts
2 Self-Tapping Screws
2 KG8 Ball Joints

The following Universal Mounting Brackets are needed to fully convert to crank arm
operation:
ZG-100
ZG-101
The ZG-100 and ZG-101 Universal Mounting Brackets are designed for applications
where the actuator cannot be mounted directly to the shaft, and no proper mounting
surface is available. It may be used for outside or inside the duct mounting, fastened
to the ductwork or directly to the damper assembly. It may also be used to mount to
other surfaces rather than the duct.
The ZG-100 and ZG-101 are provided with pre-punched hole patterns for the AM, SM,
GM, AF, AFB(X) and NFB(X) series actuators. The ZG-100 hole pattern layout allows
mounting these actuators in three different, mounting orientations. The ZG-101 hole
pattern layout allows mounting these actuators in two different, mounting orientations.
The ZG-100 and ZG-101 may also be field drilled for special or more exact mounting
of linkage components.
For technical data and dimensions on ZG-100 and ZG-101 Universal Mounting
Brackets, see page 443.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS

AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF
ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-LF2 NA LF
ZG-LFC114 NA LF
ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF
ZG-TF2 NA TF
ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM
NA ZG-106 AF
NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

440
ZG-GMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For GM Series Actuators

A li i
Application
The ZG-GMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft.

The ZG-GMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 AH-25 Crank Arm

2 KG10 Ball Joints
2 Mounting Brackets
1 Spacer
Mounting Hardware

The following Universal Mounting Brackets are needed to fully convert to crank arm
operation:
ZG-100
ZG-101
ZG-103
ZG-104
The ZG-100, ZG-101, ZG-103, and ZG-104 Universal Mounting Brackets are designed
for applications where the actuator cannot be mounted directly to the shaft, and no
proper mounting surface is available. It may be used for outside or inside the duct
mounting, fastened to the ductwork or directly to the damper assembly. It may also be
used to mount to other surfaces rather than the duct.
The ZG-100, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 are provided with pre-punched hole patterns
for the NM, AM, SM, GM, AFB(X), NFB(X), and AF series actuators. The ZG-100 hole
pattern layout allows mounting these actuators in three different, mounting
orientations. The ZG-101, ZG-103, and ZG-104 hole pattern layout allows mounting
these actuators in two different, mounting orientations. The ZG-100 and ZG-101 may
also be field drilled for special or more exact mounting of linkage components.
For technical data and dimensions on ZG-100 , ZG-101, ZG-103, and ZG-104 Universal
Mounting Brackets, see page 443.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS
AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF
ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-LF2 NA LF
ZG-LFC114 NA LF
ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF
ZG-TF2 NA TF
ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM
NA ZG-106 AF
NA ZG-107 AF
NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

441
 ZG-NMA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit
For AM and NM Series Actuators

Application
i i
The ZG-NMA Crank arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft.

The ZG-NNA Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 Crank Arm
2 KG10 Ball Joints
2 Mounting Brackets
1 Spacer
Mounting Hardware

The following Universal Mounting Brackets are needed to fully convert to crank arm
operation:
ZG-100
ZG-101
ZG-103
ZG-104
The ZG-100, ZG-101, ZG-103, and ZG-104 Universal Mounting Brackets are designed
for applications where the actuator cannot be mounted directly to the shaft, and no
proper mounting surface is available. It may be used for outside or inside the duct
mounting, fastened to the ductwork or directly to the damper assembly. It may also be
used to mount to other surfaces rather than the duct.
The ZG-100, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 are provided with pre-punched hole patterns
for the NM, AM, SM, GM, AFB(X), NFB(X), and AF series actuators. The ZG-100 hole
pattern layout allows mounting these actuators in three different, mounting
orientations. The ZG-101, ZG-103, and ZG-104 hole pattern layout allows mounting
these actuators in two different, mounting orientations. The ZG-100 and ZG-101 may
also be field drilled for special or more exact mounting of linkage components.
For technical data and dimensions on ZG-100 , ZG-101, ZG-103, and ZG-104 Universal
Mounting Brackets, see page 443.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING

BRACKETS
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF
ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-LF2 NA LF
ZG-LFC114 NA LF
ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF
ZG-TF2 NA TF
ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM
NA ZG-106 AF
NA ZG-107 AF
NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

442
ZG-100, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 Universal Mounting Brackets
For AM, SM, GM, NFB(X), and AFB(X) Series Actuators

ZG-100 Universal Mounting Bracket* (Inches [mm]) ZG-101 Universal Mounting Bracket* (Inches [mm])

Material 12 GA Galvanized Material 12 GA Galvanized

Weight 77.77 lbs.
lbs (3
(3.55 kg) Weight 5.6 lbs. (2.5 kg)

ZG-103 Universal Mounting Bracket (Inches [mm]) ZG-104 Universal Mounting Bracket (Inches [mm])

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Material 12 GA Galvanized
Weight 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg)

* NOTE: ZG-AFB, ZG-AF US, ZG-GMA, or ZG-NMA Required

Material 12 GA Galvanizeed
Weight 3.0 lbs. (1.3 kg)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

443
 ZG-LF112 and ZG-TF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kits
For LF and TF Series Actuators

ZG-LF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For LF Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-LF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. It may be used for outside or inside
the duct mounting.

The ZG-LF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

ZG-112
1 ZG-112 Mounting Bracket
1 KH-LF Crank Arm with Retaining Clip
2 Bolts with Nuts
NOTE: May require crank arm and ball joints

The ZG-112 is provided with hole patterns to mount the LF series actuators in either a
horizontal or vertical position to meet space requirements.
The ZG-112 Mounting Bracket is designed to mount the NF and AF series actuator in
the same mounting locations as common foot mounted, crank arm style actuators.
Hole patterns in the base match common Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber Coleman™),
and Johnson Controls™ actuators for easy retrofit.

USE WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

KH-LF crank arm Honeywell M84… M7

ZG-TF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For TF Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-TF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. It may be used for outside or inside
the duct mounting.

The ZG-TF112 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

ZG-TF112
G
1 ZG-113 Mounting Bracket
1 KH-TF-1 Crank arm with Retaining Clip
2 Bolts with Nuts
NOTE: May require crank arm and ball joints

The ZG-113 is provided with hole patterns to mount the TF series actuators in either a
horizontal or vertical position to meet space requirements.
The ZG-113 Mounting Bracket is designed to mount the TF series actuator in the same
mounting locations as common foot mounted, crank arm style actuators. Hole patterns
in the base match common Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber Coleman™), and Johnson
Controls™ actuators for easy retrofit.

USE WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

Honeywell M84… M7…

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

444
ZG-LF2 and ZG-TF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kits
For LF and TF Series Actuators

ZG-LF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For LF Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-LF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. It may be used for outside or inside
the duct mounting.

The ZG-LF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 Mounting Bracket
1 KH-LF Crank Arm with Retaining Ring
3 Bolts with Nuts
NOTE: May require crank arm and ball joints
KH-LF crank arm
The ZG-LF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit can be used to replace foot mounted, crank arm
style actuators. The ZG-LF2 allows for easy retrofit of Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber
Coleman™), and Johnson Controls™ actuators.
KG6 ball joint
(not included)

(pushrod not supplied with kit)

ZG-LF2 Crank arm adaptor kit

KG6 ball joint and
universal crank arm
(not included)

ZG-TF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For TF Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-TF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. It may be used for outside or inside
the duct mounting.

The ZG-TF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 Mounting Bracket
1 KH-TF-1 Crank Arm with Retaining Clip
3 Bolts with Nuts
NOTE: May require crank arm and ball joints

The ZG-TF2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit can be used to replace

foot mounted, crank arm style actuators. The ZG-TF2 allows
for easy retrofit of Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber
Coleman™), and Johnson Controls™ actuators.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

445
 ZG-LFC114 Crank Arm Adaptor Kits
For LF Series Actuators

Application
i i
The ZG-LFC114 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for Trane voyager economizer
actuator retrofit.

ZG-LFC114 The ZG-LFC114 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 Mounting Bracket
1 Shaft Adaptor
2 Bolts with Nuts
4 Female Spade Connectors
Note: May require crank arm and ball joints

USE WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

Honeywell M84… M7…

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

OTHER CRANK ARM ADAPTOR KITS

AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING BRACKETS
KIT MOUNTING BRACKET* ACTUATOR USED WITH
ZG-AFB NA AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AFB118 ZG-118 AFB, AFX, NFB, NFX
ZG-AF108 ZG-108 (Included) AF
ZG-AF US ZG-100, ZG-101 AF
ZG-LF112 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-LF2 NA LF
ZG-LFC114 NA LF
ZG-ECON1 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-ECON2 ZG-112 (Included) LF
ZG-TF112 ZG-113 (Included) TF
ZG-TF2 NA TF
ZG-GMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 GM
ZG-NMA ZG-101, ZG-101, ZG-103, ZG-104 NM, AM
NA ZG-106 AF
NA ZG-107 AF
NA ZG-107 AF
*Unless otherwise noted, mounting brackets are not included in crank arm adaptor kits.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

446
ZG-ECON1 and ECON2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kits
For LF and Series Actuators

ZG-ECON1 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For LF Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-ECON1 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
Logic Module Bracket cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. It may be used for outside or inside
the duct mounting.

The ZG-ECON1 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 ZG-112 Mounting Bracket

1 Logic Module Mounting Bracket (20477-00001)
1 KH-LF Crank Arm with Retaining Ring
1 KG6 Ball Joint
4 Male Spades
2 Bolts with Nuts
NOTE: May require crank arm and ball joints
ZG-112
The ZG-112 is provided with hole patterns to mount the LF series actuators in either a
KH-LF
KH LF C
Crankk A
Arm horizontal or vertical position to meet space requirements.
The ZG-112 Mounting Bracket is designed to mount the TF and LF series actuator in
the same mounting locations as common foot mounted, crank arm style actuators.
Hole patterns in the base match common Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber Coleman™),
and Johnson Controls™ actuators for easy retrofit.

USE WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

Honeywell M84… M7…

ZG-ECON2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit

For LF Series Actuators

Application
The ZG-ECON2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit is designed for applications where the actuator
cannot be mounted directly to the damper shaft. It may be used for outside or inside

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

the duct mounting.
ZG-112
The ZG-ECON2 Crank Arm Adaptor Kit includes:

1 ZG-112 Mounting Bracket

1 KH-LF Crank Arm with Retaining Ring
1 KG6 Ball Joint
4 Female Spades
2 Bolts with Nuts
NOTE: May require crank arm and ball joints

The ZG-112 is provided with hole patterns to mount the LF series actuators in either a
horizontal or vertical position to meet space requirements.
The ZG-112 Mounting Bracket is designed to mount the TF and LF series actuator in
the same mounting locations as common foot mounted, crank arm style actuators.
Hole patterns in the base match common Honeywell™, Siebe™ (Barber Coleman™),
and Johnson Controls™ actuators for easy retrofit.
KH-LF crank arm

USE WHEN REPLACING THESE ACTUATORS

Honeywell M84… M7…

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

447
 Jack Shaft Adaptors ZG-JSA-...
To Adapt Hollow Jack Shafts to Fit Belimo Actuators

Application
i i
The ZG-JSA jack shaft adaptors are designed to be inserted into hollow jack shafts
which have an outside diameter greater than 3/4 inch and provide a 3/4 inch shaft for
mounting Belimo actuators.

Technical Data ZG-JSA-1 Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Jack Shaft Size Outside diameter 1.00”
Inside diameter 3/4”
Holding wedge Tension nut
Weight 1.3 lbs.
Material Cold rolled steel, nickel plated
A B
Technical Data ZG-JSA-2
Jack Shaft Size Outside diameter 1-5/16”
C
Inside diameter 1-3/32”
Weight 2.3 lbs. D
Material Cold rolled steel, nickel plated
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Approximate
pp o a e

Technical Data ZG-JSA-3 A (Diameter) B (Diameter) C D

Jack Shaft Size Outside diameter 1.05” ZG-JSA-1 3/4” 3/4” – 10-3/4”
Inside diameter 27/32” ZG-JSA-2 1-1/16” 3/4” 6” 12-1/2”
Weight 1.6 lbs. ZG-JSA-3 13/16” 3/4” 6” 12-1/4”
Material Cold rolled steel, nickel plated

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

448
Weather Shields

ZS-100 Weather Shield ZS-150 Weather Shield

Application Application
The ZS-100 weather shield provides moderate protection to actuators which are The ZS-150 weather shield provides moderate protection to actuators which are
mounted outdoors. This product is not designed as a water tight enclosure. The mounted outdoors. This product is not designed as a water tight enclosure. The one
weather shield will work with all damper actuators. piece, smoke tinted, polycarbonate housing allows easy mounting over all damper
actuators. The tinted, clear housing allows easy viewing of the actuator in operation.
Installation
The ZS-100 weather shield is supplied disassembled. Supplying it in this manner Installation
makes it applicable to a wider range of field applications. The ZS-150 weather shield is supplied as a one piece enclosure. Two 7/8 inch wiring
It may be assembled with 2 sides, 2 ends and the cover to completely conceal the holes are pre-drilled to allow easy connections of conduit to the housing. If
actuator. A hole punch can be used to provide a hole to mount a wire conduit. A connections must be made to a different spot on the enclosure or only one hole is
foam gasket is also provided to achieve a better seal between the cover and sides required, two plastic plugs are provided to seal the holes. A foam gasket is also
or from the base to the mounting surface. provided to achieve a better seal between the base of the enclosure to the mounting
surface.
If desired, a side or end can be deleted from the assembly to provide easy access
from the bottom of the enclosure.
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
3/16" dia. [4.8] 6 holes
Accessories

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

ZS-101 Base mounting plate
8 3/8"
[213]

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

5 1/4"
12 3/4" [324] [146]

Material 16 GA Galvaneal 7/8" dia.

4" [22.2]
Weight 3.5 lbs. (1.59 kg) [102] 2 holes
NOTE: The ZS-100 is supplied

16" [406]

Material Polycarbonate
Color Clear, smoke tinted
Weight 0.8 lbs. (.4 kg)

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

449
 ZS-260 Explosion-proof Housing
For GM…, AM…, AFB..., AFX…, NFB…, NFX..., LF… Actuators

Application
The ZS-260 explosion-proof housing may be used with the GM…, AM…, NFB…,
NFX..., AFB…, AFX…, AF..., LF… series actuators. This housing is not designed for
direct coupling. UL and CSA; Class I, Division 1&2, Groups B, C, D, (NEMA 7), Class II,
Division 1&2, Groups E, F and G, (NEMA 9), Class III, Hazardous (classified) Locations,
outdoor application NEMA 4X.

Operation
The ZS-260 enclosure is designed so that the required actuator may be easily field
mounted into the enclosure. The actuator is fastened on to the internal portion of the
operating shaft and secured at the end with an anti-rotation strap. A crank-arm, such
as the KH8, is mounted to the external portion of the operating shaft for connection to
connection to the damper linkage. ZG-109 right angle, and ZG-110 standoff mounting
brackets may be used (see back).
The ZS-260 is designed so that the operating shaft can be mounted on either the front
or rear side of the housing.

Accessories
KH8 Universal crank arm

KG8 Universal ball joint

KG10 Universal ball joint

ZG-109 Right angle mounting bracket

ZG-110 Stand-off mounting bracket

Technical Data ZS-260 Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Material Housing cast, copper-free, aluminum,

Enclosure
BELZS-206 Enclosur
6.435" (REF)
Cover Bolts stainless steel 10" [254] [63.5]
0.690" (REF) [17.5]
Operating Shaft stainless steel 9-1/2" [241.3]
2-3/8" (REF) 0.690 (REF) [17.5]
[603]
Conduit holes 3/4”–14 NPT (2 supplied), see NOTE 1
8" [203.2]
Operating shaft diameter 1/2 inch [12.7]
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Operating shaft location front or rear side of housing (Field selected)

Approved applications UL and CSA; Class I, Division 1&2, Groups B, C, D,
(NEMA 7), Class II, Division 1&2, Groups E, F and
G, (NEMA 9), Class III, Hazardous (classified)
Locations, outdoor application NEMA 4X. 3-3/16"
[80.9]
Weight 31.0 lb. (14.0 kg) without actuator
NOTE 1: Fittings that meet the requirements of the hazardous location must be used. All applications must 16"
[406.4] 8-1/4"
comply with applicable local and/or national electric code. [209.6]
NOTE: Since conditions of use of this product are outside the control of Belimo, the purchaser should
determine suitability of the product for their intended use, and assumes all risk and liability in connection
therewith.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

450
ZS-260 Explosion-proof Housing
For GM…, AM…, AFB..., AFX…, NFB…, NFX..., LF… Actuators

ZS-260 Shaft Thru Front

Rear Shaft
5 Location Plug

Front ZS-260 Mounting Instructions

10
Bolt Housing
4 Drive Shaft 1. Determine proper operating shaft location.
2. Remove threaded plug from the hole in which the operating
Back
shaft will be mounted.
2
3. Install the anti-rotation strap, mounting plate, to the side of
the housing where the operating shaft will be mounted.
8
4. From the inside surface of the housing, insert the operating
6 shaft, short length first, into the mounting hole.
5. Hand tighten the shaft bushing into the housing until the star
9 Conduit Holes
3/4-14 NPT nut/seal is in contact with the face of the housing.
7 6. Using a screw driver blade, drive the star nut/seal clockwise
–LF
Anti-Rotation Strap
3 –AM
until the bushing is locked into place.
Pan
–LF
7. Install the anti-rotation strap into the mounting plate at the
–AM
–SM designated holes for the actuator to be used.
–SM

–GM
–GM 8. Install actuator.
–AF/NF

–FM
–AF/NF 9. Wire actuator (per electrical code).
–FM 10. Bolt housing together.

Typical ZG-109 Mounting Typical ZG-110 Mounting

SH10 )
(SH8 or
Push Rod
parately)

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

(order se

KH8 Crankarm
with Ball Joint (KG8 or KG10)
(order separately)

ZG-110

Mounting Hardware
(included with ZG-110)

ZS-260 Housing
(shaft through rear)

Duct

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

451
 ZS-300 Protective Housing
NEMA 4X, stainless steel, corrosion resistant enclosures for AMB, GMB, LF, NFB, NFX, AFB, AFX and AF actuators

ZS-300
S NEMA 4X Housing i
For AMB, GMB, LF, NFB, NFX, AFB, AFX, AF Series Actuators

Application
The ZS-300 (-1) NEMA 4X enclosures may be used with AMB, GMB, LF, NF, and AF
Belimo actuators. They are intended for use primarily to provide protection against
corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water, hose-directed water; undamaged
by the formation of ice on the enclosure. Type 304 stainless steel enclosures resist
moisture, dust, salt, and corrosive chemicals, and are easy to keep clean for sanitary
applications.

Operation
The ZS-300 enclosures are designed so that the required actuator may be easily
mounted in the enclosure. The operating shaft and coupling are inserted from the
backside through the rotating shaft seal. The actuator is fastened on the end of the
operating shaft and secured at the end with an anti-rotation strap. Adjustable
mounting brackets, if supplied, are assembled to the fixed mounting holes at the top
and bottom of the enclosure with stainless steel nuts, bolts and lock washers. The
direct drive coupling is designed for a 1/2” round or hexagonal shaft and secured with
two square head set screws. Mounting brackets are adjusted and secured in place.

Ordering Information
ZS-300 304 stainless steel housing with mounting brackets
Z
ZS-300
ZS-300-1 304 stainless steel housing without mounting brackets

ZS-300-5 316L stainless steel housing with mounting brackets

Accessories
ZS-300-BK Mounting bracket set

Technical Data ZS-300 (-1) (-5) ZS-300-C1 1/2” shaft adaptor (standard with housing)
Material All stainless steel housing, door, (with
microcellular urethane gasket), shaft, coupling, ZS-300-C2 3/4” shaft adaptor
universal mounting plate, and hardware.
Conduit holes Field drilled as required. UL listed electrical ZS-300-C3 1” shaft adaptor
fittings for NEMA 4X conditions must be used.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Drive shaft/coupler 1/2” by 5 15/16” long stainless steel with integral

Dimensions (Inches [mm])
coupling for direct mounting to 1/2” round or

ZS-300 Protective Housing Diagram

hexagonal drive shafts. Square head set screws
are stainless steel.
Rotating shaft seal 6061 aluminium hub with black anodize plating,
bronze oilite bearings, 10 PSI, Nitrile, bi-rotational,
hydrodynamic, radial lip Wave seal.
Industry standards The Belimo ZS-300 NEMA 4X enclosure and
Belimo model AMB, GMB, LF, NFB(X), AF, and
AFB(X) are UL listed. These enclosures conform to
the NEMA standard for Type 4X (water-tight, dust-
tight and corrosion resistant).
Weight 11 lbs. [5 kg]
without actuator or mounting brackets.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

452
ZS-300 (-1, -5)
NEMA 4X, stainless steel, corrosion resistant enclosures for AM, GM, NFB, NFX, AFB, AFX and AF actuators

ZS-300 Mounting Instructions

1. The damper operating shaft should extend approximately 1-1/2 inches from 10. Mount the actuator to the drive shaft using the instructions for the actuator be-
the damper assembly or duct side. Mount the drive shaft/coupler ➀
to the ing used. Finger tighten the nuts of the universal clamp. Make sure the back of
damper operating shaft ➁ . Fasten the coupler to the damper operating shaft the actuator is parallel to the back of the housing.
by tightening the two 3/8 inch square head set screws .➂ 11. The operating shaft must pass through the mounting clamp at least 3/8 of an
2. Determine the housing mounting orientation for the application. inch. It must not extend beyond the front of the housing. Slide the actuator/
housing assembly in the mounting brackets to obtain the proper position.
3. Locate the housing hole position(s) for the control wiring of the actuator.
12. Tighten the mounting brackets to the housing. Verify that the back of the actua-
4. Make the necessary holes in the housing for the electrical fittings. All fittings
tor is still parallel to the back of the housing. Tighten the nuts on the universal
must be rated for use in NEMA 4X applications.
clamp.
5. Install (if ordered with) the 2 mounting brackets ➃ to the housing using the
four 1/4-20 screws, washers, and nuts ➄. Do not tighten.
13. Make all of the required electrical connections.
14. Test the actuator/damper operation.
6. Carefully slide the housing over the drive shaft.
7. Place the housing in the desired mounting position. Transfer the mounting hole
15. Fasten the housing cover ➅ using the 6 swivel clamps.
locations from the mounting bracket to the mounting surface.
8. Drill the 4 holes and fasten the brackets to the surface.
9. Install the anti-rotation strap to the housing in the correct location for the actua-
tor which is being used.

6
5
3

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

1
2

Inner plate,
see detail below.

Swivel clamps (6) AMB(X)

AMB
LF
LF
AM/SM
GMB(X)
GMB
GM
AF/NF
GM
FM/SF
AF/NF
FM/SF

Anti-Rotation Strap Mounting Locations*

*AFB, AFX, NFB and NFX can be installed using GM mounting location without the need of the Z-AF retrofit bracket.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

453
 Electronic Accessories

We’ll help solve any application problem with a wide

range of accessories and unparalleled customer service.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Customer Commitment.
Extensive product range. Competitive project pricing. Application assistance.
Same-day shipments. Free technical support. Five year warranty.

● Low Installation and Life-Cycle Cost.

Easy installation. Accuracy and repeatability.
Low power consumption. No maintenance.

● Long Service Life.

Components tested before assembly. Every product tested before shipment.
20+ years direct coupled actuator design.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

454
Electronic Accessory Usage Chart

Refer to MFT Technical

SEE PAGE NUMBER 463 412 — 411 456 457 458 459 461 461 461 460 463 464
Documentation

ZG-R03, ZG-R05, ZG-R06

ZIP-USB-MP US
PART NUMBER

SGA24, SGF24

ZIP-RS232 US
MFT-P US
S1A, S2A

ZK1-GEN

ZK2-GEN

ZK3-GEN
ADS-100
IRM-100
PTA-250
P... A GR

ZG-HTR
ZG-R01

ZG-R02

ZG-X40
PS-100

NSV24
BELIMO ACTUATOR

P370
AF24 (-S) US ● ● ● ●
AF120 (-S) US ● ●
AF230 (-S) US ● ●
AF24-SR US ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AFB24-MFT (-S), AFX24-MFT (-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AFB24-MFT95, AFX24-MFT95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AF24-PC US ● ● ● ●
NFB24 (-S), NFX24 (-S) ● ● ●
NFBUP (-S), NFXUP (-S) ● ●
NFB24-SR (-S), NFX24-SR (-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NFB24-MFT (-S), NFX24-MFT (-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LF24 (-S) US ● ● ●
LF120 (-S) US ●
LF230 (-S) US ●
LF(C)24-3... US ● ● ●
LF24-SR... US ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LF24-ECON... US ● ● ● ●
LF24-MFT... US ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
TF24 (-S) US ● ●
TF120 (-S) US
TF24-3 (-S) US ● ●
TF24-SR (-S) US ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
GM_24-3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
GMX120-3 ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

GM_24-SR
GMX24-MFT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
GMX24-MFT95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
GMX24-PC ● ● ● ● ● ●
AM_24-3(-S)(-T) ● ● ● ● ● ●
AM120-3 ● ● ● ●
AM_24-SR(-T) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AMX120-SR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AMX24-MFT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AMX24-MFT95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
AMX24-PC ● ● ● ● ● ●
NM_24-3(-T) ● ● ● ● ● ●
NM120-3 ● ● ● ●
NM_24-SR(-T) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NM120-SR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NMX24-MFT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NMX24-MFT95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
NMX24-PC ● ● ● ● ● ●
NMQ24-MFT US ● ● ● ● ● ●
LM_24-3 (-P5) (-P10) (-S) (-T) ● ● ● ● ● ●
LMX120-3 ● ● ● ●
LM_24-SR(-T) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LMX120-SR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LMX24-MFT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LMX24-MFT95 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
LMX24-PC ● ● ● ● ● ●

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

455
 SGA24, SGF24 Positioners
For Proportional Actuators with a Working Range of 0 to 10 VDC or 2 to 10 VDC

Application
These positioners are intended for the remote control of modulating actuators or for
use as a minimum positioner (providing a minimum limit for the output signal from a
modulating controller). The control range is 0 to 100% of the angle of rotation of the
actuator.
Positioner SGA24 is for surface mounting with a NEMA 2 housing included. Positioner
SGF24 is for flush mounting.

Operation
The positioner receives its supply voltage through terminals 1 and 2. A rotary knob is
turned, producing a proportional control signal (Y) at the output (terminal 3) of either
0.5 to 10 VDC or 2 to 10 VDC and therefore a proportional change in the position of
the actuator between 0 and 100%. When used for a minimum limit, the positioner
Technical Data SGA24, SGF24 works as a higher of 2 signal selector. This function allows only the signal from the
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC ± 10% controller or positioner, whichever is greater, to go to the actuator.
Transformer sizing 1 VA
Control signal Y 0.5 to 10 VDC; 2 to 10 VDC (switchable) Function
Power output up to 10 actuators (1 mA max) The changeover from 2 to10 V to 0 to 10 V is selected by means of a slide switch on
Degree of protection (SGA24 only NEMA 2 [IP54]) the printed circuit board.
Connection Terminals (14 ga. wire max) The angle of rotation of the knob can be limited mechanically, by moving the
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing adjustable stops under the knob.

Wiring Diagrams Accessory

W297_08

ZG-SGF Mounting plate for single gang wiring box

Changeover Switch
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Drilling template for SGF24 (flush mount)

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

456
Pulse Width Modulation Interface PTA-250
To Convert a Pulse Width Modulated Signal to a 2 to 10 VDC Signal for Belimo Proportional Actuators
(Series 3)

Application
The PTA-250 converts a single pulse-width modulated input to an analog, 2 to 10 VDC,
output to modulate a Belimo -SR actuator. The PTA-250 is available for replacement
of existing installations. The …MFT product can replace 100% of the PTA-250
applications, more effectively.

Operation
A timed contact or solid state closure from the controlling microprocessor controller is
converted to a linear analog output with 256 steps of resolution. The last output is
held until the PTA-250 receives the end of the next pulsed output. The PTA-250’s
output will not wrap around if an excessively long input pulse is received. Four input
pulse clock rates are jumper selectable. Normal/Triac input positions are also jumper
selectable. The input signal can be optically isolated from the PTA-250 circuit and can
Technical Data PTA-250 accept either positive or negative polarity. A red LED indicator is provided to indicate
Power supply 24 VAC ±15% 24 VDC ±15% that power is applied to the PTA-250 and that the microprocessor is functioning. A
Power consumption <1 W green LED indicator is provided to indicate the presence of a pulse from the controller.
Transformer sizing 2 VA NOTE: The onboard zero and span adjustments are not for field use.

Input Pulse Timing Selection Normal/Triac Input Selection

Isolation optically isolated (when wired as such)
Range 1 Range 2 P2
Type normal or triac, jumper selectable 1 0 1 0
Trigger level 12 to 24 VAC/VDC or dry contact to com A A
B B
Time between trigger pulses 12.5 milliseconds min N
O
T
R
Impedance VAC - 500Ω, VDC - 10 kΩ Range 3 Range 4 R I
M A
1 0 1 0
Pulse duration/resolution four selectable ranges, in seconds of dry contact A A
A
L
C

or SSR closure ± 40% of signal increment B B

Range 1 0.0235 to 6 seconds/in 0.0235 sec increments

Range 2 0.0196 to 5 seconds/in 0.0196 sec increments Control Interface Drawings
Range 3 0.1 to 25.5 seconds/in 0.100 sec increments
Range 4 0.59 to 2.93 seconds/in in 0.0092 increments

Output
Voltage 2 to 10 VDC
Current 15 mA max
Accuracy ± 2%

Electrical connection wire terminals, 14 gauge max

Ambient temperature -20°F to 150° F [-30°C to 65° C]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Operating humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing
Mounting Snap-Track (provided)
Dimensions board 2 3/16” x 2 3/16” x 9/16”
with Snap-Track 2 3/8" x 2 1/4" x 15/16"
Weight 1.5 oz

Wiring Diagram
P13-66%

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

457
 IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module
To Adjust the Zero Start Point and Working Span of Belimo Proportional ( . . –SR) Actuators
(Series 3)

Application
The IRM-100 input rescaling module is designed to change non-standard voltage or
current signal levels into a 2 to 10 VDC output to modulate Belimo -SR type actuators.
The IRM-100 is available for replacement of existing installations. The …MFT product
can replace 100% of the IRM-100 applications, more effectively.

Operation
The IRM-100 is installed between a controller and a Belimo ...-SR actuator. The
module can be adjusted to work with a zero offset of 0 to 18 VDC and a span range of
2.6 to 17 VDC. The IRM-100 has a 2 pin jumper mounted to the circuit board. When
the jumper is connected between these 2 pins, a 4 to 20 mA signal can be fed directly
into the IRM. The result being the conversion of a wide range of analog control signals
Technical Data IRM-100 to a 2 to 10 VDC range.
Power supply 24 VAC ± 15% Jumper not
24 VDC ± 15% connected to both Jumper on both
Power consumption <1W pins for voltage pins for 4 to 20 mA
Transformer sizing 1 VA applications (as applications
shipped)
Input
Voltage (max) 25 VDC
Zero (starting point) 0 to 18 VDC The IRM may also be used to sequence several actuators from one signal source. This
Span adjustment 2.6 to 17 VDC is done by adjusting the IRM units to work at different in put ranges.
Impedance 400 kΩ IRM-100 Used as a Current Amplifier
Current 0 to 20 mA In some applications, the capacity of a controller output may not have current
Impedance 500 Ω available to control multiple end devices. An example would be a controller which has
an output current of .5 mA maximum. If 10 AF24-SR US actuators have to be driven
Output from the same output, the current requirement would be I = E/R = (10 volts)/(100000
Voltage 2 to 10 VDC Ω) = .1 mA for each actuator. For the 10 actuators, 1 mA of current would be
Current 15 mA max necessary to properly control the actuators.
The IRM-100 may be used as an interface to provide a higher current capacity to the
Electrical connection wire terminals, 14 gauge max
system. The IRM-100 has an output capacity of 15 mA. This higher level output can
Ambient temperature -20° F to 150°F [-30° C to 65° C]
handle a greater number of actuators. By calibrating the IRM-100 for a 2 to 10 VDC
Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing input to achieve a 2 to 10 VDC output, IRM-100 provides this added capacity for the
Mounting Snap-Track (provided) system.
Dimensions board 1-3/16" x 2-3/16" x 9/16"
with Snap-Track 1-7/8" x 2-3/8" x 15/16" The same circuit will also work if a 4 to 20 mA signal is used. A 500 Ω resistor is
placed across terminal #1 and #3 which converts the 4 to 20 mA to 2 to 10 VDC.
Weight 0.9 oz.
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Wiring Diagram
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W297_08

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

458
Analog to Digital Switch ADS-100
For Belimo Proportional ( ... –SR) Actuators

Application
To control reheat coils and/or a fan stage in a fan-powered terminal unit. The ADS-100
is controlled by a 2 to 10 VDC reheat output of a temperature controller. (TRS-M)

Operation
The ADS-100 is designed to switch up to three independent stages of reheat on and
off, according to a 2 to 10 VDC signal. The three output stages are furnished with a
triac output. Each stage can be adjusted independently from each other over the 0 to
2.4° F throttling range of the TRS-M temperature controller.
The ADS-100 is shipped pre-adjusted, as shown in the following table. (Based on
differential from setpoint)
1st. stage 2nd. stage 3rd. stage
Switch ON -0.45°F -1.35°F -2.25°F
Switch OFF -0.15°F -1.05°F -1.95°F
Switch ON 2.8V 5.8V 8.8V
Switch OFF 0.4V 0.2V 0.4V
Technical Data ADS-100
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 HZ If desired, each stage may be field readjusted for special requirements. Three red LED
indicators are provided to verify when the stages are energized.
Power consumption 1.5 W
Transformer sizing 3 VA (not including contactors) Setpoint Readjustment
Electrical connection 9 pole wire-terminal
Tools required: small screwdriver, voltmeter.
Control input 2 to 10 VDC
Input impedance 100 kΩ To readjust the output stages, the following procedure is used:
Adjusting range 2.5 to 9.5 VDC Connect the voltmeter to the desired switchpoint reference signal output and terminal
Dead band 0.3°F fixed 1 (COM). Readjust the switch point reference signal output with the corresponding
Switching capacity 24 VAC 10 VA max., (voltage sinking triac) potentiometer to your desired switch point. The adjustment range is 2.5 to 9.5 VDC. If
Mounting Snap-Track (provided) you go below or above these values the ADS-100 may not switch off or on properly. If
this occurs you have to increase or decrease your switching level until the ADS-100
Dimensions 3-1/4" x 2"
works correctly.
with Snap-Track 3-7/16" x 2"
ADS-100 Used as an Auxiliary Switch
Wiring Diagram The ADS-100 was originally designed as an accessory to switch on stages of electric
reheat from an electronic thermostat. However, it can also function as an electronic
P14 @66%

auxiliary switch from any device which can provide 0 to 10 VDC signal, such as any
feedback wire 5 from any ...SR or ...MFT type actuator.
The ADS-100 has 3 triac outputs rated at 10 VA maximum each which will turn on, in
sequ ence, with an increasing voltage.
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Switchpoint Adjustment Drawings

Reference Signal VDC

Reheat stage turn on from setpoint

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

459
 Battery Back-up Module NSV24

Application
Several Belimo damper actuators can be used either with 24 VAC or 24 VDC.
In case of a power failure, the NSV24 battery back-up unit switches the damper
actuator from its main AC power supply over to the 24 VDC battery to drive the
actuators to their safety position.
For easy maintenance, the battery back-up system is placed in the control panel, not
in the actuator. Several actuators may be powered by one back-up module. The
batteries are separate from the NSV24.

Operation
The NSV24 is connected to the same 24 VAC power source as the damper actuators. It
also charges the 24 V (2-12 volt batteries) storage battery. Its charge current is limited
to 150 mA maximum, and the maximum charge voltage is temperature compensated.
In case of a power failure, the NSV24 switches immediately over to the battery power
source, and according to the control function, the actuators will move to their safety
position. After 250 seconds, the batteries are disconnected from the actuators to
prolong battery life. Because of this, a safe battery back-up can be provided for
several short-term failures. The main power source operation is indicated by a green
LED, and the battery power source by a red LED.
Connectable Actuator Models Maximum per module
GMB24-3X1 20
Technical Data GMX24-3 15
Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz GMX24-MFTX1 15
Fusing 4A slow blow fuse GMB24-SR 15
Power consumption min. 5W (without actuator load) AMB24-3 30
Transformer 8 VA AMX24-MFT 30
Batteries 24 V Nominal 1.2 Ah (2-12 volt lead-acid batteries; bat- AMB24-SR 30
teries not supplied with module)
NMB24-3 30
Maintenance the batteries should be checked annually
NMX24-MFT 30
(approximate life is 6 years)
NMB24-SR 30
Charging circuit charge current max. 150 mA
LMB24-3 30
charge voltage 24-27 V, temperature compensated
LMX24-MFT 30
Battery back-up 24 V nominal 1.2 Ah, max. 60 W
operation auto shut off after 250 seconds LMB24-SR 30
Indication LED green - main power source operation
(battery will be charged) Accessories
red - battery back-up operation
Mounting mounted in the control panel with an 11 terminal plug-in NSV-BAT 12 VDC 1.2 Ah battery (2 required)
base (not supplied with module)
Ambient temperature 14°F to 122°F [-10°C . . . 50°C]
Wiring Diagrams
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
3-3/16"
[80.9]
[25.4]
1"

3" 2-5/16"
[76.2] [58.7]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

460
NSV-BAT, ZGR01, ZGR02 and
Resistor Kits for Multiple Actuators

NSV-BAT 12V Battery Application

The NSV-BAT battery is for use with the NSV24 battery back-up module. It is a sealed,
maintenance free, lead-acid battery. Two NSV-BAT batteries are required for one
NSV24.
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

2" 2.13"
[51] [54]
Technical Data NSV-BAT
Battery type lead-acid
Voltage 12 VDC
Nominal capacity 1.2 AH 3.82" 1.65"
[97] [42]
Connections .187 male spade
Weight 1.32 lb [.6 kg]

ZG-R01 Resistor for 4 to 20 mA conversions Application

The ZG-R01 is a 499 Ω Resistor which has been encased in a section of heat shrink
tubing with short sections of hook up wire.The ZG-R01 is used to convert a 4 to 20mA
signal into a 2 to 10 VDC control signal.
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Approx. 9" [228.6]

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

ZG-R02 50% Voltage Divider Application
The ZG-R02 is a voltage divider designed so that when connected to a 100 KΩ input
impedance, the output signal is 50% if the input signal. The voltage divider circuit is
encased in a short section of heat shrink tubing with three short sections of hook up
wire.
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Approx. 10" [254]

Resistor kits for Multiple Actuator Applications

Resistor Kit No. ZG-R03 Resistor Kit No. ZG-R05 Resistor Kit No. ZG-R06 Application
135 Ω Operation 4 to 20 mA Operation For Honeywell® Electronic Series 90 For use with the …MFT95 actuators
No. of Actuators Resistance Ω No. of Actuators Resistance Ω Circuits (W7100, W973, T775) and Honeywell® controllers
2 140 1 237 No. of Actuators Resistance Ω
3 71.5 2 150 2 1300 ZG-R03 See table to left
4 47.5 3 124 3 910
5 37.5 4 113 4 768 ZG-R05 See table to left
6 28 5 105
6 97.6 ZG-R06 See table to left

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

461
 ZG-CBNS / ZG-CBLS
Junction Box for LF…(-S) and AF… Actuators

ZG-CBNS Junction box ZG-CBNS

Application
The ZG-CBNS accessory is used when the application requires the wiring terminations
to be made at the actuator.

Operation
The ZG-CBNS serves as an electrical junction box. The products that can be used with
this accessory are as follows:
AF24 US, AF120 US, AF230 US, AF24-SR US

* Due to the internal volume of this junction box, according to UL requirements,

The ZG-CBNS CANNOT be used with the following products:
NF24-S2 US, AF24-S US, AF120-S US, AF230-S US

ZG-CBLS Junction box ZG-CBLS

Application
The ZG-CBLS accessory is used when the application requires the wiring terminations
to be made at the actuator.

Operation
The ZG-CBLS serves as an electrical junction box.
This product can be used with any standard LF product.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Technical Data ZG-CBNS / ZG-CBLS

Voltage rating 250 VAC
Electrical connection maximum 5 line voltage connection
Housing rating UL94 5VA
Material type FR/ABS CYCOLAC FR15
Ambient temperature -22°F to 122°F [-30°C to 50°C]
Storage temperature -40°F to 176°F [-40°C to 80°C]
Agency listing UL pending
Quality standards ISO 9001
Weight <0.5 lbs

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

462
Transformer ZG-X40
Power Supply, Signal Simulator PS-100

Transformer ZGX40 P
Power Supply,
S l Signal
Si l Si
Simulator
l PS
PS-100
40 VA, 120 to 24 VAC Transformer

Application
The ZG-X40 is a 40 VA, 120 to 24 VAC transformer. It is designed so that both the
primary and secondary leads exit through the same side of a 4-1/4" square outlet box
cover. With this design, all wiring can be done inside a standard J-box with a
minimum amount of labor.
Technical Data ZG-X40
Primary voltage 120 VAC 50/60 Hz Application
Secondary voltage 24 VAC The PS-100 power supply and signal simulator is designed to operate most
Max VA rating 40 VA proportional, floating, and On/Off style actuators without the presence of a controller.
Connections 6-1/2" leads with stripped ends The PS-100 can produce 24 VAC On/Off and floating control signal along with a 0 to
Type Class 2 10 VDC and 135Ω proportional signal. A multi-function digital display is provided
Mounting method 4-1/4" square outlet box cover which can read either the 0 to 10 VDC output or a 0 to 10 VDC feedback signal either
Agency approvals UL 1585, CSA 22.2 #66 as voltage or percentage of control.
The PS-100 comes with a 120 to 24 VAC, plug into the wall transformer for power.
Wire Specification
Both the PS-100 and transformer are supplied in a black fabric carrying case.
Wire No. 18 AWG leads, 6-1/2" length
Termination Color Replacement Power Supply: PS-XFMR
Primary White-Black Technical Data PS-100
Secondary Yellow-Yellow Power supply 120 VAC 50/60 Hz
Power consumption <4 W without actuator
Maximum Number of like Actuators per Transformer Transformer Primary 120 VAC, 35 W
Model # Quantity Model # Quantity Secondary 24 VAC, Class 2 trans.
NMB24-3 11 NFB24(-S), NFX24(-S) 4 PN PS-XFMR
NMB24-SR 13 NFB24-SR(-S), NFX24-SR(-S) 6 Terminal outputs push-button, wire terminals (12)
AMB24-3 8 NFB24-MFT(-S), NFX24-MFT(-S) 4 on/off, floating point, 135 Ω, 0 to 10 VDC
AMX24 MFT 3 Original NF24(-S) US 5 VDC output range 0 to 10 VDC
AMB24-SR 8 Original NF24-SR(-S) US, ..-MFT US 6 Display LCD

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AMX24-MFT95 8 LF24(-S) US 5 Readouts Output 0 to 10 VDC in volts or percentage based
GMB24-3 6 LF24-3(-S), ..-SR(-S),..-MFT(-S) US 8 on a 2 to 10 VDC control span
GMB24-SR 5 TF24(-S) US 8 Input 0 to 10 VDC in volts or percentage based
on a 2 to 10 VDC control span
AFB24.., AFX24.. 4 TF24-3(-S), ..-SR(-S),..-MFT(-S) US 10
Weight 3 lbs [1.4 kg] with case
Original AF24..US 4
Refer to appropriate actuator documentation for specific VA ratings.
Dimensions (Inches [mm])
Dimensions (Inches [mm])

Wiring Diagram
P14 @66%

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

463
 ZG-HTR NF/AF Thermostat/Heater Kit
For Original AF and NF Series Actuators

Application
i i
The ZG-HTR Thermostat/Heater kit is designed to be field installed to the original AF
and NF series actuators. The ZG-HTR provides a thermostatically controlled heater
which allows the original AF and NF actuators to be used below their normal low
ambient temperature rating. At approximately 10° F [-12° C] the heater energizes to
maintain the actuators internal temperature to within working limits. The rubberized
heating element has an adhesive back which attaches to the side of the actuator
housing. The thermostat assembly mounts to the rear of the actuator and provides for
the connection of the 24 VAC supply voltage. The actuator/heater assembly should be
contained in a housing, similar to the ZS-100 Weather Shield, to achieve best results.

Wiring Diagram

ZG-Heater Wiring Diagram_08

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Dimensions (Inches [mm])

ZG-HTR Dimensions
Standard:
3/8” to 3/4”
3/8” to 5/8”
Optional*
3/4” to 1.05”

*with K4-1 US clamp

Technical Data ZG-HTR

Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz
Transformer sizing 35 VA
Heater output 35 watts
Actuator low ambient rating
with enclosure -40° F [-40° C]
enclosure with 1" insulation -58° F [-50° C]
Weight 11 oz [320 g]

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

464
Application Information

Special Control Range Applications

Control Signal Belimo Actuator Accessory Notes
AFX24-MFT GMX24-MFT
Preset at factory or use PC tool software.
NFX24-MFT AMX24-MFT
1 to 5 VDC None
LF24-MFT US NMX24-MFT
Set start point for 1 VDC, span for 4 VDC.
TF24-MFT US LMX24-MFT
ZG-R01, or
4 to 20 mA Any -MFT,-SR Actuator Wire the ZG-R01 across the wires #1 and #3.
500Ω, 1/2 W resistor
AFX24-MFT GMX24-MFT
Preset at factory or use PC tool software.
NFX24-MFT AMX24-MFT
10.5 to 13.5 VDC None
LF24-MFT US NMX24-MFT
Set start point for 10.5 VDC, span for 3 VDC.
TF24-MFT US LMX24-MFT
AFX24-MFT GMX24-MFT
Preset at factory or use PC tool software.
NFX24-MFT AMX24-MFT
14 to 17 VDC None
LF24-MFT US NMX24-MFT
Set start point for 14 VDC, span for 3 VDC.
TF24-MFT US LMX24-MFT
AFX24-MFT GMX24-MFT
NFX24-MFT AMX24-MFT
Pulse Width Modulation None Preset at factory or use PC tool software.
LF24-MFT US NMX24-MFT
TF24-MFT US LMX24-MFT
*Preset at factory or use MFT PC tool software
IRM-100 Calibrate the IRM-100 for an input range of 1 to 5 VDC. Calibrate IRM-100 2-10 in 2 to 10 out for signal amplification.

Sequencing Two or More Actuators With One Control Signal using the IRM-100

IRM-100 Diagram_08

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

465
 Wiring Guide

A CLOSER LOOK…
Application Information
and Wiring Diagrams
for Belimo Products.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The Belimo Difference

● Basic Electricity

● Understanding Wiring Diagrams

● Analog Outputs

● Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

● Applications

● Specificationss

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

466
Wiring Guide

INDEX

I. BASIC ELECTRICITY
A. Abbreviations .................................................................................................................................................. 468
B. Current............................................................................................................................................................ 468
C. Voltage ............................................................................................................................................................ 468
D. Resistance ...................................................................................................................................................... 468
E. Ohm’s Law ...................................................................................................................................................... 468
F. Power ............................................................................................................................................................. 468
G. Power Calculations.......................................................................................................................................... 468
H. Series Connection of Resistors........................................................................................................................ 469
I. Parallel Connection of Resistors ...................................................................................................................... 469
J. Impedance ...................................................................................................................................................... 469
K. Power Consumption ........................................................................................................................................ 470
L. Wire Sizing ...................................................................................................................................................... 470
M. Multi-conductor Wire Types ............................................................................................................................. 471
N. Ground Loops.................................................................................................................................................. 471

II. UNDERSTANDING WIRING DIAGRAMS

A. Electrical Symbols ........................................................................................................................................... 472
B. Compatibility of Different Power Supplies ........................................................................................................ 472
C. Connection of Actuators .................................................................................................................................. 473
D. Long Distance Wiring ...................................................................................................................................... 475
E. Wiring Mistakes .............................................................................................................................................. 475

III. ANALOG OUTPUTS

A. 2 to 10 V Analog Output .................................................................................................................................. 476
B. Sourcing 4 to 20 mA Analog Output ................................................................................................................ 476
C. Sinking 4 to 20 mA Analog Output .................................................................................................................. 476
D. Parallel Operation ............................................................................................................................................ 477
E. Master-Slave Operation ................................................................................................................................... 477
F. Remote Position Monitoring............................................................................................................................. 477

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

G. One Output/Multiple Transformer..................................................................................................................... 477

IV. WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR BELIMO PRODUCTS

A. On/Off Control, 24VV ......................................................................................................................................... 478
B. On/Off Control, 120/230VV ................................................................................................................................ 478
C. Floating Point Control, 24VV .............................................................................................................................. 479
D. Floating Point Control,120/230V......................................................................................................................
V 479
E. Proportional Control, 24V.................................................................................................................................
V 480
F. Proportional Control, 120/230VV ....................................................................................................................... 480
G. Multi-Function Control .......................................................................................................................................................481
H. 0 to 135Ω Control........................................................................................................................................... 482
I. Auxiliary Switch Wiring .................................................................................................................................... 483
J. Accessories ..................................................................................................................................................... 484

V. APPLICATIONS
A. Wiring for Multiple Actuators on One Shaft ...................................................................................................... 486
E. Floating Control Using a Two-wire DC Control Signal ....................................................................................... 488
F. Operating Two 2 to 10 VDC Actuators with the Higher of Two Control Signals.................................................. 488
G. Minimum Position with 2 to 10 VDC Actuators................................................................................................. 488
H. Wiring to Johnson Controls A350P Controller .................................................................................................. 488
I. Wiring to Honeywell T775 Controller ............................................................................................................... 489

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

467
 Basic Electricity

I BASIC ELECTRICITY
I.

I-A. Abbreviations

DC = Direct Current
AC = Alternating Current
VDC = Direct Current Voltage
VAC = Alternating Current Voltage

I-B. Current

A = Ampere
mA = Milliampere = Thousandths of an ampere. Example:: 12mA = 12/1000 = .012A
I = The symbol for current in mathematical formulas.

I-C. Voltage

V = Volt*
mV = Millivolt = Thousandths of a volt. Example:: 5mV = 5/1000 = .005V
E = The symbol for voltage in mathematical formulas.

I-D. Resistance

Ω = Ohm = Resistance
kΩ = Kilo ohm = Thousands of ohms. 1kΩ = 1,000Ω
MΩ = Mega ohm = Millions of ohms. 1MΩ = 1,000kΩ = 1,000,000Ω
R = The symbol for resistance in mathematical formulas.

I-E. OHM's Law

E = Voltage I = Current R = Resistance

E=IxR Example:: I = 20mA, R = 500Ω Therefore, E = .020 x 500 = 10V

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

R = E/I Example:: E = 1.35V, I = 10mA Therefore, R = 1.35/.010 = 135Ω

I = E/R Example:: E = 120V, R = 50Ω Therefore, 120/50 = 2.4A

I-F. Power

W = Watt*
mW = Milliwatt = Thousandths of a watt Example:: 7mW = 7/1000 = .007W
kW = Kilowatt = Thousands of watts Example:: 1kW = 1,000W

I-G. Power Calculations

W=ExI Example:: V = 24V, I = 260mA Therefore, W = 24 x .260 = 6.24W

W = R x I2 Example 1: R = 100Ω, I = 3A
W = 100 x 32 = 100 x 3 x 3 = 900W
Example 2: R = 500Ω, I = 20mA = .020A
W = 500 x .0202 = 500 x .020 x .020 = 500 x .0004 = .2W or 200mW.

W = E2/R Example: V = 24V, R = 100, Therefore, W = 242/100 = 24 x 24/100 = 5.76W

* I.S.O. standard indicates “U” be used for voltage and “P” for power.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

468
Basic Electricity

I H Series
I-H. S i Connection
C i off Resistors
R i
Resistors that are connected in series have a total resistance value that is equal to the sum of all the resistance values of the resistors.
Example:: R1 = 200Ω R2 = 250Ω R3 = 1.0kΩ RTotal = R1 + R2 + R3 = 200Ω + 250Ω + 1.0KΩ = 1.45kΩ

The total resistance is always smaller than the

smallest single resistor!

I-I. Parallel Connection of Resistors

If all the resistors have the same resistance value, the total resistance will be equal to the resistance value of one resistor divided by the number of
resistors.

Example:: Five equal resistors R = 100k are connected

R TOTAL = 20k 100k 100k 100k 100k 100k in parallel.
The total resistance RTotal = R/5 = 100/5 = 20k

If the resistors that are connected in parallel have different values, the following formula must be used:
Example:: R1 = 200 R2 = 250 R3 = 1.0k
1
_____ 1
____ 1
____ 1
____
= + +
RTOTAL R1 R2 R3

R TOTAL R1 R2 R3 1
_____ 1
____ 1
____ 1
____
= + + = .005 + .004 + .001 = .01
RTOTAL 200 250 1000

1
____
RTOTAL = = 100 Ω RTOTAL = 100 Ω
.01

I-J. Impedance

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The expression “impedance” is used in the BELIMO literature in the following way:
• Input impedance: The input circuit of a control device, based on its circuitry, has a certain electrical resistance. The value of this resistance determines
how much current the device will draw from the controller. This value must be taken into consideration when connecting any device to a controller
output. Example:: “Input impedance 100 kΩ.” This means that the DC resistance between the input (Y or Y1) and common (COM) is 100 kΩ (100,000
ohm). When the signal is 10 VDC, using Ohm’s Law (I=E/R), the current draw on the output of the controller will be (10V/100,000 Ω) = .0001A = .1
mA for each actuator that is connected to the signal. The combined input impedance must be higher than the controller output impedance.
• Output impedance: The output of a controller has a limited amount of current capacity to supply to the devices it is controlling. The capacity can be
given in one of 2 ways. One way is by stating it as “Maximum output current .2 mA.” The other is by giving its output impedance. The output impedance
must always be lower than the combined input impedance of the devices being controlled.
Example I: “Output impedance 1000Ω minimum.” This means that the combined input impedance of the devices being controlled must be greater
than 1000Ω.
Example II:: “Maximum output current .2 mA.” Based on a 0 to 10 VDC control signal, the output impedance would be equal to R=E/I or (10V)/(.0002A)
= 50kΩ
In general, the higher the input impedance, the lower the current draw, therefore less strain on the controller output. The lower the output impedance,
the more current available; the more current available, the more devices can be controlled.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

469
 Basic Electricity

IK P
I-K. Power C
Consumption
i (W) / Volt
V l Amperes
A (VA)
When a device is powered with direct current (DC), or alternating current (AC) into a pure resistive load (bulb, heater, etc.), the rated power
consumption is watts (W) and is the product of the current (I) and voltage (E), (W = E x I).
When an actuator is powered with alternating current (AC), the actual power consumption in watts (W) inside the actuator will remain the same. However, due
to the inductive and capacitive character of the load, a shift between current and voltage occurs (phase shift). This results in an “apparent” power
consumption, which is higher than the actual power consumption. The “apparent” power consumption is expressed in volt-amperes (VA), which is the product
of AC volts and the current (VA = V x I x efficiency.)
The size of a transformer is expressed in volt-amperes (VA) and not in watts (W). The VA rating of a transformer must be at least as large as the
combined VA rating of all the actuators connected to the transformer.
Example: Actuator AMB24
Power consumption: 2.5 W. Transformer sizing: 5 VA
If five (5) AMB24 are connected to one transformer, the VA rating of the transformer must be 5 x 5 VA = 25 VA, or larger.
It is better to use a number of small transformers than one large one.
The Belimo products are designed to be powered from Class II transformers for UL applications. These transformers have internal power limitation. A
Class II transformer must not provide more than 30 V and no more than 100 VA output. Do not use a Class I transformer and fuse, because it
does not constitute a Class II power source!

I-L. Wire Sizing

Using the correct wire size is important when long wire runs are used. Using too small of a wire increases the resistive losses of the run. The result
of this may be too low of a voltage at the actuator to operate correctly. Chart 1 can be used to determine the correct wire size to use for an
application.
Example I: Three AMB24-SR actuators are powered from the same wire. The wire run is 100 feet.
Step #1 Calculate the total power required.
The AMB24-SR requires 5 VA, 3
actuators are being used.
3 x 5 = 15 VA Total.
Step #2 Locate 15 VA on the vertical axis of
the chart and 100 feet on the
horizontal axis.
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Step #3 Find the intersection of 15VA and

100 Ft (Point “A”)
Step #4 Read the diagonal line to the right
of point “A”. It is the 18 ga. wire
gauge line. Use 18 ga. or larger
wire.
NOTE:: A low gauge number = a thicker
wire; A high gauge number = a thinner wire.

Example II: The maximum wire length for

a 10 VA power consumption using
different wire gauges.
Point “B” 22 Ga Max. 60 FT
Point “C” 20 Ga Max. 120 FT
Point “D” 18 Ga Max. 220 FT
Point “E” 16 Ga Max. 350 FT
Point “F” 14 Ga Max. 550 FT
Point “G” 12 Ga Max. 900 FT

CHART 1

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

470
Basic Electricity

IM
I-M. M
Multi-Conductor
liC d Wire
Wi Types
T
• “BELL WIRE”” has parallel wires, which may act as an antenna and is therefore sensitive to electrical noise. This type of wire should not be used
for control circuits.
• “TWISTED PAIR”” cancels out most of the electrical noise because the wires alternate their positions. This is the type of wire that is used for most
control circuits.
• “SHIELDED WIRE”” is a twisted pair that is surrounded by a metal foil or wire mesh which acts as a shield and prevents electrical noise from
reaching the wires inside.
Shielded wires are used for the BELIMO actuators only if the electrical noise is very severe. Normally twisted pairs are sufficient.
Remember! The shield must be grounded in one point only!

BELL WIRE

TWISTED PAIR

SHIELDED WIRE

GROUND IN ONE POINT ONLY!

(CONNECT THE SHIELD TO GROUND)

SHIELDED WIRE SHIELDED WIRE

GROUND ONE END ONLY! AT EACH JOINT, THE SHIELD HAS TO BE GROUNDED.
(BUT IN ONE END ONLY!)

SHIELDED WIRE

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

GROUND LOOP!
THIS IS WRONG! THE SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED IN ONE
END ONLY, OTHERWISE THERE WILL BE A GROUND LOOP.

I-N. Ground Loops

If a shield is grounded at both ends of a shielded wire, a ground loop is created. Ground loops will defeat the purpose of shielding, and aggravate the
electrical noise problem.
Ground loops can also be created by using more than one wire for signal common (COM ⊥). The (-) signal common terminals on the controller are
usually interconnected. Therefore, a ground loop is formed when two or more signal common terminals of the controller are wired to the same
transformer. See Figure 11-5 and 11-6, page 475.
Signal common (COM ⊥) is necessary, as a reference, but only one connection should be used.
Redundant signal common terminals should not be connected.
A ground loop acts as an antenna and will pick up electrical noise. This should be avoided, by using the correct wiring practice.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

471
 Understanding Wiring Diagrams

II. UNDERSTANDING WIRING DIAGRAMS

II-A. Electrical Symbols

U.S. Electrical Symbols for Contacts International Symbols for Contacts

N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCHING

(NORMALLY OPEN) (NORMALLY CLOSED) SWITCHING

Traditional Electronic Symbols for Contacts Belimo Proportional Actuators- Wire Symbols and Numbers
BELIMO
ACTUATOR NM24 SR
or
NM24 SRS
COMMON ⊥ 1
NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED COMMON ⊥ 1
24VAC POWER 2
0…10VDC SIGNAL 3 24VAC POWER 2

0…20V Phase-cut Signal 4 0…10VDC SIGNAL 3

2…10VDC Feedback Signal 2…10VDC Feedback Signal 4

5

Not applicable
for NM24 SR
and NM24 SRS

SWITCHING TRI-STATE If a feedback is available at the actuator, we recommend that this signal be brought back
FLOATING to the control panel. Even if it is not required for the control sequence, it is a useful
CENTER OFF
signal to have available for possible troubleshooting in the future.

II-B. Compatibility of Different Power Supplies

Power Supply with Half-Wave Rectifier

Half-wave rectifiers offer the advantage of using the same connection for the AC common DIODE
and DC common. Therefore, the common of different devices using half-wave rectifiers can + DC Voltage
2
be interconnected and use the same power source.
24 VAC CAPACITOR
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Some devices, typically DDC controllers, have full-wave rectifiers. In this case, always use a
separate transformer for the controller. 1 COM ⊥

Power Supply with Full-Wave Rectifier

Full-wave rectifiers provide more current capacity. Their

+ DC Voltage
disadvantage is that the AC and DC sides cannot be interconnected. DIODE DIODE
Every device which has a full-wave rectifier must be powered from
24 VAC
r if the COM ⊥ wire is connected to the
its own separate transformer,
Common of other devices. DIODE DIODE
CAPACITOR
Note: If a device with a full-wave rectifier is powered from the
same transformer as a device with a half-wave rectifier, a short COM ⊥
circuit will result if the commons (COM ⊥) are interconnected.
The Belimo products use half-wave rectifiers. Therefore, they may be connected to the same transformer as long as all commons (COM ⊥) are
connected to the same leg of the transformer. However, anytime actuators are connected to a controller a separate transformer should be used for
the controller power supply unless you know that the controller also uses a half-wave rectifier.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

472
Understanding Wiring Diagrams

II-C. Connection of Actuators

0 to 10 V Control Signals

Signal Loss

Due to the high input impedance (100kΩ) of the actuators, the current through the signal wire is very low. Therefore, the loss of signal will be negli-
gible, even if with long wire runs.
Example:: Three actuators are connected via a 330 ft. (100 meters) long pair of 22 Ga. wires. Each wire has a resistance of 5 Ω.
The current draw from each actuator is (I = E/R) 10/100,000 = 0.1 mA, when the signal is 10 VDC.
The current in the wire will be 3 x 0.1 = 0.3 mA. Because 2 wires, the Common and the Source, go to the actuator, the resistance in the wires is 2 x
5 Ω = 10 Ω. The loss of signal will be (E = R x I) 10 x 0.3 = 3 mV = -.003V.

CONTROLLER 10.0 - .003 = 9.997 V

Analog Output Board
0 to 10V 10 V BELIMO BELIMO BELIMO
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
I = .3 mA
(+) 3 3 3
(–)
(+) 2 2 2
L
330 ft., 22 Ga.
(–) 1 1 1
I
N
E
HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥

ALWAYS USE A SEPARATE

TRANSFORMER FOR THE
TRANSFORMER
CONTROLLER UNLESS YOU
KNOW A HALF-WAVE
RECTIFIER IS USED!
LINE

4 to 20 mA Control Signals

The controller will regulate the output current (signal) to the desired value, regardless of the resistance (up to a specified value) in the wires and the
load resistor.

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The resistance in the wires will only cause the output voltage of the controller to be slightly higher than the input of the actuators.
The advantage with a 4 to 20 mA output signal to the actuators is that wire resistance does not cause any error to the control signal, and that electri-
cal interference is rejected.

The input impedance of the actuators will reduce the resulting resistance of the load resistor. However, the error is so small that there is no need to
compensate for this by using a slightly higher resistance value. A 500Ω load resistor will give an adequate accuracy. Use a 499 Ω, 1%, 1/2w resis-
tor or two 1kΩ, 1%, 1/4 w resistors in parallel.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

473
 Understanding Wiring Diagrams

Modulating Control Signal Wiring

CONTROLLER
Analog Output Board
0 to 10 V
BELIMO
ACTUATOR
CONTROLLER (+)
0 to 10 V
Analog Output Board 3
BELIMO HOT ~
2
ACTUATOR
0 to 10 V COM ⊥
(+) 3 (–) 1

(–)
(+) 2 ALL THE COMMONS
BELIMO BELIMO
L (–) COM ⊥ ON THE
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
1 CONTROLLER ARE
I
ASSUMED TO BE 0 to 10 V
N (+) 3 3
E INTERNALLY
INTERCONNECTED. HOT ~
2 2
HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥
ALWAYS USE A SEPARATE COM ⊥
(–) 1 1
TRANSFORMER FOR THE
CONTROLLER UNLESS YOU TRANSFORMER L
KNOW A HALF-WAVE I CHECK THE WIRE LENGTH/SIZING
N
RECTIFIER IS USED! SEE SECTION 1-L..

HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥
E
LINE
ALWAYS USE A SEPARATE
TRANSFORMER FOR THE
TRANSFORMER
CONTROLLER UNLESS YOU
KNOW A HALF-WAVE
RECTIFIER IS USED!
LINE

FIGURE II-1 FIGURE II-2

SIngle Output to Single Actuator Multiple Outputs to Multiple Actuators Using 1 Transformer for Actuators

CONTROLLER
Analog Output Board
BELIMO BELIMO BELIMO
0 to 10 V ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
0 to 10 V
(+) 3 3 3
(–)
OUTPUT 1 (+) 2 2 2
COM ⊥
⊥
(–)
* 1 1 1

ALL THE
COMMON ON 0 to 10 V
(+)
THE
CONTROLLER
ARE ASSUMED OUTPUT 2
TO BE
INTERNALLY (–)
CONNECTED. ⊥
0 to 10 V
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

(+)

OUTPUT 3
(–)
⊥
** EACH ACTUATOR OR
HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥

BELIMO
ACTUATOR GROUP OF ACTUATORS
0 to 10 V POWERED BY A SEPARATE
(+) 3 TRANSFORMER NEEDS TO
BE CONNECTED TO
L 2 TRANSFORMER COMMON ON THE
OUTPUT 4 CONTROLLER.
I COM ⊥
N
E ⊥
(–)
** 1
LINE
HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥

ALWAYS USE A SEPARATE

TRANSFORMER FOR THE
CONTROLLER UNLESS YOU
TRANSFORMER
* USE ONLY ONE CONNECTION BETWEEN
COMMON ON THE CONTROLLER AND THE
COMMON OF A GROUP OF ACTUATORS
KNOW A HALF-WAVE POWERED BY ONE TRANSFORMER! (REFER TO
RECTIFIER IS USED! FIG. 11 - 5 FOR A COMMON WIRING MISTAKE.).

LINE

FIGURE II-3
Multiple Outputs to Multiple Actuators Using 2 Transformers for Actuators

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

474
Understanding Wiring Diagrams

II-D. Long Distance Wiring

FIGURE II-4

II-E. Wiring Mistakes

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

FIGURE II-5 – A Common Wiring Problem FIGURE II-6 – Correct Wiring

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

475
 Analog Outputs

III. ANALOG OUTPUTS

III-A. 2 to 10 Volt Analog Output

The controller produces a variable voltage between signal common and the analog output.
The signal common (wire #1) of the actuator must be connected to the signal common of the controller, and the output of the controller is connected
to actuator signal input (wire #3).

III-B. Sourcing 4 to 20 mA Analog Output

A sourcing 4 to 20mA analog output sends out a current to the
actuator, and receives it at the signal common terminal.
It is similar to a 2 to 10 V output. The only difference is that one
500Ω resistor has to be installed between wires #3 and #1 at the
actuator. The resistor converts the current (4 to 20 mA) to a 2 to
10 V signal. The resistor should be located at the actuator.

III-C. Sinking 4 to 20 mA Analog Output

A sinking 4 to 20 mA output uses a different logic to create a
control signal. In both a 2 to 10 VDC and sourcing 4 to 20 mA
application, the signal is regulated at the positive (+) source of
the signal. In a sinking application the signal is regulated
between the device being controlled and common. For this rea-
son, the term “Output” in a sinking application is sometimes con-
fusing.
The controller has one terminal that supplies a constant DC volt-
age (often +24V). The input of the actuators (wire #3) are con-
nected to the constant voltage. A 500 Ω resistor is connected
between wires #1 and #3 on one actuator connected to each out-
put. (One resistor for each output.) Terminal #1 on the actuator is
connected to the output of the controller.
FIGURE III-1
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

The current will run from the constant voltage on the controller, to
wire #3 on the actuator, through the 500 Ω resistor, to wire #1,
and back to the input of the controller.
From the controllers point of view, all the #3 terminals of the actu-
ators are at a “common” constant +24VDC. The signal common,
wire #1, of the actuators will vary with the control signal.
Because the signal common of the actuators is variable, each out-
put requires a separate transformer. The signal common of actua-
tors connected to different outputs must never be interconnected.
See note ** in the wiring diagram.

FIGURE III-2 – Sinking 4 to 20 mA

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

476
Analog Outputs

III-D. Parallel Operation III-E. Master-Slave Operation

BELIMO BELIMO
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
Feedback
Input (+) 5 5
(Optional)
(–) 4 4
2 to 10 V
Output (+) 3 3
(+)
(–) 2 2
L
I COM ⊥
N COM (–) 1 1
E
NOTE: The output
impedance of the
HOT ~
24 VAC

ALWAYS USE A controller must be COM ⊥

SEPARATE observed.
TRANSFORMER FOR
THE CONTROLLER TRANSFORMER
UNLESS YOU KNOW A
HALF-WAVE RECTIFIER
IS USED! LINE

FIGURE III-3 FIGURE III-4

NOTE: If multiple actuators are on one shaft, see Section V-A. NOTE: If multiple actuators are on one shaft, see Section V-A.

III-F. Monitoring Feedback with a Remote Indicator

Belimo Types
Note: NMB24-SR wire 4 is signal out.
AM, LF, LM, SM, GM, AF, NF, -SR Proportional Output wire 5 can be used as a
BELIMO feedback for true position indication.
ACTUATOR
2 to 10 V
Input (+) 5 Input

(–) 4
2 to 10 V Position
Output (+) 3
Feedback
(+)
(–) 2 Monitor
L
I COM ⊥
N COM (–) 1 COM
E

ALWAYS USE A SEPARATE

HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥

TRANSFORMER FOR THE

CONTROLLER UNLESS YOU
KNOW A HALF-WAVE
TRANSFORMER

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

RECTIFIER IS USED!

LINE

FIGURE III-5

III-G. One Output/Multiple Transformers

CONTROLLER

Input (+)
BELIMO BELIMO BELIMO
(–) ACTUATORS ACTUATORS ACTUATORS
2 to 10 V
Output (+) 3 3 3 3 3 3
(+)
(–) 2 2 2 2 2 2
L
I COM ⊥
N COM (–) 1 1 1 1 1 1
E

ALWAYS USE A SEPARATE

HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥

HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥

HOT ~
24 VAC
COM ⊥

TRANSFORMER FOR THE

CONTROLLER UNLESS YOU
KNOW A HALF-WAVE
RECTIFIER IS USED!
TRANSFORMER
LINE LINE LINE

FIGURE III-6 – NOTE: If multiple actuators are on one shaft, see Section V-A.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

477
 Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

IV. WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR BELIMO PRODUCTS

IV-A. On/Off Control, 24V

B
X

W419_10

IV-B. On/Off Control, 120/230V

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Wht

AF..UP, NF..UP,

AFBUP(-S)
AFXUP(-S)

NFBUP(-S)
NFXUP(-S)

W420_10

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

478
Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

IV-C. Floating Point Control, 24V

Triac Sink Triac Source

Triac Sink with separate transforner W421_08

IV-D. Floating Point Control, 120/230V

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

W422_08

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

479
 Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

IV-E. Proportional Control, 24V

NFB24-SR(-S)
NFX24-SR(-S)

W423_10

IV-F. Proportional Control, 120/230V

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

480
Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

Spring Return Actuator with MFT

VDC / 4 to 20mA Two Position PWM

Original AF, NF, LF, TF

New Generation AF, NF

Floating Point Override control to min, mid, max positions W425_08

Non-Spring Return Actuator with MFT

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

VDC / 4 to 20mA Two Position PWM

Floating Point Override control to min, mid, max positions W426_08

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

481
 Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

0 to 135 Ω Control (MFT95)

Wiring multiple actuators to a Series 90

controller

Override

Low Limit Control

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Wiring multiple actuators to a Series

90 controller using a minimum position
High Limit Control potentiometer

Typical wiring diagrams for multiple

actuators used with the W973, W7100 and
T775 controllers.

AF24-MFT95 US Wire Colors

1=Black 3=White 5=White
2=Red 4=White 6=White
AFX24-MFT95 and Non-Spring Return Wire Colors
1=Black 3=White 5=Gray
2=Red 4=Pink 6=Orange

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

482
Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

IV-I. Auxiliary Switch Wiring

13
S1 13
NC 1
S2 S1
NC S1
S3 10° S2
NO NC
S3 S2
S4 5°
NO
S3 0° to 95°
NC NO
S5 S4
NC LF…-S US
S6 10° to 90° S5
NO TF…-S US
AFB…-S S6 LMB(X)24-3-S
25° to 85°
AFX…-S NO AMB(X)24-3-S
NFB…-S LRB(X)24-3-S
NFX…-S AF…-S US
ARB(X)24-3-S

Auxiliary switch wiring for LF...-S US,

Auxiliary switch wiring for AFB...-S, AFX...-S, TF...-S, LMB(X)24-3-S, AMB(X)24-3-S, LRB(X)24-3-S,
NFB...-S, NFX...-S Auxiliary switch wiring for AF...-S US ARB(X)24-3-S

Product Voltage Resistive Inductive

Load Load
AFB...-S
AFX...-S 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
AF…-S US 250 7.0 A 2.5 A
NFB...-S
S1
S1 NC NFX…-S 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
NC
S2
S2 LF…-S US 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
S3
S3 NO
NO TF…-S US 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
S4
S1A NC AMB(X)…-S 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
S5
S6 LMB(X)…-S 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
NO
ARB(X)…-S 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
S2A
LRB(X)…-S 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
S1A, S2A 250 3.0 A 0.5 A
Add-on Auxiliary Switches
Auxiliary Switch Ratings
S1A/S2A for GMB(X), AMB(X), NMB(X), LMB(X),

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

GRB(X), ARB(X), NRB(X), LRB(X)

1 One built-in auxiliary switch (1xSPDT), for end position

indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.

Two built-in auxiliary switches (2xSPDT), for end position

13 indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.

Meets cULus requirements without the need of an

electrical ground connection.
W224_A

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

483
 Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

IV-J. Accessories

Feedback Potentiometer
P…A used with GM / AM/NM / LM
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

SBG 24 Range Controller

IRM-100 Input Rescaling Module

ADS-100 Analog to Digital Switch

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

484
Wiring Diagrams for Belimo Products

IV-J. Accessories, continued

WITH FEEDBACK
Control interface diagrams

Control interface diagrams

ZAD24 Digital Position Indicator

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

ZG-X40 Transformer

PTA-250 Pulse Width Modulation Interface

ZG-R01, ZG-R02 Resistor Kits

NSV 24 Battery Back-up Module

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

485
 Application Information

V. APPLICATION INFORMATION
V-A. Wiring for Multiple Actuators on One Shaft (AF/GM, for other actuators use next higher torque actuator)

GMB24-SR
AMB24-SR

GMB24-SR
AMB24-SR

AFBUP(-S)
AFXUP(-S)
Same model numbers must be used when mounted
!
on one shaft. GMB24
AMB24
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

AFBUP(-S)
AFXUP(-S)

GMB24
AMB24

Actuators which may be used on one shaft:

Model Max Quantity Per Shaft
AFBUP(-S)
2*
AFXUP(-S)
AFB24-MFT(-S)
3**
AFX24-MFT(-S)
AF24(-S) US
AF120(-S) US 4*
AF230 (-S) US
AF24-SR US 4**
AF24-MFT(-S) US 4**
GMB24-MFT 2**
GMB24-3 2*
GMB24-SR 2*
* Wired in parallel
** Wired master-slave
Multiple Actuators on Single Shaft Wiring Diagram

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

486
Application Information

V-A. Wiring for Multiple Actuators on One Shaft (AF/GM, for other actuators use next higher torque actuator), continued

NOTE: See table on page 448 for maximum number of actuators allowed.

All actuators except AF24-SR US

NOTE: AF24-SR US must be wired in this manner when more than one actuator is mounted on a single shaft.
A maximum of 4 actuators may be mounted to a single shaft.

AF24-SR US

NOTE: Shown with typical 2 transformer wiring, if one transformer does not have enough capacity for 6 actuators. N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Typical wiring of multiple dampers with more than one AF24-SR US mounted on a single shaft.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

487
 Application Information

V-E. Floating Control Using a 2-wire DC Control Signal V-H. Wiring to Johnson Controls A350P Controller

LMB24-3
NMB24
AMB24
GMB24

V-F. Operating two 2 to 10 VDC Controllers

with the Higher of Two Control Signals
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

V-G. Minimum Position with 2 to 10 VDC Actuators

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

488
Application Information

V-I. Wiring
i i to Honeywell T775 Controller
C

N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

489
 Retrofit and Replacement
Discontinued Belimo Products

Replacement of discontinued Belimo products

When replacing an actuator, whether Belimo or other, be sure to consider the application parameters before selecting the replacement. The new product may not
be the best fit for the application.
An example would be an existing SM24-SR US mounted to a valve linkage. The direct replacement of the actuator is the AMX24-MFT. However, the SM… and
AM… are different lengths, the linkage would need to be replaced as well. When retrofitting or replacing actuators, it is always best to select the new product
based on application parameters. This ensures the selected actuator is fit for the application. Never only use a part number cross-reference when replacing
defective actuators.

Spring Return
Discontinued Correct Replacement PAGE Discontinued Correct Replacement PAGE
LF24-SR-MP US LF24-MFT-20 US 153 AFR24-3 US AFX24-MFT + P-300… 61
LF24-SR-S-MP US LF24-MFT-S-20 US 153 AF24-3-S US AFX24-MFT-S + P-300… 61
NF230 US NFBUP 109 AFR24-3-S US AFX24-MFT-S + P-300… 61
NF230-S US NFBUP-S 109 AFR24-SR US AF24-SR US 85
SF24 US AF24 US 81 AF24-SR-S US AFX24-MFT-S + P-100… 61
SF24-S US AF24-S US 81 AF24-SR95 US AFB24-MFT95 65
SF120 US AF120 US 83 AF24-PWM US AFX24-MFT + P-200… 61
SF120-S US AF120-S US 83 AF24-SR US* AF24-PC US if phasecut is needed 91
FM24 US AF24 US 81 AF24-MFT US AFB24-MFT 61
FM24-SR US AF24-SR US 85 AF24-MFT-S US AFB24-MFT-S 61
FM24-SR90 US AFB24-MFT95 65 AF24-MFT95 US AFB24-MFT95 65
FM24-SR95 US AFB24-MFT95 65 NF24 US NFB24 105
FS24 AF24 US 81 NF24-S US NFB24-S 105
FS24-S AF24-S US 81 NF24-S2 US NFB24-S 105
AFR24 US AF24 US 81 NF120 US NFBUP 109
AFR24-S US AF24-S US 81 NF120-S US NFBUP-S 109
AFR120 US AF120 US 83 NF24-SR US NFB24-SR 113
AFR120-S US AF120-S US 83 NF24-SR-S US NFB24-SR-S 113
AF24-3 US AFX24-MFT + P-300… 61 NF24-MFT US NFB24-MFT 117

Non-Spring Return
Discontinued Correct Replacement PAGE Discontinued Correct Replacement PAGE
325 251
N40103 - 09/11 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

LM24-SR US LMB24-SR AM24 US AMB24-3

LM24-SR.1 US LMB24-SR.1 325 AM24-S US AMB24-3-S 251
LM24-SR-2.0 US LMB24-SR 325 AM24-SR US AMB24-SR 257
LM24-SR-T US LMB24-SR-T 327 AM24-PWM-A US AMX24-MFT + # AM100 1C1 W02 263
LM24-SR-T.1 US LMB24-SR-T.1 327 AM24-PWM-B US AMX24-MFT + # AM100 1C1 W03 263
LM24-SR-T-2.0 US LMB24-SR-T 327 AM24-PWM-C US AMX24-MFT + # AM100 1C1 W01 263
LMC24-SR US LMCB24-SR 327 AM24-SRS-A US AMX24-MFT + # AM100 1C1 A04 263
LM24-MFT US LMX24-MFT + # LM100 1C1 ❑ ❑ ❑ 331 AM24-SRS-B US AMX24-MFT + # AM100 1C1 A05 263
LM24-MFT.1 US LMX24-MFT+ # LM100 1C1 ❑ ❑ ❑ 331 AM24-SRS-C US AMX24-MFT + # AM100 1C1 A06 263
NM24 US NMB24-3 283 AM24-PC US AMX24-PC + # AM0N0 1C1 271
NM24-1 US NMB24-3 283 AM24-MFT US AMX24-MFT + # AM100 1C1… 263
NM24 EU NMB24-3 283 AM24-MFT 95 US AMX24-MFT95 + # AM0L0 1C1 R01 269
NM24-1/200 US NMX24-3 + # NM00 1C3 000 283 SM24 US AMB24-3 251
NM24-1/300 US NMX24-3 + # NM00 1C3 000 283 SM24-S US AMX24-MFT + # AM110 1C1 ❑ ❑ ❑ + S1A/S2A 263
NM24-SR US NMB24-SR 291 SM24-SR US AMB24-SR 257
NM24-SRS US NMX24-MFT + # NM100 1C1 A ❑ ❑ 299 SM24-SR US AMX24-PC if phasecut is needed 271
NM24-PWM US NMX24-MFT + # NM100 1C1 W ❑ ❑ 299 SM24-SRS US AMX24-MFT + # AM100 1C1 A ❑ ❑ 263
NM24-MFT US NMX24-MFT + # NM100 1C1 ❑ ❑ ❑ 299 SM24-SR94 US AMX24-MFT95 + # AM0L0 1C1 R01 269
NM24-MFT.1 US NMX24-MFT + # NM100 1C1 ❑ ❑ ❑ 299 GM24 US GMB24-3 227
NMQ24-MFT US NMQ24-MFT 311 GM24-SR US GMB24-SR 233
NMV24-D US NMV-D2M US, contact Belimo for support - GM24-SR US GMX24-PC if phasecut is needed 243
NMV24-V US NMV-D2M US, contact Belimo for support - GM24-MFT US GMX24-MFT+ # GM110 1C1 A ❑ ❑ 237
†For correct reorder # please call Belimo customer service at 800-543-9038.
*Purchased before May 2003.
❑ Placeholder for custom options

800-543-9038 USA 866-805-7089 CANADA 203-791-8396 LATIN AMERICA / CARIBBEAN

490